Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

SERVICE TAX

I. HIGH COURT

25 2019
[22] G.S.T.L. 21 (Bom) Nirmal Seeds Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Central
Excise, Nashik

Date of order: 5th
December, 2018

 

Freight
charges paid by dealer and reimbursed by supplier is includible in assessable
value

 

FACTS

The
appellant sold goods to its dealers at a price inclusive of freight charges
which was later reimbursed by the appellant. During the course of audit it
appeared from some invoices to Revenue that the appellant deducted freight
charges from the total invoice amount, with a note saying ‘consignee to pay’.
Consequently, a show cause notice was issued alleging that service tax was not
paid on the freight element, which was in fact paid by the consignee on behalf
of the appellant. Later, both the appellate authority as well as the Tribunal
confirmed the demand against the appellant holding that the entire arrangement
was made with dealers so as to reduce its service tax liability. Aggrieved, the
appellant preferred an appeal before the Hon’ble High Court, also contesting
the extended period of limitation.

 

HELD

The
Hon’ble High Court held that all the authorities had concluded that the arrangement
arrived at between the appellant and its dealers was such that the payment of
service tax could be reduced. This factual finding of the authorities was based
on detailed scrutiny of the invoices, ledger accounts, etc., from which the
authorities had held that the freight paid by the dealers was for and on behalf
of the appellant, thus the appellant was rightly held liable for payment of
service tax.

 

Further,
the High Court held that on the basis of the definition as provided in Rule
2(1)(d)(v) of the Service Tax Rules, 1994 it was correctly held by the lower
authorities that the payment made by the agent would be the liability of the
principal for the purpose of service tax. The extended period of limitation was
also held as rightly invoked. The appeal was thus disallowed, holding the order
of lower authorities correct.

 

26  [2019
104 taxmann.com 225] (Calcutta HC) Srijan Realty (P) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of
Service Tax

Date of order: 8th
March, 2019

 

The Hon’ble
High Court held that in the absence of a license granted under the Electricity
Act, 2003 the activity of receiving high-tension electric supply and
redistribution of the same after its conversion into low-tension supply cannot
be regarded as ‘trading of goods’ so as to be covered u/s. 66D(e) or 66D(k) of
FA, 1994, i.e., negative list, and thus, chargeable to service tax

 

FACTS

The
petitioner developed and operated a commercial complex and entered into an
arrangement with an electricity company whereby he received high-tension
electric supply in the sub-stations in the commercial premises. The electricity
company raised a single consolidated bill on the petitioner. Thereafter, the
electric supply was converted into low-tension and redistributed to various
occupants of the commercial complex. Sub-meters were installed for the
respective occupants and, based on the readings, the petitioner raised invoices
(bills).

 

The
Revenue contended that since the petitioner is authorised to sell electricity
in terms of the Electricity Act, 2003 he would not be entitled to avail benefit
of section 66D(e). Revenue opined that conversion of electricity from
high-tension to low-tension and redistribution thereof to the occupiers being a
service, the entire consideration charged by the petitioner to various
occupants would be eligible to service tax

HELD

The
Hon’ble High Court observed that in light of provisions of the Electricity Act,
2003 the petitioner cannot be said to be an electricity-generating company. Nor
could it said that the petitioner engaged in the supply or trading of
electricity because the definition of ‘supply’ and ‘trading’ did not allow him
to come within that definition. The petitioner is not an electricity trader as
defined in section 2(26) of the Electricity Act, 2003. Besides, the petitioner
does not have a license to undertake trading in electricity u/s. 12 of the
Electricity Act, 2003. The petitioner also cannot be said to be engaged in the
business of transmission because he does not have such a license. The
petitioner is not a person authorised to transmit, supply, distribute or
undertake trading in electricity.

 

Thus, the
Court held that sale, trading and distribution being not applicable, the only
other thing that remains to describe the activity undertaken by the petitioner
is service. Though electricity is regarded as ‘goods’ and capable of being
traded as held in State of Andhra Pradesh vs. National Thermal Power
Corpn. Ltd. 2002 taxmann.com 2376 (SC)
and Aluminium Co. vs.
State of Kerala 1996 taxmann.com 1097 (SC),
the Court held that the
activity of the petitioner cannot be treated as a trade as it would violate the
provisions of the Electricity Act, 2003. Therefore, it held that the activity
was liable for service tax. The Court dismissed the petition.

 

II. TRIBUNAL

 

27 [2019-TIOL-1705-CESTAT-DEL]
BSNL vs. Commissioner of Central Excise and Service Tax

Date of order: 20th
December, 2018

 

Reversal of
wrongly availed credit without utilisation is not liable for interest or
penalty

 

FACTS

During the
course of scrutiny of service tax record, it was observed that the appellant
wrongly availed CENVAT credit during the month of April, 2009 as 50% of duty
paid on capital goods on which 100% credit was already taken in the financial
year 2008-09. Although on being pointed out the said (availed) credit was
reversed from the credit balance, the department issued a show cause notice
stating that the impugned credit availed was not admissible in terms of Rule
4(2a) of CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004 and as such was proposed to be recovered
along with interest and penalty u/s. 78. The Commissioner ordered to
appropriate the impugned amount of wrongly availed CENVAT credit which was
reversed. Recovery of interest on the said amount was also confirmed and a
penalty of same amount was imposed. Being aggrieved, the appellant went before
the Tribunal.

           

HELD

The
Tribunal primarily observed that the credit wrongly availed in the books was
immediately reversed in the books of accounts when it was pointed out. Further,
Rule 14 of the CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004 in clear terms provides that only when
credit is taken and utilised there is a liability of interest. However, in the
present case the CENVAT credit was not utilised. It therefore becomes a
revenue-neutral situation. Further, even with respect to penalty it was held
that since there is no intention to evade payment of tax, the question of
imposition of penalty is absolutely irrelevant.

 

28 [2019-TIOL-1650-CESTAT-Ahm]M/s.

Innovate Securities Pvt. Ltd. vs. CCE & ST
Date of order: 27th November, 2018

 

Service tax
not applicable on recovery of service tax, stamp duty, etc. by stock brokers
from clients

 

FACTS

The issue
relates to service tax applicability on transaction charges, SEBI turnover
fees, stamp duty, security transaction tax, etc. paid to National Stock
Exchange (NSE), Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE), etc. and collecting reimbursement
of the same along with brokerage from the clients in the hands of stockbrokers.
Taxability of these facts was dealt with in detail earlier in the case of Span
Caplease Pvt. Ltd. & Others vs. CST, Ahmedabad
in a bunch of 28
appeals vide order dated 29th September, 2017 by the Ahmedabad
Tribunal and by the Delhi Tribunal in Mohak Commodities P. Ltd. vs. CCE,
Jaipur 2018(10) GSTL 316 (Tri.-Del).

 

HELD

The Tribunal
observed that the issue was dealt with in various judgements whereunder the
Tribunal had consistently held that these charges were statutory in nature and
therefore not liable for service tax. The order contains no discussion but the
extracts from the above judgements are reproduced wherein discussion on
valuation provisions in Rule 67 is taken up in detail. It was observed that no
receipt other than brokerage or commission received by the stock broker was
intended to be brought in the ambit of taxable value. There was no question of
equity in tax and the taxation statute has to be construed strictly. Value is
generally derived from the price. Other charges realised by the appellants not
being commission, could not be included in the assessable value.

 

Further,
the Revenue had not discharged the burden to bring the above receipts to
charge. A similar view had been expressed in the case of Consortium
Securities Pvt. Ltd. vs. CST 2017-TIOL-232-CESTAT-DEL
and the appellant
had succeeded on the fundamental principle of taxation. Based on the
observation made in the above two judgements, the appeal was allowed.

 

29 [2019-TIOL-1417-CESTAT (Mum)] Popular Caterers
vs. CCGST

Date of
order: 8th May, 2019

 

Outdoor
caterers not required to reverse credit, when service tax is paid as per Rule
2C of ST Valuation Rules as balance 40% value is not ‘exempted service’

 

FACTS

The
appellant, a provider of catering services, paid service tax as per Rule 2C of
Service Tax (Determination of Value) Rules, 2006 on 60% of the gross invoice
amount charged to customers with effect from 1st July, 2012. Prior
to that, he paid service tax on 50% of abated value in accordance with
Notification 1/2006-ST which had a condition of non-availment of CENVAT credit.
Consequent upon EA-2000 audit, the appellant was directed to reverse CENVAT
credit under Rule 6 of CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004 considering the balance 40%
value of invoice as “non-taxable” for the period 2010-11 to 2014-15.

 

As per the
appellant, Rule 2C of the valuation rules do not exempt any service or portion
of the value and there was no other provision in law to make Rule 6 applicable
to outdoor catering service. Therefore, 40% value cannot be treated as exempt
portion. According to the department, the Commissioner (Appeals) was correct in
finding that Rule 6 was mandatorily applicable.

           

HELD

The
definition of catering as per section 65(24) would mean a person supplying
directly or indirectly any food, edible preparations, alcoholic / non-alcoholic
beverages, crockery or similar articles for any purpose or occasion. Further,
as per Explanation 1 to Rule 2C of the valuation rules also, it is fair market
value of all goods and services supplied. Therefore, while determining the
aspect of catering service, both sale of food and service for consumption of
food are already included in 60% of the value of invoice.

           

On the other hand, the definition of service in
section 65B(44) of the Finance Act, 1994 excludes pure sale not associated with
delivery of goods and services together and deemed sale within the meaning of
Article 366(29A) of the Constitution. Therefore, the other component of 40% of
gross value received cannot be considered as ‘exempted service’ to make Rule
6(3) of CCR applicable and to maintain separate record for availment of CENVAT
credit on it, including on processed food purchased as raw material.

STATISTICALLY SPEAKING

1. The average cost of 1GB of mobile data in 2019

 

Country

Average Cost

India

$0.2

Russia

$0.9

Malaysia

$1.1

Pakistan

$1.8

Nigeria

$2.2

Brazil

$3.5

Spain

$3.7

UK

$6.6

Germany

$6.9

China

$9.8

Canada

$12

US

$12.3

South Korea

$15.1

Switzerland

$20.2

 

Source: cable.co.uk

 

2. Four-fold surge in online payments in rural and semi-urban India

 

Particulars

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Transactions*

4.57

10.10

13.72

17.37

17.38

Value**

1,558.1

3,717.3

7,120.6

23,795.5

28,243.2

Electricity Bills

Transactions*

0.24

0.32

0.49

0.56

1.00

Value**

108.7

138.7

239.5

308.4

1,198.4

Insurance Premiums

Transactions*

0.02

0.04

0.08

0.11

0.17

Value**

2.1

9.1

23.9

48.7

77.3

 

*Crore; **Rs. In crores

 

Source: Common services
centres data

 

3. Market size of the music industry across India (in billion rupees)

 

Source: Statista 2019

 

 

4. Retail inflation eases marginally

 

Source: Economic Times

5.  Electricity Consumption
(in kWh per capita)

 

Source: The Spectator Index

 

6. GST Returns filing summary for financial year 2019-20

Source:
www.gstcouncil.gov.in

 

 

7. Only 15% of taxpayers have filed GST returns (as of 9th August,
2019)

Source: ET Online Aug 9,
2019; at 11.12 am IST

 

Society News

TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVE STUDY CIRCLE

Meeting on ‘Simplify Accounting with QuickBook’ held on 19th July, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

The Technology Initiatives Study Circle of the Technology Initiative Committee of the BCAS organised a meeting styled ‘Simplify Accounting with QuickBook’ by CA Paresh Panchal on 19th July 2019.

Paresh explained how to set up QuickBooks online and introduced implementation aspects of QuickBooks that fellow Chartered Accountants could apply for small and mid-sized businesses. A brief overview of various aspects of the software was provided, namely, invoicing, taxing, expenses tracking with payment due dates, cash flow, bank integration and on-time balance along with cash flow movement. The session was followed by questions and answers.

Participants enjoyed the talk and the Q&A session that followed. All queries were answered by the speaker. The session was telecast live for the benefit of outstation members.

TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVE COMMITTEE

Meeting on ‘Hands-on Workshop on Dashboard Reporting with Advance Excel’ held on 2nd August, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

Another programme organised by the Technology Committee of the Society was a half-day programme called ‘Hands-on Workshop on Dashboard Reporting with Advance Excel’ at the BCAS Conference Hall on Friday, 2nd August, 2019.

The session was led by CA Nikunj Shah. He explained that Microsoft Power BI is a business intelligence platform that offers a business analytics toolset designed to assist businesses in their efforts to systematically analyse data and share insights.
Nikunj introduced several features on how to use external data to create a pivot table, thereby converting data into information and further into insight by creating a dashboard. He conducted the demonstration of various features of Excel such as creating interactive charts, updating charts with live data and linking charts with the data source for automatic update of charts; he shared his in-depth knowledge with the participants.

The session was highly interactive, and the speaker demonstrated:
(i) New functions of Excel 2013
(ii) Interactive controls to make the dashboard more useful
(iii) Dos & Don’ts of Dashboard
(iv) Dashboard FAQs

In short, participants learned new ways of working more effectively in a business environment. Nikunj answered all the questions raised by the participants who appreciated the efforts put in by the speaker and the group leaders.

TREE PLANTATION AND EYE CAMP BY HRD COMMITTEE

BCAS Tree Plantation Drive and Eye Camp 2019 – Visit to Dharampur-Vansda, Gujarat, on 3rd – 4th August, 2019

The Human Resource Development Committee of the BCAS, jointly with the BCAS Foundation, in the constant pursuit of contributing to the socio-economic development of tribals in the remote interiors of Dharampur district, organised an ambitious social cause visit on 3rd and 4th August, 2019. The visit was for two purposes – tree plantation as part of the mission the ‘Grow Green Drive’, along with captive plantation on farmers’ land at Khadki-Dharampur (at Sarvodaya Parivar Trust – SPT), and an eye camp for cataract surgery at Vansda, Gujarat (at Dhanvantari Trust – DT).

A team of 44 enthusiastic volunteers from BCAS collected over Rs. 5 lakhs as a contribution towards the twin noble causes and set off to visit Dharampur to personally fuel the mission with their active participation. The journey started on a morning when it rained very heavily, all the way from Mumbai to Valsad; this was followed by a bus journey to the little village of Khadki.

The Sarvodaya Parivar Trust is involved in empowering the tribals and making them self-reliant. It engages in various welfare activities in the fields of education / health / agriculture / water management / environment / public awareness programmes and so on.

With the help of local farmers, the enthusiastic BCAS members assisted in planting various saplings of custard apple, mahogany, ambli, kher and bamboo on the outskirts of village Pindval-Khadki. They also distributed and planted mango saplings on the farmers’ land. The team then visited the nursery developed and nurtured by Trustee Sujataben, who has dedicated her entire life to the SPT.
The BCAS Foundation has committed itself to the plantation of 10,000 trees and has already made a contribution of Rs. 3,00,001 received through generous donations from several donors.
The BCAS team was overwhelmed to meet a villager, Pandu, who donated his entire holding of three acres of land to the SPT for carrying out its activities. He has been associated with the SPT ever since then, giving
his selfless service for the noble cause of benefiting the tribal villagers.

The team also visited the residential school run by SPT at Pindval-Khadki and distributed various educational games / stationery / chocolates to the children. It was a pleasure to see the commendable developments that had taken place over the last few years, thanks to the earlier projects done by BCAS with the help of SPT’s selfless team, which has certainly made a difference to the quality and standard of living of tribals at such a remote, interior village.

The team expressed its gratitude and affection for fellow respected CA Virendrabhai and Ashaben Virendra Shah, a lovely, jovial couple dedicated to SPT, living life as per the Gandhian philosophy; they took charge of all the arrangements for the project and treated the visitors from Mumbai like family.
The night halt at Tithal energised all the participants for their visit the next day to the Dhanvantri Trust at Vansda where they organised an eye camp for cataract surgery of the tribal people. The DT trustees were delighted to take the team through the hospital ward to meet and interact with patients and discuss the selfless activities carried out by them.

The Dhanvantri Trust was founded by the Late Dr. Kirtikumar Vaidya, a doctor who left Mumbai at a young age and dedicated his life for the socio-economic development of tribal villages of South Gujarat. With divine blessings and inspiration from his Guru Sant Shri Ranchhod Dasji Bapu, he started the eye hospital in Vansda. Till date, it has performed more than 42,000 successful cataract surgeries and has expanded to a multi-specialty ward.

The BCAS Foundation has committed to help perform 200 cataract surgeries and has made a contribution of Rs. 2,00,001 received through generous donors.

The team departed with a heavy heart and innumerable memories to board the train back to Mumbai. The youth team that participated in the event was deeply moved with the deliberations of the senior members and the interactions with the trustees of the NGOs, inculcating in them values of life and inspiring them for selfless service to society. In turn, the senior members got enthused with the zeal of the young participants and their new and dynamic ideas. The bonding that was shared amongst them was indescribable and all felt truly blessed at the end of the journey.

Indeed this soulful trip was an elevating and enlightening experience for everybody to feel a bit of a shift within from sympathy to empathy.

DIRECT TAX STUDY CIRCLE

Meeting on ‘Angel Taxation’ on 5th August, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

The group leader, CA Mahesh Nayak, gave a brief overview of the introduction of section 56(2)(viib) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The provision was then analysed in detail. The group leader next dwelt on the meaning of ‘company in which the public are substantially interested’, with illustrations.

Thereafter, the group discussed the exemptions in the case of investments by certain AIFs, the exemption for investment in startups and the investment restrictions applicable to them. The consequences of non-compliance of investment restrictions were discussed by way of an illustration.

Finally, the valuation methodology to be adopted as per Rule 11UA was discussed along with relevant case laws and the interaction of section 56(2)(viib) and section 56(2)(x) of the Act.

GLIMPSES OF SUPREME COURT RULINGS

5. Pr. CIT vs. NRA Iron and Steel Pvt. Ltd.
(2019) 412 ITR 161 (SC)

 

Cash credits – Where sums of money are credited as share
capital / premium: (1) The assessee is under a legal obligation to prove the
genuineness of the transaction, the identity of the creditors and
credit-worthiness of the investors who should have the financial capacity to
make the investment in question to the satisfaction of the AO, so as to discharge
the primary onus; (2) The assessing officer is duty-bound to investigate the
credit-worthiness of the creditor / subscriber, verify the identity of the
subscribers and ascertain whether the transaction is genuine, or whether these
are bogus entries of name-lenders, and (3) If the inquiries and investigations
reveal that the identity of the creditors is dubious or doubtful, or they lack
credit-worthiness, then the genuineness of the transaction would not be
established. In such a case, the assessee would not have discharged the primary
onus contemplated by section 68 of the Act.

 

  • The assessee had filed the
    original return of income for the assessment year 2009-10 on 29.09.2009
    declaring a total income of Rs. 7,01,870.
  •  A notice was issued u/s. 148 of
    the Act to re-open the assessment on 13.04.2012 for the reasons recorded
    therein.
  • The assessee filed submissions
    on 23.04.2012 to the notice u/s. 148, and objections on 30.04.2012. The
    objections were rejected on 13.08.2012.
  • The assessee company in its
    return showed that money aggregating to Rs. 17,60,00,000 had been received
    through share capital / premium during the financial year 2009-10 from
    companies located in Mumbai, Kolkata, and Guwahati. The shares had a face value
    of Rs. 10 and were subscribed by the investor companies at a premium of Rs. 190
    per share.
  • The assessee was called upon to
    furnish details of the amounts received and provide evidence to establish the
    identity of the investor companies, the credit-worthiness of the subscribers
    and the genuineness of the transaction.
  • The assessee, inter alia,
    submitted that the entire share capital had been received by the assessee
    through normal banking channels by account payee cheques / demand drafts and
    produced documents such as income tax return acknowledgments to establish the
    identity and genuineness of the transaction. It was submitted that there was no
    cause to take recourse to section 68 of the Act and that the onus on the
    assessee company stood fully discharged.
  • The A.O. had issued summons to
    the representatives of the investor companies. Despite the summons having been
    served, nobody appeared on behalf of any of the investor companies. The
    department only received submissions through postal mail, which created a doubt
    about the identity of the investor companies. In some cases, the investor
    companies could not be found at the given addresses.
  • The A.O. independently got field
    inquiries conducted with respect to the identity and credit-worthiness of the
    investor companies and to examine the genuineness of the transaction. Inquiries
    were made in Mumbai, Kolkata, and Guwahati where these companies were stated to
    be located.
  • The A.O. recorded that the
    inquiries in Mumbai revealed that out of the four companies in the city, two
    were found to be non-existent at the address furnished.
  • With respect to the Kolkata
    companies, the response came through postal mail only. However, nobody
    appeared, nor did they produce their bank statements to substantiate the source
    of the funds from which the alleged investments were made.
  • With respect to the Guwahati
    companies, Ispat Sheet Ltd. and Novelty Traders Ltd., inquiries revealed that
    they were non-existent at the given address.

 

The A.O. found that:

(i) None of the investor-companies which had invested amounts
ranging between Rs. 90,00,000 and Rs. 95,00,000 as share capital in the
respondent company-assessee during the A.Y. 2009-10 could justify making
investment at such a high premium of Rs. 190 per share when the face value of
the shares was only Rs. 10;

(ii) Some of the investor companies were found to be
non-existent;

(iii) Hardly any one of the companies produced bank
statements to establish the source of funds for making such a huge investment
in shares, even though they were declaring a very meagre income in their
returns;

(iv) None of the investor-companies appeared before the A.O.,
but merely sent a written response through postal mail.

 

The A.O. held that the
assessee had failed to discharge the onus by cogent evidence either of the credit-worthiness
of the so-called investor-companies, or the genuineness of the transaction.

 

As a consequence, the amount of Rs. 17,60,00,000 was added
back to the total income of the assessee for the assessment year in question.
The assessee filed an appeal before the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals),
New Delhi. Reliance was placed on the decision of the Delhi High Court in CIT
vs. Lovely Exports Pvt. Ltd. (2008) 299 ITR 268 (Delhi)
. An S.L.P,
against the said judgement was dismissed.

 

The Commissioner of Income
Tax (Appeals), New Delhi, vide order dated 11.04.2014 deleted the addition made
by the A.O. on the ground that the respondent had filed confirmations from the
investor companies, their income tax returns, acknowledgments with PAN numbers
and copies of their bank accounts to show that the entire amount had been paid
through normal banking channels, and hence discharged the initial onus u/s. 68
of the Act, for establishing the credibility and identity of the shareholders.

 

The Revenue filed an appeal before the Income Tax Appellate
Tribunal (ITAT). The ITAT dismissed the appeal and confirmed the order of the
CIT(A) vide order dated 16.10.2017 on the ground that the assessee had
discharged his primary onus to establish the identity and credit-worthiness of
the investors, especially when the investor companies had filed their returns
and were being assessed.

 

The Revenue filed an appeal u/s. 260A of the Act before the
Delhi High Court to challenge the order of the Tribunal. The respondent
company-assessee did not appear before the High Court. Hence, the matter
proceeded ex parte. The High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the
Revenue vide the impugned order dated 26.02.2018 and affirmed the decision of
the Tribunal on the ground that the issues raised before it were urged on facts
and the lower appellate authorities had taken sufficient care to consider the
relevant circumstances. Hence no substantial question of law arose for their
consideration.

 

Aggrieved by the order passed by the High Court, the Revenue
filed an S.L.P. before the Supreme Court. The assessee, however, remained
unrepresented despite notices. The matter was finally heard on 5.02.2019 when
judgement was reserved.

 

The Supreme Court heard the learned counsel for the Revenue
and examined the material on record. According to the Supreme Court, the issue
which arose for its determination was whether the respondent-assessee had
discharged the primary onus to establish the genuineness of the transaction
required u/s. 68 of the Act.

 

The Supreme Court, on reading the provisions of section 68 of
the Act, was of the view that the use of the words “any sum found credited
in the books” in section 68 of the Act indicated that the section was
widely worded and included investments made by the introduction of share
capital or share premium.

 

The Supreme Court observed
that it was settled law that the initial onus is on the assessee to establish
by cogent evidence the genuineness of the transaction and credit-worthiness of
the investors u/s. 68 of the Act. The court noted the decisions in CIT vs.
Precision Finance Pvt. Ltd. (1994) 208 ITR 465 (Cal), Kale Khan Mohammad Hanif
vs. CIT (1963) 50 ITR 1 (SC) and Roshan Di Hatti vs. CIT (1977) 107 ITR (SC),
CIT vs. Oasis Hospitalities Pvt. Ltd. (2011) 333 ITR 119 (Delhi), Shankar Ghosh
vs. ITO (1985) 23 TTJ (Cal), CIT vs. Kamdhenu Steel & Alloys Limited and
Ors. (2012) 206 Taxmann 254 (Delhi)
. The court observed that the
judgements cited held that the A.O. ought to conduct an independent inquiry to
verify the genuineness of the credit entries.

 

In the present case, the court noted that the A.O. made an
independent and detailed inquiry, including survey of the so-called investor
companies located in Mumbai, Kolkata and Guwahati to verify the
credit-worthiness of the parties, the source of funds invested and the
genuineness of the transactions. The field reports revealed that the
shareholders were either non-existent, or lacked credit-worthiness.

 

On the issue of unexplained credit entries / share capital,
the Supreme Court examined the judgements in Sumati Dayal vs. CIT (1995)
214 ITR 801 (SC), CIT vs. P. Mohankala (2007) 291 ITR 278, Pr. CIT vs. NDR
Promoters Pvt. Ltd. (2019) 410 ITR 379, Roshan Di Hatti vs. CIT (1992) 2 SCC
378, Nemi Chand Kothari vs. CIT (2003) 264 ITR 254 (Gau), CIT vs. N.R.
Portfolio (P) Ltd. (2014) 222 Taxman 157 (Del), CIT vs. Divine Leasing &
Financing Ltd. (2007) 158 Taxman 440,
and CIT vs. Value Capital
Service (P) Ltd. (2008)307 ITR 334.

 

The Supreme Court held that the principles which emerge where
sums of money are credited as share capital / premium are:

 

1) The assessee is under a legal obligation to prove the
genuineness of the transaction, the identity of the creditors and the
credit-worthiness of the investors who should have the financial capacity to
make the investment in question, to the satisfaction of the A.O., so as to
discharge the primary onus.

2) The A.O. is duty-bound to investigate the
credit-worthiness of the creditor / subscriber, verify the identity of the
subscribers and ascertain whether the transaction is genuine, or these are
bogus entries of name-lenders.

3)  If the inquiries
and investigations reveal the identities of the creditors to be dubious or
doubtful, or that they lack credit-worthiness, then the genuineness of the
transaction would not be established.

 

In such a case, the assessee would not have discharged the
primary onus contemplated by section 68 of the Act. In the present case, the
court observed that the A.O. had conducted detailed inquiry which revealed
that:

 

(i)  There was no
material on record to prove, or even remotely suggest, that the share
application money was received from independent legal entities. The survey
revealed that some of the investor companies were non-existent and had no
office at the address mentioned by the assessee. For example:

a. The companies Hema Trading Co. Pvt. Ltd. and Eternity
Multi Trade Pvt. Ltd. in Mumbai were found to be non-existent at the address
given and the premises was owned by some other person.

b. The companies in Kolkata did not appear before the A.O.,
nor did they produce their bank statements to substantiate the source of the
funds from which the alleged investments were made.

c. The two companies in Guwahati, viz., Ispat Sheet Ltd. and
Novelty Traders Ltd., were found to be non-existent at the address provided.

The genuineness of the transaction was found to be completely
doubtful.

 

(ii) The inquiries revealed that the investor companies had
filed returns for a negligible taxable income, which showed that the investors
did not have the financial capacity to invest funds ranging between Rs.
90,00,000 and Rs. 95,00,000 in the assessment year 2009-10 for purchase of
shares at such a high premium. For example:

 

(a) Neha Cassettes Pvt. Ltd. Kolkata had disclosed a taxable
income of Rs. 9,744 for the A.Y. 2009-10, but had purchased shares worth Rs.
90,00,000 in the assessee company;

(b) Warner Multimedia Ltd. Kolkata filed a NIL return, but
had purchased shares worth Rs. 95,00,000 in the assessee company;

(c) Ganga Builders Ltd. Kolkata had filed a return for Rs.
5,850 but invested in shares to the tune of Rs. 90,00,000 in the assessee
company.

 

(iii) There was no
explanation whatsoever offered as to why the investor companies had applied for
shares of the assessee company at a high premium of Rs. 190 per share, even
though the face value of the share was Rs. 10.

 

(iv) Furthermore, none of
the so-called investor companies established the source of funds from which the
high share premium was invested.

 

(v) The mere mention of the income tax file number of an investor
was not sufficient to discharge the onus u/s. 68 of the Act.

 

According to the Supreme Court, the lower appellate
authorities appeared to have ignored the detailed findings of the A.O. from the
field inquiry and investigations carried out by his office. The authorities
below had erroneously held that merely because the assessee had filed all the
primary evidence the onus on the assessee stood discharged. The lower appellate
authorities failed to appreciate that the investor companies which had filed
income tax returns with a meagre or nil income, had to explain how they had
invested such huge sums of money in the assessee company. Clearly, the onus to
establish the credit-worthiness of the investor companies was not discharged.
The entire transaction seemed bogus and lacked credibility. The court /
authorities below did not even advert to the field inquiry conducted by the
A.O. which revealed that in several cases the investor companies were found to
be non-existent and the onus to establish the identity of the investor
companies was not discharged by the assessee.

 

The Supreme Court observed that the practice of conversion of
unaccounted money through the cloak of share capital / premium must be
subjected to careful scrutiny. This would be particularly so in the case of
private placement of shares, where a higher onus is required to be placed on
the assessee since the information is within the personal knowledge of the
assessee. The assessee is under a legal obligation to prove the receipt of
share capital / premium to the satisfaction of the A.O., failure of which would
justify addition of the said amount to the income of the assessee.

 

The court held that on the facts of the case, the assessee
company had clearly failed to discharge the onus required u/s. 68 of the Act
and the A.O. was justified in adding back the amounts to the assessee’s income.

 

The Supreme Court allowed the appeal filed by the appellant –
Revenue –and set aside the judgement of the High Court, the ITAT and the
CIT(A). The order passed by the A.O. was restored.

 

6. CIT vs. Gujarat
Cypromet Ltd. (2019) 412 ITR 397 (SC)

 

Business expenditure – Conversion of unpaid interest into
funded interest loan – Explanation 3C in clear terms provides that conversion
of interest amount into loan shall not be deemed to be regarded as “actually
paid” amount within the meaning of section 43B – Interest not allowable

 

The respondent-assessee
filed a return of income showing total loss of Rs. 3,76,70,656 on 31.10.2001.
The assessment order was passed on 17.03.2004 for the assessment year 2001-02.

 

The A.O. disallowed the
deduction claimed by the assessee with regard to payment of interest amounting
to Rs. 2,51,31,154 to the Industrial Development Bank of India. The A.O.
referred to the circular dated 16.12.1988 as well as the judgement of the
Madhya Pradesh High Court in Eicher Motors Ltd. vs. CIT (2009) 315 ITR
312 (MP)
. The assessee, aggrieved by the A.O.’s order, filed an appeal
before the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals), which was partly allowed.

 

An appeal was filed before
the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal against the order of the Commissioner of
Income-tax (Appeals), which was dismissed by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal
on 24.06.1985.

 

Against the order of the
Income-tax Appellate Tribunal, an appeal was filed in the High Court, which was
dismissed following the decision in CIT vs. Bhagwati Autocast Ltd. (2003)
261 ITR 481 (Guj)
.

 

On an appeal by the
Revenue, the Supreme Court noted that the interest liability which accrued
during the relevant assessment year was not actually paid back by the assessee,
rather, it was sought to be adjusted in the further loan of Rs. 8 crore which
was obtained from the Industrial Development Bank of India.

 

The Supreme Court observed
that the judgement of the Delhi High Court relied upon by the learned counsel
for the appellant in CIT vs. M.M. Aqua Technologies Ltd. (2015) 376 ITR
498 (Del)
referred to section 43B as well as Explanation 3C and held
that Explanation 3C having retrospective effect with effect from 1.04.1989
would be applicable to the year in question. The Delhi High Court in its
judgement has referred to the judgement of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in Eicher
Motors Limited (supra)
. In Eicher Motors, the court had noted that
Explanation 3C in clear terms provided that such conversion of interest amount
into loan shall not be deemed to be regarded as “actually paid” amount within
the meaning of section 43B. In view of a clear legislative mandate removing
this doubt and making the intention of the legislature clear in relation to
such a transaction, it was not necessary to interpret the unamended section 43B
in detail.

 

The court held that in the
impugned judgement, the Gujarat High Court had relied upon Bhagwati
Autocast Ltd. (supra)
which was not a case covered by section 43B(d),
rather, it was a case of section 43B(a). The provisions of section 43B covered
a host of different situations. The statutory Explanation 3C inserted by the
Finance Act, 2006 was squarely applicable in the facts of the present case.
According to the Supreme Court, the attention of the High Court was not invited
to Explanation 3C. The Supreme Court was of the view that the A.O. had rightly
disallowed the deduction as claimed by the assessee. The appellate authority,
the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal and the High Court had erred in reversing the
said disallowance.

 

The Supreme Court, therefore, allowed the appeal. The
question of law was answered in favour of the Revenue.


7. CIT vs. Tasgaon Taluka S.S.K. Ltd. (2019) 412
ITR 420 (SC)

Business expenditure – Sugarcane purchase price paid to
the cane growers by the assessee-society more than the statutory minimum price
and determined under Clause 5A of the Control Order, 1966 – The entire / whole
amount of difference between the statutory minimum price and the state advisory
price per se could not be said to be an appropriation of profit – Only
that part / component of profit, while determining the final price worked out /
state advisory price / additional purchase price would be and / or can be said
to be an appropriation of profit

           

The assessee, a
co-operative society engaged in the business of production of sugarcane and
sale thereof, filed its return of income for the assessment year 1998-99
declaring NIL income. In the return, the assessee computed carry-forward loss
of Rs. 40,00,339 and unabsorbed depreciation of Rs. 1,67,26,665. The return was
processed u/s. 143(1)(a) of the Act, making adjustment of Rs. 2,02,242
relatable to section 40A(3) of the Act. Thereafter, the assessee filed a
revised return wherein business loss was shown to the tune of Rs. 3,32,42,426.

 

It was noticed that the price paid by the assessee to the
sugarcane growers, most of whom were its members, was in excess of what was
payable as per the Sugarcane (Control) Order, 1966.

 

The A.O. held that the difference between the price paid as
per Clause 3 of the Control Order, 1966 determined by the Central Government,
and the price determined by the State Government under Clause 5A of the Control
Order, 1966 (and consequently paid by the assessee to the cane growers) could
be said to be a distribution of profit, as in the price determination under
Clause 5A of the Control Order, 1966, there was an element of profit and
therefore the price paid to the cane growers determined by the State Government
was excessive and therefore it was not deductible as expenditure and was
required to be included in the income of the assessee.

 

Alternatively, the A.O. also held that the excess cane price
paid to the cane growers over the statutory minimum price (SMP) was
disallowable as per section 40A(2)(a) of the Act by observing that the purchase
price paid was excessive and unreasonable.

On an appeal, the
Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals), relying upon and considering the decision
of a Special Bench, Mumbai ITAT in the case of Manjara Shetkari Sakhar
Karkhana Limited dated 19.08.2004
allowed the appeal preferred by the
assessee and held that the price actually paid for the procurement of the
sugarcane is to be allowed as business expenditure. The learned CIT(A) also
observed and held that the excess payment of cane price as fixed by the State
Government (SAP) over and above the SMP for sugarcane to members and
non-members cannot be disallowed u/s. 40A(2)(b) of the Act, despite the fact that
profit is one of the components in asserting the price. The CIT(A) observed
that just because profit is one of the components in asserting the price, it
cannot be said that profit is separately distributed in the guise of additional
price. The learned CIT(A) observed that the amount paid by the
assessee–co-operative society to the sugarcane growers is considered for the
procurement of the sugarcane and it cannot be construed to be appropriation of
profits. Consequently, the learned CIT(A) deleted the addition made by the A.O.

 

The learned ITAT confirmed the order passed by the learned
CIT(A), which was further confirmed by the High Court. The High Court had
dismissed the appeal preferred by the department by observing that the question
was covered by the judgement of the High Court in the case of Commissioner
of
Income Tax vs. Manjara Shetkari Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Limited,
reported in (2008) 301 I.T.R. 191 (Bom).

 

On further appeal by the department, the Supreme Court
observed that the short question posed before it for consideration was whether
the sugarcane purchase price paid to the cane growers by the assessee-society
more than the SMP and determined under Clause 5A of the Control Order, 1966,
could be said to be the sharing of profit / appropriation of profit or was
allowable as expenditure?

 

The Supreme Court noted that the entire scheme / mechanism
while determining the additional purchase price under Clause 5A had been dealt
with and considered by it in detail in the case of Maharashtra Rajya Sahakari
Sakhar Karkhana Sangh Limited (1995) Supp. (3) SCC 475
. In the said
decision it was observed that the additional purchase price / SAP is paid at
the end of the season; the Bhargava Commission had recommended payment of
additional price at the end of the season on 50:50 profit sharing basis between
the growers and factories to be worked out in accordance with the 2nd
Schedule to the Control Order, 1966; that the additional purchase price
comprises of not only the cost of cultivation, but profit as well; the price
thus being paid on recovery of cane and profits made from sale of sugar is not
minimum but optimum price which is paid to a cane grower. The additional cane
price or additional state-fixed price is paid as a matter of incentive. The
entire price structure of cane is founded on two basic factors, one, the
recovery percentage and two, the incentive for sharing profit arrived at by
working out receipt minus expenditure.

 

Therefore, the Supreme Court held that to the extent of the
component of profit which would be a part of the final determination of SAP and
/ or the final price / additional purchase price fixed under Clause 5A would
certainly be and / or said to be an appropriation of profit. However, at the
same time, the entire / whole amount of difference between the SMP and the SAP per
se
could not be said to be an appropriation of profit. Only that part / component
of profit, while determining the final price worked out / SAP / additional
purchase price would be and / or can be said to be an appropriation of profit
and for that an exercise has to be done by the A.O. by calling upon the
assessee to produce the statement of accounts, balance sheet and the material
supplied to the State Government for the purpose of deciding / fixing the final
price / additional purchase price / SAP under Clause 5A of the Control Order,
1966. Merely because the higher price is paid to both, members and non-members,
qua the members, still the question would remain with respect to the
distribution of profit / sharing of the profit.

 

So far as the non-members
were concerned, the same could be dealt with and / or considered applying section
40A (2) of the Act, i.e., the A.O. on the material on record has to determine
whether the amount paid is excessive or unreasonable or not. However, this
being not the subject matter in the present appeals, the Supreme Court
restricted itself to the present appeals qua the sugarcane purchase
price paid by the society to the cane growers above the SMP determined under
Clause 3 and the difference of sugarcane purchase price between the price
determined under Clause 3 and Clause 5A of the Control Order, 1966.

 

The Supreme Court observed that the A.O. would have to take
into account the manner in which the business works, the modalities and manner
in which SAP / additional purchase price / final price are decided and to
determine what amount would form part of the profit and after undertaking such
an exercise whatever is the profit component is to be considered as sharing of
profit / distribution of profit and the rest of the amount is to be considered
as deductible as expenditure.

 

In view of the above and for the reasons stated above, the question of
law was answered accordingly, partly in favour of the department and partly in
favour of the assessee.

 

8. Pr. CIT vs. Yes Bank Ltd. (2019)
412 ITR 459 (SC)

 

Appeal to the High Court – The High Court could not have
dismissed the appeal without framing any substantial question of law as was
required to be framed u/s. 260-A of the Act though heard the appeal bipartite
and that too without deciding any issue arising in the case

 

The appellant is the Union of India (Income Tax Department)
and the respondent-bank is the assessee.

 

In the course of assessment proceedings of the
respondent-assessee (bank) for the assessment year 2007-08, a question arose as
to whether the respondent-assessee (bank) was entitled to claim deduction u/s.
35-D of the Act for the assessment year in question. In other words, the
question arose as to whether the respondent-bank was an industrial undertaking
so as to entitle them to claim deduction u/s. 35-D of the Act.

 

The case of the respondent was that they, being an industrial
undertaking, were entitled to claim the deduction u/s. 35-D of the Act. The
A.O. passed an order dated 31.10.2009 which gave rise to the proceedings before
the Commissioner u/s. 263 of the Act which resulted in passing of an adverse
order dated 14.11.2011 by the Commissioner.

 

This, in turn, gave rise to the filing of the appeal by the
respondent before the ITAT against the order of the Commissioner. By an order
dated 5.12.2014, the ITAT allowed the appeal which gave rise to filing of the
appeal by the Revenue (Income-tax Department) in the High Court u/s. 260-A of
the Act.

 

The High Court dismissed the appeal after hearing both the
parties, giving rise to the filing of an appeal by way of a special leave
petition before the Supreme Court. The short question that arose for
consideration before the Supreme Court was whether the High Court was justified
in dismissing the appellant’s appeal.

According to the Supreme
Court, firstly, the High Court did not frame any substantive question of law as
was required to be framed u/s. 260-A of the Act though it heard the appeal
bipartite. In other words, the High Court did not dismiss the appeal in
limine
on the ground that the appeal does not involve any substantial
question of law. Secondly, the High Court dismissed the appeal without deciding
any issue arising in the case saying that it was not necessary. Thirdly, the
main issue involved in the appeal, as rightly taken note of by the High Court,
was with regard to the applicability of section 35-D of the Act to the
respondent-assessee (bank). It was, however, not decided.

 

The Supreme Court was of the view that the High Court should
have framed the substantive question of law on the applicability of section
35-D of the Act in addition to other questions and then should have answered
them in accordance with the law rather than to leave the question(s) undecided.

 

The Supreme Court noted that the issue with regard to
applicability of section 35-D of the Act to the respondent-bank was already
pending consideration before the High Court at the instance of the respondent
in one appeal.
In such a case, both the appeals should have been decided together.

 

According to the Supreme Court, the order of the High Court
was not legally sustainable. It therefore set aside the order of the High
Court. The appeal was accordingly remanded to the High Court for its decision
on merits in accordance with law along with another appeal, if pending, after
framing proper substantive question(s) of law arising in the case.

FEMA FOCUS

ANALYSIS OF RECENT COMPOUNDING ORDERS

An analysis of some interesting
compounding orders passed by the Reserve Bank of India in the months from
November, 2018 to March, 2019 and uploaded on the website[1]  are given below. The article refers to
regulatory provisions as existing at the time of offence. Changes in regulatory
provisions are noted in the comments section.

                                                                                                

BORROWING OR LENDING IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE

A. Respoint Shoes Private Limited

Date of Order: 11th
October, 2018

Regulation: FEMA 3/2000-RB
Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing or Lending in Foreign Exchange)
Regulations, 2000

 

ISSUE

1)   Loan proceeds were used to meet company
formation and related expenses, which were not permitted end-uses;

2)   Drawdown
of proceeds before obtaining Loan Registration Number (LRN);

3)   Reporting
guidelines not met.

 

FACTS

  • The applicant company received Euros 5,000
    (Rs. 2,88,600) from Hollre B.V., its parent company situated in the
    Netherlands.
  • Out of the said amount of Rs. 2,88,600, the
    applicant accounted for Rs. 1,00,000 towards issuance of 10,000 equity shares
    of Rs. 10 each and treated the remaining Rs. 1,88,600 as external commercial
    borrowing (ECB) from its parent company.
  • The said amount was utilised towards company
    formation and related expenses.

 

Regulatory provisions

  • As per Regulation 6 of Notification No. FEMA
    3/2000-RB, a person resident in India may raise in accordance with the
    provisions of the Automatic Route Scheme specified in Schedule I, foreign
    currency loans of the nature and for the purposes as specified in that
    Schedule.
  • Paragraph 1(iv) of Schedule I to FEMA
    Notification No. FEMA 3/2000-RB provides the end-uses for which ECB is
    permitted. However, loan towards ‘company formation and related expenses’ is
    not a permitted end-use route.
  • Paragraph 1(xi) of Schedule I to FEMA
    Notification No. FEMA 3/2000-RB states that drawdowns of borrowing in foreign
    exchange shall be made strictly in accordance with the terms of the loan
    agreement only after obtaining the loan registration number from the Reserve
    Bank.
  •     Paragraph 1(xii) of Schedule I to FEMA
    Notification No. FEMA 3/2000-RB states that the borrower shall adhere to the
    reporting procedure as specified by the Reserve Bank from time to time.

 

Contravention

Relevant
Para of FEMA 3 Regulation

Nature
of default

Amount
involved
(in Rs.)

Time
period of default

Regulation
6 of Notification No. FEMA 3/2000-RB read with Paragraphs 1(iv), (xi) and
(xii) of Schedule I to this Regulation

Issue
1:
Loan proceeds were used to meet company
formation and related expenses, which were not permitted end-uses

Issue
2:
Drawdown of proceeds before obtaining
Loan Registration Number (LRN)

Issue
3:
Reporting guidelines not being met

Rs.
1,88,600

April,
2007 to July, 2018


Compounding penalty

Compounding penalty of Rs. 51,415
was levied.

 

Comments

Under provisions of Notification No.
FEMA 20(R)/2017-RB, if capital instruments are not allotted by the Indian
company within 60 days of receipt of consideration, the amount can be refunded
to the foreign company within 15 days of completion of the 60 days’ limit and
subject to satisfaction of the AD Bank.

 

Alternatively, equity shares can
also be allotted against pre-incorporation expenses incurred by the holding company
subject to fulfilment of certain conditions.

It
is relevant to note that under the new ECB Regulations notified vide
Notification No. FEMA 3R/2018-RB dated 17.12.2018 there is a negative list of
end-uses for which ECB cannot be utilised. The said negative end-use list
specifies that ECB cannot be utilised for general corporate purposes except if
it’s raised from foreign equity holder. However, this would not cover cases
where ECB is raised along with or prior to the issue of equity to the foreign investor.

 

B. Glenmark Life Sciences Limited

Date of Order: 7th
December, 2018

Regulation: FEMA 4/2000-RB
Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing and Lending in Rupees) Regulations, 2000

 

ISSUE

Borrowing by Indian company without
issuance of Non-Convertible Debentures (NCDs) and non-compliance with reporting
requirements.

 

FACTS

  • The applicant company’s NRI Director and
    shareholder remitted Rs. 38,00,000 out of his NRE account. Out of the above
    amount, Rs. 33,330 was utilised towards allotment of shares and the balance
    amount of Rs. 37,66,670 was treated as loan in the books of the applicant
    company.
  • The applicant neither issued any NCDs to the
    NRI lender nor complied with the reporting requirements. However, the applicant
    reversed the transaction and remitted the amount of Rs. 37,66,670 to the NRI.

    

Regulatory provisions

  • In terms of Regulation 5(1) of Notification
    No. FEMA 4/2000-RB a company incorporated in India may borrow in rupees on
    repatriation or non-repatriation basis from a non-resident Indian or a person
    of Indian origin resident outside India by way of investment in non-convertible
    debentures (NCDs) subject to the conditions specified therein.

 

Contravention

Relevant Para of FEMA 4 Regulation

Nature of default

Amount involved (in Rs.)

Time period of default

Regulation 5(1)

Borrowing undertaken by the applicant company without
issuance of NCD

Rs. 37,66,670

Two years five months to six years ten months, approximately.

 

Compounding penalty

A compounding penalty of Rs. 75,300
was levied.

 

Comments

This case reflects one common
violation wherein an Indian company obtains loan from an NRI director to meet
short-term funds. Such loan is permissible under the Indian Companies Act but
is in violation of FEMA provisions. Schedule 4 of FEMA 20(R) which deems
investment by an NRI to be domestic investment at par with the investment made
by residents, is restricted to capital instrument or convertible notes.
Borrowing and lending regulations are yet to be liberalised resulting in
limited avenues for an Indian company to raise finance from outside India. The
conclusion would have been similar even if the loan was lent from an NRO
account, subject to the provisions of Schedule 7 as contained in Notification
No. FEMA 5(R)/2016-RB.

 

RETENTION OF ASSETS ABROAD

C. Pradeep Khemka

Date of Order: 1st
October, 2018

Regulation: FEMA 348/2015-RB of
Foreign Exchange Management (Regularisation of assets held abroad by a person
resident in India) Regulations, 2015

 

ISSUE

Retention
of assets abroad that were declared under the Black Money Act (BMA) beyond 180
days from the date of declaration without prior approval of Reserve Bank.

 

FACTS

  • The applicant, a resident Indian, declared
    foreign assets (Seaworld Foundation, Liechtenstein, of which he was the settlor
    and first beneficiary) to the extent of US $ 30,46,861 on 26.09.2015 under the
    Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act,
    2015 (BMA) and paid a tax of Rs. 11,57,19,780 on 28.12.2015 on the same.
  • The applicant received an amount of $
    29,71,165.38 on 13.10.2015 after liquidation of his foreign assets. However,
    the balance amount of $ 89,369.04[2]  was not remitted to India within the
    specified period of 180 days, as prescribed under Regulation 4 of FEMA 348.
  • No approval was sought from RBI by the
    applicant for retaining the amount beyond the period of 180 days as required in
    terms of Regulation 4 of FEMA 348 read with para 3(c) of A.P. (DIR Series),
    Circular No. 18 dated 30.09.2015.

 

Regulatory provisions

  • FEMA 348
    provided immunity from FEMA violation in respect of declaration made by the
    resident person under amnesty scheme of BMA.
  • Proviso
    to Regulation 4 of FEMA 348 permitted the resident person to hold declared asset
    outside India beyond 180 days from date of declaration after obtaining specific
    permission from RBI.
  • If
    aforesaid permission is denied, regulation mandates bringing back of proceeds
    within 180 days from date of refusal of permission.

 

Contravention

Relevant Para of FEMA 348 Regulation

Nature of default

Amount involved
(in Rs.)

Time period of default

Regulation 4

Retention of assets abroad that were declared under the BMA
beyond 180 days without prior approval of Reserve Bank

Rs. 58,08,988

2 years approximately

 

 

Compounding penalty

Compounding penalty of Rs. 81,949
was levied.

 

Comments

Regulation 348 is applicable only to
person making declaration under amnesty scheme of BMA. It was a one-time
relaxation provided by the government to encourage people to declare
undisclosed assets held abroad and absolve themselves from draconian consequences
of BMA.

 

ACQUISITION AND TRANSFER OF IMMOVABLE PROPERTY

D. Mrs. Rajini Kodeswaran

Date of Order: 28th
August, 2018

Regulation: FEMA 21/2000-RB
Foreign Exchange Management (Acquisition and Transfer of Immovable Property in
India) Regulations, 2000

 

ISSUE

Acquisition of immovable property in
India by a Sri Lankan citizen without RBI permission.

 

FACTS

  • The applicant, a Sri Lankan citizen, had
    acquired an immovable property in the year 2008 without obtaining prior
    permission from the Reserve Bank of India. Subsequently, she constructed a flat
    on the same property.
  • The immovable property was acquired for
    total consideration of Rs. 6,84,000; the cost of construction of the flat is
    Rs. 32,97,085, aggregating to Rs. 39,81,085.
  • Regulation 7 of FEMA 21/2000 prohibits Sri
    Lankan citizens from acquiring immovable property without prior permission of
    RBI. Since no prior permission was obtained, the applicant was asked to
    immediately sell the property to a person resident in India.
  • Pursuant to the aforesaid direction, the
    property was sold by the applicant for Rs. 44,00,000.

 

Regulatory provision

As per Regulation 7 of Notification
No. FEMA-21/2000, no person being a citizen of Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka,
Afghanistan, China, Iran, Nepal, Bhutan, Macau or Hong Kong shall acquire or
transfer immovable property in India, other than lease, not exceeding five
years without prior permission of the Reserve Bank.

 

Contravention

Relevant Para of FEMA 21/2000 Regulation

Nature of default

Amount involved (in Rs.)

Approx. Time period of default

Regulation 7

Purchase of immovable property by Sri Lankan citizen without
RBI permission

Rs. 39,81,085

9 years
2 months

25 days

 

 

Compounding penalty

Compounding penalty of Rs. 18,78,208
was levied.

 

Comments

It was represented based on a
valuation report that the value of land appreciated to Rs. 24,82,350.
Accordingly, undue gain was computed at Rs. 17,98,350 (difference between cost
of land Rs. 6,84,000 and value appreciation of property). Period of default was
computed from date of acquisition of immovable property till date of disposal,
i.e., regularisation. The quantum of penalty reflects the stringent view taken
by RBI on purchase of immovable property by citizens from select countries. The
said restriction is not applicable if such nationals are OCI card holders[3].

 

FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT (FDI)

E. ND Callus Info Services Pvt. Ltd.

Date of
Order: 13th December, 2018

Regulation:
FEMA 20/2000-RB Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a
Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000

 

ISSUE

Downstream investment by a
foreign-owned and controlled company in an Indian company engaged in core
investment activity without seeking FIPB approval.

 

FACTS

  • The applicant company is engaged in investment
    activities as a core investment company. Shareholding structure of applicant
    pre- and post-acquisition is as under:

 

     


  • The Mau
    Co acquired the remaining 51% stake from Indian shareholders and accordingly
    ICO1, ICO2 and the applicant became directly and indirectly foreign-owned and
    controlled companies.
  • The
    applicant did not take government / erstwhile FIPB approval as was required
    since the applicant was engaged in core investment activities.
  • The
    applicant became part of Vodafone group which acquired control over Hutchison
    group through indirect transfer.

 

Regulatory provision

Regulation 14(6)(ii) of Notification
No. FEMA 20/2000-RB states that foreign investment in an Indian company,
engaged only in the activity of investing in the capital of other Indian
company/ies, will require prior government / FIPB approval, regardless of the
amount or extent of foreign investment.

 

Contravention

The amount of contravention is Rs.
508,31,13,300 and the period of contravention is 4 years and 3 months
approximately.

 

Compounding penalty

Compounding penalty of Rs.
3,56,31,793 was levied.

 

Comments

This case reveals the care and
precaution to be taken at the time of increase in stake by a foreign investor
in an Indian company. Not only FEMA compliance needs to be undertaken by Target
company but also by downstream investment held by the Target company.
Regulations are not only applicable at the time of making downstream
investment, but also on account of subsequent change in holding company
shareholding making regulations applicable to investment already made by the
Indian company.

 

Under revised FEMA 20(R)/2017-RB as
amended from time to time, a core investment company is covered under other
financial services under which 100% foreign investment is permitted under the
automatic route subject to compliance of applicable RBI regulations.



[1] https://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/Compoundingorders.aspx

[2] Initially balance amount was
declared as $ 75,695.62 but this increased to $ 89,369.04 due to increase in
market value as per submissions of the applicant

[3] FAQ No. 4 on purchase of immovable
property in India by non-resident individuals https://m.rbi.org.in/Scripts/FAQView.aspx?Id=117]

FROM THE PRESIDENT

Dear Members,

The
results of the 17th Lok Sabha elections have been announced and in a
decisive mandate, the Narendra Modi-led National Democratic Alliance (NDA) has
been voted back to power with a clear, resounding majority. At the outset, I
would like to congratulate the Prime Minister and his entire team for this
thumping success. It is very heartening to note that amidst the chaos prevalent
before and during the elections, the citizens of India have acted in a mature
manner and have voted sensibly.


As
the new government takes up the task of moving ahead with and accelerating the
unfinished agenda, it is time for us to take home a few learnings.


A
cursory glance at the names of the candidates who lost suggests that the Indian
voter has matured and has rejected a candidate whose primary raison d’etre
has been that he / she is the son / daughter / relative of an established
politician. The writing is on the wall – there is no room for dynasty politics.
The successor has to prove his credentials and cannot bask only on past glory.
As many middle-aged professionals see their sons qualify the CA examinations
and introduce them into the family practice, both the parent and the child
would be well advised to bear this aspect in mind while planning the succession
in the firm so that the clients and the team accept the successor in his own
right and not under the shadow of the parent.


The
entire plank of the opposition was built on the premise of criticism and a
one-point agenda to stop Modi from returning to power. In the absence of a
constructive agenda, the citizens were mature enough to turn a blind eye to
such criticism and move to the party which focussed on and promised growth,
stability and national pride.

 

As
professionals, scepticism is built into our approach and conduct. But a thin
line divides the concept of scepticism from criticism. While we may have
reasons to not like many facets of the law, regulations and the environment,
clients may not perceive value from criticism of such provisions. The advice
and conduct of a professional have to provide value and solutions rather than
mere criticism. The unjust aspects of the law may be addressed suitably through
representations before appropriate forums.

 

One
of the factors which perhaps worked in favour of the NDA was the open
communication channels and regular interactions with various stakeholders. Such
interactions kept the government connected with the ground-level realities and
helped it to provide tangible benefits to the citizens. Isn’t it time that we
increase our interaction levels with our clients as well? When was the last
time that we had a no-agenda meeting with our clients? Such gestures of genuine
care create connectivity and help in ensuring long-term growth of our profession.

 

One
more striking feature of the elections was the extensive use (and perhaps abuse
as well) of technology. Information spread like fire on social media. A random
glance at a few such posts would highlight the extent of creativity (perhaps
wasted!) latent amongst the citizens. As professionals, it is important for us
as well to harness the use of technology in our activities and also be active
on social media for projecting the right image and value proposition of the
profession.

 

One
can go on and on; there are many learnings from the election results and I will
leave it to each one of you to reflect and ponder upon some of these and
implement them in your professional practice. One clear message from the
results is about the way forward. It is more than evident that the unfinished
agenda will be taken up at a much faster pace. This will imply many regulatory
changes. As chartered accountants, we have time and again demonstrated our
ability to act as catalysts in case of such regulatory changes. Such changes
also present professional opportunities to us and therefore we should gear
ourselves up and look out for emerging opportunities that may come our way.


At
the same time, we would also be moving towards a stricter framework, which
would bring with it the associated professional risks. We need to ensure that
our technical skills, conduct and documentation jointly help us in ensuring
that such professional risks are reduced to the minimum extent possible.

 

Closer
home, the new team for the coming BCAS year is already in place. I wish Manish
Sampat, President-Elect, and his team all the best for an eventful year ahead.
Please feel free to send in your suggestions for the activities that you would
like to witness at the BCAS during the coming year.

SOCIETY NEWS

CORPORATE AND ALLIED LAWS COMMITTEE

“Company Law Conclave – 2019” held on 15th & 16th March, 2019

A two-day Company Law Conclave – 2019 was organised by the Corporate & Allied Laws Committee on 15th & 16th March, 2019 at Hotel Orchid, Mumbai, with distinguished speakers and panellists sharing their in-depth knowledge and experience on the subject. President CA. Sunil Gabhawalla gave the inaugural remarks, followed by opening comments from the Chairman of the Corporate and Allied Laws Committee, CA. Chetan Shah.

CA. Nilesh Vikamsey, Past President of ICAI, delivered the keynote address and highlighted the journey of various amendments in the short period since the enactment of the Companies Act, 2013 including a statistical analysis thereof; he also highlighted the challenges faced, especially by professionals, in various compliances thereunder.

The first technical session was taken up by CA. Bhavesh Vora who dealt with the topic Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO). He explained the difference between registered owner and beneficial owner, stages of Money-laundering leading to the rationale behind the introduction of SBO declarations, the applicability and non-applicability of SBO declarations, etc. He also gave valuable insights on provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 relating to Acceptance of Deposits and Dematerialisation of Shares and touched upon the Banning of Unregulated Deposit Schemes Ordinance, 2019 which was promulgated on 21st February, 2019.

The second session was a panel discussion on Recent Trends of actions from Regulators such as SEBI, Stock Exchanges and MCA with respect to Audit Committees, Auditors and Directors, including Independent Directors. The esteemed panellists were CA. Shailesh Haribhakti, CA. Dolphy D’Souza and CA. Bhavesh Vora. The session was ably moderated by CA. Sandeep Shah who made the proceedings informative and interesting.

In the third session, CA. Manish Sampat, Vice President, BCAS, explained the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 relating to Loans and Investments, Borrowings, Related Party Transactions and Foreign Companies – establishing liaison/project/branch office in India and shared his practical experience. He also gave a brief overview of FEMA provisions.

Thereafter, Mr. Amit Tandon apprised the participants about the Dawn of proxy/voting advisory firms in India and corporate governance trends evolving in India. He expressed the view that shareholder engagement had been increasing in India in the recent past and shared specific examples of how effective shareholders’ engagement had resulted in not allowing the Board to have its own way.

In the last session on Day 1, CA. Avil Menezes dealt with Corporate Insolvency (winding up) in IBC Era. He explained the liquidation process under the IBC and responded to several queries of the participants in this regard.

Day 2 began with the session on Accounts, Audit and CSR’ under the Companies Act, 2013 by CA. Himanshu Kishnadwala. He elaborated the financial statements – AS and Ind AS, reopening of financial statements, declaration of dividend, NFRA and CSR provisions applicable to the companies, and shared insights on audit and auditors’ responsibilities and other services that can be rendered by the auditor/its affiliate or associate.

This was followed by a panel discussion on Role & Responsibilities of Directors, Conflicts of Interest other than related party transactions and Directors’ Potential Liabilities in Insolvency. The distinguished panellists, viz., CS. Shailesh Rajadhyaksha, CA. Uday Chitale and Adv. Bharat Vasani, shared their views and rich experience. Adv. Bharat Vasani, with his legal background, threw light on the Directors’ responsibilities and liabilities under the Companies Act as well as some other laws. The session was ably moderated by CA. Nawshir Mirza who made the interaction more educative and effective.

Thereafter, the session on Schemes of Compromises, Arrangements and Amalgamations – Procedural aspects was taken up by Adv. Bhumika Batra. She, inter alia, covered the benefits, governing statutes and various stages of schemes of compromise and arrangements. The concluding session on Day 2 was taken up by CS B. Renganathan on Schemes of Compromises, Arrangements and Amalgamations – Some Peculiar Illustrations. He discussed some of the path-breaking schemes of compromises and arrangements.

The event garnered good response and saw attendance from outstation participants from various cities. Overall, the Company Law Conclave was an enriching experience for the participants.

Training Session on “Practical Aspects of Bank Audit from Article’s Perspective” held on 22nd March 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

The Students’ Forum under the auspices of the HRD Committee organised a training session on the above-mentioned topic on 22nd March, 2019 in the BCAS Conference Hall which was led by CA. Pankaj Tiwari, a proficient speaker on the subject. Ms. Divya Jadav, the student co-ordinator, introduced him to the participants. She was followed by CA. Jigar Shah, HRD Committee member, who also addressed the students.

CA Pankaj Tiwari spoke about the current banking scenario and briefed the students on various recent circulars issued by the RBI. He covered several issues and aspects which needed to be looked into by the article students while conducting a bank audit. He meticulously explained the issues involved through case studies and practical examples; he gave useful tips to the article students on how to effectively conduct Bank Audit and provided a checklist of the critical areas to be focused upon.

The training session ended with Mr. Jason Joseph, student co-ordinator, proposing the vote of thanks to the speaker for sparing his valuable time and the audience for participating in huge numbers. With the “Bank Audit season” round the corner, the topic had its own importance which could be easily seen by the tremendous response received from the students. Overall, the session was very informative and the participants benefited a lot from it.

ITF STUDY CIRCLE

Study Circle on “Agency PE – Analysis of Amendment under the Act and MLI” held on 25th March, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

The ITF Study Circle organised a meeting on Agency PE – Analysis of Amendment under the Act and MLI on 25th March, 2019 in the BCAS Conference Hall. It was led by the Group Leader, CA. Kartik Badiani who took the members through the various provisions of Article 12 of the Multilateral Instrument relating to the measures for preventing avoidance of a permanent establishment. He explained the commissionaire arrangement and why it is not very relevant in the Indian context.

CA. Kartik Badiani also described the expanded scope of the agency PE arising out of the new provisions, especially regarding activities of dependent agents in respect of contracts for the transfer of the ownership of, or for the granting of the right to use property owned by that enterprise, or that the enterprise has the right to use for the provision of services by that enterprise.

He then compared the MLI provisions with the newly-substituted Explanation 2(a) to section 9(1)(i) of the Income-tax Act. The scope of the substituted explanation and its applicability to purchasing activities for export or otherwise was also discussed.

The meeting was very interactive and presented a huge takeaway for the participants.

Lecture Meeting on “The Banning of Unregulated Deposit Schemes Ordinance, 2019” held on 28th March, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society organised a lecture meeting on ‘The Banning of Unregulated Deposit Schemes Ordinance, 2019’ on 28th March, 2019 in the BCAS Conference Hall which was addressed by CA. Sandeep Shah.

CA. Sandeep discussed the background of the Ordinance and its applicability and then covered key definitions, the genesis, salient features, administration and challenges and confusion, as also the offences under it. He touched upon the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and the Maharashtra Protection of Interest of Depositors (in Financial Establishments) Act, 1999 to put forth his views. He also talked about the types of schemes such as “Ponzy” and “Pyramid Schemes” and explained the applicability and the exemptions under the Ordinance. He described the characteristics of regulated and unregulated deposit schemes and the offences covered by the Ordinance, i.e., inducement and punishment, etc., thereof.

Thereafter, the speaker described the challenges and confusions faced in implementing the Ordinance and the administrative aspects and penalties imposed for indulging in contravention of the Ordinance, including imprisonment, fines, etc. He also outlined and emphasised the role of an auditor in stricter compliance of the Ordinance and the consequences of non-compliance with laws and regulations of the Ordinance.

The lecture was followed by a Q&A session in which the participants raised queries which were emphatically answered by the learned speaker. The participants were enlightened with the interesting and important developments in the financial domain which were effectively explained by the speaker, CA. Sandeep Shah.

“Blood Donation Drive” organised on 29th March, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

BCAS continues with its initiative of connecting with and contributing to the society at large for a non-professional cause. Its blood donation drive encourages a sense of “Personal Social Responsibility” (PSR) among its members, their relatives and friends.

The BCAS Foundation, along with the Seminar and Membership Development (SMD) Committee, organised its 3rd Blood Donation Drive on 29th March, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall in collaboration with Tata Memorial Hospital (TMH), one of the renowned hospitals in Mumbai with its sophisticated blood bank facilities. TMH also provided a knowledge desk for platelet donation for the benefit of members and for creating awareness about the basics of platelet donation.

Awareness and messages were widely spread by the BCAS team for the drive, especially in all the offices, educational institutions and government offices in and around the New Marine Lines area. CA. Sunil Gabhawalla, President, BCAS, and CA. Narayan Pasari, Chairman, SMD Committee, led the drive along with some committee members and encouraged and inspired many people to become donors.

For the blood donation, the donors had to follow a step-by-step procedure covering various parameters before actually donating blood. The specialised team of doctors and supervisors from TMH was very careful with regard to the health and physical condition of the donors to ensure that he/she was fit for donating blood and also completely fit and fine after donating blood.

The donors were given Blood Donation Certificates by TMH and BCAS along with a token gift in appreciation of their participation. BCAS received an overwhelming response to the drive and TMH officials were very happy with the units of blood collected.
It was a great team effort by the 12 volunteers from TMH, the coordinators of the event from the SMD Committee, CA. Sohail Kapasi, CA. Maitri Ahuja and CA. Yogesh Patel, along with other members of the BCAS and the BCAS staff who actively extended their support. It was indeed a memorable experience through which BCAS gave an opportunity to inculcate/nurture a sense of PSR amongst members as well as non-members.

(Note: PSR can be called a “twin sister” of CSR which stands for “Corporate Social Responsibility”.)

BCAS TECH SUMMIT 2019 HELD ON 30th MARCH, 2019

The Technology Initiatives Committee of the BCAS organised the 1st BCAS Tech Summit 2019 on 30th March, 2019 at Courtyard by Marriott. The event commenced with an inaugural address by President CA. Sunil Gabhawalla, followed by the opening address by CA. Nitin Shingala, the Chairman of the Committee.

The keynote address was delivered by CA. Deepak Ghaisas, Chairman and Chief Mentor, Gencoval Group, and Vice-Chairman, i-flex Solutions. He highlighted the technological trends affecting different sectors and how each trend is an enabler for a chartered accountant to expand his practice.

The panel discussion on Accounting Softwares was led by the moderator, CA. Shariq Contractor. The participants included Ms. Aditi Puri Batra, Intuit, CA. Harsh Vardhan Dawar and CA. Prashant Gupta. The panel discussed the current requirements of the clients and ways to identify accounting software that meets a client’s needs. They also discussed the tools integrated with accounting software that would enable customisation of information. In addition, the panel highlighted transformation in the accounting software with cloud-based accounting applications.

CA. Ameet Patel led the panel discussion on Tax & Compliance Software. The panellists were CA. Raj Mullick, Reliance Industries, CA. Harit Gandhi, TCS, Mr. Rakesh Dube and Mr. Vijaya Mankaragod. While CA. Raj Mullick shared his journey of adapting to technologies to manage GST compliance, CA. Harit Gandhi spoke about developing technologies for GST and VAT compliance and offered his insights into the proposed changes in GST compliance.
Mr. Vijaya Mankaragod highlighted the practices adopted by developed countries in digitising taxation and how Indian tax administration is adapting to these changes. He described the big data analytics being adapted by tax administrations across the world and shared his views on future trends that would drive the taxation sector. Mr. Rakesh Dube, on the other hand, explained the need for having a tax compliance software that worked well with the ERPs to ensure timely compliance with various tax laws. CA. Ameet Patel made the session lively with his wit and humour.

The panel discussion on HR, Payroll & Labour Law compliance software was led by CA. Nitin Shingala, Chairman of the Technology Initiatives Committee himself, and those who took part in it were Mr. Madhu Damodaran, CA. Harish Chopra and Mr. Girish Rowjee.

CA. Nitin initiated the discussion with the current scenario impacting payroll management as nobody could go without pay day except when grounded. Mr. Madhu Damodaran shared his experiences in administering complex HR processes and ensuring employment law compliance through setting up businesses/processes/vendor management systems. CA. Harish Chopra and Mr. Girish Rowjee highlighted trends in payroll accounting and management, future opportunities available and shared tips on how to grow HR and payroll practices.

Another panel discussion, on Practice Management — Leveraging Digital Technologies for Accelerated Growth, was led by CA. Vaibhav Manek. The panellists included CA. Rajeev Sharma, Mr. Suresh Kumar and Mr. Kris Agarwala, Wolters Kluwer. They discussed the trends driving practice management by CA firms and the use of software and applications to ensure efficiency, productivity and training of the employees, when partners can focus on client management.

The session on Robotics Process Automation (RPA) was jointly led by Mr. Ashish Sharma and Mr. Prasad Godbole. They introduced participants to the future trend of robotic accounting and explained how robots can undertake end-to-end transaction processing. The future opportunities available in such a scenario were also highlighted; the case studies and examples discussed by them kept the audience engrossed.

The venue of the 1st BCAS Tech Summit 2019 also featured an exhibition section with product demonstration by Wolters Kluwer, Intuit — Quickbooks, Reliance Jio, TCS IoN, Clear Tax, Firmway, Greytip, Tax Genie and Kredence Digital, all of which opened new vistas for the participants at the event.

The sharing of insights and experiences by the experts, and also the interactions during the networking breaks brought a sense of wonder and created some unforgettable memories of the 1st BCAS Tech Summit 2019.

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVES COMMITTEE

Human Development Study Circle meeting on “Vidur Niti from Mahabharata” held on 9th April, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

The Human Development Study Circle organised an interesting discussion on “Vidur Niti (containing the lessons of wisdom narrated by Vidur to Dhrutrashtra before Mahabharta War) on 9th April, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall which was presented by CA. C. N. Vaze. The Speaker talked about some important teachings in relation to human behaviour i.e. Sandhi (Joining), Vigraha (Disconnect), Yana (Aggression), Asana (Sit on compound – non-aligned) and Dwaidhibhav (create dilemma) and also sources of happiness such as to stay healthy, fearless, debt free, in company of good people, be professional and do justice to the profession etc.

Vidur was one of the most respected gurus in the Kingdom of Hastinapur. He had vowed allegiance to the throne (and not to the person occupying it), as a result of which he had to face a lot of hardships when things started going wrong in the kingdom. Before and during the period of the Mahabharata war, he continued to live in Hastinapur – but he did not eat even a single morsel of food from the King’s kitchen. For his consumption, he grew his own grains, fruits and vegetables because he did not want to be contaminated by consuming food served by the “evil” forces that were ruling the land and the ill wind that was blowing over it. He lived by himself and was always willing to give advice in the court – but there was hardly anyone to listen to him. It was his disciples who noted down his sermons and came up with what is called “Vidur Niti”.

It was an extremely interesting session and the participants learned about several hitherto unknown aspects of the respected sage, seer and guru, Vidur.

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE

Full-Day Workshopon “Effective Leadership and Executive Presence” held on 13th April, 2019 at the BCAS Conference Hall

The HRD Committee organised a full-day workshop for enhancing executive gravitas and developing better leadership acumen. It was conducted by the young and dynamic CA. Mudit Yadav who is a skilled and internationally-certified success coach.

He stressed on the following 4 modules:

(1) How a leader can motivate his team by making subtle changes in his vocabulary and leadership style that will inspire his team and hence get more work done.

(2) How to convey feedback in an effective manner that hurts the least but hits the most and thus being able to identify the strengths of the team and balance them with opportunities and team expectations.

(3) How to influence people like successful political leaders, by learning techniques in interpersonal interactions with the team and clients and making effective presentations, speeches and the use of a power vocabulary.

(4) What to wear, how to walk and ways to talk to enhance your presence and thus building respect and reverence in the minds of your colleagues, further addressing the body language, wardrobe and postures that leaders can apply on themselves to build greater presence.

The session was very interactive and the group activities conducted by CA. Mudit Yadav helped the participants to sharpen their skills and take home a valuable lesson at the end of the workshop.

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS STUDY GROUP

International Economics Study Group meeting on “How Foreign-Funded NGOs (Professional Agitators) are Hurting Economic Growth” held on 16th April, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

The International Economics Study Group held its meeting on 16th April, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall to discuss “How Foreign-Funded NGOs (Professional Agitators) are Hurting Economic Growth.”

CA. Deepak Karanth led the discussions and presented his thoughts on the subject, describing how concerted efforts by select foreign-funded NGOs ran “rent-an-agitation” stirs to “take down” mega developmental projects in India in order to adversely impact the economic growth of the country.

Thousands of NGOs were involved in genuine social service and health-related activities; they had become part of a wide variety of activities: aid, development, healthcare, education, feminism, the environment, human rights, conscientisation (sic), organisation, etc. But sometime back, the Intelligence Bureau had submitted a report to the PMO suggesting that many foreign-funded NGOs protesting against coal and mining projects in the country were stalling India’s development and had negatively impacted GDP growth by 2 to 3%.

Many such “Professional Agitators” (funded by well-known philanthropies in western countries) had tried to stall large projects. These NGOs had received funds in the form of “research funding”. Cracking the whip on this trend, approximately 20,000 NGOs in the country had been barred from receiving foreign funds by the government following cancellation of their FCRA registrations, said CA. Deepak.

The Intelligence Bureau report said that among the agitations pursuing ”anti-developmental activities” were those that were against nuclear infrastructure development, coal-fired power plants, genetically-modified organisms; Posco in Orissa, Vedanta in Orissa, the Narmada Bachao Andolan; the agitations against extractive industries in the North East and the agitation against the Kudankulam Nuclear Power Project.

CA. Paresh Budhdev led the discussion on the impact of debt defaults arising out of cases like IL&FS on mutual funds’ debt schemes and provident and pension funds (government as well as privately-run employees’ PFs) and the overall debt market.

The meeting was very interactive and participants benefited a lot from the discussion.

MISCELLANEA

1. Technology

 

5. Amazon workers are listening to what you tell Alexa

 

Tens of millions of people use smart speakers and their voice software
to play games, find music or trawl for trivia. Millions more are reluctant to
invite the devices and their powerful microphones into their homes out of
concern that someone might be listening.

 

Sometimes, someone is.

 

Amazon has employed thousands of people around the world to help improve
the Alexa digital assistant powering its line of Echo speakers. The team
listens to voice recordings captured in Echo owners’ homes and offices. The
recordings are transcribed, annotated and then fed back into the software as
part of an effort to eliminate gaps in Alexa’s understanding of human speech
and help it better respond to commands.

 

The Alexa voice review process, described by seven people who have
worked on the programme, highlights the often-overlooked human role in training
software algorithms. In marketing materials Amazon says Alexa “lives in the
cloud and is always getting smarter.” But like many software tools built to
learn from experience, humans are doing some of the teaching.

 

The team comprises a mix of contractors and full-time Amazon employees
who work in outposts from Boston to Costa Rica and from India to Romania,
according to the people who signed non-disclosure agreements barring them from
speaking publicly about the programme. They work nine hours a day, with each
reviewer parsing as many as 1,000 audio clips per shift, according to two
workers based at Amazon’s Bucharest office, which takes up the top three floors
of the Global Worth building in the Romanian capital’s up-and-coming Pipera
district. The modern facility stands out amid the crumbling infrastructure and
bears no exterior sign advertising Amazon’s presence.

“We have strict technical and operational safeguards and have a zero
tolerance policy for the abuse of our system. Employees do not have direct
access to information that can identify the person or account as part of this
workflow. All information is treated with high confidentiality and we use
multi-factor authentication to restrict access, service encryption and audits
of our control environment to protect it.”

 

Amazon, in its marketing and privacy policy materials, doesn’t
explicitly say humans are listening to recordings of some conversations picked
up by Alexa. “We use your requests to Alexa to train our speech recognition and
natural language understanding systems,” the company says in a list of
frequently asked questions. In Alexa’s privacy settings, Amazon gives users the
option of disabling the use of their voice recordings for the development of
new features.

 

(Source: www.bloomberg.com; 11th April, 2019)

 

6. Huawei can bring 5G to India in 20 days if given the green light

 

At a time when Indian telecom operators are looking to speed up 5G
roll-outs, Huawei India said that it is fully prepared to bring 5G to the
Indian market and can do so in a matter of 20 days once given the green light.
Addressing the India Mobile Conclave, Huawei India CEO Jay Chen said, “We are
committed to the India market and will be happy to work with service providers
and enterprises to bring 5G faster, safer and smarter to this market.”

 

Chen said that India’s rapid pace of digital adoption is being driven by
the government’s commitment towards digitising key aspects of the digital
economy. “In the last couple of years almost every new innovation introduced to
this market is introduced by Huawei. Massive MIMO is a word we first introduced
in India 5 years back.”

 

Elaborating on the potential of 5G for an emerging digital economy like
India, Chen said that “5G is like electricity” which will enable all industries
and help realise the digital mission and the goals set by the National Digital
Communications Policy (NDCP). Huawei is a global leader in 5G and it already
has 30 5G commercial contracts globally,” Chen added.

 

(Source: The Economic Times; 22nd March, 2019)

 

2.  World News

 

7. Executions are falling worldwide

 

By one measure, at least, the world might be getting a bit less grisly.
The number of death sentences carried out worldwide fell by 30%, from 993 in
2017 to 690 last year, according to the latest annual count published by
Amnesty International, a human rights organisation. Those numbers are
consistent with the downward trend since the recent high of 2015 when 1,634
people were executed.

 

A reason to rejoice? Perhaps not. Amnesty’s count includes only known
executions, so it should be treated as the lowest possible estimate of judicial
killings. China, which is considered the most ruthless country when it comes to
capital punishment, has not been included in the total since 2009. Executions
there are thought to be in the thousands.

 

(Source: www.economist.com; 10th April, 2019)

 

8. Uber warns it might never make a profit

 

Uber Technologies has 91 million users, but growth is slowing and it may
never make a profit, the ride-hailing company said in its initial public
offering filing. The document gave the first comprehensive financial picture of
the decade-old company that was started after its founders struggled to get a
cab on a snowy night and has changed the way much of the world travels.

 

The S-1 filing underscores the rapid growth of Uber’s business in the
last three years and also how a string of public scandals and increased
competition from rivals have weighed on its plans to attract and retain riders.
The disclosure also highlighted how far Uber remains from turning a profit,
with the company cautioning that it expects operating expenses to
“increase significantly in the foreseeable future” and it “may
not achieve profitability”. Uber lost $ 3.03 billion ($ 4.25 billion) in
2018 from operations. The filing with the US Securities and Exchange Commission
revealed that Uber had 91 million average monthly active users on its
platforms, including for ride-hailing and Uber Eats, at the end of 2018. This
is up 33.8% from 2017, but growth slowed from 51% a year earlier. Uber in 2018
had revenue of $ 11.3 billion, up around 42% over 2017, again below the 106%
growth the previous year.

 

Uber set a placeholder amount of $ 1 billion but did not specify the
size of the IPO. It was reported this week that Uber plans to sell around $ 10
billion worth of stock at a valuation of between $ 90 billion and $ 100
billion. Investment bankers had previously told Uber it could be worth as much
as $ 120 billion. Uber would be the largest IPO since that of the Chinese
e-commerce company the Alibaba Group in 2014, which raised $ 25 billion.

 

After making the public filing, Uber will begin a roadshow of investor
presentations on April 29. The company is on track to price its IPO and begin
trading on the New York Stock Exchange in early May. Uber faces questions over
how it will navigate any transition towards self-driving vehicles, a technology
seen as potentially dramatically lowering costs but which could also disrupt
its business model.

 

One advantage Uber will likely seek to play up to investors is that it
is the largest player in many of the markets in which it operates. Analysts
consider building scale is crucial for Uber’s business model to become
profitable.




(Source: www.afr.com; 12th April, 2019)

 

9. Will technical factors push Bitcoin to $ 50,000 in the coming years?

 

Veteran trader Peter Brandt recently made a bold prediction, saying that
Bitcoin could reach $ 50,000 in the next two years. Credited with forecasting
Bitcoin’s more than 80% decline in 2018, Brandt cited market history and
technical analysis when providing this estimate.

 

“I believe that charts reflect underlying supply and demand fundamentals
and that’s how we have to look at it,” he stated on Yahoo Finance YFi PM. After
bottoming out in 2015, Bitcoin prices enjoyed a parabolic advance, emphasised
Brandt. Now, he expects crypto currencies will once again enter a parabolic
bull market.

 

While several analysts emphasised that Brandt’s prediction certainly
could materialise, many were understandably sceptical, emphasising their
wariness of price forecasts. “Peter Brandt’s assessment is purely based on
technical indicators and market history,” noted Joe DiPasquale, CEO of crypto
currency fund of hedge funds, BitBull Capital. “While technical analysis has a
place in all markets, past performance is no guarantee for future results,” he
stated.

 

“Meanwhile, however, the current rally is consolidating nicely and we
can expect further price appreciation if the trend continues,” added
DiPasquale. Several analysts emphasised the key importance of Bitcoin expanding
its user base, noting that if the digital currency makes enough progress on
this front, it could hit $ 50,000.

 

(Source: www.forbes.com; 10th April, 2019)

 

10. Vietnam orders monks to stop profiting from karma rituals

 

Vietnamese authorities have ordered monks at a popular Buddhist pagoda
to stop “soul summoning” and “bad karma eviction” ceremonies after an
investigation found the rituals were a scam.

 

Tens of thousands of worshippers have been paying the 18th
century Ba Vang pagoda in northern Quang Ninh province between one million and
several hundred million dong ($ 45 to $ 13,500) to have their bad karma
vanquished, according to the state-run Lao Dong (Labour) newspaper. The
Committee for Religious Affairs, a government body, issued a statement on its
website on Friday saying “the ritual goes against Buddhist philosophy and
violates Vietnam’s law on religion and folk beliefs.”

 

“It has a negative impact on social order and security,” it added.

 

Three times a month, monks hold a two-day ceremony to “summon wandering
souls” and “remove bad karma,” demanding donations, supposedly representing
good deeds, to help cure bad karma and make up for supposed bad deeds in
previous lives. Such rituals have been going on for years, but the practice has
drawn unfavourable attention as the amounts demanded by the monks soared to the
point where they began taking payments by bank transfers and by instalments.

 

Ba Vang pagoda was built on a mountain slope in Uong Bi district of
Quang Ninh province. It was recently renovated and expanded to become one of
Vietnam’s largest pagoda complexes. Only a minority of Vietnam’s 95 million
people follow Buddhism, but many non-Buddhists go to pagodas and temples and
practise a form of folk religion that includes some Buddhist practices.
Religions that are not registered with the government are prohibited. The Ba
Vang pagoda belongs to a registered Vietnamese Buddhist association.

 

(Source: www.apnews.com; 22nd March, 2019)

 

11. Black hole snapped: How the picture of one of the universe’s most
secretive objects was clicked

 

By definition, a black hole can’t be seen. As a cosmic gobbler of all
matter on its periphery, these sinkholes have gravitational fields so powerful
that even light cannot escape them, rendering their contents invisible. As the
concept of black holes (the cemeteries of spent stars above a certain mass and
massive cosmic objects) followed from Einstein’s theories of general
relativity, scientists have had intricate mathematical descriptions and
speculation on how they look, how many of them exist, how they behave, where
they might be located and their relationship to the universe. Based on this,
there has been a plethora of visual and artistic descriptions of black holes.
However, there has never been visual confirmation of their existence, until
now.

 

On 10th April, 2018 astronomers shared an image, now
christened on Indian Twitter as a “giant medu vada in the sky,” from the
black hole at Messier 87 or M87. It was a blurred, yellowish orange frame
surrounding a black centre. While this wasn’t vastly different from how
astronomers and artists have visualised black holes for decades, it’s still
great to see reality correspond to imagination. The black hole measures 40 billion
km. across – three million times the size of the earth – and is 55 million
light years from earth. (A light year is about 9.46 trillion km.). It is bigger
than our entire solar system and a scientist described it to the BBC as “the
heavyweight champion of black holes in the universe.” The image has been
analysed in six studies co-authored by 200 experts from 60-odd institutions and
published in Astrophysical Journal Letters.

 

Since the 1970s, astronomers have known that there are “super massive”
black holes (about a billion times heavier than the sun) in the Milky Way or
galaxies close to it. While black holes themselves are invisible, the region
around them – the luminous frenzy of charged particles from matter in their
vicinity – is, in theory, “visible”. Since black holes are the result, mostly,
of heavy stars collapsing in on themselves, radiation emitted by particles
within the disc are heated to billions of degrees as they swirl around the
black hole at close to the speed of light, before vanishing into them.

 

The astronomers used a technique known as interferometry, which combines
radiation from eight telescopes from around the world in a way that it appears
as one single telescope capture. What this virtual telescope could capture were
traces – electromagnetic radiation – from jets of particles spewed from the
event horizons of the black hole. This faint radiation, in the form of mostly
radio waves, would have travelled trillions of kilometres and for the telescope
to observe them would be the equivalent of trying to snap a picture of an ant
from the moon.

 

(Source: www.thehindu.com; 13th
April, 2019)
   

 

BOOK REVIEW

“Democracy
on the Road – A 25-Year Journey Through India” by Ruchir Sharma

 

Ruchir
Sharma is the head of the Emerging Markets Equity team at Morgan Stanley and is
responsible for
managing
over $ 25 billion (as AUM or assets under management). He has been with the
firm for 19 years and
is currently a member of the executive committee of Morgan’s investment
management division.

 

The
World Economic Forum in Davos selected him as one of the world’s “Top Young
Leaders” in 2007. In 2012,
he
was named one of the top global thinkers by Foreign Policy magazine. And
Bloomberg said in 2015 that he was one
of the “Top 50 Most Influential” people in the world.

Ruchir Sharma has been
writing for many years, drawing
on
his travels as a global investor. He typically spends one week every month in a
different emerging market where he meets
leading CEOs and top politicians, among others. He writes for the New York
Times, Foreign Affairs, The Wall
Street
Journal, Financial Times
and The Times
of India.

 

His
first two books, Breakout Nations (2012) and The Rise and
Fall of Nations (2016)
, were both international bestsellers.

 

Passionate
about politics, he is part of an informal group of senior editors and writers
who travel extensively before
major
state and national elections; logging over 1,000 miles in 4 to 5 days, they
meet with the nation’s top leaders
to get a first-hand feel of local politics. At times this group calls itself
the “limousine (or Cadillac) liberals”.

 

In
Democracy on the Road, Ruchir takes readers along on his travels
through India. On the eve of the landmark
2019
election, he offers an unrivalled portrait of how India and its democracy work,
drawing from two decades on the
road, chasing election campaigns across every major state, travelling the
equivalent of a lap around the earth.
Democracy takes
readers on a rollicking ride with this merry band of scribes as they talk to
farmers, shopkeepers and
CEOs from Rajasthan to Tamil Nadu and interview leaders from Narendra Modi to
Rahul Gandhi.

 

Few
books have traced the arc of modern India by taking readers so close to the
action. Offering an intimate glimpse
into
the lives and minds of India’s political giants and its people, he explains how
the complex forces of family, caste and community, economics and development, money
and corruption, Bollywood and godmen have conspired to elect and topple leaders
since Indira Gandhi. The most encouraging message from his travels is that while
democracy is retreating in many parts of the world, it is thriving in India.

 

The
book is divided into 6 parts and 40 chapters. Starting from his childhood and
student days, it provides
a
ringside view of Indian elections from 1998 onwards. The concluding part, “Back
in Balance”, deals with the current
political situation in which Ruchir summarises his observations, offers his
conclusions and shares
the
wisdom gained from a close assessment of Indian elections as an international
investor.

 

Here
are some nuggets from the cauldron of Indian electoral politics:

  •  “The odds are
    against Indian politicians holding on to their offices. In theory, the seated
    government has big
    advantages,
    starting with the fund-raising capacity to meet the ever-growing expenses
    involved in fighting an
    election.
    It can dole out favours and contracts…”
  •  “Yet,
    incumbents don’t usually win, challengers do. Voters, though glad to pocket
    expensive campaign gifts,
    still
    vote their own minds.”

  •  “Ultimately,
    power resides not with the candidates or their moneybags but with the Indian
    voter.”
  •  “Small shifts
    in the vote, or the allegiance of one small alliance partner, can make or break
    state or national
    governments.
    It all looks like a recipe for instability.”

  •  “But minority
    governments, built on compromises among rival parties, are not a special
    problem of Indian
    democracy.
    They are a standard feature of parliamentary democracy.”

  •  “A multi-party
    parliamentary democracy can produceserial political and economic crises, as in
    Italy, but also
    long-term
    success, as in Germany.”

  •  “Have weak
    minority governments hurt India’s development? History suggests not. The
    economy limped along at the so-called ‘Hindu rate of growth’ under mostly
    strong Congress governments until the 1980s, then started to reform and pick up
    speed under the weak coalition governments that followed.”
  •  “India has so
    many parties because it has so many different communities, separated by caste,
    religion, tribe
    or
    language and each one wants its own representative.”

  •  “While in some
    opinion polls Indians express a growing desire for a strong leader, unshackled
    from an
    often
    gridlocked parliament, the electoral reality is that the country rebels against
    domineering political bosses.”

  •  “Ever since
    Indira Gandhi imposed the Emergency and fell in the backlash, no Prime Minister
    has been able
    to
    gain political momentum without triggering fears that they were growing
    dangerously strong and inspiring the
    fragmented
    opposition parties to unite…Modi may face a similar obstacle.”
  •  “Supporters
    praise Modi for raising India’s stature in the world. But more than once we
    have seen Indian
    leaders
    lionised by the global elite from Mumbai to New York, only to be thrown out by
    the Indian voters who care
    more
    about the government’s impact on their daily lives.”
  •  “Voters express
    impatience with the pace of progress and at unresponsive democracy, but not all
    take it out on
    politicians
    with the same intensity.”

  •  “When do seated
    leaders buck the odds? While single factors such as high inflation, spiralling
    corruption
    scandals,
    or a united opposition can bring down the incumbent, winning is more
    complicated;….to win,
    political
    parties have to pass a series of tests.”
  •  “A shortlist
    culled from my years on the road would include tests of community, family,
    inflation, welfare,
    development,
    corruption and money. They are not equally weighted. For all the social
    progress that India has made,
    community
    identity is still the key to politics.”
  •  “Understanding
    the dynamics of caste and religion down to the local and personal level is the
    necessary
    condition
    for winning, but it is often not sufficient.”

  •  “Family
    dynasties pervade our politics. Though it is bitterly critical of the Gandhi
    dynasty, the BJP has many
    leaders
    with children active in politics.”

  •  “More and more
    single politicians are rising to power on the argument that freedom from family
    ties protects
    them
    from the temptation to profit from office. The cultural winds suggest single
    candidates will maintain their
    advantage
    going forward…”
  •  “The point is,
    there is no consistent formula: Candidates can pursue any mix of development
    and welfare models,
    but…the
    elections will remain as unpredictable as a ‘cat on the wall, which way will it
    jump’?”

  •  “Alongside
    inflation, corruption is the other big incumbent killer, though it works in
    strange ways…one of
    the
    supreme ironies of Indian politics is that corruption charges seem to hurt more
    than convictions.”

  •  “In other
    emerging countries politicians may come back after a jail term, but rarely does
    time in the lock-up
    provide
    a career boost the way it does in India.”

  •  “Winning
    campaigns need to understand the ties that bind Indian voters to community and
    family, their
    frustration
    with government and the slow pace of economic progress, the pain of rising
    prices, and their
    sense
    of disgust with both corruption and the justice system…Often, challengers
    prevail by simply watching
    the
    incumbent fail one or more of these tests.”

 

The
author concludes on a positive note. He opines that the bigger lesson is that
there are many reasons for optimism.
India’s
political DNA is fundamentally socialist and statist. The same socialist DNA
runs through the veins of all the leading parties.
There is no real support for systematic free-market reform, either amongst the
voters or the political elite, and no
sign
of what is generally considered good economics will ever become a consistent
election-winning strategy. The more powerful
a politician gets, the more voters expect, and the more frustrated they get
when those expectations are not met.
India
does not grow as one economy, it grows as many, less like the United States
more like the European Union. It is less a
country than a continent, more diverse in its communities and languages than
Europe or the Middle East.

 

The
real strength of our democracy – both economic and political – lies in its
diversity. In no country are the
community
and the family roots of political battles more complex or intense, or the
behind-the-scenes battles to build
winning alliances more fierce.

 

Finally,
Ruchir says the 2019 election is being cast as a nationwide showdown between
Modi and the rest, a
referendum
on India’s appetite for a strong man’s rule and commitment to democracy…and
the outcome will depend on whether
the opposition parties work together to unseat him.

The 2019 ballot will offer
a choice between two different
political
visions, one celebrating the reality of many Indias and the other aspiring to
build One India. Clearly, when democracy
is in retreat worldwide, it is thriving in India.

FROM PUBLISHED ACCOUNTS

ILLUSTRATION OF STATUTORY AUDIT REPORT AS
PER SA 700 (REVISED) AND SA 701


Compiler’s Note

SA 700 (revised) ‘Forming an Opinion and Reporting
on Financial Statements’ and SA 701 ‘Communicating Key Audit Matters in the
Independent Auditor’s Report’ (applicable only to audits of listed entities)
which are effective for audits of financial statements for periods beginning on
or after 1st April, 2018. The format of the report has undergone
several changes and due care should be taken before issuing audit reports for
the year ended 31st March, 2019.

 

Given below is an illustration of one of the first
audit reports issued for the year ended 31st March, 2019.

 

INFOSYS LTD (31ST MARCH, 2019)

Report on Audit of Standalone Financial
Statements

 

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone
financial statements of Infosys Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the
Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2019, the Statement of Profit and
Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the Statement of Changes in Equity
and the Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended on that date, and a summary
of the significant accounting policies and other explanatory information
(hereinafter referred to as “the standalone financial statements”).

 

In our opinion and to the best of our
information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid
standalone financial statements give the information required by the Companies
Act, 2013 (“the Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view
in conformity with the Indian Accounting Standards prescribed u/s. 133 of the
Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 as
amended (“Ind AS”) and other accounting principles generally accepted in India,
of the state of affairs of the company as at 31st March, 2019, the
profit and total comprehensive income, changes in equity and its cash flows for
the year ended on that date.

 

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our
audit of the standalone financial statements in accordance with the Standards
on Auditing specified u/s. 143(10) of the Act (SAs). Our responsibilities under
those Standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the
Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements section of our report. We are
independent of the company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) together with the
independence requirements that are relevant to our audit of the standalone
financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules made
thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in
accordance with these requirements and the ICAI’s Code of Ethics. We believe
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our audit opinion on the standalone financial statements.

 

Key Audit Matters

Key audit
matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most
significance in our audit of the standalone financial statements of the current
period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
standalone financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon,
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. We have determined
the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in
our report.

 

 

 

Sr. No.

Key Audit Matter

Auditor’s Response

1

Accuracy of recognition, measurement,
presentation and disclosures of revenues and other related balances in view
of adoption of Ind AS 115 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (new
revenue accounting standard)

 

The application of the new revenue accounting standard involves
certain key judgements relating to identification of distinct performance
obligations, determination of transaction price of the identified performance
obligations, the appropriateness of the basis used to measure revenue
recognised over a period. Additionally, the new revenue accounting standard
contains disclosures which involve collation of information in respect of
disaggregated revenue and periods over which the remaining performance
obligations will be satisfied subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

Refer Notes 1.4a and 2.16 to the Standalone Financial
Statements.

 Principal Audit Procedures

We
assessed the company’s process to identify the impact of adoption of the new
revenue accounting standard.

Our
audit approach consisted of testing of the design and operating effectiveness
of the internal controls and substantive testing as follows:

•  Evaluated
the design of internal controls relating to implementation of the new revenue
accounting standard.

•  Selected a sample of continuing and new contracts, and tested
the operating effectiveness of the internal control, relating to
identification of the distinct performance obligations and determination of
transaction price. We carried out a combination of procedures involving
inquiry and observation, re-performance and inspection of evidence in respect
of operation of these controls.

Tested the relevant information technology systems’ access and
change management controls relating to contracts and related information used
in recording and disclosing revenue in accordance with the new revenue
accounting standard.

Selected a sample of continuing and new contracts and performed
the following procedures:

• Read, analysed and identified the distinct
performance obligations in these contracts.

• Compared these performance obligations with
that identified and recorded by the company.

• Considered the terms of the contracts to
determine the transaction price including any variable consideration to
verify the transaction price used to compute revenue and to test the basis of
estimation of the variable consideration.

• Samples in respect of revenue recorded for time
and material contracts were tested using a combination of approved time
sheets including customer acceptances, subsequent invoicing and historical
trend of collections and disputes.

• In respect of samples relating to fixed price
contracts, progress towards satisfaction of performance obligation used to
compute recorded revenue was verified with actual and estimated efforts from
the time recording and budgeting systems. We also tested the access and
change management controls relating to these systems.

• Sample of revenues disaggregated by type and
service offerings was tested with the performance obligations specified in
the underlying contracts.

• Performed analytical procedures for
reasonableness of revenues disclosed by type and service offerings.

• We reviewed the collation of information and
the logic of the report generated from the budgeting system used to prepare
the disclosure relating to the periods over which the remaining performance
obligations will be satisfied subsequent to the balance sheet date.

2.

Accuracy of revenues and onerous obligations in
respect of fixed price contracts involves critical estimates

Estimated effort is a critical estimate to determine revenues
and liability for onerous obligations. This estimate has a high inherent
uncertainty as it requires consideration of progress of the contract, efforts
incurred till date and efforts required to complete the remaining contract
performance obligations.

 

Refer
Notes 1.4a and 2.16 to the Standalone Financial Statements.

Principal Audit Procedures

Our audit approach was a combination of test of internal
controls and substantive procedures which included the following:

   Evaluated the design of
internal controls relating to recording of efforts incurred and estimation of
efforts required to complete the performance obligations.

   Tested the access and
application controls pertaining to time recording, allocation and budgeting
systems which prevents unauthorised changes to recording of efforts incurred.

   Selected a sample of
contracts and through inspection of evidence of performance of these
controls, tested the operating effectiveness of the internal controls
relating to efforts incurred and estimated.

 

 

   Selected a sample of
contracts and performed a retrospective review of efforts incurred with
estimated efforts to identify significant variations and verify whether those
variations have been considered in estimating the remaining efforts to
complete the contract.

   Reviewed a sample of
contracts with unbilled revenues to identify possible delays in achieving
milestones, which require change in estimated efforts to complete the
remaining performance obligations.

   Performed analytical
procedures and test of details for reasonableness of incurred and estimated
efforts.

3.

Evaluation
of uncertain tax positions

The company has material uncertain tax positions including
matters under dispute which involves significant judgement to determine the
possible outcome of these disputes.

 

Refer
Notes 1.4b and 2.22 to the Standalone Financial Statements.

 

Principal
Audit Procedures

Obtained details of completed tax assessments and demands for
the year ended 31st March, 2019 from management. We involved our
internal experts to challenge the management’s underlying assumptions in
estimating the tax provision and the possible outcome of the disputes. Our
internal experts also considered legal precedence and other rulings in
evaluating management’s position on these uncertain tax positions.
Additionally, we considered the effect of new information in respect of
uncertain tax positions as at 1st April, 2018 to evaluate whether
any change was required to management’s position on these uncertainties.

4.

Recoverability
of indirect tax receivables

As at 31st March, 2019 non-current assets in respect
of withholding tax and others includes CENVAT recoverable amounting to Rs.
503 crore which are pending adjudication.

 

Refer
Note 2.8 to the Standalone Financial Statements.

Principal
Audit Procedures

We
have involved our internal experts to review the nature of the amounts
recoverable, the sustainability and the likelihood of recoverability upon
final resolution.

 

Information Other than the Standalone
Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon


The company’s Board of Directors is
responsible for the preparation of the other information. The other information
comprises the information included in the Management Discussion and Analysis,
Board’s Report including Annexures to Board’s Report, Business Responsibility
Report, Corporate Governance and Shareholder’s Information, but does not
include the standalone financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

 

Our opinion on the standalone financial
statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form
of assurance / conclusion thereon.

 

In connection with our audit of the
standalone financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the standalone financial statements or our knowledge obtained
during the course of our audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

 

If, based on the work we have performed, we
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we
are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the
Standalone Financial Statements


The company’s Board of Directors is
responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to
the preparation of these standalone financial statements that give a true and
fair view of the financial position, financial performance, total comprehensive
income, changes in equity and cash flows of the company in accordance with the
Ind AS and other accounting principles generally accepted in India. This
responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in
accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of the
company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities;
selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgements
and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, implementation and
maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating
effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting
records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the standalone financial
statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

In preparing the standalone financial
statements, management is responsible for assessing the company’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management
either intends to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or has no
realistic alternative but to do so.

 

The Board of Directors are responsible for
overseeing the company’s financial reporting process.

 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit
of the Standalone Financial Statements


Our objectives
are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that
an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on
the basis of these standalone financial statements.

 

As part of an audit in accordance with SAs,
we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism
throughout the audit. We also:

 

  •    Identify and assess the
    risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether
    due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those
    risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide
    a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement
    resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may
    involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the
    override of
    internal control.
  •    Obtain an understanding of
    internal financial controls relevant to the audit in order to design audit
    procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. U/s. 143(3)(i) of the
    Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the company
    has adequate internal financial controls system in place and the operating
    effectiveness of such controls.
  •    Evaluate the appropriateness
    of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and
    related disclosures made by management.
  •    Conclude on the
    appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting
    and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty
    exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the
    company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a
    material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s
    report to the related disclosures in the standalone financial statements or, if
    such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are
    based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.
    However, future events or conditions may cause the company to cease to continue
    as a going concern.
  •    Evaluate the overall
    presentation, structure and content of the standalone financial statements,
    including the disclosures, and whether the standalone financial statements
    represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair
    presentation.

 

Materiality is the magnitude of
misstatements in the standalone financial statements that, individually or in
aggregate, makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably
knowledgeable user of the financial statements may be influenced. We consider
quantitative materiality and qualitative factors in (i) planning the scope of
our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work; and (ii) to evaluate
the effect of any identified misstatements in the financial statements.

 

We communicate with those charged with
governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the
audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in
internal control that we identify during our audit.

 

We also provide those charged with
governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical
requirements regarding independence and to communicate with them all
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our
independence and, where applicable, related safeguards.

 

From the matters communicated with those
charged with governance, we determine those matters that are of most
significance in the audit of the standalone financial statements of the current
period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in
our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about
the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter
should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing
so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of
such communication.

 

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory
Requirements


1. As required by section 143(3) of the Act,
based on our audit we report that:

a) We have sought and obtained all the
information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were
necessary for the purposes of our audit.

b) In our opinion, proper books of account
as required by law have been kept by the company so far as it appears from our
examination of those books.

c) The Balance Sheet, the Statement of
Profit and Loss including Other Comprehensive Income, Statement of Changes in
Equity and the Statement of Cash Flow dealt with by this Report are in
agreement with the relevant books of account.

d) In our opinion, the aforesaid standalone
financial statements comply with the Ind AS specified u/s. 133 of the Act, read
with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

e) On the basis of the written
representations received from the directors as on 31st March, 2019
taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of the directors is
disqualified as on 31st March, 2019 from being appointed as a
director in terms of section 164 (2) of the Act.

f) With respect to the adequacy of the
internal financial controls over financial reporting of the company and the
operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate report in
“Annexure A”. Our report expresses an unmodified opinion on the adequacy and
operating effectiveness of the company’s internal financial controls over
financial reporting.

g) With respect
to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with
the requirements of section 197(16) of the Act, as amended: In our opinion and
to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us,
the remuneration paid by the company to its directors during the year is in
accordance with the provisions of section 197 of the Act.

h) With respect
to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with
Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 as amended, in our
opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations
given to us:

 

i. The company
has disclosed the impact of pending litigations on its financial position in
its standalone financial statements.

ii. The company
has made provision, as required under the applicable law of accounting
standards, for material foreseeable losses, if any, on long-term contracts
including derivative contracts.

iii. There has
been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the
Investor Education and Protection Fund by the company.

 

2.  As required by the Companies (Auditor’s
Report) Order, 2016 (“the Order”) issued by the Central government in terms of
section 143(11) of the Act, we give in “Annexure B” a statement on the matters
specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order.
 

 

CORPORATE LAW CORNER

2. 
Principal Director-General of Income-tax vs. Synergies Dooray Automotive
Ltd.
[2019] 103 taxmann.com 361 (NCLAT)  Company Appeal (AT) (Insolvency) No. 205
of 2017 and 309, 559, 671 & 759 of 2018
Date of Order: 20th March,
2019

 

Section
5(20) of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – Income-tax Department,
Sales tax department and other statutory bodies fall within the ambit of
“operational creditors” and the monies owed to them on account of these
statutory dues is an “operational debt”

 

FACTS


Various regulatory
authorities preferred appeals against resolution plans approved by the National
Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) where the demands owed by the corporate debtors
to them were classified as operational debt and their names were included as
operational creditors of such companies. Accordingly, the demands owed were
substantially reduced under the resolution plans and they were not given an
opportunity to attend the meetings of the committee of creditors (“COC”). As
the legal issue arising in the appeals was the same, all of them were combined
and heard together.

 

HELD


There were arguments from
both sides on interpretation of the term ‘operational debt’ as defined u/s.
5(21) of the Code. The National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (“NCLAT”)
examined the definition and observed that there was no ambiguity in it. NCLAT
further observed that ‘Operational Debt’ in normal course meant a debt arising
during the operation of the company (‘Corporate Debtor’). The ‘goods’ and
‘services’, including employment, were required to keep the company (‘Corporate
Debtor’) operational as a going concern. If the company (‘Corporate Debtor’) is
operational and remains a going concern, only in such case will the statutory
liability, such as payment of Income-tax, Value Added Tax, etc., arise. As the
‘Income Tax’, ‘Value Added Tax’ and other statutory dues arising out of the
existing law arises when the Company is operational, it was held that such
statutory dues had a direct nexus with operation of the company. It was further
held that all statutory dues including ‘Income Tax’, ‘Value Added Tax’, etc.,
came within the meaning of ‘Operational Debt’.

 

As the statutory
authorities were treated at par with similarly situated ‘operational
creditors’, there was no reason to interfere in the orders passed by the NCLT.

 

NCLAT dismissed the appeals
so filed.

 

3.  Forech India Limited vs. Edelweiss Assets
Reconstruction Co. Ltd.
[2019]
101 taxmann.com 451 (SC) Civil
appeal No. 818 of 2018
Date
of Order: 22nd January, 2019

 

Section
255 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 read with Rule 5 of the
Companies (Transfer of Pending Proceedings) Rules, 2016 as well as Rules 26 and
27 of the Companies (Court) Rules, 1959 – In a winding-up petition filed before
the High Court where a notice has been served and which is pending in the High
Court, application to transfer the same to NCLT under the Code can be made –
High Court would transfer such a proceeding and it would be treated as an
insolvency petition under the Code

 

Sections
11 and 10 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – Application of section
11 is limited in nature – It merely bars a corporate debtor from initiating a
petition u/s. 10 of the Code in respect of whom a liquidation order has been
made – It does not follow that until a liquidation order has been made against
the corporate debtor, an Insolvency Petition may be filed u/s. 7 or u/s. 9 as
the case may be

 

FACTS


F Co filed a winding-up
petition against the corporate debtor in the year 2014 for inability to pay its
dues. Notice in this petition had been served, the existence of debt or
liability has been admitted. Meanwhile, E Co being the financial creditor moved
to the National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) and filed an insolvency petition
u/s. 7 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“the Code”) in May/June,
2017. This petition was admitted on 07.08.2017. F Co filed an appeal against
the order of admission before the NCLAT and the same was dismissed on the
ground that since the winding-up order had not been passed by the High Court,
insolvency petition was maintainable in the eyes of law.

 

F Co argued that in light
of the provisions of the law, it should be the winding-up petitions filed before
the High Court that should be allowed to continue and not the insolvency
petitions filed by the creditors before the NCLT. E Co, on the other hand,
contended that the whole object of the Code would be frustrated if petitions
for winding up in the High Court were to continue in the face of the insolvency
petitions that have been filed under the Code.

 

HELD


The Supreme Court examined
various arguments and referred to section 255 of the Code along with various
amendments brought out by the Eleventh Schedule to the Code, section 434 of the
Companies Act, 2013 (which relates to transfer of certain pending proceedings),
Rule 5 of the Companies (Transfer of Pending Proceedings) Rules, 2016, as well
as Rules 26 and 27 of the Companies (Court) Rules, 1959.

 

It was pointed out that
there were divergent views on the interpretation of the aforesaid rules. The
Bombay High Court in Ashok Commercial Enterprises vs. Parekh Aluminex Ltd.
[2017] 80 taxmann.com 359/141 SCL 363
, had stated that the notice referred
to in Rule 26 was a pre-admission notice and hence, held that all winding-up
petitions where pre-admission notices were issued and served on the respondent
will be retained in the High Court. On the other hand, the Madras High Court in
M.K. & Sons Engg. vs. Eason Reyrolle Ltd. in CP/364/2016 held that
the notice under Rule 26 is referable to a post-admission position of the
winding-up petition and accordingly held that only those petitions where a
winding-up order is already made can be retained in the High Court. For this
purpose, the Madras High Court strongly relied upon Form No. 6 appended to Rule
27 and the expression “was admitted” occurring in the Notice of
Petition contained in the said Form.

 

The Supreme Court held that
the view taken by the Bombay High Court was correct in law and the reasoning
laid down by the NCLAT in its order was incorrect.

Further, in the context of
section 11 of the Code it was observed that the same was of limited application
and only barred a corporate debtor from initiating a petition under section 10
of the Code in respect of whom a liquidation order has been made. From a
reading of this section, it does not follow that until a liquidation order has
been made against the corporate debtor, an Insolvency Petition may be filed
u/s. 7 or section 9 as the case may be.

 

The financial creditor’s
application which was admitted by the Tribunal was held to be an independent
proceeding which would be decided in accordance with the provisions of the
Code. The order of the NCLAT dismissing appeal was upheld by the Supreme Court
and F Co was granted an opportunity to apply before the Supreme Court under the
proviso to section 434 of the Companies Act (added in 2018), to transfer the
winding-up proceeding pending before the High Court of Delhi to the NCLT, which
can then be treated as a proceeding u/s. 9 of the Code.

 

4.  SGM Webtech (P.) Ltd. vs. Boulevard Projects
(P.) Ltd.
[2019]
103 taxmann.com 176 (NCLT –  New Delhi) Company
petition (IB) No. 967(PB) of 2018
Date
of Order: 8th February, 2019

 

Sections
5(7) and 5(8) of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – Commercial Unit
allotted in a real estate development project was not completed in time –
Amounts advanced had to be refunded to the allottee and default in doing so
constituted a default in repayment of financial debt as contemplated under the
Code – Proceedings under the Code could be initiated for the default

 

FACTS


S Co, a private company,
agreed to purchase a commercial unit in a project being developed by B Co. Over
a period of time, B Co raised various demands on S Co which were duly met by
it. An “Office/Unit Buyer Agreement” dated 08.01.2013 was entered into between
the parties. The agreement fructified the terms between the parties qua
the rights of S Co in the commercial unit and the project, B Co’s obligations
of delivery of completed commercial unit as per specifications within 36 months
and consequences of delay thereof including penalty for the period of delay, S
Co’s right to terminate the agreement and also to seek refund with interest.

 

B Co, despite repeated
assurances, failed to complete the construction in the stipulated time. Various
letters were issued by S Co demanding the refund of its money along with
interest for which no reply was furnished by B Co. S Co further stated that a
failure on part of B Co would necessitate further action under Real Estate
(Regulation and Development) Act, 2016. The said action was initiated and the
U.P. Real Estate Regulatory Authority (“UPRERA”) and the authority levied
penalty on B Co.

 

B Co owed money to S Co
which had fallen due on various dates on account of its default in completion
of the allotted unit within time and the default in re-payment (despite
demands) of amount paid by S Co along with compound interest @ 18% per annum
from the actual dates of receipt of payment by B Co till date of repayment
to/realisation of the entire amount to S Co, and penalty thereon as ordered by
UPRERA.

 

S Co thus filed a petition
initiating Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (“CIRP”) under the
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“the Code”) and proposed the name of Amit
Agarwal for appointment as Interim Resolution Professional. B Co, on the other
hand, had filed a further petition with UPRERA and it was contended that since
the proceedings there were pending, the proposed application may not be
proceeded with. It was further contended by B Co that delay arose due to
demonetisation and the order passed by the NGT in respect of the Okhla Bird
Sanctuary; and that in view of force majeure, the claim of S Co was
premature.

 

HELD


The National Company Law
Tribunal (“NCLT”) examined the provisions of section 5(7), 5(8), 7(1) read with
the Insolvency and Bankruptcy (amendment) Ordinance, 2018. The Ordinance provided
that any amount raised from an allottee under a real estate project shall be
deemed to be an amount having the commercial effect of a borrowing and thus
will come within the definition of ‘Financial Debt’ under the Code. The
definition of ‘Financial Debt’ has been amended to specifically include dues of
home buyers and the home buyers are recognised as “Financial
Creditor” under the Amendment Act.

 

The Tribunal observed that
S Co had advanced a sum of Rs. 4,10,68,472 to B Co and a Builder-Buyer Agreement
had also been executed between the parties. It was observed that the present
application was filed by S Co u/s. 7 and all the relevant files and documents
as required for the same along with Form I had been duly filled.

 

The only point of
contention that remained was whether a default in payment of financial debt was
committed by B Co. In that connection, NCLT observed that B Co had failed to
show how the demand made by S Co was premature. The fact that the claim of S Co
had been admitted by UPRERA established that the said claim was in fact a
financial debt as defined under the Code and that there was default on the part
of B Co in repayment of financial debt.

 

NCLT thus admitted the
petition to initiate the CIRP against B Co and declared moratorium in terms of
section 14 of the Code with a direction to the IRP to take further steps as
prescribed under the Code.

 

5.  Satyendra Jain vs. OmwayBuilestate (P.) Ltd. [2019]
103 taxmann.com 111 (NCLT – New Delhi) Company
petition (IB) No. 1013 (PB) of 2018
Date
of Order: 12th February, 2019

 

Section
238A read with section 7 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 –
Insolvency Resolution Process can be initiated against the corporate debtor
even though recovery suit has already been filed and decree has been passed
more than 5 years ago – The applicable period of limitation being 12 years,
application under the Code was maintainable

 

FACTS

O Co took a loan of Rs.
4.35 crore from Mr. S in the year 2010 which it failed to repay as per the
agreed terms and conditions. Mr. S filed a recovery suit before the Delhi High
Court which passed a decree on 19.03.2013 for Rs. 5.75 crore along with pendente lite and future interest. O Co did
not pay its dues even 5 years after the passing of the decree. Mr. S has claimed
that as on 20.07.2018, the total outstanding amount including interest due was
Rs. 10.14 crore.

 

O Co has objected to the
application primarily on the ground that the claim of Mr. S was barred by
limitation. It was further submitted that the Delhi High Court had passed a status
quo
on the assets of O Co which was still in operation and hence no action
could be taken against it.

 

Mr. S brought to the notice
of the National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) that the decree dated 19.03.2013
was modified by the High Court on 04.02.2016 and the said decree had still not
been satisfied by O Co.

 

 

HELD


The
primary objection to the admission of the application was that the claim was
barred by limitation. NCLT examined section 238A of the Insolvency and
Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“the Code”) which makes the provisions of the Limitation
Act, 1963 applicable to proceedings or appeals applicable to the Code. However,
NCLT observed that Article 136 of the Limitation Act, 1963 provides for a
period of 12 years with respect to execution of order or decree of a Civil
Court. In light of this, the argument of application being barred by limitation
did not hold good and NCLT rejected the same.

 

The fact of existence of
the loan which is recoverable with applicable interest has not been disputed by
either parties. Either parties also do not dispute the default of O Co in
repayment of loan in accordance with agreed terms. Mr. S had filled out a duly
complete form along with necessary documents to initiate the proceedings u/s. 7
of the Code.

 

Thus, the application of
Mr. S was accepted by the NCLT and Mr. Lekhraj Bajaj was appointed as the
Interim Resolution Professional (“IRP”). NCLT further declared moratorium in
terms of section 14 of the Code with a direction to the IRP to take further
steps as prescribed under the Code.

 

 

SERVICE TAX

I. 
Tribunal

 

35. 
[2019-TIOL-05-CESTAT-ALL] Logix Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd vs. Commissioner
of Central Excise and ST, Noida  Date of Order: 20th September, 2018

 

Preferred
location charges, external development charges are part and parcel of the main
service of Residential Complex Service eligible for abatement under
Notification 26/2012-ST.

 

Facts

The
appellants are provider of Residential Complex Service. They discharged service
     tax on preferential location charges
@ 3.09%. A show cause notice was issued demanding service tax at the full rate
on the ground that abatement is granted only in respect of services where there
is transfer of material. Thus such charges collected separately are liable for
service tax at the full rate.

 

Held

The
Tribunal noted that the components such as preferred location charges, external
development charges etc., are part and parcel and for various elements of the
main service which is Residential Complex Service and therefore the entire
consideration received by the appellants is towards the bundled service of
construction of residential complex as per section 65F of the Finance Act, 1994
which is eligible for abatement under said Notification No.26/2012-ST.

 

36. 
[2019-TIOL-25-CESTAT-MUM] Allied Blenders and Distillers Pvt. Ltd vs.
Commissioner of Central Excise and Service Tax, Aurangabad Date of Order: 25th
June, 2018

           

Remuneration
paid to directors as salary is not liable for service tax.


Facts

During the course of audit,
on scrutiny of records, it was noticed that the appellant had been receiving
services from the directors, but failed to discharge service tax under reverse
charge mechanism on the remuneration paid in accordance with Notification
No.30/2012-ST dated 20.06.2012 and Notification No.45/2012 dated 07.8.2012.
Consequently, a demand notice was issued. It was argued that all the directors
are whole-time directors and therefore the services rendered by them fall under
the category of service rendered by an employee to the employer which is not
liable for service tax.

 

Held

The Tribunal noted that
from the documents produced viz. Form 16, deductions on account of provident
fund, profession tax, it is crystal clear that the directors who are concerned
with the management of the company, were declared to all statutory authorities
as employees of the company and complied with the provisions of the respective
Acts, Rules and Regulations indicating the director as an employee of the
company. Thus the demand of service tax is set aside.

 

37. 
[2019-TIOL-54-CESTAT-MAD] Visshu Constructions vs. Commissioner of
Central Excise Salem Commissionerate, Salem  Date of Order: 4th September, 2018

                       

Since all
the facts are disclosed in the returns filed, there is no suppression and
therefore the extended period of limitation cannot be invoked.

 

Facts


The Assessee had availed
the benefit of Notification No.1/2006-ST which provided that the benefit of
abatement is available only if CENVAT credit is not availed. However, the
assessee availed such credit. Accordingly a show cause notice was issued
invoking longer period of limitation. The matter was contested mainly on the
ground of limitation.

                       

Held


The Tribunal noted that on
perusal of the ST-3 returns it is seen that they have disclosed that they are
availing the benefit of Notification 01/2006. As per the Notification, the
benefit would not be eligible if the assessee avails credit on inputs/input services.
However, they availed credit on certain input services. The same was also
disclosed by them in the ST-3 returns in Column 5B. Thus, the department was
put to knowledge and it cannot be said that the facts were suppressed from the
department with an intention to evade payment of service tax. Thus extended
period of limitation cannot be invoked and the demand was therefore set aside.

 

38. 
[2019-TIOL-81-CESTAT-AHM] Kiran Gems Pvt. Ltd vs. Commissioner of
Central Excise & Service Tax, Surat-I  Date of Order: 26th November, 2018

 

Electricity
charges collected from the tenants at actuals amounts to reimbursement of
expenses and cannot be considered as additional rent liable for service tax.

 

Facts


Appellant engaged in
providing services of “Renting of Immovable Property” also recovered as
reimbursement the charges towards electricity charges in additional to the rent
amount. The case of the department is that such reimbursement is a part of the
gross value of service and thus exigible to service tax.

           

Held


The Tribunal noted that
electricity is consumed by the service recipient therefore, they are liable to
pay the same at actuals unless the same is included in the rent. As per the
facts of the case, the electricity expense is supposed to be borne by the tenants
(service recipient) therefore, merely facilitating the payment of electricity
charges by the appellant and subsequently taking the reimbursement of the same
will not form part and parcel of the gross value of service of renting of
immovable property and thus the demand was set aside. Reliance was placed on
the decisions of ICC Realty (India) Pvt. Ltd [2013-TIOL-1751-CESTAT-MUM
and SB Developers [2018-TIOL-1866-CESTAT-DEL].

 

39. 
2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 269 (Tri.- Del.) Gokul Ram Gurjar vs. Commissioner of
Central Excise, Jabalpur-II  Date of Order: 20th February, 2018

 

In case
of self-owned labour used for carrying out certain activities, service tax on
Manpower Recruitment or Supply of Agency Service cannot be alleged or demanded.

 

Facts


The Appellant entered into
an agreement with one milk production co-operative limited company for washing
of cans/ crates, sorting of milk bags, milk packing etc. For this activity the
Appellant received remuneration as fixed amount per litre basis. The Revenue
raised service tax demand on the said activity interpreting it to be taxable
under category of manpower recruitment or supply agency service, as labours
were supplied by Appellant, who were under control of the Dairy Authorities.

 

Held


The Hon’ble CESTAT after
perusing the work order issued by the milk production company found that scope
of work related to washing of cans/ crates and packing of milk. There was no
specific mention about deployment of labour/ work force. Therefore, held that
service provided should not fall under taxable category of manpower recruitment
or supply agency service. The Hon’ble CESTAT also observed that the rate
contract provided in the work order clearly indicated that the amount should be
paid on a fixed basis i.e. per litre per pack basis and there appeared no
specific mention on payment of reimbursement of wages and salaries to the
workmen. Thus the services provided cannot fall under alleged taxable category.
Hence, allowed the appeal.

 

40. [2018] 100 taxmann.com 471 (New
Delhi – CESTAT) Premium Real Estate Developers vs. Commissioner of Service Tax,
Delhi  Date of Order: 27th November, 2018

 

Land
procured from various landowners and after obtaining power of attorney from
them and selling it to another entity, is in the nature of trading in land and
service of real estate agent.

 

Facts


The appellant entered into
MOUs with another entity by which the appellant procured land at pre-determined
locations from various landowners and undertook ancillary activities i.e.
divide and demarcate the entire land into blocks, furnish title papers and other
necessary documents for the land to be purchased, obtain the permission and
approval from the concerned authority for transfer of land etc. bring owners of
the land for the purposes of negotiating, registration, etc., to the relevant
places and bear all the expenses involved on these. The said other entity
agreed to procure such acquired land at pre-decided average rate per acre of
land which included all the cost of land, development expenses etc. The MOU
further provided that the other expenses like stamp duty/registration charges,
mutation charges would be borne by the said another entity. On satisfaction by
the said another entity about the fitness of deal(s) for the land, the
appellant organised the registration in the name of the said another entity
after making payment to the owners of land from the advance amount given to
them for the purchase of land. The land was then directly transferred in the
name of another entity without first registering the same in the name of
appellant. The difference, if any, between the amount actually paid to the
owners of land and the average rate per acre settled between the parties as
indicated, would be payable to the appellant as their margin or profit. Further
the said another entity reserved its right to withhold 50 per cent of the
amount (out of margin) to ensure that the obligations on the
developer/appellant are fully discharged in terms of the MOU and in case there
was any serious default, the same could be made good by way of forfeiture of
such amount so withheld. Pursuant to the MOU, the appellant received advance
amount from the other entity for each site. Substantial part of such amount was
used by the appellant to pay to the seller or the prospective seller of the
land for agreeing to sell land to the said other entity. Revenue alleged that
the services were in the nature of “real estate agency” and thus, liable for
service tax. The Appellant contended that their transactions were on
principal-to-principal basis and they did not act as agent of other entity.

 

Held


The
Hon’ble Tribunal noted that there was no consideration defined and/or provided
for the alleged service in the MOU. In absence of any defined consideration for
the alleged service, there is no contract of service at all and hence the
transaction was not liable for service tax. The Tribunal observed that the MOU
was not only for providing purely service of acquisition of the land but
involved many other functions such as verification of the title deeds of the
persons from whom the lands were to be acquired, obtaining necessary rights for
development of the land from the Competent Authority etc. The remuneration or
payment for providing this activity was actually not quantified in the MOU. The
Tribunal also held that since specific remuneration was not fixed in the deal
for acquiring land. Both the parties worked more as partners in the deal rather
than as an agent and the principal. The amount payable to the appellant was
more of the nature of a margin and share in the profit of the deal in purchase
of land. Further, the Tribunal categorically noted that the said another
entity, instead of paying the price directly to the land owner, paid lump sum
amount to the appellant. Thereafter the appellant identified the land, the
seller and after being satisfied with the title of the seller, entered into
agreement with the seller and obtained power of attorney in their favour.
Thereafter the appellant transferred the land. Thus the transaction was one of
trading in land. The order was thus set aside.

 

41. [2018] 100 taxmann.com 261
(Ahmedabad – CESTAT) Modern Business Solutions vs. Commissioner of Service Tax,
Ahmedabad  Date of Order: 18th October, 2018

 

The
nature of costs converted into reimbursements in terms of contractual
expressions is assessable value of services. Only expenses borne by service
provider on behalf of service recipient qualify to be reimbursable
expenses.  

 

Facts


Appellant entered into
agreement where under they were required to manage a sales team on behalf of
the service recipient to extend the business of service recipient and receive
management fees by way of agreed percentage as well as reimbursements towards cost
of salaries, rent and incentives. They contended that their activities would be
classifiable as “manpower supply and agency services” and not as “business
auxiliary services” as alleged by the department and the value of
reimbursements received by them was not includible in the value of services.

 

Held


From
perusal of contractual terms between appellant and their clients, the Hon’ble
Tribunal noted that the scope of contract was not supply of manpower services
but it was a contract for promotion of services provided to the appellant. The
Tribunal found that the remuneration received was based on actual expenses by
adding percentage of profit margin over certain expenses. The Tribunal held
that this does not convert the expenses incurred by appellant into
reimbursements. Further, it was categorically observed that though
reimbursements cannot be included in assessable value of services in terms of
decisions of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Union of India vs.
Intercontinental Consultant and Technocrats (P.) Ltd. [2018] 91 taxmann.com
67/66 GST 450 (SC)
, what constitutes reimbursements is required to be
determined in light of the decision in Bhagawathy Traders vs. CCE [2011] 33
STT 1 (CESTAT – Bang.) (LB)
, wherein it was held that only when the service
recipient has an obligation legal or contractual to pay certain amount to any
third party on behalf of the service recipient, the question of reimbursing the
expenses incurred on behalf of the recipient shall arise. Accordingly, the
Tribunal observed that the moot question is whether the expenses can be
converted into reimbursable expense by way of a contract or the expenses are
integral to the activities of the service provider that they cannot be
performed without such expenses. The distinction between the so called
“reimbursable expenses” and “free supplies” clarifies that all expenses
incurred by a service provider cannot be called reimbursable expenses and only
the expenses that qualify the test laid down in the decision of Bhagawathy
Traders (supra)
can be called reimbursable expenses. Therefore, it was held
that in the context of business auxiliary services, the cost of manpower and
rent is not a reimbursable expense but a cost of service of the appellant and
merely in terms of contract, such costs cannot be converted into a reimbursable
expense. Thus, demand in respect of reimbursements received towards cost of
salaries and rent, was upheld.         

 

 42. [2018] 100 taxmann.com 306 (Kolkata –
CESTAT) Timken India Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Central Excise, Jamshedpur  Date of Order: 24th October, 2018

 

When in terms of agreement with foreign licensor for use
of its proprietary technical information for manufacture and servicing of
products, the assessee was also required to represent to its customers only by
identity of licensor, services received by assessee from licensor held
“franchisee services” and not “intellectual property services”.   

 

Facts


When,
in terms of agreement with foreign entity i.e. licensor, for use of its
proprietary technical information for manufacture and servicing of products,
the assessee was also required to represent its customers only by identity of
licensor, the Tribunal held that services received by assessee from licensor
would be regarded as “franchisee services” and not “intellectual property
services”.



In
terms of Technology License and Technical Assistance Agreement entered into
with foreign entity i.e. licensor, appellant acquired licenses to manufacture
and service the products manufactured with the use of licensor’s proprietary
technical information. Department demanded service tax under reverse charge
mechanism under category of “franchisee services” from appellant in respect of
royalty remitted by them to foreign entity for use of licenses on the ground
that appellant acted as franchisee of said foreign entity. Appellant rebutted
department’s contentions on the ground that they received limited right to use
the trademark of foreign service provider by way of license and thus, would be
taxable under the category of Intellectual Property Right Services.
          

 

Held


The Hon’ble Tribunal noted
that the contractual terms clearly establish that the agreement between appellant
and foreign entity is not limited to use of intellectual property right of
foreign entity for manufacture of products and for service of the main
products, rather the appellant is required to represent the foreign entity i.e.
licensor to appellant’s various customer in such a way that the appellant loses
its own individual identity and would perhaps be known only by the identity of
such foreign entity. Thus, it was held that the services availed by the
appellant are more akin to franchise services rather than intellectual property
right service. Further, reliance was placed on the decision of the Hon’ble
Delhi HC in Delhi International Airport (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India[ 2017]
77 taxmann.com 92/59 GST 308 (Delhi)
. Accordingly, the Tribunal upheld
impugned demand under “franchisee services” by dismissing present appeal.

 

Note:
It appears that the dispute covered the period when intellectual property
services were not taxable. The case law is important from classification
perspective as the GST rate on “franchisee services” and “IPR services” may be
different.

 

II.   High Court

 

43.  2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 611 (Kar.) XL Health
Corporation India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India Date of Order: 22nd
October, 2018

 

On failure to follow the judicial discipline, cost of Rs.
1 lakh was imposed by High Court on Commissioner (Appeals) to pay from his
personal fund.


Facts


The
petitioner assessee claimed refund of tax on account of export of services
rendered by them, which was disallowed by the Commissioner (Appeals). The
CESTAT quashed the order stating that the issue is well settled. Later the same
petitioner again claimed refund on same ground for subsequent period and also
quoted favorable order of the Tribunal passed in their favour. But the
Commissioner (Appeals) in total breach of the judicial discipline disallowed
the refund vide its order despite being fully aware of the Tribunal’s earlier
order passed on similar issue in favour of assessee. The matter was then referred
to the Hon’ble High Court.

 

Held


The Hon’ble High Court
taking the issue on very serious note held that it is a total callous,
negligent and disrespectful behaviour shown by the departmental authorities
which should not be tolerated at all. It was this kind of lack of judicial
discipline which if it went unpunished would lead to more litigation and chaos
and such public servants were actually a threat to the society. By allowing the
writ petition, the Hon. Court directed Commissioner (Appeals) to pay cost of
Rs. 1 lakh from his personal funds and asked the assessee to approach concerned
Commissioner with fresh request of refund in accordance with the law and in
terms of the Tribunal order.        

                   

44. 2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 478 (Del.) MRF
Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Trade and Taxes
Date of Order: 10th August, 2018

 

Entitlement to interest on refund of pre-deposit amount,
calculable from the date when appeal was allowed in favour of assessee by the
Court.

 

Facts


Petitioner paid pre-deposit
amount to seek recourse to an appellate authority. Later the appeal was allowed
to the assessee and   letter for refund
of the same along with interest was filed. The Revenue accepted refund plea but
did not pay interest. Aggrieved assesse preferred writ petition before the High
Court contesting that pre-deposit does not amount to payment of tax as it did
not bear such character, the refund of the same ought  to have carried interest. Revenue on the
contrary contested that interest amounts would be due only from the time when
assessee would have filed form ST21 as per section 30 of the Delhi Sales Tax
Act, 1975.

 

Held


The Hon’ble Court held that
the pre-deposit sum that the assessee was compelled to pay to seek recourse to
an appellate remedy did not necessarily bear the character of tax, especially
when it succeeded on the particular plea. Revenue’s insistence upon a
procedural step, i.e. filing of a form which was purely for the purpose of
administrative convenience could not in any manner fix the period of limitation
when the amounts became due on the question of interest. The fact that the
amount due and payable from the date the appeal was allowed was not in dispute,
the postponement of the period from when interest became payable was
incomprehensive and illogical. For these reasons the petitioner was entitled to
interest from the date when its appeal was allowed by the Hon. Court.

FEMA FOCUS

REVISED ECB REGULATIONS

 

(I) Background

 

RBI has completely
revamped existing regulations relating to External Commercial Borrowings, Trade
credits & Borrowing and lending in INR (‘ECB’) by issuing a revised
Notification No. 3(R) /2018-RB – Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing and
Lending) Regulations, 2018 dated 17th December 2018 (‘New ECB
Regulations’). Further, RBI has also issued A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 17
dated 16th January 2019 (‘Circular 17’) providing for new ECB
framework.

 

Earlier there were
following three regulations governing borrowing/lending by person resident in
India with persons resident outside India:

 

Sr. No.

Name of regulation

Relevant Notification No.

Scope of regulation

1

Foreign
Exchange Management (Borrowing or Lending in Foreign Exchange) Regulations,
2000 ( ‘Old ECB Regulations’)

FEMA 3 /2000-RB dated
3rd May, 2000

i) Borrowing in foreign currency by
persons other than AD

ii) Borrowing in foreign currency by AD

iii) Borrowing in Indian currency by
Company

iv) Trade credits

2

Foreign
Exchange Management (Borrowing and Lending in Rupees) Regulations, 2000 (‘INR
Borrowing Regulations’)

FEMA 4 /2000-RB dated
3rd May, 2000

i)
Borrowing in Indian currency by Indian Company through issuance of NCDs;

ii)
Borrowing in Indian currency by persons other than company

3

Para
21 of Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Any Foreign Security)
(Amendment) Regulations, 2004 (‘ODI Regulations’)

FEMA 120/ RB-2004 dated
7
th July, 2004

i)
Lending in foreign currency by Indian company to its overseas subsidiary/ JV

 

RBI has now
consolidated all above Regulations relating to borrowing and lending in foreign
currency and Indian currency and issued Revised FEMA 3/2019 (‘New ECB
Regulations’) dealing with foreign currency and Indian currency borrowing /
lending by Indian residents. Further, certain aspects of ECB have also been
clarified by RBI through issuing Circular 17. Earlier there four-tier structure
of ECB which have now been rationalised as under:     
i) Track I & Track II have been merged as Foreign Currency denominated ECB;
and

ii) Track III &
Rupee denominated bonds have been merged as Rupee denominated ECB.

Key aspects of new
ECB framework are given below:

 

(II) New definitions

 

New ECB Regulations
has inserted following new definitions for the purpose of clarity:

?    External Commercial lending
– It means lending by person resident in India to borrower outside India in
accordance with policy decided by RBI

?    Real estate activity –
means any activity involving

    own or leased property for buying, selling
and renting of commercial and residential properties or land

    activities either on a fee or contract basis
assigning real estate agents for intermediating in buying, selling, letting or
managing real estate.

However, this would
not include

    development of integrated township; or

    purchase/long term leasing of industrial
land as part of new project/modernisation or expansion of existing units or;

    any activity under ‘infrastructure
subsectors’ as given in the Harmonised Master List of Infrastructure
sub-sectors approved by the Government of India vide Notification F. No.
13/06/2009-INF, as amended/updated from time to time.

?    Restricted End Use: It
means end uses where borrowed funds cannot be deployed and shall include the
following:

    In the business of chit fund or Nidhi
Company;

    Investment in capital market including
margin trading and derivatives;

    Agricultural or plantation activities;

    Real estate activity or construction of farm
houses; and

    Trading in Transferrable Development Rights
(TDR),

?    It has been specifically
clarified that use of credit cards in India by person resident outside India
and outside India by person resident in India shall not be subject to ECB
regulations.

?    Also, it has been
clarified that any borrowing permitted under erstwhile regulations can be
continued up to the due date of repayment.

 

(III) Key changes in ECB Policy

 

Key changes between
old ECB regulations relating to borrowings in INR/foreign currency by Indian
resident entity from person resident outside India are highlighted below:

 

Eligible borrower

Old ECB Regulation read with Master Direction on
ECB updated as on 22nd November, 2018

New ECB regulation read with Circular No. 17
dated 16 thJan 2019

Comments

The list of entities eligible to raise ECB were
classified under the three tracks is set out in the following table.

All entities eligible to receive FDI are eligible borrowers and
there is no more Track 1, Track 2 and Track 3. Further, following entities
are also eligible to raise ECB:

a) Port Trusts;

b) Units in SEZ;

c) SIDBI;

d) EXIM Bank; and

e) Registered entities engaged in micro-finance activities,
viz., registered Not for Profit companies, registered
societies/trusts/cooperatives and Non-Government Organisations (permitted
only to raise INR ECB).

 

Under new ECB regulations, all entities, including companies and
LLP would be eligible to receive FDI under FEMA 20 can raise ECB irrespective
of the sector in which they operate. New regulations now paves way for
service sector enterprise, companies engaged in ITES activities etc to raise
finance via ECB route. Further ECB route is open even for sectors which are
subject to sectorial cap or FDI is permitted subject to performance linked
conditions.

  Track :1

i. Companies in mfg & software development sectors.

ii. Shipping and airlines companies.

iii. SIDBI.

iv. Units in SEZs

v. Exim Bank (only under the approval route).

vi. Companies in infra sector, NBFC-IFCs, NBFC-AFCs, Holding
Companies and CICs. Also, Housing Finance Companies, regulated by the
National Housing Bank, Port Trusts constituted under the Major Port Trusts
Act, 1963 or Indian Ports Act, 1908.

  Track :2

i. . All entities listed under Track I. 

ii. REITs & INVITs (governed by SEBI)

 

    Track
:3

i. All entities listed under Track II.

ii. NBFCs coming under the regulatory purview of RBI.

iii. NBFCs-MFIs, Not for Profit companies registered under the
Companies Act, 1956/2013, Societies, trusts and cooperatives (registered
under the Societies Registration Act, 1860, Indian Trust Act, 1882 and
State-level Cooperative Acts/Multi-level Cooperative Act/State-level mutually
aided Cooperative Acts respectively), NGOs which are engaged in micro finance
activities.

iv. Companies engaged in miscellaneous services viz.
R&D, training (other than educational institutes), companies supporting
infrastructure, companies providing logistics services. Also, companies
engaged in maintenance, repair and overhaul and freight forwarding.

v. Developers of SEZs/ National Manufacturing and Investment
Zones (NMIZs).

 

 

Borrowing by IBC Cos

Old ECB Regulation read with Master Direction on
ECB updated as on 22nd November, 2018

New ECB regulation read with Circular No. 17
dated 16 thJan 2019

Comments

No specific exemption / relaxation for companies
in IBC

An entity which is under restructuring scheme/
corporate insolvency resolution process can raise ECB only if specifically
permitted under the resolution plan.

Likely to boast restructuring of companies under
IBC. Resolution plan can now substitute high interest debt with low interest
bearing ECB

 

Eligible lenders

The list of recognised lenders/investors for the
three tracks will be as follows:

The lender should be resident of FATF or IOSCO compliant
country, including on transfer of ECBs. However,

a) Multilateral and Regional Financial Institutions where India
is a member country will also be considered as recognised lenders;

b) Individuals as lenders can only be permitted if they are
foreign equity holders or for subscription to bonds/debentures listed abroad;
and

c) Foreign branches/subsidiaries of Indian banks are permitted
as recognised lenders only for FCY ECB (except FCCBs and FCEBs).

Foreign branches/subsidiaries of Indian banks, subject to
applicable prudential norms, can participate as arrangers/
underwriters/market-makers/traders for Rupee denominated Bonds issued
overseas. However, underwriting by foreign branches/subsidiaries of Indian
banks for issuances by Indian banks will not be allowed.

Under the new ECB regulations, any person can be eligible lender
provided they are resident of FATF or IOSCO compliant country. However,
individuals as lenders can only be permitted if they are foreign equity
holders or for subscription to bonds/ debentures listed abroad. Further,
Financial institutions located in International Financial Services Centres in
India are not specifically included in definition of recognised lender which
were included in the old ECB regulations.

Track :1

i. International banks.

ii. International capital markets.

iii. Multilateral financial institutions (such as, IFC, ADB,
etc.) /regional financial institutions and Government owned (either wholly or
partially) financial institutions.

iv. Export credit agencies.

v. Suppliers of equipment.

vi. Foreign equity holders.

vii. Overseas long term investors such as:

a. Prudentially regulated financial entities;

b. Pension funds;

c. Insurance companies;

d. Sovereign Wealth Funds;

e. Financial institutions located in International Financial
Services Centres in India

viii. Overseas branches/ subsidiaries of Indian banks

Track :2

All entities listed under Track I (excluding
overseas branches /subsidiaries of Indian banks)

 

Track :3

All entities listed under Track I (excluding overseas branches/
subsidiaries of Indian banks.

In case of NBFCs-MFIs, other eligible MFIs, not for profit
companies and NGOs, ECB can also be availed from overseas organisations and
individuals.

 

 

Minimum Average Maturity Period

The minimum average maturities for the three
tracks are set out as under:

Minimum average maturity period (MAMP) will be 3 years. However,
manufacturing sector companies may raise ECBs with MAMP of 1 year for ECB up
to USD 50 million or its equivalent per financial year. Further, if the ECB
is raised from foreign equity holder and utilised for working capital
purposes, general corporate purposes or repayment of Rupee loans, MAMP will
be 5 years. The call and put option, if any, shall not be exercisable prior
to completion of minimum average maturity.

For ECB exceeding USD 50 million, no MAMP is specified and
hence, could be considered as 3 years

Old ECB Regulation read with Master Direction on
ECB updated as on 22nd November, 2018

New ECB regulation read with Circular No. 17
dated 16 thJan 2019

Comments

Track:1

i. For ECB up to USD 50 million or its equivalent for Cos in Mfg
sector only – 1 year;

ii. For ECB upto USD 50 million or its equivalent – 3 years;

iii. For ECB beyond USD 50 million or its equivalent – 5 years

iv. 5 years for ECB taken from equity holder for working capital
purposes

v. 5 years for FCCBs/ FCEBs irrespective of the amount of
borrowing. The call and put option, if any, for FCCBs shall not be exercisable
prior to 5 years.

 

Track :2

10 years irrespective of the amount.

 

Track:  3

Same as under Track I.

 

 

 

 

All-in-cost ceiling per annum and other cost

The all-in-cost requirements for the three tracks
will be as under:

i) No change in all in cost ceilings

No change

 Track :1

i. The all-in-cost ceiling is prescribed through a spread over
the benchmark, i.e., 450 basis points per annum over 6 month LIBOR or
applicable benchmark for the respective currency.

ii. Penal interest, if any, for default or breach of covenants
should not be more than 2 per cent over and above the contracted rate of
interest.

Track :2

i All-in-cost ceiling – Same as Track I

ii Penal interest – same as Track I

 

Track :3

i. All-in-cost ceiling – 450 basis points per annum over the
prevailing yield of the Government of India securities of same maturity.

ii. Penal interest – Same as Track I

 

 

End-uses (Negative list)

 

Old ECB Regulation read with Master Direction on
ECB updated as on 22nd November, 2018

New ECB regulation read with Circular No. 17
dated 16 thJan 2019

Comments

The end-use prescriptions for ECB raised under the three tracks
are as under:

 

The negative list for all Tracks would include the following:

a. Investment in real estate or purchase of land except when
used for affordable housing as defined in Harmonised Master List of
Infrastructure Sub-sectors notified by Government of India, construction and
development of SEZ and industrial parks/integrated townships.

b. Investment in capital market.

c. Equity investment.

 

Additionally, for Tracks I and III, the following negative end
uses will also apply except when raised from Direct and Indirect equity
holders or from a Group company, and provided the loan is for a minimum
average maturity of five years:

d. Working capital purposes.

e. General corporate purposes.

f. Repayment of Rupee loans.

Finally, for all Tracks, the following negative end use will
also apply:

g. On-lending to entities for the above activities from (a) to
(f)

The negative list for which ECB proceeds cannot
be utilised is largely similar as erstwhile ECB regulations. However, earlier
negative list used the phrase investment in real estate or purchase of land.
In the new ECB regulations, above phrase has been replaced by real estate
activities which has been defined above. Further, proceeds of ECB cannot be
used for payment of interest / charges for ECB.

Real estate activity specifically excludes
purchase / long term leasing of industrial land as part of new project /
modernisation or expansion of existing unit. Hence, going forward ECB can be
utilised towards purchase of industrial land for expansion of existing unit
or setting up of new unit.

 

Change of currency of borrowing

Designated AD Category I banks may allow changes
in the currency of borrowing of the ECB to any other freely convertible currency
or to INR subject to compliance with other prescribed parameters. Change of
currency of INR denominated ECB is not permitted.

No change

NA

Individual limits of borrowing

Old ECB Regulation read with Master Direction on
ECB updated as on 22nd November, 2018

New ECB regulation read with Circular No. 17
dated 16 thJan 2019

Comments

The individual limits of ECB that can be raised
by eligible entities under the automatic route per financial year for all the
three tracks are set out as under:

 

a. Up to USD 750 million or equivalent for the
companies in infrastructure and manufacturing sectors, Non-Banking Financial
Companies -Infrastructure Finance Companies (NBFC-IFCs), NBFCs-Asset Finance
Companies (NBFC-AFCs), Holding Companies and Core Investment Companies;

b. Up to USD 200 million or equivalent for
companies in software development sector;

c. Up to USD 100 million or equivalent for
entities engaged in micro finance activities;

d. Up to USD 500 million or equivalent for
remaining entities; and

e. Up to USD 3 million or equivalent for
startups;

ii. ECB proposals beyond aforesaid limits will
come under the approval route. For computation of individual limits under
Track III, exchange rate prevailing on the date of agreement should be taken
into account.

iii. In case the ECB is raised from direct equity
holder, aforesaid individual ECB limits will also subject to ECB liability:
equity ratio requirement. The ECB liability of the borrower (including all
outstanding ECBs and the proposed one) towards the foreign equity holder
should not be more than seven times of the equity contributed by the latter.
This ratio will not be applicable if total of all ECBs raised by an entity is
up to USD 5 million or equivalent.

All eligible borrowers (excluding startups) can
now raise ECB up to USD 750 million or equivalent per financial year under
auto route. Rest of the conditions, including ECB equity ratio in case of
borrowings from foreign equity holder would remain the same.

Expansion of individual limits

 

Parking of ECB proceeds

ECB proceeds are permitted to be parked abroad as
well as domestically in the manner given below:

Parking of ECB proceeds abroad: ECB proceeds meant only for
foreign currency expenditure can be parked abroad pending utilisation. Till
utilisation, these funds can be invested in the following liquid assets (a)
deposits or Certificate of Deposit or other products offered by banks rated
not less than AA (-) by Standard and Poor/Fitch IBCA or Aa3 by Moody’s; (b)
Treasury bills and other monetary instruments of one year maturity having
minimum rating as indicated above and (c) deposits with overseas branches/
subsidiaries of Indian banks abroad.

Parking of ECB proceeds domestically: ECB proceeds meant for
Rupee expenditure should be repatriated immediately for credit to their Rupee
accounts with AD Category I banks in India. ECB borrowers are also allowed to
park ECB proceeds in term deposits with AD Category I banks in India for a maximum
period of 12 months. These term deposits should be kept in unencumbered
position.

No change

NA

 

Reporting

Loan Registration Number (LRN): Any draw-down in respect
of an ECB as well as payment of any fees / charges for raising an ECB should
happen only after obtaining the LRN from RBI. To obtain the LRN, borrowers
are required to submit duly certified Form 83, which also contains terms and
conditions of the ECB, in duplicate to the designated AD Category I bank. In
turn, the AD Category I bank will forward one copy to the Director, Balance
of Payments Statistics Division, Department of Statistics and Information
Management (DSIM), Reserve Bank of India, Bandra-Kurla Complex, Mumbai – 400
051, Contact numbers 022-26572513 and 022-26573612. Copies of loan agreement
for raising ECB are not required to be submitted to the Reserve Bank.

Changes in terms and conditions of ECB: Permitted changes in ECB
parameters should be reported to the DSIM through revised Form 83 at the
earliest, in any case not later than 7 days from the changes effected. While
submitting revised Form 83 the changes should be specifically mentioned in
the communication.

Reporting of actual transactions: The borrowers are required
to report actual ECB transactions through ECB 2 Return through the AD
Category I bank on monthly basis so as to reach DSIM within seven working
days from the close of month to which it relates. Changes, if any, in ECB
parameters should also be incorporated in ECB 2 Return. Format of ECB 2
Return is available at Annex III of Part V of Master Directions – Reporting
under Foreign Exchange Management Act.

Reporting on account of conversion of ECB into
equity:
In case of partial or full
conversion of ECB into equity, the reporting to the RBI will be as under:

i. For partial conversion, the converted portion
is to be reported to the concerned Regional Office of the Foreign Exchange
Department of RBI in Form FC-GPR prescribed for reporting of FDI flows, while
monthly reporting to DSIM in ECB 2 Return will be with suitable remarks
“ECB partially converted to equity”. ii. For full conversion, the
entire portion is to be reported in Form FC-GPR, while reporting to DSIM in
ECB 2 Return should be done with remarks “ECB fully converted to equity”.
Subsequent filing of ECB 2 Return is not required.

iii. For conversion of ECB into equity in phases,
reporting through ECB 2 Return will also be in phases.

Name of form for obtaining LRN from RBI has
changed from old Form 83 to new Form ECB. Hence, wherever Form 83 was
required to be filed, going forward Form ECB would be required to be filed.
However, contents of the form are same. Further, ECB 2 filing continues to
remain as before. Additionally, in part D of Form ECB 2 details with respect
to proceeds of ECB parked domestically is also required to be stated.

Change in name of Form 83 to Form ECB and details
of ECB parked domestically to be provided in Form ECB 2

 

Late submission fees

Old ECB Regulation read with Master Direction on
ECB updated as on 22nd November, 2018

New ECB regulation read with Circular No. 17
dated 16 thJan 2019

Comments

No such provision existed earlier. Any late
filing of forms was subject to compounding proceedings

Late Submission Fee (LSF) for delay in reporting:

Any borrower, who is otherwise in compliance of ECB guidelines,
can regularise the delay in reporting of drawdown of ECB proceeds before
obtaining LRN or delay in submission of Form ECB 2 returns, by payment of
late submission fees as given in Annexure 1

 

 

 

Going forward, process of regularising ECB non compliances
relating to late filing of forms or drawdown of ECB before obtaining LRN
would be much simpler and would not be subject to compounding proceedings.
However, with respect to past non-compliances, compounding proceedings would
still need to be undertaken

 

Exchange rate

The exchange rate for foreign currency – Rupee
conversion shall be the market rate on the date of settlement for the purpose
of transactions undertaken for issue and servicing of the bonds

No change

NA

 

Hedging Requirements

Borrowers eligible shall have a board approved
risk management policy and shall keep their ECB exposure hedged 70 per cent
at all times in case the average maturity is less than 5 years. Further, the
designated AD Category-I bank shall verify that 70 per cent hedging
requirement is complied with during the currency of ECB and report the
position to RBI through ECB 2 returns. Also, the entities raising ECB under
the provisions of tracks I and II are required to follow the guidelines for
hedging issued, if any, by the concerned sectoral or prudential regulator in
respect of foreign currency exposure.

Operational aspects on hedging: Wherever hedging has been
mandated by the RBI, the following should be ensured:

i. Coverage: The ECB borrower will be
required to cover principal as well as coupon through financial hedges. The
financial hedge for all exposures on account of ECB should start from the
time of each such exposure (i.e. the day liability is created in the books of
the borrower).

ii. Tenor and rollover: A minimum tenor of
one year of financial hedge would be required with periodic rollover duly
ensuring that the exposure on account of ECB is not unhedged at any point
during the currency of ECB.

iii. Natural Hedge: Natural hedge, in lieu
of financial hedge, will be considered only to the extent of offsetting
projected cash flows / revenues in matching currency, net of all other
projected outflows. For this purpose, an ECB may be considered naturally
hedged if the offsetting exposure has the maturity/cash flow within the same
accounting year. Any other arrangements/ structures, where revenues are
indexed to foreign currency will not be considered as natural hedge.

 

No change

NA

 

Available routes for raising ECB

Old ECB Regulation read with Master Direction on
ECB updated as on 22nd November, 2018

New ECB regulation read with Circular No. 17
dated 16 thJan 2019

Comments

Under the ECB framework, ECBs can be raised
either under the automatic route or under the approval route. For the
automatic route, the cases are examined by the Authorised Dealer Category-I
(AD Category-I) banks. Under the approval route, the prospective borrowers
are required to send their requests to the RBI through their ADs for
examination. While the regulatory provisions are mostly similar, there are
some differences in the form of amount of borrowing, eligibility of
borrowers, permissible end-uses, etc. under the two routes. While the first
six forms of borrowing can be raised both under the automatic and approval
routes, FCEBs can be issued only under the approval route.

No change

NA

 

ECB for untraceable entities

No specific regulation earlier

Specific Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) laid
down which has to be followed by designated AD banks in case of untraceable
entities who are found to be in contravention of reporting provisions for
ECBs by failing to submit prescribed return(s) under the ECB framework,
either physically or electronically, for past eight quarters or more.

i. Definition: Any borrower who has raised
ECB will be treated as ‘untraceable entity’, if
entity/auditor(s)/director(s)/ promoter(s) of entity are not
reachable/responsive/reply in negative over email/letters/phone for a period
of not less than two quarters with documented communication/reminders
numbering 6 or more and it fulfills both of the following conditions:

 

a) Entity not found to be operative at the
registered office address as per records available with the AD Bank or not
found to be operative during the visit by the officials of the AD Bank or any
other agencies authorized by the AD bank for the purpose; AND

b) Entities have not submitted Statutory
Auditor’s Certificate for last two years or more;

 

ii. Action: The followings actions are to be
undertaken in respect of ‘untraceable entities’:

 

a) File Revised Form ECB, if required, and last
Form ECB 2 Return without certification from company with ‘UNTRACEABLE
ENTITY’ written in bold on top. The outstanding amount will be treated as
written-off from external debt liability of the country but may be retained
by the lender in its books for recovery through judicial/ non-judicial means;

b) No fresh ECB application by the entity should
be examined/processed by the AD bank;

c) Directorate of Enforcement should be informed
whenever any entity is designated ‘UNTRACEABLE ENTITY’; and

d) No inward remittance or debt servicing will be
permitted under auto route.

Entire new process has been laid down to find
untraceable entities who have taken ECB

 

(IV) Key changes in Regulations governing
Trade Credits

Key changes between
old ECB regulations and new ECB regulations relating to trade credits are
highlighted as under:

Particulars

Old ECB Regulations

New ECB Regulations

Comments

Amount of borrowing

USD 20 million per import transaction

USD 50 million per import transaction

Increase in limit of trade credit

Period

Import of capital goods – 5 years from date of
shipment

Import of non-capital goods – 1 year from date of
shipment or operating cycle, whichever is less

Import of capital goods – 3 years from date of
shipment

Import of non-capital goods – 1 year from date of
shipment or operating cycle, whichever is less

 

Trade credit period for import of capital goods
has been reduced from 5 years to 3 years

Trade credit beyond permitted period

No specific provision in respect of trade credit
extending beyond above specified period

Specifically provides trade credit beyond 3 years
period to be ECB

There have been several instances wherein RBI has
compounded non compliances relating to trade credit extending beyond
specified period by viewing it as ECB. The same has now been specifically
included in new ECB regulations.

Recognised lenders

Overseas suppliers, banks, financial
institutions,

Lenders to also include foreign equity holders
and financial institutions in IFC

Recognised lenders list expanded to include
foreign equity holders and financial institutions in IFC. Hence, they can
also give trade credits

Cost

All-in-cost ceiling for raising trade credit was
350 basis points over 6 month LIBOR

All-in-cost ceiling for raising trade credit
reduced to 250 basis points over 6 month LIBOR

Reduction in all in cost ceiling for raising
trade credits

 

(V) Key changes in Regulations governing
borrowings in INR by Indian residents

 

Borrowing by
Indian companies

Under the erstwhile
ECB regulations, investment in Non convertible debentures (NCD) issued by
Indian companies to Registered Foreign Portfolio Investors was not covered
under the ECB framework. The said position continues even under the new ECB
regulations.

 

Further, under INR
Borrowing Regulations, Indian companies could borrow in rupees from NRIs/PIOs
by issuing NCDs and subject to fulfilment of conditions laid down therein.
However, under New ECB regulations, there is no specific regulations governing
issuance of NCDs by Indian companies to NRI/PIOs. Accordingly, we would need to
wait for further clarity on this issue.

 

Borrowing by
Indian individuals

Under the erstwhile
INR Borrowing regulations, person resident in India (other than an Indian
company) could borrow in rupees from NRI/PIO on non-repatriation basis subject
to fulfilment of certain conditions. Under the New ECB Regulations, person
resident in India (other than an Indian company) can borrow in Indian Rupees
from NRI/ Relatives who are holding OCI Card subject to terms and conditions as
would be specified by RBI in this behalf.

 

Thus, as against
borrowings from any NRI/PIO permissible earlier, under New ECB Regulations, INR
borrowings can be taken only from NRI or Relatives who are holding OCI Card.

 

Deposits by
person resident in India

Any person resident in India can accept deposits from person resident
outside India in accordance with Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit)
Regulations, 2016. Hence, there is no change with regards to acceptance of
deposits.

 

(VI) Key changes in Regulations governing
borrowings by financial institutions, students studying abroad and from
relatives

Borrowing by
financial institutions

Under the new ECB
regulations, financial institutions set up under an act of Parliament have been
given permission to raise ECB under the approval route for the purpose of
onward lending and subject to provisions contained in ECB regulations.

 

Borrowing by
students studying abroad

Under the new ECB
regulations, individual resident in India but studying abroad can raise loan
not exceeding USD 250,000 for payment of education fees and maintenance abroad
subject to terms and conditions specified by RBI. However, it is interesting to
note that as per A.P.(DIR Series) Circular No. 45 dated 8 December 2003, Indian
students studying abroad would be treated as Non-residents, i.e. person
resident outside India. In such a scenario, applicability of FEMA on the such
students would need to be evaluated.

 

Borrowing in
foreign currency by Indian individuals

Under the old ECB regulations, individual resident in India could borrow
a sum not exceeding USD 250,000 from his relative subject to fulfilment of
certain conditions. The same position continues even under new ECB regulations.


(VII) Regulations governing lending in foreign currency by Indian entities

New ECB regulations
provide that an entity resident in India can provide external commercial
lending in foreign exchange to foreign entity in accordance with provisions of
ODI Regulations. Hence, there is no change with respect to the said
regulations.

 

(VIII) Regulations governing issuance of
Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds & Foreign Currency Exchangeable Bonds by
Indian companies

Regulation 21 of
ODI Regulations which dealt with issuance of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds
and Foreign Currency Exchangeable Bonds has now been omitted and it would be
governed under the process specified in New ECB Regulations read with Circular
17.

 

Way forward

Going forward, it
is expected that RBI would issue Circulars clarifying various aspects of New
ECB Regulations as well as issue Regulations governing hybrid instruments in
the nature of optionally convertible debentures which are at present covered
under ECB Regulations.
 

 

Annexure 1 – Matrix for computing late
submission fee for delay in reporting

 

No.

Type of Return/Form

Period of delay

Applicable LSF

1

Form ECB 2

Up to 30 calendar days from due date of submission

Rs. 5,000

2

Form ECB 2/Form ECB

Up to 3 years from due date of submission/date of drawdown

Rs. 50,000 per year

3

Form ECB 2/Form ECB

Beyond 3 years from due date of submission/date of drawdown

Rs. 100,000 per year

 

 

 

 

 





 

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

I.      
HIGH COURT

 

6. [2019] TIOL-2217 (HC-Kerala-GST) G NXT Power
Corporation vs. Union of India
Date of order: 29th August, 2019

 

IGST amount to be
refunded after adjusting the higher rate of duty drawback amount already
availed by the petitioner

 

FACTS

The petitioner was granted drawback of Central
Excise component and therefore refund of IGST paid in cash was not granted. It
was argued by the assessee that the denial of refund of IGST on a supply which
is zero-rated is illegal and contrary to Article 265 of the Constitution of
India. However, since the drawback according to the Revenue was availed at a
higher rate, the refund of IGST was denied.

 

The Respondent contended that in order to avail the refund of the IGST
paid, the petitioner is required to refund the higher rate of duty drawback
already availed with interest. Simultaneously, the petitioners argued that if the drawback is required to be paid with interest, the department
should also grant interest to them from the date on which the claim of refund of IGST was made.

 

HELD

The Court primarily noted that the transaction under consideration is a
zero-rated supply covered u/s 16 of the IGST Act, 2017. Accordingly, the Court
directed the respondents to pay the balance amount, i.e., IGST minus higher
rate of duty drawback already availed by the petitioner, within the time
granted by the Court and thus relieved the additional burden of interest payment on the IGST refund.

 

7. [2019] TIOL-2377 (HC-AP-GST) Garuda  Packaging Pvt. Ltd vs. Assistant Commissioner of State Tax Date of order: 29th August, 2019

 

TRAN-1 directed to be
either opened on the portal or a manual application be accepted

 

FACTS

The petitioner made several attempts to file form TRAN-1 for availing
the VAT credit. However, either the system did not allow him to file the return
on account of there being no connection to the GSTN, or by indicating that the
due date for filing such form was over. It was claimed that such error messages
appeared despite the form being uploaded before the due date. The
jurisdictional GST officer was approached and the issue was also reported to
the technical team; however, no remedial action was taken to resolve the issue.
Hence the present petition.

 

HELD

The Court noted that the entire GST system was still in a
trial-and-error phase and that it would be too much of a burden to place on the
assessees to expect them to comply with the requirements of law where they are
unable to even connect to the system on account of network or other failures.
Thus, the authorities were directed to either open the portal to enable the
petitioner to once again file form GST TRAN-1 electronically, or else accept
the form manually.

 

8. [2019] (28) GSTL 3 (Kar.) L.C. Infra Projects Pvt.
Ltd. vs. Union of India
Date of order: 22nd July, 2019

 

Interest cannot be
recovered under GST without issuing SCN

 

FACTS

The petitioner wrongly availed ITC, therefore the department issued a demand
notice for recovery of tax and interest without issuing a show-cause notice
(SCN) contending that section 75(12) of the Act empowers the authorities to
proceed with recovery without issuing an SCN. However, the petitioner claimed
that the interest recovery cannot be made without issuing SCN as per section 73
of the CGST Act, 2017.

 

HELD

Recovery of interest by the department without issuing an SCN was not
viable as it was against the principles of natural justice and thus all rights
and contentions were left open to the petitioner.

 

II. AUTHORITY FOR ADVANCE RULING (AAR)

    

9.  [2019] 107
taxmann.com 269 (AAR – Tamil Nadu) Daimler Financial Services India (P) Ltd.
Date of order: 15th April, 2019

 

Differential interest (i.e. financer’s regular
interest rate and the rate actually charged by financer to the customer at the
request of the applicant) paid by the applicant to the financer, in terms of
MOU, is liable for GST

 

FACTS

The applicant, an NBFC and manufacturer-seller
of vehicles, entered into an arrangement whereby he agreed to provide loans to
buyers of vehicles of the said manufacturer at interest rates lower than its
regular rates; the differential in interest rates was compensated by the
vehicle manufacturer-seller to the NBFC, termed as ‘interest subvention
income’. The applicant sought a ruling as to whether the said interest
subvention income attracts GST or not?

 

RULING

AAR observed that in terms of the agreement between
the applicant and the said manufacturer, the former agreed to provide vehicle
loan to buyers of the said manufacturer at a lower interest rate and also
provide better customer experience, structured insurance product offerings with
claims processing within minimum turnaround time, tailor-made products, quick
loan approvals, maintaining good customer relations, etc. For the same, the
manufacturer would compensate the applicant with the differential in interest
rates so that the customers could obtain loans at a lower interest rate.

 

AAR held that the agreement between the vehicle
manufacturer and the applicant is for the furtherance of the business of
lending of the applicant, as they are the preferred financiers of the
manufacturer’s vehicles. Customers buying vehicles would prefer to take loans
from the applicant because of the lower interest rates offered as a consequence
of the agreement. Therefore, the said transaction between applicant and vehicle manufacturer is ‘supply of services’ u/s 7 of the CGST Act, 2017,
classifiable as ‘other miscellaneous services’ under heading 9997 and
chargeable to 18% GST.

 

10. [2019] 107 taxmann.com 263 (AAR – Rajasthan)
Greentech Mega Food Park (P) Ltd.
Date of order: 28th May, 2019

 

AAR held that long-term
lease agreement entered into for 99 years, wherein plots of land are given on
lease for separate industrial units in food parks and consideration is charged
towards booking and allotment of developed plots, is an agreement for lease of
immovable property and chargeable to 18% GST and it’s not a case of agreement
for sale of immovable property

 

FACTS

The applicant is responsible for establishing the food park, including
design, engineering, procurement, financing, construction and operation. As a
part of development or setting up of the food park, the applicant identified /
developed certain individual plots at the project site for the purpose of
transferring them for a lease of 99 years and setting up industrial units, inter
alia
, for manufacturing of food and related products as well as food
processing activities.

 

The applicant proposed to enter into lease agreements with several
lessees for a period of 99 years for separate industrial units situated at
Greentech Mega Food Park, for consideration towards booking and allotment of
developed plots. The applicant sought the present ruling as to whether the said
lease agreement between applicant and lessees for a period of 99 years was a
sale of immovable property and outside GST and thus exempt from levy of GST? If
taxable, then at what rate and what HSN Code would apply?

 

RULING

AAR observed that the lease agreement between the applicant and the
lessee for a long term of 99 years is for lease with many restrictions and he
has no right to further sell the allotted plot; whereas in the sale deed the
purchaser becomes the absolute owner of the plot and is not dependent on the
lessor for renewal or extension of the lease period.

 

As regards the applicant’s submission that the
said transaction amounts to transfer of rights in immovable property, and hence
it is sale outside the scope of GST, AAR observed that merely charging stamp
duty at par with sale deeds by the registration and stamps department of the
government does not change the status of the document from lease agreement to
sale deed. Accordingly, AAR held that the lease agreements in question for a
period of 99 years are lease agreements for the transfer of immovable property
and will attract GST at 18%, classifiable under SAC 997212 ‘Rental or leasing
services involving own or leased non-residential property’.

 

11. [2019] 107 taxmann.com 276 (AAR – Tamil Nadu)
Venkatasamy Jagannathan
Date of order: 21st May, 2019

 

When employee of the
company entered into a profit-sharing agreement with shareholders of company,
wherein said employee was entitled to share of profit for a strategic sale of
certain number of equity shares over and above a specified sale price per
equity share by a set of shareholders of company, AAR held that such
profit-sharing agreement is an actionable claim u/s 2(1) of CGST Act, 2017 not
liable for GST, as it is covered under schedule III to CGST Act which is
neither a supply of goods nor a service

 

FACTS

The applicant is an employee in the company limited by shares and also
holds ownership of shares of the company. He entered into a profit-sharing
agreement (PSA) with various investors / shareholders of the said company,
wherein the applicant would get a profit from a strategic sale of equity shares
over and above a specified sale price per equity share by a set of shareholders
of the company. The PSA was approved by the board / shareholders as well as by
the IRDA. The applicant sought the present ruling as to whether the said
profit-sharing agreement between the applicant as an employee of the company
and the shareholders attracted GST?

 

RULING

AAR noted that the profit-sharing agreement is entered into between the
applicant and shareholders of the company. However, the shareholders are not
the company and they cannot and do not act on behalf of the company. Also, no
amount was payable to the applicant by the company as per the PSA. Thus, AAR
held that since the PSA is between the applicant and the shareholders and not
between the applicant and the company, the transaction is not a service from an
employee to the employer.

 

Further, as per the terms of the PSA, the entitlement amount and
additional entitlement amounts, payable by the shareholders to the applicant,
are dependent on the difference in the sale price at the time of the event to
the pre-determined base price of the equity shares. The shareholders are
obliged to pay such amounts as profits to the applicant. It was noted that the
applicant has a claim to the specified amounts in the event of the occurrence
of the specified strategic sale or IPO and the said claim is contingent on such
events occurring. The applicant has a beneficial interest in the profits
arising out of such a strategic sale or IPO. Therefore, AAR held that such a
profit-sharing agreement is an ‘actionable claim’.

 

Further, it was observed that the events of strategic sale or IPO are
contingent and such events may or may not occur and, thus, the claim is also
contingent and the actionable claim as defined in Transfer of Property Act can
be contingent. The movable property which is the amount of profit on such
contingent events occurring is currently not in possession of the claimant,
i.e., the applicant. The AAR also noted that civil courts recognise and can
provide grounds for relief if and when the applicant makes a claim to such
beneficial interest in future profits.

 

Therefore, it was held that the transaction between the applicant and
the shareholders is an ‘actionable claim’ u/s 2(1) of the CGST Act read with
section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 and the same is covered under
schedule III to the CGST Act and the SGST Act as neither a supply of goods nor
a supply of services, and hence not chargeable to GST.

 

12.  [2019] 107
taxmann.com 276 (AAR – Rajasthan) Vedant Synergy (P) Ltd.
Date of order: 3rd June, 2019

 

When the applicant
company is engaged by the state government for implementation and maintenance
of software of video conferences, in the Centre for e-Governance of the State
Government, AAR held that supply of goods and services by the applicant company
is composite supply and not works contract. The principal supply being video
conferencing software / solution, the whole supply will fall under HSN 998316
and will attract 18% GST

 

FACTS

The applicant company applied in a government
bidding for selection to implement and maintain software of video conferences
up to Gram Panchayat and government offices conducted by the Centre for
e-Governance of the State Government. The applicant supplied various goods such
as central MCU and other equipment in high availability mode, various client
licenses, speakers and cameras. The applicant is responsible for providing
operation and maintenance support for a period of five years. He is also
required to supply manpower, i.e., video conferencing and helpdesk engineers,
for a period of five years.

 

The applicant sought the present ruling as to
what would be the classification of goods and services supplied by him and at
what rate would GST be chargeable on these goods and services? The applicant
contended that the said supply was a works contract and chargeable to GST at
12%.

 

RULING

AAR observed that the goods supplied by the applicant under the said
contract were not of immovable nature and can be dismantled in general view.
Thus, the character of immovability cannot be attached to the supply of goods.
It further observed that various services, i.e., O&M services and supply of
manpower of engineers were in conjunction with the supply of goods. Therefore,
the supply of goods and services by the applicant did not fall under the
category of works contract service, though it was a composite supply.

 

As regards what would constitute ‘principal supply’ in the present case,
in terms of section 2(90) of the CGST Act, 2017, AAR observed that the
essential element of the whole supply was video conference software / network
and all other goods and services were involved in carrying out of smooth
fixture and operation of video conference, and therefore, the principal supply
was of video conference software / solution classifiable under HSN 998316 at
18% GST.

 

13. [2019] 107 taxmann.com 225
(AAR – Mah.)  Konkan LNG (P) Ltd.  Date of order: 24th May, 2019

 

AAR held that a
breakwater wall constructed as part of an existing jetty, where the activities
of regasification of LNG were undertaken, cannot be regarded as ‘plant and
machinery’ in terms of section 17(6) of CGST Act, 2017 as such jetty could
function without existence of breakwater wall and also the activity of
regasification undertaken by the applicant was not for making any outward
taxable supply. Consequently, ITC in respect of goods and services used for the
construction of a breakwater wall would not be available to the applicant

 

FACTS

The applicant had an LNG regasification plant.
LNG, the raw material, reaches the plant through a jetty where it is unloaded
from various cargo ships. The applicant submitted that adjacent to the jetty
there is an existing breakwater wall which is in an incomplete state of
construction, which acts as a safety wall for preventing high waves and tides
to touch the jetty and cargo / ships of LNG and, thus, prevents damage to the
ships due to high waves and water current. However, the existing breakwater
wall being incomplete requires reconstruction in order to keep the jetty and
cargo safe during the LNG unloading process. Due to the breakwater wall being
incomplete, for safety purposes berthing of the cargo of LNG is only permitted
when the height of the waves is less than 0.5 meters. Hence, the berthing of
ships is not possible at all times of the day. After the construction of the
breakwater wall, there would be no time restriction on ships entering the
jetty. The applicant proposed to complete the construction of such a breakwater
wall and contractors would be engaged for the same.

 

The applicant sought the present ruling as to whether in terms of
sections 16 and 17 of the CGST Act, 2017 the applicant was entitled to take an
input tax credit of GST charged by the contractors? The applicant contended
that the breakwater wall can be considered as ‘plant and machinery’ since
‘acropods’, which are used to construct the breakwater are interlocking devices
fixed to the earth by the foundation of the rock armour of different sizes, are
nothing but apparatus.

 

RULING

On whether the said breakwater wall can be considered as ‘plant and
machinery’, AAR noted that any apparatus, equipment and machinery fixed to
earth by foundation or structural support that are used for making an outward
supply of goods or services or both can be considered as plant and machinery.
In the present case, AAR noted that for inclusion in the term ‘plant’, it must
be established that it is impossible for the regasification plant to function
without the breakwater wall.

 

Reference was made to the decision of the Hon’ble Bombay High Court in CIT
vs. Mazagon Dock Ltd. [1991] 58 Taxman 98/191 ITR 460 (Bom.)
, wherein
it was held that in order for a building or concrete structure to qualify for
inclusion in the term ‘plant’, it must be established that it is impossible for
the equipment to function without the particular type of structure. However, in
the present case, the applicant’s regasification plant is already functioning
without the complete breakwater in place. Further, AAR also noted that the
breakwater wall would be used by the applicant for facilitating the receipt of
raw material, i.e., LNG and not for rendering outward supply of goods or
services, or both.

 

Therefore, it was held that such a breakwater wall cannot be considered
as ‘plant and machinery’ as per explanation to section 17(6) of the CGST Act,
2017 and it is ‘immovable property’. In terms of section 17(5)(d) of the CGST
Act, 2017 when the goods or services are used for construction of immovable
property other than plant and machinery, the ITC in respect of such goods and
services is not available.
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service Tax

I. TRIBUNAL

 

6. [2019] (28) GSTL 478 (Tri-Chan.) DLF Cyber City
Developers Limited vs. Commissioner of S.T., Delhi-IV
Date of order: 22nd May, 2019

 

Activity of corporate
guarantee to banks / financial institutions is not liable for service tax in
absence of consideration

 

FACTS

The
appellant provided corporate guarantee to various banks / financial
institutions on behalf of their holding companies / associate enterprises /
joint ventures. SCN was issued on the presumption that their associates had received
loan facilities from financial institutions at a lower rate, therefore the
differential amount was consideration liable to tax. The Revenue, however, did
not produce any evidence in the matter; on the other hand, the assessee
contended that they did not receive any consideration, thus no tax was payable.

 

HELD

It
was held that since no consideration was received by the appellant for
providing corporate guarantee and the SCN was based merely on presumption, the
appellant was not liable for payment of tax.

 

7. [2019] TIOL-2734 (CESTAT-Mum.)
M/s S.S. Construction vs. Commissioner of Central Excise
Date of order: 4th
June, 2019

 

Rejection of CA
certificate for want of supporting documents cannot be sustained

 

FACTS

The
appellant provides ‘commercial and industrial construction service’, ‘manpower
recruitment and supply service’, etc. On comparison of the balance sheet with
their ST-3 returns, a short payment was found; hence a show-cause notice was
issued. The Tribunal, vide order dated 20th September, 2012,
remanded the matter to the adjudicating authority for reconciliation of the
balance sheet with the ST-3 returns. On reconciliation, both the authorities
below confirmed the demand issued earlier with interest and penalty. Hence the
present appeal.

 

HELD

On
remand by the Tribunal, since the appellant had already earlier submitted the
details of profit and loss account, ledger, invoices, bills, etc., they also
placed the C.A. certificate in support of their claim for reconciliation of the
figures between the ST-3 returns and the balance sheet. The authority rejected
the C.A. certificate on the ground that the supporting documents were not
enclosed along with the certificate.

 

The
Tribunal noted that there is no justification in the findings of the lower
authorities inasmuch as all the documents were submitted and the rejection of
the C.A. certificate for want of supporting documents cannot be sustained.
Since the appellant was able to reconcile the differential figures between ST-3
returns and the balance sheet supported by the C.A. certificate, the Tribunal
allowed the appeal.

 

8. [2019] TIOL-2945 (CESTAT-All.) M/s Mega Trends
Advertising Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Central Excise and Service Tax
Date of order: 21st February, 2019

 

Production
of design given by the client on chosen material such as cloth, PVC sheet,
etc., would not amount to providing a service taxable as advertising agency.
Further, longer period of limitation also would apply as the figures were
picked up from the balance sheet and profit and loss account and thus there was
no suppression of facts

 

FACTS

The
assessee was engaged in supply and installation of hoardings as well as printing
activities. With respect to the printing activity, they merely carried out
printing operations on the instructions of clients on the given material. There
was no creativity involved and they acted merely as printers and thus the
activity was not liable for service tax. On scrutiny of the appellant’s
financials, there was excess income found and hence a show-cause notice was
issued for evasion of service tax.

 

HELD

The
Tribunal, relying on the decision in Avon Awning vs. CCE & ST [2017]
(51) STR 33 (Tri.-All.)
where it was categorically held that production
of design given by the client on chosen material such as cloth, PVC sheet,
etc., would not amount to providing any service taxable under the category of
advertising agency, and thus set aside the demand on merit. The Tribunal also
noted that the appeal was barred by limitation as the figures were picked up
from the financials which are public documents; hence the charge of suppression
was held unsustainable.

 

9. [2019] (28) GSTL 279 (Tri.-Chan.) Great India Steel
Fabricators vs. Commissioner of C. Ex. & ST, Panchkula
Date of order: 14th February, 2019

 

Refund claim of CENVAT
credit to be sanctioned in cash in view of section 142 of CGST Act, 2017

 

FACTS

A
refund claim was filed by the appellant for the refund of unutilised CENVAT
credit on export of goods. The Department sanctioned the claim amount, partly
in cash and partly credited in the CENVAT credit account. The appellant filed
an appeal on the basis of section 142 of the CGST Act, 2017 requesting to
modify the impugned order and sanction the whole refund in cash.

 

HELD

Section
142 of the CGST Act, 2017 deals with situations which direct the authorities to
sanction all the refund claims in cash. Therefore, the appellant was entitled
for refund in cash. Allowing the appeal, the order was modified to the extent
the amount was credited to CENVAT credit account and thus the cash refund was
allowed.

 

10. [2019] (28) GSTL 96 (Tri.-Ahmd.) Commissioner of
CESTAT vs. Reliance Industries Ltd.
Date of order: 12th March, 2019

 

While calculating CENVAT
credit reversal as per rule 6(3A) of CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004, total CENVAT
credit shall mean credit of only common input service and does not include
input service exclusively used for manufacturing dutiable goods which are
entitled to full credit

 

FACTS

The assessee supplied dutiable as well as
exempted goods through various units. In terms of Rule 6 of CCR, they did not
avail CENVAT credit of tax paid on inputs and input services used exclusively
in the manufacture of exempt goods. Likewise, they availed the entire amount of
CENVAT credit of tax paid on inputs and input services used exclusively for the
manufacture of dutiable goods. They also received input services commonly
consumed for manufacture of exempt and dutiable goods. They calculated the
amount of common credit reversal by apportioning ‘Total CENVAT credit’ as per
Rule 6(3A)(c)(iii) as existed during the relevant period. However, they contended
that for the purpose of apportioning the CENVAT credit on common input
services, the total CENVAT credit cannot be taken since the same also includes
credit on input services which were exclusively used in the manufacture of
dutiable goods. Therefore, they re-calculated the amount of CENVAT reversal by
taking only ‘common CENVAT credit’. Thus, due to excess CENVAT credit reversal
earlier, the assessee filed a refund claim. The adjudicating authority
contended that the respondent had rightly reversed CENVAT originally. The
amendment in Rule 6(3A) brought by Notification No. 13/2016-C.E. dated 1st
March, 2016 did not apply retrospectively and hence, no refund was granted.

 

HELD

It
was held that the legislators very consciously substituted sub-rule 6(3A) with
an intention to give a clarification to the provision so as to make it
applicable retrospectively. Therefore, for the purpose of reversal of common
credit, total CENVAT credit should mean credit of only common input services
and not of credit exclusively used for manufacturing of dutiable goods.

 

11. [2019] (28) GSTL 278 (Tri.-Chan.) Central Public
Works Department vs. Commissioner of Central Excise, Gurgaon-1
Date of order: 10th October, 2018

 

Section
11B of Central Excise Act, 1994 entitles a person to get the refund when he has
suffered the duty

 

FACTS

A
contractor had executed a works contract for the appellant who also paid
service tax on it. Later, the service was exempted from the payment of service tax.
The appellant filed a refund claim of the service tax borne by him, which was
paid by the contractor to the government. The Department rejected the claim on
the ground that the service tax was not paid by the appellant.

 

HELD

It
was held that the appellant had borne the duty and thus was eligible for the
refund. As per the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Mafatlal Ltd. vs.
UOI 1997 (89) ELT 247 (SC)
, in terms of section 11B of the Central
Excise Act, 1994 a person who has borne the duty can get the refund. Hence the
impugned order was set aside and the appeal was allowed with consequential
relief.

 

12. [2019] (28) GSTL 280 (Tri.-Mum.) C.S.T., Mumbai-II
vs. Reliance Communications Infrastructure Ltd.
Date of order: 8th February, 2019

 

Order passed without
considering submissions is a mistake apparent from records and miscellaneous
application filed merits consideration for recalling such order

 

FACTS

On
18th January, 2018 an appeal was heard and the order was reserved,
directing both the sides to file written submissions within two weeks. The
written submissions were filed by the Revenue through its authorised
representative along with other documents on 1st February, 2018.
However, such written submissions were not placed in the file and it was
evident that the Tribunal passed the order without considering the submissions.
Therefore, a miscellaneous application for rectification of mistake apparent on
record was filed.

 

HELD

It was held that the
order passed by the Tribunal was an apparent mistake on the face of the record
as it was passed without considering the submissions. Therefore, the
miscellaneous application filed by Revenue merits consideration for recalling
the order and hearing of appeal afresh.

 

Society News

WORKSHOP BY ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING COMMITTEE

 

On 6th September, 2019, the Accounting and Auditing Committee organised a full-day workshop on ‘Changes Relevant for Preparation of Financial Statements and Audit Reporting thereon for 2018-19’ (with focus on private limited companies and public companies other than to whom Ind AS applies). The workshop, held at the BCAS Conference Hall, began with opening remarks by President Manish Sampat. He was followed by Accounting and Auditing Committee Chairman Himanshu Kishnadwala who briefed the participants on the need for the workshop and the relevance of the topics selected.

 

The following topics were taken up at the workshop by the various speakers:
(i) Audit of SMEs – Some important aspects: Nikhil Patel;
(ii) Important provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (as relevant for audit of financial statements for the F.Y. 2018-19): Paresh Clerk;
(iii) Critical FRRB observations on financial statements and audit reporting (with focus on items applicable to private limited companies for 2018-19): Abhay Mehta;
(iv) Audit reporting requirements (including CARO and ICFR reporting; with focus on audit of private limited companies): Zubin Billimoria.

 

Nikhil Patel, who set the ball rolling, highlighted the important aspects involved in the audit of SMEs. He took up various case studies regarding rotation of auditors, applicability of Ind AS and important aspects of the existing Accounting Standards as applicable to SMEs and recent changes in disclosure requirements of Schedule III and their impact on financial statements.

 

Taking up the second session, Paresh Clerk dealt with important provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 as relevant for the audit of financial statements for the financial year 2018-19. He discussed the interplay between various definitions under the Companies Act, 2013 and those under the relevant Accounting Standards. He also covered important sections of the Companies Act, 2013 which included deposit rules, managerial remuneration, loans to directors, dividend and CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility) which are relevant for the financial year 2018-19.

 

In the penultimate session,  Abhay Mehta took the participants through critical observations made by the Financial Reporting Review Board (FRRB) based on the reviews of the financial statements conducted by the Board and stressed upon the need for course correction in auditing the financial statements for the financial year 2018-19. His presentation covered critical observations in the areas of accounting standards, auditing standards and company law compliances.

 

Last but not the least, Zubin Billimoria took up audit reporting requirements, including ICFR and CARO reporting and recent changes in audit reporting requirements as applicable for the reporting period 2018-19. His presentation included important aspects such as evaluating ‘Going Concern’ assumption, ‘Emphasis of Matter’ (EOM) paragraph, modified report, qualified report and disclaimer of opinion.

 

All the sessions were very interactive and the speakers shared their experience and insights on their respective subjects.
The workshop was well appreciated and the participants benefited from the guidance and practical views expressed by the experts.

 

FULL-DAY SEMINAR ON ‘CHARITABLE TRUSTS – CRITICAL ASPECTS’
The Corporate and Allied Laws Committee organised a day-long seminar on ‘Charitable Trusts – Critical Aspects’ jointly with the Chamber of Tax Consultants on 14th September, 2019 at the BCAS Conference Hall.

 

The seminar, at which recent developments and critical aspects in the sector were debated, was opened by President Manish Sampat who briefed participants about recent developments in the non-profit organisation sector. He also highlighted the challenges as well as the opportunities available to the practising chartered accountants in this field. Vipul Choksi, President of the Chamber of Tax Consultants, appreciated the initiative taken by BCAS in organising such an event and shared his views on compliance and other related issues of charitable trusts.

 

The seminar was inaugurated by the Hon. Charity Commissioner of Maharashtra, Mr. Sanjay Mehare. He addressed the first session on ‘Important Procedural Aspects for Trustees and Professionals’ wherein he shared his views on the recent changes in the Bombay Public Trust Act, FCRA, etc., and various other procedural aspects relating to the formation and compliance requirements for charitable trusts. His past experience and the examples he gave held the audience spell-bound.

 

The second session was addressed by Gautam Shah who spoke about various advantages and disadvantages of charitable institutions vis-a-vis private trusts. The new concept regarding Social Stock Exchange as announced by the Finance Minister, Mrs. Nirmala Sitharaman, during her Budget speech was covered in detail by him. He also addressed some issues related to formation of minority status trusts.

 

Gautam Nayak, in the third session, discussed various issues regarding taxation of charitable trusts, including the issues arising out of the rejection of the registration of charitable organisations. He also spoke briefly on dissolution of charitable trusts and gave an insight into the implications of section 115TD of the Income-tax Act. The participants in the seminar appreciated the discussion on the recent controversial decisions in direct tax for trusts.

 

The next session was conducted by advocate Rakesh Pandey on the hardships faced in the Office of the Charity Commissioner. The requirements specified in some of the sections of the Maharashtra Public Trust Act and their intricacies, the difficulties in complying with such requirements in the current environment at the Charity Commissioner’s office were also addressed.

 

Next, Sunil Gabhawalla took the podium for the much-awaited session on issues under Goods and Services Tax (GST) for NGOs. The participants had several queries regarding the applicability and liability of GST which were addressed by him in detail. He cleared most of their doubts regarding the applicability of GST. He also explained the reverse charge mechanism and whether it was applicable to trusts.

 

Taking up the sixth session, Anil Sathe enlightened the participants about issues relating to the registration and renewal of FCRA licence. He also discussed the common issues relating to separate bank accounts, administrative expenses and other important aspects to be considered during the filing of FCRA returns. He then deliberated on the issues arising from the changes which are to be submitted online; these attracted a lot of questions by the participants. Anil Sathe also briefly touched upon the issues arising out of CSR donations in relation to unspent amounts and penalty for non-compliance.

 

Mr. Mallikarjun Utture, Additional Commissioner of Income Tax, took the mike for the next session and addressed issues of charitable institutions from the income tax point of view. It was very essential to understand their problems so that these institutions did not have to face tax liabilities when they were eligible for exemptions. He engaged the audience by presenting landmark judgements and necessary elements for getting 12AA registrations and the basis on which these can be rejected.

 

At the end of the seminar, there was a panel discussion moderated by Chetan Shah. Mr. Mallikarjun Utture, Gautan Nayak, Sunil Gabhawalla and Anil Sathe discussed various issues relating to charitable trusts. Finally, the floor was opened for a Q&A session when the panellists answered all the queries of the participants.

 

The interactive seminar was full of insights into charitable trusts and the participants were truly enriched with the presentations and the in-depth analysis offered by the speakers. It received overwhelming response from the industry as well as practising chartered accountants in the field of non-profit organisations.

 

INDIRECT TAX LAW STUDY CIRCLE

 

The Indirect Tax Law Study Circle organised a meeting on ‘Practical implication of RULE 42 & RULE 43 of GST Act’ on 16th September, 2019 at the BCAS Conference Hall.

 

Over 50 persons attended the detailed interaction, discussion and exchange of views with the Group Leader and Mentor on the issues that had been forwarded in advance. There was an in-depth analysis of all the issues at the meeting.

 

The Group Leader was Darshan Ranawat while the Mentor was Mandar Telang.

 

Nearly 50 members were present for the detailed interaction and discussion, and to hear the views of the Group Leader and Mentor on the issues that had been forwarded in advance. It was an in-depth analysis of all the issues with reasoning. The Group Leader dealt with all the issues placed before him in the allotted time. The meeting concluded with a vote of thanks to Group Leader Darshan Ranawat and Mentor Mandar Telang.

 

Study Circle Conveners Chirag Mehta, Dushyant Bhatt and Suresh Choudhary stated later that the participants in the Study Circle meeting had several genuine queries and all of them were answered in great detail.

 

‘SABKA VISHWAS – LEGACY DISPUTE RESOLUTION SCHEME 2019’

 

The BCAS organised a lecture meeting on ‘Sabka Vishwas – Legacy Dispute Resolution Scheme, 2019’ on 17th September, 2019 which was addressed by Advocate Rohit Jain. It was held in the BCAS Conference Hall.

 

Introducing the topic, BCAS President Manish Sampat pointed out that the scheme was a one-time opportunity for resolving disputes related to Central Excise, Service Tax and 26 other indirect tax legislations. Eligible persons opting for the scheme could declare their unpaid tax dues and discharge the same. Declarants under the scheme would be granted immunity, including from interest, penalty and prosecution. He also introduced the speaker. BCAS Vice-President Suhas Paranjpe presented a memento to the speaker.

 

Mr. Jain started the session with a brief history of indirect tax litigations pending with various judicial forums, past amnesty schemes and the constitutional validity of such schemes. He took up the following major areas of
the ‘Sabka Vishwas – Legacy Dispute Resolution Scheme, 2019’:

 

(i) Coverage of various indirect tax acts and cesses under the scheme;
(ii) Relief granted under various case scenarios;
(a) SCN or one or more appeals arising out of such notice,
(b) SCN for late fee or penalty only,
(c) Amount in arrears,
(d) Inquiry or investigation or audit,
(e) Voluntary disclosure.
(iii) Benefits, waivers and eligibility. The relief under the scheme includes waiver of tax ranging from 40% to 70%, 100% relief of interest and penalty;
(iv) Relevant clarifications issued in circulars;
(v) Detailed process for application under the scheme;
(vi) Discharge certificate.

 

Mr. Jain also highlighted some key aspects of the scheme such as ineligibility of convicted assessees, payment under the scheme being allowed only through cash, non-availability of tax paid under the scheme as input tax credit, declaration not treated as admission of tax liability and so on.

 

INTERNAL AUDIT 101: LET’S START AT THE VERY BEGINNING

 

The newly-formed Internal Audit Committee organised a two-day Foundation Course on Internal Audit styled ‘Internal Audit 101’ at the Orchid Hotel on 19th and 20th September, 2019. With 103 participants, the course witnessed a full house, with participants both from the profession as also from the industry. This unique foundation course was curated and designed last year to provide a strong foundation to internal audit professionals. The Committee plans to host this programme annually in Mumbai and other locations as a ‘foundation course on Internal Audit’.

 

The course attracted 73 non-members for many of whom this was their first introduction to a BCAS event. This helped in spreading awareness about the Society amongst non-members, some of whom will become members in the coming months.

 

Interestingly, the course lived up to its promise of delivering sessions in a ‘story-telling’ style with anecdotes, real-life incidents and practical insights to make it a unique and interesting experience for the participants.

 

President Manish Sampat’s welcome address and opening remarks by Chairman Uday Sathaye set the tone for the event. Co-Chairperson Nandita Parekh welcomed the participants and explained the structure of the event and the proposed future events of the Committee.

 

Satish Shenoy’s first session unfolded the ‘lifecycle of an Internal Audit’ by narrating various anecdotes and experiences that educated the audience and also kept it entertained.

 

The second to speak was Jyotin Mehta who provided an overview of Internal Audit and the regulatory framework within which it operates, giving useful insights to help participants understand the larger framework within which Internal Audit operates.

 

Next up was Deepjee Singhal who focused on the meeting point of technology and Internal Audit and covered the entire gamut of areas where the use of technology would be a game-changer. He also covered key considerations for an IT Systems Audit and the crucial need to understand the IT system architecture to conduct a meaningful and efficient Internal Audit.

 

It was then the turn of Himanshu Vasa who engaged and enthralled the participants as he conducted a session on ‘The Art of Telling a Good Story’. He not only shared his thoughts on what it takes to write a good report, but also covered areas of personal presentation, soft skills and oral communication, including the importance of posture and gestures. His marathon session and his expressions left a good impression on the participants.

 

Atul Shah in his presentation took participants through the tools and tricks of the trade, sharing audit techniques deployed at each stage of audit.

 

Talking about specific cycle audits was Ashutosh Pednekar who spoke of covering several audit cycles. He threw light on recent developments, the use of technology and the understanding of process risks. His real-life examples and interesting stories captivated the audience.

 

Nandita Parekh took everyone back to the drawing board on the basics of risks and controls – the simplicity of her talk, along with a vivid presentation, reinforced the core concepts that form the heart of Internal Audit. She explained the concept of risks and controls with reference to everyday experiences and anecdotes; this helped demystify the area of risks and controls and the jargon that has developed around the subject.

 

The two-day session ended with closing remarks by Chairman Uday Sathaye and a few light moments presented by Vice-President Suhas Paranjpe.

 

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS STUDY GROUP

 

The International Economics Study Group held its meeting on 20th September, 2019 when it discussed the ‘Emerging Economic Situation – Global and Indian Economy’.

 

Harshad Shah stated that fears of another global economic slowdown are rising as reliable data (endorsed by many economists and CFOs of U.S. Corporations) indicates that the USA – the world’s largest economy – may be headed for another recession. That’s bad enough for global markets, but what’s worse is that many of the world’s other top economies may also be headed for troubling downturns. Japan faces a recession and it has recently entered into a nasty trade dispute with South Korea. South Korea is encountering woes with growth, with a negative first quarter and is embroiled in a trade war with Japan.

 

Months of protests in Hong Kong have brought the financial hub’s economy to a standstill with the looming threat of a possible Chinese military intervention. Singapore is also on the brink of recession. Eurozone faces Category 5 economic storms (double shock of impending global recession and a no-deal Brexit). Growth has essentially stopped in Italy and a political crisis there doesn’t inspire much confidence; it is already in a recession since 2018.

 

Germany’s economy declined in the last quarter with a slump in the export of cars. Europe is stuck between the United States and Russia (gas pipelines and sanctions), China (trade war) and Iran (oil and tankers). Argentina just went through one of the worst stock market crashes. Brazil and Mexico, two leaders of Central and South America’s economies, are expected to perform poorly this year due to slumping commodity prices. On top of it all, China’s growth rate has slowed down due in large part to the trade war launched by President Donald Trump. China’s economy grew by 4.8% in July, the lowest rate since 2002.

 

Put it all together and the world’s economic outlook looks pretty bleak. The IMF, a world body that helps keep the global economy stable, also sees it that way. Last month, it cut its projection for global growth to 3.2 %, the lowest rate since 2009.

 

Why are so many countries headed for recession / slowdown? First, Trump’s deeply misguided trade war. The effects of this go beyond just the US and China’s bilateral trade relationship. Too many nations are facing immense political turmoil at home.

 

Is the USA bracing for a recession in 2020? The American and global economies will experience challenging times ahead with indicators like:

 

Inverted yield curve: The inversion of the yield curve (has already happened), a historical precursor of a recession, has forced the markets to wake up and take stock of the situation. The yield curve is considered inverted when long-term bonds, traditionally those with higher yields, show certain trends.

 

Negative interest in many developed economies: During economic downturns, central banks often lower interest rates to stimulate growth which can go negative also. The notion is that negative rates will provide even more incentive for commercial banks to make loans. There is currently more than $17 trillion in negative yielding debt around the world.

 

A leveraged-asset bubble is building up as the effect that artificially low interest rate has on an economy is pernicious. For corporates, borrowing becomes preferable instead of issuing equity.

 

Trade war turning into an economic cold war over technology as China and America are vying for dominance over the industries of the future – artificial intelligence (AI), robotics, 5G, etc.

 

The Indian economy is experiencing turbulence with the latest GDP at 5.0% (25 quarter low), with slump in growth in various key sectors and the global growth environment gloomy. Many believe that four major disruptions (demonetisation, RERA, trade war and the IL&FS and NBFC crises) and three key economic reforms (GST, IBC and inflation targeting by RBI) led to a drift down in the Indian economy. Stress in NBFCs percolates faster owing to greater interconnectedness (to MFs, banks and the corporate sector), leading to sharp decline in auto and auto-ancillary, manufacturing and MSME, real estate and construction, exports (effect of trade war) and FMCG. There is visible stress in rural areas and agriculture due to drop in income arising out of low food inflation, the weather and the cow crisis. Unemployment is at a 45-year high, income is falling and the savings rate has slumped to 30.5% (37% in 2008), all of which suggest that we in India are in continuing slowdown mode.

 

Milan Sanghani stated that this slowdown could be handled by addressing the ‘demand’ side of the economy, whereas the government has so far brought in measures to address supply-side issues.

 

As regards the USA, he explained that the economy is growing at reasonable pace with unemployment at a 49-year low. Negative rates aren’t fully reflected in actual borrowing and lending rates. Regulations require banks to maintain customer deposit bases. The fear of losing customers dissuades those banks from cutting deposit rates too far. In Europe, only large corporations have faced negative rates. As net interest rate margins (difference between lending and borrowing rates) contract and profits are squeezed, banks raise fees or turn to other revenue measures to boost earnings. This keeps actual borrowing costs relatively high, undercutting the whole point of a negative rate policy. As the economy continues to sputter, central bankers keep on further reducing rates. Government bond yields grow increasingly negative and the yield curve flattens. Banks, which hold substantial amounts of government debt, see their profits decline even further.

 

Rashmin Sanghvi said that government was showing lower fiscal deficit by shifting many items to National Savings (funds of Rs. 16.85 lakh crores) and LIC (assets of Rs. 31.11 lakh crores [US $450 billion], 29 crore policy holders) putting the money of small savers at risk. The main reason for the Indian GDP growth rate falling may be the fear psychosis created by government.

 

LECTURE MEETING ON ‘PARADISE REGAINED…’

 

A lecture meeting was organised by the Society jointly with the Indian Merchants’ Chamber (IMC) and the Indo-American Chambers of Commerce (IACC) on 24th September, 2019 at the Babubhai Chinai Hall, IMC. The guest speaker, Lieutenant-General Syed Ata Hasnain, delivered a talk on ‘Paradise Regained – The Impact of the Momentous Decision of 5th August, 2019’ in light of the resolution passed by the Indian Parliament to abrogate Article 370.

 

Introduction of both the topic and the speaker was done by IMC President Ashish Vaid and IACC President Naushad Panjwani, who also thanked the sponsors of the event, the royal family of Abu Dhabi.

 

Lt.-Gen. Ata Hasnain stressed the need to see the sensitive issue in the historical perspective to understand why mistakes made in the past needed to be corrected to spare India from bleeding. He pointed out that after losing three conventional wars with India, Pakistan which said that for it Kashmir was its ‘existential core’, started engaging in proxy war under the guise of religion. This strategic initiative was launched in 1989 to gain maximum advantage when India was politically unstable, financially weak and socially insurgent. Pakistan, on the other hand, had successfully helped America win the Afghan war against the USSR by providing logistic and strategic support. It had mastered guerrilla warfare and had access to sophisticated weapons which had no state ownership on record. It had the geo-political advantage as it was bordering five different cultures where it could boast of its importance.

 

This proxy war to tire out India and force her to the negotiation table was also backed by psychological propaganda to project alleged violation of human rights of the religious minority in J&K that was aimed at creating a religious chain-link from the Middle East to Kashmir with Pakistan as a central, moderate state. The first phase of what was called terrorism started with mass killings and the subsequent exodus of Kashmiri Pandits from the valley and converting the Sufi culture of Kashmir into a Wahabi culture by bringing hard-core maulanas from UP and Bihar to impart fundamentalist religious training. Thus started a jihadi movement, resulting in several killings that virtually deprived the valley of its moniker of ‘Paradise’ that it so proudly deserved till then.

 

Lt.-Gen. Ata Hasnain then explained how the traditional Indian response over the years was passive, with the country failing to see the larger design by the enemy. India only focussed on killing incoming terrorists and not the system that bred them. It failed to differentiate between terrorists and terrorism. While the terrorist was only a by-product, terrorism was an eco-system that bred, nurtured and supported terror. It involved human resources, logistics, finances and the ideological propaganda machinery. What India needed to do was to target terrorism, the eco-system that was nurtured to inflict damage on India.

 

He also explained how Pakistan had smartly colluded with China by entering into an agreement giving them land in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir for building an economic corridor. This made China also an interested party to the claim for Kashmir. India was getting pushed into an impossible situation and would have lost Kashmir if the historic decision to abrogate Article 370 had not been taken. This action, therefore, was a correction of
past mistakes.

 

However, before this action there had been a lot of strategic planning and several actions had taken place. India, over the last three years, had started attacking the terrorist eco-system and also started a hybrid war to counter Pakistani propaganda. It engaged its army in winning the goodwill of the locals and fortified its borders with increased surveillance. It took the right political pitch by cultivating excellent relations with world leaders and made its economy strong enough to attract the world to her large market. All these actions had won India some brownie points and she had definitely scored some short-term gains evidenced by the fact that there was no major opposition from the world on its action on Article 370. However, in order to convert this into a permanent advantage, what was needed, in the speaker’s opinion, was action on the following points:

 

(1) Stabilise the secular environment by understanding the cultural terrain and by integrating Jammu and
Kashmir valley;
(2) Promote intra-state integration;
(3) Enable effective governance by ensuring that welfare funds and schemes’ benefits reach the lowest section of the people across the terrain; and
(4) Engagement with the hearts of the people, bringing harmony by tactical, strategic and operational support.

 

It is these measures that will make the resurgence of terrorism difficult and ensure long-term gains of the decision taken.

 

Lt.-Gen. Ata Hasnain’s talk was heard attentively by the assembled gathering. After all, he has had vast working experience in Kashmir as a commissioned officer at various levels. In the course of his talk, he also touched upon the way the Indian Army operates and how religion does not come in the way in the working and camaraderie of its troops. While sharing his experiences, he also described different nomenclatures such as Line of Control, Line of Actual Control, International Border, Actual Ground of Line of Control and so on.

 

The meeting attracted a large audience which heard the speaker in rapt attention. The talk was followed by a question and answer session. President Manish Sampat proposed the vote of thanks.

 

‘BAPU@150’ ON 2nd OCTOBER, 2019 AT BCAS CONFERENCE HALL

 

The H.R. Committee of the Society organised a programme on 2nd October, 2019 to commemorate the 150th birth anniversary of Mahatma Gandhi, the Father of the Nation and ‘Bapu’ to everyone. It was styled ‘Bapu@150’.

 

After the National Anthem and the invocation prayer, some members sang bhajans selected from Ashram Bhajanavali (the book regularly used at Bapu’s Ashram) and a few other books. It was truly a ‘recollection’ of Bapu’s personality, faith and values.

 

Music was arranged by Vijay Bhatt, with assistance on the tabla by Mr. Kiran. Members Toral Mehta, Ryan D’Sa, Kartik Srinivasan and Tej Bhatt gave voice to the bhajans and Mukesh Trivedi anchored the programme.

 

After the bhajans, young CA members performed a skit which aimed to connect the younger generation with Bapu’s ideology. It sought to depict how the young generation, with very little or no knowledge about Bapu and his values, often talk about him in a sarcastic tone and without any respect; it went on to show how they were enlightened about Bapu’s virtues and values by two elderly gentlemen sitting nearby and overhearing their conversation.

 

Young members Jigar Shah and Pankaj Singhal wrote, directed and acted in the play. Other actors were Harshal Shah, Raj Mehta, Jekin Dedhia, Jagat Mehta, Tej Bhatt, Dyanesh, Chirag Mehta and Utsav Shah. Nidhi Shah helped them in the backstage and lighting arrangements and Tej Bhatt was responsible for the music. The young members’ creative way to pay respect to Bapu was heartening.

 

In the second half of the programme, keynote speaker Mr. Dinkar Joshi (a well-known Gujarati writer and scholar) shared many anecdotes from Bapu’s life. He highlighted Bapu’s unique qualities of putting into practice what he preached, inspiring others to do the same. He stated that Bapu’s entire life was transparent and that he was one of the greatest thinkers.

 

Welcoming the guests before the keynote address, President Manish Sampat and Chairman Rajesh Muni shared some thoughts on Bapu.

 

The BCAS Journal specially commemorating Bapu’s 150th anniversary on 2nd October was released by the keynote speaker. Editor and past president Raman Jokhakar described in brief the articles covered in the Journal. He also shared Bapu’s inspiring values.
Past Presidents Pradip Kapasi, Shariq Contractor and Mayur Nayak also remembered Bapu with reverence, sharing his inspiring values. Snehal Muzoomdar highlighted that one of the most important contributions of Bapu was to revive music in Gujarat. Mihir Sheth anchored this part of the programme and Krishna Kumar Jhunjhunwala proposed the vote of thanks.

 

The programme concluded with the national song Vande Mataram.

 

INDIRECT STUDY CIRCLE

 

The Hon’ble Bombay High Court recently delivered a very important judgement dealing with the applicability of GST on compensation received for the illegal use of premises. The decision went into the fundamentals of what could be regarded as ‘supply’ under the GST law.

 

Mr. V. Sridharan, Senior Advocate, who was amicus curiae in the said matter, chaired the session. A large number of members and others attended the meeting held at the BCAS Conference Hall on 3rd October, 2019.

 

The subject under discussion was quite elaborate, viz., Bai Mumbai Trust and Ors. vs. Suchitra w/o Sadhu K. Shetty‘Implications under GST’.

 

Those interested in the topic had been requested in advance to come prepared in order to ensure active participation. The idea behind the chosen topic was to deliberate and discuss in depth certain important aspects of the subject under GST.

 

Both Group Leader Somesh Jain (Advocate) and Mentor V. Sridharan (Senior Advocate), made interesting presentations and also answered several questions from the floor of the house.

 

The meeting concluded with a vote of thanks to the Group Leader and the Mentor.

 

The Study Circle Conveners are Suresh Choudhary, Chirag Mehta and Dushyant Bhatt.

MISCELLANEA

1.   
Technology

17 Google made $4.7 billion from the news
industry in 2018

 

It’s more than the
combined ticket sales of the last two “Avengers” movies. It’s more than what
virtually any professional sports team is worth. And it’s the amount that
Google made from the work of news publishers in 2018 via search and Google
News, according to a study by the News Media Alliance.

 

The journalists who create that content deserve a cut of that
$4.7 billion, said David Chavern, the president and chief executive of the
alliance which represents more than 2,000 newspapers across the country,
including The New York Times. “They make money off this arrangement,” Mr.
Chavern said, “and there needs to be a better outcome for news publishers.”

 

That $4.7 billion is nearly as much as the $5.1 billion
brought in by the United States news industry as a whole from digital
advertising last year – and the News Media Alliance cautioned that its estimate
for Google’s income was conservative. For one thing, it does not count the
value of the personal data the company collects on consumers every time they
click on an article like this one.

 

(Source:
www.nytimes.com)


18 Facebook will launch its new
cryptocurrency soon

 

Facebook is preparing to
launch its own cryptocurrency sooner than you expect. The company plans to hand
over control of the currency system to outside backers as part of a move to
reassure financial regulators. Facebook has reportedly been in discussions with
dozens of financial institutions and tech companies that will oversee the new
cryptocurrency and contribute capital to the programme. The payment system
would be free of transition fees and is designed to be used all over the world,
especially in developed nations.

The digital token is
reportedly designed to serve as a global currency – one that Facebook hopes
will facilitate peer-to-peer payments among its more than two billion users.
Zuckerberg hinted at Facebook’s crypto ambitions during the company’s developer
conference in May. “When I think about all the different ways that people
interact privately, I think payments is one of the areas where we have an
opportunity to make it a lot easier,” Zuckerberg said.

 

In recent weeks, several
news outlets have reported that Facebook is planning to launch its own
payments-focused cryptocurrency. People will be able to use the currency to
transfer funds and make purchases on Facebook messaging platforms such as
WhatsApp and Messenger.

 

The news has caused quite
a stir in the crypto world – and on Wall Street. Anthony Pompliano, founder and
partner at blockchain-focused investment firm Morgan Creek Digital, believes
Facebook’s cryptocurrency could quickly become the “most used product in
crypto.”

 

(Source: www.wsj.com
and www.finance.yahoo.com)

 

19 Hottest cryptocurrency is up by
360% this year and its name isn’t Bitcoin

 

Litecoin, which has gained
more than 330% since the beginning of the year, is outpacing all its crypto
peers, including Ether and XRP, as well as the best-known and largest token
Bitcoin. It has a market cap of about $8.4 billion, making it the
seventh-largest digital asset, according to data compiled by Mosaic Research
Ltd.

 

The rally can partly be
attributed to Litecoin’s upcoming halving (also known as halvening), whereby
the number of coins awarded to so-called miners is slashed by 50%. The idea is
that a cut in supply will not only drive up its price but will also prevent an
erosion of value. Miners currently receive 25 new Litecoins per block, but
following the halving – which is expected to fall on August 6 – they will
receive 12.5.

Halving typically happens
roughly every four years and the run-up to it has, in the past, coincided with
a rally in the underlying tokens. Four years ago, when the last Litecoin
halving occurred, the coin gained about 60% in the three months beforehand
according to data from CoinMarketCap.com. And the phenomenon isn’t isolated to
Litecoin, either – Bitcoin is set to undergo its next halving in May, 2020 and
its biggest proponents are already seizing on the drop in supply as a catalyst
for further gains.

 

“Every time we’ve seen a
halving event in Bitcoin or Litecoin, the price has risen astronomically,” said
Mati Greenspan, senior market analyst at trading platform eToro, in a phone
interview. “So if that pattern continues, what we’ve seen so far is small
potatoes in comparison,” he said. “This is quite normal for the crypto market.”

 

These developments, among
others, have pushed up the price of Bitcoin by 120% since the beginning of the
year. Ether, too, has gained close to 100%. Litecoin, which was trading below
$30 at the end of last year, is now worth $130.

 

(Source:
www.hindustantimes.com)

 

20 Coding & App-making just a
child’s play for these school kids

 

Vyom Bagrecha loves to
read, draw and play computer games. Just like any other nine-year-old, albeit
with one exception. Vyom also does software coding and has already created a
health app that is now available on Google Play Store for mobile users on the
Android platform.

 

“I’m now working on a
parking-related application, and when I’m older I want to be able to code
robots to save the environment,” said the 4th grade student of Nahar
International School in Mumbai. Vyom’s curiosity about how games work made his
mother enrol him for an online coding programme. Very few schools taught
mathematics during the Industrial Revolution and there was widespread
unemployment till schools added it to the curriculum. I see that happening with
coding and think it should be a part of the curriculum, says his mother.

 

Vyom’s app is a basic
health tool which, for example, converts the number of glasses of water one has
had into litres, and such like. Children are creating all kinds of things
online, including simple drawings to games developed by children as young as
ten.

 

Schools, too, are starting
to impart coding skills to kids, making the shift from teaching traditional
computer programmes. Some schools are setting up coding clubs, while some are
even adopting such programmes over the traditional computer science textbooks

 

Manju Rana, Principal at
Seth Anandram Jaipuria School in Ghaziabad, says the school started a coding
club about a year ago to foster logical reasoning and encourage kids to find
their own ways and methods of learning. Since most children are taking to this
as a hobby, it takes away the pressure associated with learning something as
part of their core curriculum. Corporates, too, have started school-level
initiatives to expose kids to coding.

 

(Source:
tech.economictimes.indiatimes.com)

 

2. World news

 

21 PwC’s $5.8 mn UK fine strengthens
demand to break up big-four audit firms

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers was
fined 4.55 million pounds ($5.8 million) by the U.K.’s accounting watchdog over
failings in its handling of technology firm Redcentric Plc, giving fresh
ammunition to critics calling for a breakup of the so-called “Big-Four”
auditing firms.

 

The penalty was reduced
from 6.5 million pounds after the company admitted its wrongdoing ahead of a
final decision by the Financial Reporting Council. Two PwC partners, Jaskamal
Sarai and Arif Ahmad, were each fined a reduced 140,000 pounds after admitting
breaches in the standards of their work and were also given a “severe
reprimand.”

 

The breaches were
“numerous and in certain cases were of a basic and / or fundamental nature,
evidencing a serious lack of competence in conducting the statutory audit
work,” according to an FRC statement.

 

This latest transgression
adds to the scrutiny of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Deloitte, EY and KPMG, which
together control more than 90% of UK audits for large companies. The
Competition and Markets Authority has urged a split of their operations amid
allegations of conflicts of interest and a failure to spot a series of
high-profile corporate failures, including the wake of building contractor
Carillion Plc.

 

The FRC’s sanctions follow
an investigation that began more than two years ago into PwC’s handling of
Redcentric’s financial statements for 2015 and 2016 after an initial review
showed that Redcentric had overstated its net assets and profits after tax by
20.8 million pounds.

“We are sorry that our
work fell below the professional standards expected of us,” PwC said in an
emailed statement. The firm said it has taken numerous steps to strengthen
processes and is investing 30 million pounds “to provide greater focus on the
quality and public interest responsibilities of PwC’s statutory audit
services.” An outside spokesman for Redcentric declined to comment.

 (Source:
www.business-standard.com)

 

22 US wants to stall digital tax,
hoping to wear down allies

 

The Trump administration is deep in talks with 129 other
countries on implementing a new standard for taxing digital companies,
including Alphabet Inc’s Google, Facebook Inc and Amazon.com Inc – but its
heart lies elsewhere in the discussions. Rather than usher in with allies a new
era of technology taxation, the United States’ goal is to fend off foreign
taxes aimed at American companies.

 

The strategy: String out
the negotiations for as long as possible to delay the pain and hold out for an
agreement with softer edges, say people involved with and briefed on the talks
at the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). By
slow-walking the discussions, American officials hope they can reach a global
agreement that amounts to a small-scale tax increase on global companies, but
averts a massive tax increase by foreign countries that see US companies as
sources of revenue.

 

It is in the interest of the
US to prevent a proliferation of unilateral digital services taxes, said Jeff
Vander Wolk, an international tax lawyer at Squire Patton Boggs LLP and an OECD
official until last year. The way to get them to back off is to get them into a
multilateral agreement. Any future pact would likely create a whole new set of
rules governing which countries have the right to tax the companies, which
corporate profits were taxable and how to resolve the inevitable disputes that
would arise.

 

Deciding where profits should
be taxed is no easy feat in a digital economy. Corporations can have their
headquarters in the US, intellectual property stored in Ireland, engineers
developing some of the algorithms in India and users all over the world. The US
is hoping to harness this complexity and use the power of roadblock, according
to lawyers and tax experts who have discussed the project with Treasury
Department officials.

 

Striking a deal could mean
that American companies pay more in taxes, but the US could lose out on tax
revenue. Yet, the absence of the deal could be even worse. If talks break down,
every country is likely to pass its own laws. That could mean American
companies are taxed multiple times on the same profits from a number of
countries.

 

The new tax rules would
mean that taxes are paid based on where users are located. That would allocate
tax revenue away from countries containing lots of headquarters – such as the
US, Sweden, Ireland and other European countries – and to populous nations.

 (Source: www.thehindubusinessline.com)

 

3. Health

23 Why spending just two hours a week
in nature is good for you

 

Anyone who’s watched a
child run free in a forest or play in a stream doesn’t need a research study to
tell them that spending time in nature is good for kids’ health. It’s something
that most parents know intuitively. When kids have the chance to play free in
nature, they’re happier, better behaved and more connected socially.

 

Most adults know that
nature is good for them, too – that’s why we often leave behind the stress of
work to vacation in beautiful, natural places. But how much time in nature do
we need to be healthier? A group led by researchers in the United Kingdom tried
to answer that question, in what they describe as a first step towards coming up
with a nature version of national physical activity guidelines.

 

In the study published
recently, researchers surveyed more than 19,000 people in the United Kingdom
about the recreational time they spent in nature during the past week, along
with their self-reported health and well-being. They found that people who
spent at least 120 minutes a week in nature saw a boost in their mental and
physical health, compared to people who didn’t spend any time in nature.

 

The researchers say the
size of the health benefits was similar to what people would get by meeting the
guidelines for physical activity. However, it didn’t matter how or where people
racked up the 120 minutes – many short walks near home were just as effective
as a longer hike on the weekend at a park. The researchers point out that this
is just a first step towards being able to recommend that people spend a
certain amount of time each week in nature.

 (Source:
www.healthline.com)

 

24 For the third time, WHO declines to
declare the Ebola outbreak an emergency

 

Even with more than 1,400
dead, the World Health Organization says the risk of the disease spreading
beyond the region remains low and declaring an emergency could have backfired.
For the third time, WHO has declined to declare the Ebola outbreak in the
Democratic Republic of Congo a public health emergency, though the outbreak has
spread into neighbouring Uganda and ranks as the second deadliest in history.

 

An expert panel advised
WHO against it because the risk of the disease spreading beyond the region
remained low and declaring an emergency could have backfired. Other countries
might have reacted by stopping flights to the region, closing borders or
restricting travel, steps that could have damaged Congo’s economy.

 

Dr. Preben Aavitsland, a Norwegian
public health expert who served as the acting chairman of the emergency
committee advising WHO, said there was “not much to be gained but potentially a
lot to lose.”

At the same time, the
committee of ten infectious disease experts said in a statement that it was
“deeply disappointed” that donor nations have not given as much money as needed
by WHO and affected nations to battle the outbreak.

But some global health
experts have argued in recent months that WHO should declare an emergency to
bring the world’s attention to the Ebola crisis. Dr. Jeremy Farrar, director of
the Wellcome Trust, a health foundation based in London, said that such a
declaration would have strengthened efforts to control the outbreak. “It would
have raised the levels of international political support and enhanced
diplomatic, public health, security and logistic efforts,” he said. WHO
Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Gebreyesus accepted the committee’s
recommendation, saying that even if the outbreak did not meet the criteria for
an emergency declaration, “for the affected families this is very much an
emergency.”

 

WHO has requested $98 million for its response and has
received only $44 million so far. In an interview before the announcement, Dr.
Tedros said it had recently received commitments from Britain, the United
States and Germany.

 

“We’ve never seen an
outbreak like this,” he said. “It happened in a chronic war zone and overlapped
with an election that politicised the whole situation. Militia attacks kept
interrupting the operations, and when that happens, the virus gets a free
ride.”

 

(Source: www.nytimes.com)

Service Tax

I. TRIBUNAL

 

10. [2019-TIOL-914-CESTAT-MUM] ABM Knowledge Ltd. vs. Commissioner of
Customs, Mumbai, Appeal-III  Date of Order: 12th February, 2019

 

Registration of premises is not a condition
precedent to avail CENVAT credit.

 

FACTS


Whether the Appellant is entitled to avail
input credit on invoices which are issued in the name of the premises other
than the registered premises?

 

HELD


The Tribunal
noted that there is no condition in the CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004 which
prescribes that registration of premises is a condition precedent for claiming
CENVAT credit and in its absence the claim has to be rejected. It was held that
it is a settled legal principle that any beneficial provision should be
interpreted liberally. There is also no dispute that there is a lapse, but it
is merely a procedural lapse for which the substantive benefit of CENVAT credit
cannot be denied. Thus, the appeal is allowed.

 

11.
[2019-TIOL-931-CESTAT-MUM] Kalika Steel Alloys Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Central
Excise, Customs and Service Tax, Aurangabad Date of Order: 25th April, 2018

 

Since appellant was entitled for CENVAT
credit on the excess paid service tax, the entire exercise is revenue neutral.

 

FACTS


The appellant
paid service tax on GTA on 100% of the amount without availing abatement of 75%
as available and availed the credit of the entire tax paid. Objection was
raised that since, as per notification, tax is payable only on 25%, the credit
of the service tax paid on 75% is inadmissible. The credit was reversed as
advised by the audit party and the excess payment was adjusted against tax
liability for the subsequent period. Revenue’s allegation is that such adjustment
can be made only during the succeeding month and not beyond that. Accordingly,
the present appeal is filed.

 

HELD


The Tribunal noted that unlike in Central
Excise law, wherein the unconditional notification is to be followed
mandatorily, similar provision is missing in service tax. Therefore, payment of
service tax on GTA on 100% of the amount is legal and correct. Further, since
the entire exercise is revenue neutral, the impugned order is unsustainable and
hence set aside.

 

12.
[2019-TIOL-1013-CESTAT-HYD] Commissioner of Customs, Central Excise &
Service Tax vs. Vignan Tutorials Date of Order: 4th January, 2019

 

The cost of study materials and textbooks
cannot be included in the value of services rendered for commercial coaching
and training centre.

 

FACTS


The appellant
is engaged in providing commercial training and coaching services. The Revenue
authorities were of the view that the amounts collected towards the cost of
study material needs to be included in the value of service. The Adjudicating
Authority, after following due process of law, confirmed the demand raised. The
First Appellate Authority held in favour of the appellant and accordingly the
present appeal is filed.

 

HELD


The Tribunal noted that separate invoices
are prepared for the services rendered for coaching and for the textbooks.
Further, it was also noted that the textbooks are available to any other person
not joining the coaching and training service centre as the books are freely
available in the market. Accordingly, it was held that the value of books is
not includible in the value of service and the appeal was dismissed.

 

13.  [2019-TIOL-864-CESTAT-MAD] VLCC Healthcare
Ltd., Chennai vs. the Commissioner of GST and Central Excise, Chennai South Date of Order: 11th February, 2019

 

The department cannot force the assessee to
pay 5% or 6% of the value of exempted services when the assessee has exercised
the option of reversing the proportionate credit.

 

FACTS


The assessee
provides “Beauty Treatment Service” and “Health Club and Fitness Service”. They
are also doing trading activity and selling their products to their customers.
Trading activity is deemed to be an exempted service with effect from
01.04.2011. The department alleges that since separate accounts are not
maintained, they have to pay an amount equal to 6% of value of their exempted
clearances for the reason that they have not intimated the department about
exercising the option.

 

HELD


The Tribunal noted that the appellants have,
in fact, issued a letter to the jurisdictional Range Officer explaining that
they were availing only the proportionate credit on the value of taxable
services, which is also reflected in their balance sheet as well as their ST-3
returns. It was held that the department cannot force them to pay 5% or 6% of
the value of exempted services when the option of reversing the proportionate
credit is exercised. Relying on the decision of Mercedes Benz
[2015-TIOL-1550-CESTAT-MUM]
, the demand was set aside.

 

14.  2019 [21] G.S.T.L. 37 (Tri. Chennai) MAS Logistics
vs. Principal Commr. of C.T. & C. Ex., GST, Chennai Date of Order: 25th September, 2018

 

Logistic services provided in India to
foreign company for re-export of return goods, amounts to export of service.
Eligible for refund of tax on input services used for such re-export of return
goods.




FACTS


The appellant assessee provided logistic
support service of return of imported goods on instruction of the shipper,
namely, Jinneng Energy Technologies Ltd., China (JETL, for short) and received
consideration in convertible foreign exchange. They also availed various input
services for export of logistic services; hence they filed a refund claim. The
said refund claim of the appellant was rejected by the Revenue stating that it
did not appear to be in relation to export of service, rather, it seemed to be
incurred for import of goods. The same was upheld by the Commissioner
(Appeals). Aggrieved, the appellant preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

  

HELD


The Hon’ble Tribunal held that the allegation
of the department, that appellant acted as intermediary and so place of
provision of service within India cannot be sustained, as the appellant was
engaged by H & H, China, to whom they actually provided service and raised
invoices on account of facilitating re-export of goods. As the contract between
the shipper (JETL) and the importer was cancelled, the delivery of goods was
not taken by the importer and consequently goods were taken back to China,
resulting in re-export of the goods. The input services availed for doing such
return of goods to China are services availed for exports only. It was H &
H, China who acted as an intermediary and as recipient of logistic services
situated outside India, for which consideration was paid in convertible foreign
exchange, so it is export of service. Consequently, the appeal filed by the
appellant was allowed and the refund along with consequential relief was
granted.

 

   15.  2019 [21] G.S.T.L. 167 (Tri. Mumbai) Onward
E-Services Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Service Tax, Mumbai
Date of Order: 19th April, 2018

 

Penalty against suppression not sustainable
when defaulted tax paid along with interest before issuance of show-cause
notice.

 

FACTS


The appellant assessee, a provider of
software maintenance and repair services and information technology software
services, short-paid service tax during the period April, 2011 to August, 2012.
Although he subsequently paid the said amount along with interest before
issuance of a show-cause notice and also intimated the department to conclude
the matter in light of section 73(3) of the Finance Act, 1994, the Revenue
authorities still issued show-cause notice and confirmed the demand along with
interest and imposed  penalty u/s. 78 and
77 of the Act, alleging suppression.

 

HELD

The Hon’ble
Tribunal, on noting that the appellant furnished the details of the records in
the ST-3 returns and only defaulted in the payment of the tax collected, thus
provided with immunity
u/s. 73(3) of the Act, it set aside the penalty u/s. 78 in absence of suppression, holding that mere
default in the payment of tax could not amount to evasion of tax. The Tribunal
allowed the appeal in light of similar observations and various precedents.

 

16.  2019 [21] G.S.T.L. 165 (Tri-All.) Bhootpurva
Sainik Security & Detective Service vs. C.C.E., Allahabad Date of Order: 13th February, 2018

 

Show-cause
notice issued in the name of firm after death of partner, no liability on legal
heir for any dues.

 

FACTS


The appellant provided certain services and
was liable to pay service tax on the same. The show-cause notice was sent
through Speed Post but was returned undelivered; consequently, the same was
pasted at the address obtained from the records by the department and was also
displayed on the notice board of the division office of Varanasi. An ex-parte
order was passed confirming the demand along with penalty under the Finance
Act, 1994. Later, Revenue failed to trace any of the partners of the firm
against whom the order was confirmed. However, they could find the legal heir
(Mr. Shashi Bhushan Pandey) of one of the partners for recovery of dues.

 

Mr. Shashi Bhushan filed a first appeal
against the confirmed order stating that neither any show-cause notice was issued
upon him nor was any order communicated. Rather, the order was communicated to
the legal heir (Mr. Bhushan) after 3 years and 8 months of passing of the
order. But the first appeal was rejected and, thus aggrieved, the legal heir
filed an appeal before the Tribunal. The legal heir also filed a miscellaneous
application to bring on record that the partnership deed stated that the late
person was a partner in the firm along with two other partners.

 

HELD


The Hon’ble Tribunal held that the legal
heir of the late partner was not liable for any dues of the appellant as the
show-cause notice was issued after the death of the partner. Revenue was
directed to locate the remaining partners for recovery of dues. Also, there was
no proper authority with the Hon’ble Tribunal to pass the impugned order as it
was not evident from the show-cause notice whether it was issued on the
proprietorship or on the partnership firm. The appeal was, thus, allowed.

 

 

II. SUPREME COURT

 

17.  [2019-TIOL-150-SC-ST] Commissioner of Service
Tax, Mumbai-II vs. Greenwich Meridian Logistics (I) Pvt. Ltd. Date of Order: 1st April, 2019

 

Appeal
dismissed on account of inordinate delay in filing the same.

 

FACTS


The assessee is a multi-modal transport
operator engaged in booking cargo space in shipping lines and thereafter
allotting space to its customers. A demand of service tax was raised on the
difference between the freight received and freight paid under the category of
business auxiliary service. The Tribunal held that the slots are purchased by
the assessee and therefore they are neither promoting nor marketing the
services of the shipping line, nor is the shipping line their client.
Accordingly, the demand was set aside. Thus, the present appeal is filed by the
department.

 

HELD


The Court noted that there is an inordinate
delay of 1,180 days in filing the appeal; therefore, the appeal is dismissed.

GLIMPSES OF SUPREME COURT RULINGS

2. Vijay
Industries vs. CIT (2019) 412 ITR 1 (SC)

 

Newly-established
industrial undertakings or hotel business in backward areas – Deduction u/s.
80HH – Prior to insertion of section 80AB from 01.04.1981 – Deduction to be out
of profits and gains without deducting therefrom depreciation and investment allowance

 

In the appeals before the
Supreme Court, the issue related to the interpretation to be accorded to the
provisions of section 80HH, as it existed at the relevant time, during the
Assessment Years 1979-80 and 1980-81. Section 80HH provides deduction from
income at specified rates in respect of certain industrial undertakings which
are covered by the said provision.

 

The Supreme Court noted the
provisions of section 80HH as it stood at the relevant time and observed that
the section grants deduction from profits and gains to an undertaking engaged
in manufacturing or in the business of a hotel. The deduction is admissible at
the rate of 20% of the profits and gains of the undertaking for 10 assessment
years. Certain conditions are to be fulfilled in order to be eligible for such
a deduction. According to the Supreme Court, the conflict in the appeals before
it was confined to one aspect, viz., 20% deduction of gross profits and gains
or net income. Whereas the Assessee wants deduction at the rate of 20% of
profits and gains, i.e., gross profits, the stand of the Income Tax Department
is that deduction at the rate of 20% is to be computed after taking into
account depreciation, unabsorbed depreciation and investment allowance.

 

To put it otherwise, as per
the Department, the income of the Assessee is to be computed in accordance with
the provisions contained in sections 28 to 44DB which are the provisions for
computation of “income” under the head “profits and gains of business or
profession”. Once income is arrived at after the application of the aforesaid
provisions, 20% thereof is allowable as deduction u/s. 80HH. The Assessee, on
the other hand, submits that section 80HH uses the expression “profits and
gains” which is different from “income”. Therefore, whatever profits and gains
are earned by an undertaking covered by section 80HH of the Act, 20% thereof is
admissible as deduction. As a corollary, from such profits and gains of the
industrial undertaking, depreciation or unabsorbed investment allowances, which
are the deductions admissible u/s. 32 and 32AB of the Act, cannot be taken into
consideration.

 

The Supreme Court noted that in the case of Motilal
Pesticides (I) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax (2000) 9 SCC 63
it
had taken the view which was favourable to the Department. This view was
followed by the High Court in the impugned judgement thereby dismissing the
appeals of the Appellants/Assessees herein. The Assessees in the present
appeals submitted that the aforesaid view taken in the Motilal Pesticides case
was not a correct view as it ignored certain earlier judgements on this very
issue. Therefore, according to them, the Motilal Pesticides case needed a
re-look. The Division Bench of the Supreme Court, after hearing the arguments
advanced by the counsel for the parties on the aforesaid lines, noted the
conflict and passed orders dated 05.11.2014, thereby referring the matter to a
larger Bench.

 

The Division Bench of the
Supreme Court had noted that sub-section (1) of section 80HH allows “a
deduction from such profits and gains of an amount equal to 20% thereof” in
computing the total income of the Assessee. Thus, so far as deduction
admissible under this provision is concerned, it is from the “profits and gains”.
In this context the first question would be: what meaning is to be assigned to
the expression “profits and gains”? According to the Supreme Court, the
reference order dated 05.11.2014 rightly made a distinction between “profits
and gains” and “income”, which captured the legal position lucidly and
succinctly. The High Court noted the argument of the Assessee that the concept
“profits and gains” is a wider concept than the concept of “income”. The
profits and gains/loss are arrived at after making actual expenses incurred
from the figure of sales by the Assessee. It does not include any depreciation
and investment allowance, as admittedly these are not the expenses actually
incurred by the Assessee. However, the term “income” does take into
consideration the deductions on account of depreciation and investment
allowance. Therefore, the term profits and gains is not synonymous with the
term “income”. The High Court, however, held that it was bound by the judgement
of the Supreme Court in Motilal Pesticides (I) Pvt. Limited (supra).

 

In that case, the Supreme
Court set out section 80HH in para 2 and section 80M in para 3 of the
judgement. It was noticed that whereas section 80HH uses the expression
“any profits and gains derived from”, section 80M uses the expression
“any income”. Section 80M was held, in the Cloth Traders (P) Ltd.
vs. CIT (1979) 118 ITR 243 (SC)
, to mean that for the purpose of that
section, deduction is to be allowed on the gross total income and not on net
income. This was overruled in Distributors (Baroda) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of
India (1985) 155 ITR 120 (SC).

 

The Division Bench of the
Supreme Court, which made a reference to the larger bench, in its order dated
05.11.2014 noted that Bhagwati, J. who was party to the earlier decision in the
Cloth Traders’ case, delivered a judgement in the Distributors (Baroda) case
holding that the cloth traders’ case was obviously incorrectly decided because
the words “any income” could not possibly refer to gross total income
but referred only to “net income”. Further, the Distributors (Baroda)
case followed the judgement of this Court (the Supreme Court) in Cambay
Electric Supply Industrial Co. Ltd. vs. CIT (1978) 113 ITR 84 (SC)
which
decision concerned itself with section 80E of the Income-tax Act. The Supreme
Court noted that in marked contrast to the section under consideration in this
appeal, i.e. 80HH, section 80E uses the expression “total income [as
computed in accordance with the provisions of this Act]” and goes on to
speak of any profits and gains, so computed, for the purpose of deduction u/s.
80E. In the present case, the said words are conspicuous by their absence in
section 80HH even though the expression “profits and gains” is the
same expression used in section 80E.

 

According to the Division
Bench of the Supreme Court, therefore, the finding in paragraph 4 in Motilal
Pesticides (supra) that the language of section 80HH and section 80M is
the same was, with respect, prima facie, incorrect. Conceptually,
“any income” and “profits and gains” are different under
the Income-tax Act.

 

The Supreme Court also
noted that section 80M read with section 80AA and AB and section 80T which
speak of “any income” and section 28 which speaks of “income
from profits and gains”, showed that conceptually the two expressions were
understood as distinct in law.

 

The Division Bench of the
Supreme Court further noted that in paragraph 5 of the judgement in Motilal
Pesticides (supra), the learned senior counsel appearing for the
appellant had submitted that both Cloth Traders and Distributors (Baroda) were
cases which pertained to section 80M only and the Supreme Court had no occasion
to consider the application of section 80AB with reference to section 80HH of
the Act. The Court in repelling this contention referred to another decision in
H.H. Sir Rama Varma vs. CIT (1994) 205 ITR 433 (SC), which dealt with
the then newly-enacted section 80AA and 80AB. Both these sections again were
relatable to deductions made u/s. 80M; and section 80T with which that
judgement was concerned, also uses the expression “any income” as
opposed to “profits and gains”. According to the Division Bench of
the Supreme Court, therefore, prima facie Varma’s case again had very
little to do with the concept of “profits and gains” with which it
was concerned here.

 

The Supreme Court held that
reading of section 80HH along with section 80A would clearly signify that such
a deduction has to be of gross profits and gains, i.e., before computing the
income as specified in sections 30 to 43D of the Act. It was correctly pointed
out by the Division Bench in the reference order that in the Motilal Pesticides
case the Court followed the judgement rendered in the Cloth Traders (P) Ltd.
case, which was a case u/s. 80M of the Act, on the premise that the language of
section 80HH and section 80M were the same. This basis was clearly incorrect as
the language of two provisions is materially different. The judgement of
Motilal Pesticides was, therefore, erroneous. The Supreme Court overruled this
judgement.

 

The Supreme Court was also
unable to subscribe to the contention of the learned senior counsel for the
Revenue that section 80AB, which was inserted by Finance (No. 2) Act, 1980 with
effect from 01.04.1981 was clarificatory in nature. According to the Supreme
Court, it was a provision made with prospective effect as the very Amendment
Act said so. Therefore, it could not apply to the Assessment Years 1979-80 and
1980-81, when section 80AB was brought on the statute book after these
assessment years. This position became clear from the reading of Circular No.
281 dated 22.09.1980 issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes itself. This
circular inter alia described the reasons for adding new section 80AA
and 80AB. It referred to the judgement in the M/s. Cloth Traders case and
mentioned that the directions specified in the aforesaid sections would be
calculated with reference to the net income as computed in accordance with the
provisions of the Act (before making any deduction under Chapter VIA) and not
with reference to the gross amount of such income, subject, however, to the
other requirements of the respective sections. Notwithstanding the same, this
circular also categorically mentioned that it will take effect from 01.04.1981.

 

The Supreme Court allowed
all the appeals.

 

3. CIT
vs. Rashtradoot (HUF) (2019) 412 ITR 17 (SC)

 

Appeal to
the High Court – Section 260A – The High Court could not have dismissed the
appeal after hearing both parties without having framed question(s) and
answered them by assigning reasons – Matter remanded

 

Income tax proceedings were
initiated against the Respondent (Assessee) on the basis of a search operation
which was carried out by the Income-tax Department in the Assessee’s premises
on 04.09.1997. This gave rise to initiation of assessment proceedings for the
block period from 01.04.1987 to 04.09.1997 (Assessment Years 1987-88 to 1996-97
and 1997-98 up to 04.09.1997) against the Assessee to determine their tax
liability as a result of search operations carried out in their premises. The
matter, out of the block assessment proceedings, reached the Tribunal (ITAT) at
the instance of the Respondent against the order of the assessing authorities.
The Tribunal, however, decided the various issues arising in the case in favour
of the Respondent (Assessee) by allowing the Respondent’s appeal, which gave
rise to filing of the appeal by the Revenue before the High Court u/s. 260A of
the Income-tax Act, 1961.

 

The High Court by impugned
judgement dismissed the Revenue’s appeal, which gave rise to filing of the
appeal by way of special leave by the Revenue in the Supreme Court.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, the High Court neither discussed nor assigned any reason in support of
its conclusion for the dismissal of the appeal. Apart from the above, the High
Court while deciding the appeal heard the learned counsel for the parties and
yet did not frame any substantial question of law arising in the case.

 

According
to the Supreme Court, the High Court has jurisdiction to dismiss the appeal
filed u/s. 260A of the Act on the ground that it does not involve any
substantial question of law. Such dismissal is considered as a dismissal of the appeal in limine, i.e., dismissal without issuing any
notice of appeal to the Respondent and without hearing the Respondent. The High
Court also has the jurisdiction to dismiss the appeal by answering the
question(s) framed on merits or by dismissing the appeal on the ground that the
question(s) though framed, such question(s) does/do not arise in the appeal.
The High Court, although it may not have framed any particular question at the
time of admitting the appeal along with other questions, yet it has the
jurisdiction to frame additional questions at a later stage before final
hearing of the appeal by assigning reasons as provided in proviso to section
260A (4) and section 260A (5) of the Act; and lastly, the High Court has
jurisdiction to allow the appeal but this the High Court can do only after
framing the substantial question(s) of law and hearing the Respondent by
answering the question(s) framed in the Appellant’s favour.

 

However, in this case, the
Supreme Court found that the High Court did not dismiss the appeal in limine
but dismissed it after hearing both the parties. In such a situation, according
to the Supreme Court, the High Court should have framed the question(s) and
answered them by assigning the reasons accordingly one way or another by
exercising powers under sub-section (4) and (5) of section 260A of the Act.

 

In the absence of any
discussion and/or the reasoning/ground as to why the order of ITAT does not
suffer from any illegality and why the grounds of Revenue are not acceptable
and why the appeal does not involve any substantial question(s) of law, or
though framed cannot be answered in Revenue’s favour, the Supreme Court held
that the impugned order suffered from jurisdictional errors and, therefore, was
legally unsustainable for want of compliance of the requirements of sub-section
(4) and (5) of section 260A of the Act.

 

The Supreme Court thus
allowed the appeal, setting aside the impugned order and remanded the case to
the High Court with a request to decide the appeal filed by the Revenue
(Commissioner of Income Tax) afresh on merits in accordance with law.


4. Kakadia Builders Pvt. Ltd. and Ors. vs. ITO
(2019)
412 ITR 128 (SC)

 

Settlement
Commission – Waiver of interest – The Commission does not have the power to
reduce or waive interest statutorily payable u/s. 234A, 234B and 234C except to
the extent of granting relief under the circulars issued by the Board u/s. 119
of the Act – The terminal point for the levy of interest u/s. 234B would be up
to the date of the order u/s. 245D (1) and not up to the date of the order of
settlement u/s. 245D (4) – Commission cannot reopen its concluded proceedings
by invoking section 154 of the Act so as to levy interest u/s. 234B

 

On 19.01.1994, a search and
seizure operation was carried out in the premises of the Appellants (Assessee)
under the Income-tax Act, 1961.

 

During pendency of the
assessment proceedings, which were initiated for determination of the tax
liability as a result of search and seizure operation, the Appellants on
12.03.1996 and 03.09.1996 filed the settlement applications before the
Settlement Commission and offered to settle their tax matter in accordance with
the procedure provided under Chapter XIXA of the Act.

 

On 11.08.2000, the
Settlement Commission passed an order u/s. 245D (4) of the Act. By the said
order, the Settlement Commission made certain additions and waived interest
chargeable u/s. 234A, 234B and 234C of the Act.

 

The Appellants (Assessee)
felt aggrieved and filed rectification applications before the Settlement
Commission on 29.12.2000 for amending its order dated 11.08.2000. The Revenue
(Commissioner of Income-tax) also felt aggrieved by the order dated 11.08.2000
and filed a rectification application u/s. 154 of the Act before the Settlement
Commission on 26.07.2002.

 

By order dated 11.10.2002,
the Settlement Commission dismissed the applications filed by the Appellants
(Assessee) and partly allowed the application filed by the Respondents
(Revenue) rectifying its order dated 11.08.2000 insofar as it pertained to
waiver of interest, which was granted to the Appellants (Assessee). The
Appellants (Assessee) felt aggrieved by the order dated 11.10.2002 passed by
the Settlement Commission and filed petitions in the High Court of Gujarat.



The High Court, by order
dated 03.03.2014, allowed the petitions and set aside the order dated
11.10.2002 passed by the Settlement Commission and granted liberty to the
Revenue to follow the remedies as may be available to it against the order
passed by the Settlement Commission dated 11.08.2000.

 

The Revenue, therefore,
felt aggrieved and filed petitions against the order dated 11.08.2000
questioning its legality. The High Court, although in the concluding paragraph
observed that the petitions are disposed of, yet in substance it allowed the
petitions and modified the order dated 11.08.2000 of the Settlement Commission
by reversing the waiver of interest in terms of the Settlement Commission’s
directions contained in its order dated 11.10.2002.

 

The Appellants (Assessee)
felt aggrieved by the said order and filed the appeals by way of special leave
in the Supreme Court.

 

The short question which
arose for consideration in the appeals before the Supreme Court was whether the
High Court was justified in allowing the petitions and thereby was justified in
modifying the order dated 11.08.2000 passed by the Settlement Commission.

 

At the outset, the Supreme
Court noted that the issue involved in the appeals was governed by the law laid
down by the decision of two Constitution Benches of the Supreme Court. One was
rendered on 18.10.2001 in Commissioner of Income-tax, Mumbai vs. Anjum M.H.
Ghaswala and Ors. (2001) 252 ITR 1 (SC)
and the other was rendered on
21.10.2010 in Brij Lal and Ors. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax, Jalandhar
(2010) 328 ITR 477 (SC).

 

So far as the decision
rendered in Ghaswala (supra) is concerned, the question involved therein
was whether the Settlement Commission constituted u/s. 245B of the Act has the
jurisdiction to reduce or waive the interest chargeable u/s. 234A, 234B and
234C of the Act while passing the order of settlement u/s. 245D of the Act.
After examining the scheme of the Act in the context of the powers of the
Settlement Commission, it was held that the Commission in exercise of its power
u/s. 245D (4) and (6), does not have the power to reduce or waive interest
statutorily payable u/s. 234A, 234B and 234C except to the extent of granting
relief under the circulars issued by the Board u/s. 119 of the Act. So far as
the decision rendered in Brijlal (supra) is concerned, the Supreme Court
examined the following three questions:

 

(I) Whether section 234B
applies to proceedings of the Settlement Commission under Chapter XIX-A of the
said Act?

(II) If the answer to the
above question is in the affirmative, what is the terminal point for levy of
such interest – whether such interest should be computed up to the date of the
order u/s. 245D (1), or up to the date of the order of the Commission u/s. 245D
(4)?

(III) Whether the
Settlement Commission could reopen its concluded proceedings by invoking
section 154 of the said Act so as to levy interest u/s. 234B, though it was not
so done in the original proceedings?

 

After examining these
questions, the Supreme Court answered the questions as under:

 

(1) Sections 234A, 234B and
234C are applicable to the proceedings of the Settlement Commission under
Chapter XIX-A of the Act to the extent indicated hereinabove.

(2) Consequent upon
conclusion (1), the terminal point for the levy of interest u/s. 234B would be
up to the date of the order u/s. 245D (1) and not up to the date of the order
of settlement u/s. 245D (4).

(3) The Settlement
Commission cannot reopen its concluded proceedings by invoking section 154 of
the Act so as to levy interest u/s. 234B, particularly in view of section 245I.

 

The Supreme Court noted
that when the Settlement Commission passed the first order on 11.08.2000
disposing of the application of the Appellants (Assessee), the issue with
regard to the powers of the Settlement Commission was not settled by any
decision of this Court. These two decisions were rendered after the Settlement
Commission passed the order in this case. Therefore, the Settlement Commission
had no occasion to examine the issue in question in the context of law laid
down by this Court in these two decisions. However, the issue in question was,
at that time, pending before the High Court in the petitions.

 

According to the Supreme
Court, in a situation like the one arising in the case, the High Court instead
of going into the merits of the issue, should have set aside the order dated
11.08.2000 passed by the Settlement Commission and remanded the case to the
Settlement Commission for deciding the issue relating to waiver of interest
payable u/s. 234A, 234B, and 234C of the Act afresh keeping in view the scope
and the extent of powers of the Settlement Commissioner in relation to waiver
of interest as laid down in the said two decisions.

 

The
Supreme Court was of the view that the High Court had committed a
jurisdictional error when it observed that they (the High Court) adopted the
directions contained in the order of the Settlement Commission dated 11.10.2002
and then went on to make the said directions as a part of the impugned order in
relation to waiver of interest. This approach of the High Court was wholly
without jurisdiction.

 

The High Court failed to
see that the order dated 11.10.2002 of the Settlement Commission was already
set aside by the High Court itself in the first round vide order dated
03.03.2014 in the light of law laid down by this Court in Brijlal (supra)
wherein it is laid down that the Settlement Commission has no power to pass
orders u/s. 154.

 

The Supreme Court allowed the appeal setting aside the impugned
order and the order dated 11.08.2000 passed by the Settlement Commission to the
extent it decided the issue in relation to waiver of interest and remanded the
case to the Settlement Commission to decide the issue relating to waiver of
interest payable by the Assessee afresh keeping in view the law laid down by
this Court in Ghaswala (supra) and Brijlal (supra) after
affording an opportunity to the parties concerned.

 

 

ALLIED LAWS

5. Attachment –
Bank accounts of directors cannot be attached when company is in default for
payment of taxes [Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017; Section 2, Section
89]

 

H.M. Industrial Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner
of CGST and Central Excise 2019 (22) G.S.T.L. 13 (Gujarat)

 

By a provisional attachment order u/s. 83,
the bank accounts of the directors of the petitioner-company were attached. The
question was whether the bank accounts of the directors of the company can be
attached?

 

Section 83 of the CGST Act shows that it
empowers the Commissioner to attach provisionally any property, including bank
accounts, belonging to the taxable person. The term “taxable person”
has been defined under sub-section (107) of section 2 of the CGST Act to mean a
person who is registered or liable to be registered u/s. 22 or u/s. 24 of that
Act.

 

In the present case, it was the
petitioner-company which was registered under the provisions of the CGST Act
and was, therefore, the taxable person. Under such circumstances, provisions of
section 83 could not have been invoked against the directors of the
petitioner-company.

 

It was argued by the respondents (i.e.
Commissioner of CGST) that section 89 of the CGST Act permits recovery of the
dues of a private company from its directors in case such amount cannot be
recovered from the company. However, the Court dismissed the arguments of the
respondent on the grounds that section 89 of the Act relates to recovery of any
tax, interest or penalty due from a private company in respect of supply of
goods or services and hence is not applicable to the current case.It was
further mentioned that even if such amount cannot be recovered from the private
company, the directors of the company do not ipso facto become liable to
pay such amount and it is only if the director fails to prove that non-recovery
cannot be attributed to any gross neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty on his
part in relation to the affairs of the company, that the same can be invoked.

 

In view of the same, it was held that the
attachment of the bank accounts in the present case was without any authority
of law and hence the bank accounts were directed to be released.

 

6. Attachment – Provisional attachment immediately after issuance of
show-cause notice – Department asked to explain the urgency – Bank accounts
released [Gujarat Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017; Section 83]

 

Mono Steel (India) Ltd. vs. State of
Gujarat 2019 (22) G.S.T.L. 184 (Gujarat)

 

Show-cause notices were issued and
immediately thereafter, the order of provisional attachment was made. The bank
statement showed huge cash reserves lying at the disposal of the company with
the banks concerned which were attached.

 

It was observed by the Court that the
assessee was not a fly-by-night operator, i.e., the assessee was not someone
who could not be trusted and would desperately try to avoid the payment of the
taxes due. This observation was due to the reason that the assessee had paid
duty to the tune of more than Rs. 100 crore in the previous year. Under such
circumstances, the respondent was asked to explain the expediency and rationale
behind ordering attachment of all the bank accounts.

 

It was held that the bank accounts were to
be released subject to the petitioner/assessee maintaining a certain amount in
one of its bank accounts.

 

7. Courts,
Tribunals – Duty to exercise power in accordance with law though the litigant
does not point out the relevant principles and provisions of law

 

Champa Lal vs. State of Rajasthan and Ors.
(2018) 16 SCC 356

 

The litigation revolves around two
notifications issued by the state government.

 

It was observed by the Court that various
parameters mandatorily required were not taken into consideration in the two
above-mentioned notifications. Therefore, it was observed that the two
notifications cannot be treated as notifications.

 

It was held by the Hon’ble Court that,
unfortunately, this aspect had not been noticed by the High Court obviously
because it was not brought to its notice. The fact that a litigant before the
Court does not point out the relevant principles and provisions of law does not
prevent the Court from examining the issues involved in the lis, more
particularly, when the process which is the subject matter of litigation before
the Court is inconsistent with the mandate of the Constitution. It is a settled
principle of law that Courts are bound to take note of the Constitution and the
laws.

 

8. Hindu law –
Inheritance of property – Individual property and not ancestral property or
joint Hindu family property [Hindu Succession Act, 1956, Section 8]

 

Jagat Ram vs.
Rajo AIR 2019 Punjab and Haryana 38

 

The issue in the present case was whether
the property inherited by Class-I heir Mr. P (Father) from his father (Mr. T)
as per section 8 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 would be his (Mr. P’s)
individual property or would it be ancestral property or joint Hindu family
property?

 

It was observed by the Court that the
property came to Mr. P u/s. 8 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956. Once, on the
death of a common ancestor, property has devolved upon his Class-I heirs or
Class-II heirs as per section 8 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, such heirs
would become the absolute owners of the property and such property would not be
either joint Hindu family or coparcenary or ancestral property in the hands of
such legal heirs, in absence of any other evidence to this effect.

 

It was held that, in the present case, the
entire property which came to be inherited by Mr. P (Father) from Mr. T (Mr.
P’s Father) is individual property of Mr. P (Father).

 

9. Unregistered sale agreement – Admissible in evidence for specific
performance of a contract [Registration Act, 1908 – Section 17 and Section 49]

 

Sanjeeva Shetty vs. B. Chittaranjan Rai and
Ors. AIR 2019 Karnataka 36

 

The Trial Court permitted to tender the
unregistered agreement of sale as evidence in a suit for specific performance
of the contract.

 

It was observed that proviso to section 49 of
the Registration Act, 1908 reads as under:

“Provided that an unregistered document
affecting immovable property and required by this Act or the Transfer of
Property Act, 1882 (4 of 1882), to be registered may be received as evidence of
a contract in a suit for specific performance under Chapter II of the Specific
Relief Act, 1877 (3 of 1877) or as evidence of any collateral transaction not
required to be effected by registered instrument.”

 

In appeal before the High Court, it was held
that if section 17(1A) and proviso to section 49 of the Registration Act, 1908
are read conjointly, it is evident that there is no prohibition under proviso
to section 49 of the Registration Act, 1908 for receiving an unregistered
document as evidence of a contract in a suit for specific performance under
Specific Relief Act, 1877. In view of the clear statutory proviso in this
regard, it was held that the Trial Court had rightly admitted the unregistered
document in a suit for specific performance of the contract.

Goods and Services Tax (GST)

I.    
HIGH COURT

 

12.  2019 [21] G.S.T.L. 148 (H.C.) Omax Autos Ltd.
vs. State of Haryana, dated 21st December, 2018

 

The issue of non-reflection of balance
credit carried forward on filing of Tran-1 in the electronic credit ledger was
brought to the notice of the officers concerned and the IT Redressal Committee
several times, but no response. Directions from the High Court to authorities
concerned to resolve issue within 15 days after verification from GSTIN and
Committee.

 

FACTS


The petitioner,
registered with the Haryana State GST, filed GST Tran-1 Form so as to carry
forward and claim credit of erstwhile laws. But the electronic credit ledger
reflected ‘Nil’ amounts even on the generation of an ARN and on successful
filing of the transition form. The petitioner represented the issue vide
various emails with screen shots evidencing the same, but no response was
received. Later, the IT Grievance Redressal Forum Mechanism was commenced and a
similar issue as of the petitioner was addressed by the High Court of Punjab
and Haryana {reported on petitioner [2018 (19) GSTL 423 (P&H)]}. In the
said matter the Hon’ble High Court directed the Nodal Officers and the IT
Redressal Committee to consider similar issues faced by other entities, in
light of which the petitioner once again via various letters addressed the
issue to the officers concerned, but still no response was received. Aggrieved
by the same, he filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court seeking
relief.

 

HELD


The Hon’ble High Court on perusal of the facts of the case directed the
revenue authorities concerned to forward the representations of the petitioner
to the IT Redressal Committee within 15 days after verification by the GSTIN.
The Court further directed the IT Redressal Committee to then decide the issue
in terms of clause 5.4 of the GST Circular dated 03.04.2018, by passing a
speaking order in accordance with the law and after providing opportunity of
hearing within 4 weeks from the date of receipt of the said representation.

 

13.  2019 (21) GSTL 473 (ALL.) Yadu Sugar Ltd. vs.
Union of India, dated 10th January, 2019

 

Non-filing of GST Tran-1 application due to
flaw in GSTN, interim direction by the High Court to reopen portal within two
weeks and allow assessee to pay tax.

 

FACTS


Petitioner could not file its GST Tran-1 due to technical flaws in the
GST portal and the last date for filing the same had passed. Consequently, the
petitioner filed a writ petition seeking relief. However, respondent Revenue
stated that the last date for filing GST Tran-1 application was extended up to
31.03.2019 and the assessee could file the same electronically. The petitioner
then placed before the Hon’ble Court the screen shots of GST Tran-1 application
which assessee wanted to file on 09.01.2019 but could not file as the portal
stated that filing of declaration in Tran-1 was not available as the due date
was over.

 

HELD


The Hon’ble Court after noting the facts directed the respondent to
reopen the portal within two weeks from the order. If they failed to do so,
they shall entertain the application of the petitioner manually and pass orders
after due verification of credits claimed by the petitioner. Further, the Court
directed to ensure that the petitioner was allowed to pay taxes on regular
basis electronically. The respondent was also directed to file a
counter-affidavit within one month to decide the petition.

 

14.  2019 (21) GSTL 145 (ALL.) S/S Patel Hardware
vs. Commissioner of State GST, dated 10th December, 2018

 

The phrase
“communicated to such person” to count the limitation to file first appeal
implies that order be necessarily brought to the knowledge of person who is
likely to be aggrieved. Penalty order passed against assessee was not served to
him, rather to his truck driver. The phrase “communicated to such person” to
count the limitation to file first appeal implies that such order be
necessarily brought to the knowledge of person who is likely to be aggrieved.
Delay condoned.

 

FACTS


The petitioner purchased certain goods from Haryana Plasts Pvt. Ltd.,
which were consigned by the driver of the truck. However, the goods along with
the truck were seized on 12.02.2018 and the penalty order was served to the
truck driver and not to the petitioner assessee. It was first served to the
petitioner only on 25.05.2018 after which the petitioner filed first appeal
within the period of three months. But it was dismissed being time barred, counting
limitation from 12.05.2018. Aggrieved by the same and in the absence of a
statutory forum of second appeal, the petitioner filed a writ petition before
the Hon’ble High Court.

 

HELD


The Hon’ble High Court held, on being satisfied from the facts of the
case, that the penalty order was not communicated to the petitioner prior to
25.05.2018. U/s. 107(1) of the CGST Act, the phrase “communicated to such
person
” implies that the order be necessarily brought to the knowledge of
the person who is likely to be aggrieved. Whereas in the present case it was
communicated to the driver and not to the petitioner, against whom it was
directed, thus debarring him from his right to appeal. Thus, the Court directed
the Appellate Authority to condone the delay and proceed to decide the appeal.

 

II.    
AUTHORITY FOR ADVANCE RULING (AAR)

 

15.  [2019-TIOL-121-AAR-GST] E Square Leisure Pvt.
Ltd., dated 29th December, 2018

 

Deposits cannot be treated as being
consideration for supply of any service.

 

FACTS


The applicant company
rented immovable properties to business entities for commercial purpose. It
paid GST on rent received. It also took interest-free security deposit on
account of security against damages. The question before the Authority is
whether GST is payable on the interest-free security deposit and the notional
interest.

 

HELD


The Authority noted
that as the interest-free deposit is returned to the lessee, these deposits
cannot be treated as being consideration for supply of any service. In such
case, no GST is payable on these amounts. However, if upon completion of lease
tenure any portion of the amount is retained and not returned on account of
charges against damage, then such amount retained will attract GST.

 

16.  [2019-TIOL-96-AAR-GST] The Bengal Rowing
Club, dated 28th March, 2019

 

Taxability of services provided by the
club.

 

FACTS


The applicant, a
company limited by guarantee and registered with the ROC as a non-profit-making
company, is providing its members privileges and amenities of a club such as
swimming facility, gymnasium, indoor games and restaurant service. Advance
ruling is sought on the rate of GST applicable on the services it offers along
with the supply of food, services like valet parking, music, decoration and
other such services associated with organising social gatherings. They also
want to know the admissible proportion of input tax credit for services other
than the supply of food.

 

HELD


The Authority noted
that supply of food, by way of or as part of any service or in any other manner
whatsoever, from the applicant’s restaurant is classifiable under SAC 9963
which includes accommodation, food and beverage services and taxable under Sl.
No. 7(i) or 7(iii) of the Notification 11/2017-CT (Rate) depending upon the
criteria mentioned therein. If food is supplied by way of or as part of
services associated with organising social events at the club premises,
together with renting of such premises, it will be classifiable under SAC 9963
and taxable under Sl. No. 7(vii) of said notification attracting 18% GST.

 

All other services
offered by the applicant are classifiable under SAC 9995 which pertains to
services of membership organisations and taxable under Sl. No. 33 of the said
rate notification. The applicant should apply the provisions u/s. 17(2) and (6)
of GST Act, read with Rules 42 and 43 of GST Rules, for reversal of input tax
credit, treating supplies, if any, taxable under Sl. No. 7(i) of said rate
notification, as exempt supplies.

 

17.  2019
[23] G.S.T.L. 60 (App. A.A.R.-GST) In Re: Ajmer Distribution Limited,
dated 18th October, 2018

 

Exclusion and inclusion of delayed payment
charges of electricity bill and charges for dishonoured cheque in valuation of
supply.

         

FACTS


The appellant was engaged in distribution of electrical energy which is
exempt from payment of GST. It collected tariff charges as well as fixed
non-tariff charges categorised as application/connection charges, charges for
equipment such as meters, transformers, etc., charges for extension of supply
lines, cheque dishonour fees and delayed payment charges and raised invoices
for the same.

 

The advance ruling was to confirm the eligibility of the exemption of
non-tariff charges. However, it was held by the AAR that the non-tariff charges
were ineligible for exemption. Aggrieved by the said ruling, the
appellant further to the Appellate
Authority for Advance Ruling against the decision of the impugned order in
respect of “cheque dishonour fees” and “delayed payment charges”.

 

HELD


The Appellate
Authority held that the “cheque dishonour fees” being consideration “to
tolerate an act or situation, or to do an act” would constitute supply and
appropriate GST shall be leviable thereon. Further, it was held that the
“delayed payment charges” collected by the appellant shall be exempted by
virtue of exemption provided to supply of electrical energy, thus allowing the
appeal of the appellant partially.    

 

18.  2019 [23] G.S.T.L. 133 (A.A.R.- GST) In Re:
Dream Runners Foundation Ltd.,
dated 22nd January, 2019

 

Service of organising event of marathon by
charitable trust to raise funds not exempt under GST and the amount collected
as donations is liable to GST. 

 

FACTS


The applicant, a
public charitable trust registered with the Income-tax department, organised a
marathon event to raise funds with the object to donate the same to other
trusts, NGOs, etc. To organise the said event the applicant charged fees from
the participants. Advance ruling under GST was sought to confirm whether the
said event through which donations are raised for charity will be an exempted
service under GST. Further, as the service of the applicant’s trust is
charitable in nature as per Income-tax Act, 1961, whether it automatically
becomes charitable activity, therefore exempted under GST? Will it be liable to
register under GST, when service rendered by it was charitable activity within
the definition of “charitable activities” as per clause 2(r) of Notification
12/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017, and lastly whether the donations
received from participants of the marathon are exempted from GST as money is
paid for raising funds for charity?

 

HELD

The Tamil Nadu
Authority for Advance Ruling held that as the money collected from the
participants was used for the expenses of organising the marathon to pay the
registration partners, event management charges, prize money, publicity, etc.,
therefore it was consideration towards supply of service of organising and
conducting the marathon and constitutes a separate supply of service, and thus
liable to GST. Further, it held that the activities of the applicant’s trust do
not qualify under the definition of “charitable activities” as per clause 2(r)
of Notification 12/2017 ibid and SGST Notification
No.II(2)/CTR/532(d-15)/2017 vide G.O. (Ms) No. 73 dated 29.06.2017, thus it
cannot enjoy the benefit of exemption.

 

In respect of eligibility
of registration under GST, it was held that as the applicant’s aggregate
turnover in a financial year exceeds Rs. 20 lakh, the applicant is thus liable
to register under GST. Thus, conduct of marathon by them for participants not
held as exempt supply, therefore money collected from the participants for
marathon was eligible under GST.
 

 

 

GLIMPSES OF SUPREME COURT RULINGS

9 Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Aarham Softronics (2019) 412 ITR 623 (SC)

 

Industrial
undertaking – Deduction u/s. 80-IC – Eligible to claim deduction of 100% of the
profits for first five years and thereafter at 25% of profits for next five
years – Carries out substantial expansion within ten-year period – Further
entitled to deduction of 100% of profits from the year of expansion – Total
period of deduction, however, not to exceed ten years – Classic Binding
Industries’ case (407 ITR 429) not a good law

 

To understand
the question of law that arose before the Supreme Court in clear terms, the
Court noted that sub-section (2) of section 80-IC applies to an undertaking or
enterprise which has, inter alia, begun or begins to manufacture or
produce any article or thing by setting up a new factory in the area specified
therein, which includes the State of Himachal Pradesh. Sub-section (3) of
section 80-IC is in two parts: in certain cases, exemption from income is
provided at the rate of 100% of such profits and gains earned from the
aforesaid undertaking or enterprise for ten assessment years commencing with
the initial assessment year. The other clause relates to another category of
undertakings or enterprises (to which the cases before it belong) where the
exemption is at the rate of 100% of profits and gains for five assessment years
commencing with the initial assessment year and, thereafter, 25% of profits and
gains. The total exemption, thus, is for a period of ten years, namely, @100%
for the first five years and @ 25% for the remaining five years.

 

In the cases
before the Supreme Court, all the assessees started claiming exemption @ 100%
on profits and gains and availed it for a period of five years. During this
period, these assessees carried out ‘substantial expansion’ and claimed on that
basis that they should be allowed exemption from profits and gains for another
five years @ 100% instead of 25% from the 6th to the 10th year as well. They,
however, admitted that the total period during which they were entitled to
exemption would not exceed ten years as per the mandate of sub-section (6).

 

In this
backdrop, the question that arose before the Supreme Court was as to whether
the assessees could again start claiming 100% exemption for the next five years
from profits and gains after availing the same for the first five years on the
ground that they had carried out substantial expansion.

 

The High Court
had answered the question in the affirmative and for this reason it was the
Department that had moved the Supreme Court challenging the said decision by
filing appeals.

 

These appeals
were heard and decided by a Division Bench of the Supreme Court by its
judgement dated 20th August, 2018 (407 ITR 429). The judgement of
the High Court was reversed on the aforesaid issue.

 

But it so
happened that in some of the appeals the respondent assessees were not served
with the notice and hence remained unrepresented. Since the appeals in respect
of these assessees were decided in their absence, they filed miscellaneous
applications for recall of the order, with a prayer to decide the appeals
afresh after giving them a hearing. In view of this, by a separate order their
applications were allowed and their appeals restored. Even the Revenue had
filed a few SLPs against the common judgement of the High Court as these SLPs
were not filed earlier when a batch of appeals was decided on 20th
August, 2018 by the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court, therefore, heard the
appeals arising out of these SLPs along with the other appeals in which the
earlier judgement rendered had been recalled.

 

In the judgement
dated 20th August, 2018 the Court took the view that once ‘initial
assessment year’ starts on fulfilling the conditions laid down in sub-section
(2) of section 80-IC, there cannot be another ‘initial assessment year’ for the
purposes of section 80-IC within the aforesaid period of ten years. While doing
so, the Court referred to section 80-IB(14)(c) of the Act, on the basis of
which an opinion was formed that there cannot be another ‘initial assessment
year’ for the purposes of section 80-IC within the aforesaid period of ten
years. According to the Supreme Court, this was the apparent error which was
committed. Section 80-IB(14) starts with the words ‘for the purpose of this
section’. Thus, ‘initial assessment year’ defined therein was relatable only to
the deductions that were provided under the provisions of section 80-IB,
namely, in respect of profits and gains from certain industrial undertakings
other than infrastructure development undertakings.

 

Further, clause
(v) of sub-section (8) of section 80-IC provides the definition of ‘initial
assessment year’ for the purpose of section 80-IC, which was not noticed by the
Court while pronouncing the judgement in the Commissioner of Income Tax
vs. M/s Classic Binding Industries
case. According to the Supreme
Court, a mistake had occurred in the Classic Binding judgement.

 

As per this
definition, there could be an ‘initial assessment year’, relevant to the
previous year, in any of the following contingencies: (i) The previous year in
which the undertaking or the enterprise begins to manufacture or produce
articles or things; or (ii) Commences operation; or (iii) Completes substantial
expansion. The first two events are relatable to new units whereas the third
incident would occur in respect of existing units. The benefit of section 80-IC
is, thus, admissible not only when an undertaking or enterprise sets up a new
unit and starts manufacturing or producing articles or things. The advantage of
these provisions also accrues to those existing units, if they carry out
‘substantial expansion’ of their units by investing required capital in the
assessment year relevant to the previous year. ‘Substantial expansion’ is
defined in clause (ix) of sub-section (8) of section 80-IC. As per the
aforesaid definition, an existing unit would be treated as having carried out
substantial expansion when there is an increase in the investment in the plant
and machinery by at least 50% of the book value of the plant and machinery (before
taking depreciation in any year).

 

The Supreme
Court noted that the assessees had initially set up new industry in the state
of Himachal Pradesh of the nature specified u/s. 80-IC of the Act. As a result,
they became entitled to avail the concession provided in the said provision.
After five years and before the expiry of ten years, the assessees had carried
out substantial expansion of their units in terms of the aforesaid definition.
Considering the definition of ‘initial assessment year’, the Court was inclined
to accept that there could be another ‘initial assessment year’ on the
fulfilment of the condition mentioned in the said definition, namely,
completion of substantial expansion of the existing unit.

 

According to the
Supreme Court, therefore, the moment substantial expansion takes place, another
‘initial assessment year’ gets triggered. This new event entitles that unit to
start getting deduction @ 100% of the profits and gains. However, at the same
time, a new period of ten years does not start. This is so because the total
period for which deduction could be allowed has been capped at ten years,
inasmuch as sub-section (6) in no uncertain terms stipulates that deduction
shall be not allowed for a period exceeding ten assessment years.

 

The Supreme
Court, having examined the scheme in the aforesaid manner, came to the
conclusion that the definition of ‘initial assessment year’ contained in clause
(v) of sub-section (8) of section 80-IC could lead to a situation where there
could be more than one ‘initial assessment year’ within the said period of ten
years.

 

10  Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Nokia India Pvt. Ltd. (2019) 413 ITR
146 (SC)

 

Appeal to the
High Court – Substantial question of law – Reassessment – High Court dismissing
the appeal holding that assessment could not be reopened on a mere change of
opinion based on explanation given by an Assessing Officer to an audit
objection in a return processed u/s. 143(1) – High Court could not have
dismissed the appeal
in
limine
– Question of
law arose

 

The
respondent-assessee filed its return of income for the assessment year
1999-2000 declaring the taxable income as ‘nil’ after setting off of business
income of Rs. 12,97,86,402 against unabsorbed business losses and depreciation.
Since book profits were nil, the assessee’s case was that no tax was payable
u/s. 115JA of the Act. The assessee filed a revised return reporting a business
income of Rs. 12,97,44,989 but still showing ‘nil’ taxable income after
claiming set-off of unabsorbed business losses. There was no scrutiny of the
return and intimation u/s. 143(1) of the Act was issued to the assessee.

 

Subsequently, a
notice dated 20th September, 2004 u/s. 148 of the Act was issued
seeking to reopen the assessment. This notice was dropped on 6th /
13th February, 2006 after the assessee raised objections. On 13th
February, 2006 a second notice u/s. 148 of the Act was issued. The reasons
provided to the assessee on 30th August, 2006 for the reopening were
that after examination of the records for the assessment year 1999-2000, it was
revealed that during the year the assessee made various provisions in the
return of income for gratuity, doubtful debts, warranty, obsolescence which
were in the nature of ‘unascertained liabilities’ and were not added to the
book profit. This had resulted in underassessment of income for the assessment
year in question.

 

The assessee
filed its objections which were rejected by the Assessing Officer (AO) by order
dated 8th November, 2006. Subsequently, by an order dated 30th
November, 2006 the AO disallowed 20% of foreign travel expenses to the extent
of Rs. 1,71,95,149, provision for warranty to the extent of Rs. 1,77,45,202,
FOC marketing expenses (after depreciation) to the extent of Rs. 18,41,099, as
well as disallowed 25% of provision for obsolescence of inventory to the extent
of Rs. 12,13,037 and made addition to closing stock of Rs. 29,60,347.

 

By his order
dated 22nd February, 2010 the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals)
rejected the assessee’s arguments u/s. 148 but deleted the disallowance of 20%
of foreign travel expenses and provision for warranty, but sustained the other
issues. Aggrieved by the said order, both the Revenue and the assessee filed
appeals before the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT).

 

By a common
order dated 3rd June, 2016 the ITAT allowed the assessee’s appeal
after examining the audit objection raised qua the assessment order of
the AO and the AO’s response thereto.

 

The Revenue
filed an appeal to the High Court only against the allowing of the assessee’s
appeal by the ITAT. It was urged by the Revenue that since the return filed was
processed u/s. 143(1) of the Act and intimation sent, there was no occasion for
the AO to have formed an opinion in the first place. Consequently, there was no
change of opinion when he decided to reopen the assessment. The Revenue further
submitted that the AO’s reply to the audit objection did not constitute the
formation of an opinion either.

 

The High Court
examined the letter dated 24th September, 2003 written by the AO in
response to the audit objection and held that not only did he examine the
records but came to the conclusion that ‘there was prima facie no
evidence that the liabilities were not ascertained liabilities’. The ITAT was
therefore right in holding that the reopening was based merely on a change of
opinion. According to the High Court, no question of law arose.

 

The Revenue
being aggrieved by the order of the High Court dismissing their appeal in
limine
, filed the appeal by way of special leave in the Supreme Court.

 

According to the
Supreme Court, the following substantial questions of law did arise in this
appeal filed by the Revenue (the appellant herein) u/s. 260-A of the Act in the
High Court against the order passed by the ITAT and the same should have been
framed by the High Court for deciding the appeal on merits in accordance with
law:

 

“1. Whether the
ITAT was justified in holding that the notice issued by the AO u/s. 148 was bad
in law when admittedly the impugned notice was issued in the case where the
assessment was made u/s. 143(1) of the Act but not u/s. 143(3) of the Act.

2. Whether the
ITAT was justified in holding that the notice issued u/s. 148 of the Act was
bad because it was based on mere change of opinion by overlooking the fact that
there was no foundation to form any such opinion.

3. When
admittedly the notice in question satisfied the requirements of section 148 of
the Act as it stood, namely, that first, it contained the facts constituting
the ‘reasons to believe’, and second, it furnished the necessary details for
assessing the escaped income of the assessee, whether the ITAT was still justified
in declaring the notice as being bad in law without taking into consideration
any of these admitted facts.

4. In case, if
the notice is held proper and legal, whether the finding recorded by the ITAT
on the merits of the case on each item, which is subject matter of the notice,
is legally sustainable?”

 

According to the
Supreme Court, the aforementioned four questions framed needed to be answered
by the High Court on their respective merits while deciding the appeal filed by
the Revenue (the Appellant) u/s. 260-A of the Act.

 

The Supreme
Court remanded the case to the High Court for answering the aforementioned
questions on merits in accordance with the law.

 

11 The Commissioner of
Income Tax, New Delhi vs. Ram Kishan Dass (2019) 413 ITR 337 (SC)

 

Special
Audit – Power of the assessing officer to extend the time for submission of
audit report – The provisions of section 142(2C), as they stood prior to the
amendment which was enacted with effect from 1st April, 2008 by the
Finance Act, 2008 did not preclude the exercise of jurisdiction and authority
by the assessing officer to extend time for the submission of the audit report
directed under sub-section (2A), without an application by the Assessee – The
amendment was intended to remove an ambiguity and was clarificatory in nature

 

The Supreme
Court noted that in the batch of cases before it, the submission of the
assessees was that the assessing officer (AO) had no jurisdiction or authority
u/s. 142(2C), as it stood prior to 1st April, 2008, to extend time
for the submission of the audit report of the auditor appointed under the
provisions of sub-section (2A). The AO, at the relevant time, was authorised to
extend time (not exceeding 180 days) from the date on which a direction under
sub-section (2A) was received by the assessee, only on an application made by
the assessee and for any good and sufficient reason. If the assessee made no
application, the AO would have no jurisdiction to extend time.

 

The Revenue’s
contention was that even before 1st April, 2008 the jurisdiction of
the AO to extend time for the submission of the audit report was not confined
to a situation in which the assessee had made an application for extension.
Consequently, the incorporation of a provision for a suo motu exercise
of power by the AO, with effect from 1st April, 2008 by the Finance
Act, 2008 was only intended to remove an ambiguity and was clarificatory in
nature.

 

The Tribunal
had come to the conclusion that prior to the insertion of the expression suo
motu
with effect from 1st April, 2008 in section 142(2C), the AO
had no jurisdiction to extend time for the submission of the report of an
auditor appointed under sub-section (2A) of his own accord. As a consequence,
it was held that the assessment which was made u/s. 153A, in respect of the
assessment years in question, was barred by limitation.

 

A Division
Bench of the Delhi High Court had dismissed the batch of appeals filed by the
Revenue against the aforesaid order of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal.

According to
the Supreme Court, there were two ways of looking at the situation. Firstly,
the proviso to sub-section (2C) creates a remedy for an assessee to apply for
extension where, for a good and sufficient reason, the audit report could not
be submitted. Otherwise, the assessee may face a penalty u/s. 271 apart from
being subjected to a best judgement assessment u/s. 144. By extending time at
the behest of the assessee, the AO allows the original order calling for an
audit report to be duly implemented. The creation of a remedy under the proviso
in favour of the assessee cannot be construed to detract from the authority
which vests in the AO, who has specified the time limit for the submission of
an audit report in the first instance, to extend time without an application by
the assessee.

 

To hold
otherwise, and to construe the proviso to sub-section (2C) as foreclosing the
authority of the AO to extend time without a request by the assessee, would
lead to an absurd consequence. The assessee would then be in control of whether
or not to seek an extension of time where the audit report has not been
finalised. Even if the auditor, for genuine reasons (not bearing on the default
of the assessee), was unable to comply with the time schedule, having regard to
the nature or complexity of the accounts, the assessee would then have a sole
and unrestricted power to determine whether an extension should be sought.

 

Not seeking an
extension would in effect defeat the underlying purpose and object of directing
the assessee to obtain a report of an auditor under sub-section (2A). The
legislature could not have intended this consequence. An interpretation which
would defeat the purpose underlying sub-section (2A) must be avoided. The AO
who has fixed the time in the first instance must necessarily, as an incident
of the authority to fix time, be entitled to extend time without an application
by the assessee. While extending time, the AO will be subject to the overall
ceiling of time fixed under the proviso to sub-section 2C.

 

Secondly, the
alternate construction of the proviso is that the expression ‘and for any good
and sufficient reason’ should be read to mean ‘or for any good and sufficient
reason’. As a matter of statutory interpretation, it is well settled that the
expression ‘and’ can, in a given context, be read as ‘or’. The contention of
the assessees opposing this construction by urging that in the context of
sub-section (2A), it has been held by the Supreme Court in Sahara India
(Firm), Lucknow vs. CIT (300 ITR 403)
that the word ‘and’ is used in
the conjunctive sense would not necessarily furnish an index to how the
expression ‘and’ in the proviso to sub-section (2C) should be construed. The
interpretation of the expression must be based on the context in which it is
used. In the proviso to sub-section (2C), the expression ‘and’ is used in
connection with the grant of an extension of time and not in the context of the
formation of an opinion for ordering a special audit. The power was of a
procedural nature.

 

As to the
contention of the assessees that the amendment to the proviso to sub-section
(2C) by the Finance Act would indicate that the amendment was intended to be
prospective with effect from 1st April, 2008 and, that prior to this
date, the AO had no jurisdiction to grant an extension of time, save on the
application by the assessee, the Supreme Court held that the reason for the
introduction of the amendment arose because of the element of ambiguity
inherent in the erstwhile position as it stood before 1st April,
2008. The ambiguity was precisely on the question as to whether the AO was
precluded from granting an extension of time of his own accord merely because
the assessee was permitted to apply for an extension. Since the purpose of the
amendment was to remove this ambiguity, the Supreme Court was of the view that
by the Finance Act, Parliament essentially clarified the position as it existed
prior to the amendment.

 

According to
the Supreme Court, there was no substance in the submission urged on behalf of
the assessees that to adopt an interpretation which we have placed on the
provisions of section 142(2C) would enable the AO to extend the period of
limitation for making an assessment u/s. 153B. Explanation (iii) to section
153B (1), as it stood at the material time, provided for the exclusion of the
period commencing from the date on which the AO had directed the assessee to
get his accounts audited under sub-section (2A) of section 142 and ending on
the day on which the assessee is required to furnish a report under that
sub-section. The day on which the assessee is required to furnish a report of
the audit under sub-section (2A) marks the culmination of the period of
exclusion for the purpose of limitation.

 

Where the AO
had extended the time, the period, commencing from the date on which the audit
was ordered and ending with the date on which the assessee is required to
furnish a report, would be excluded in computing the period of limitation for
framing the assessment u/s. 153B. The principle governing the exclusion of time
remains the same. The date on which the exclusion culminates is the date which
the AO fixes originally, or on extension for submission of the report.

 

The Supreme Court concluded that the
provisions of section 142(2C) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 as they stood prior
to the amendment which was enacted with effect from 1st April, 2008
by the Finance Act, 2008 did not preclude the exercise of jurisdiction and
authority by the AO to extend time for the submission of the audit report
directed under sub-section (2A), without an application by the assessee. The
amendment was intended to remove an ambiguity and was clarificatory in nature.

FROM THE PRESIDENT

Dear Members,

As I
sit to write this last communication, my thoughts race back a year in time when
I took over the mantle as the President of this esteemed Society. In the
acceptance speech, I had defined the theme of the annual plan for the BCAS Year
2018-2019 to be that of aligning its priorities to members’ expectations, which
broadly revolved around four key sub-sets – “Re-engineer my Profession”,
“Rekindle my Passion”, “Restore my Pride” and “Rejuvenate my BCAS”.

 

Reflecting
back over the past year, I feel happy and satisfied that our Society has
undertaken numerous steps and initiatives to ensure that the said expectations
are reasonably met. The Annual Report has already been circulated by email and
significant changes have been made in its presentation to make it more
meaningful. I would request you to download and go through the same. I would
not like to repeat the initiatives since they are listed in it but would only
highlight some major steps taken during the year:

 

  •  Making dissemination of knowledge crisp,
    relevant and participative through the format of panel  discussions and expert
    chats;
  •   Bringing in multi-domain events and
    industry-specific events;
  •   Organising various long-duration courses to
    develop skill sets of the members;
  • Organising more programmes highlighting the
    use of technology and its impact on the profession;
  • Rejuvenating the students’ study circle with
    relevant and timely topics;
  • Revival
    of various study circles catering to specific domains;
  • Meeting various social causes like
    tree-plantation, providing flood relief, blood donation camp, etc.;
  • Regular interaction with government officials
    and effective representation of issues faced by the profession and the
    industry;
  • Regular coverage of issues in the media;
  • Publications being released at regular
    intervals.

 

As my
term draws to a close, I feel a deep sense of satisfaction at having lived a
year with a purpose. It was a special year and many people made it even more
special. As a leader of the Society, I had occasion to interact with many
senior professionals and experts, government officials, members, staff,
students, etc. While the context of such interactions was varied, one thing
which was constant was the warmth and the respect during such interactions. No
phone call went unanswered and no request was turned down. The selfless
dedication of all such volunteers was truly a humbling experience. I would like
to thank all the speakers, authors, compilers, conveners, course coordinators,
chairmen and numerous well-wishers for their continued goodwill and support.

 

Special
mention is due to my team of office-bearers – Manish, as an able
Vice-President, provided the vital back-end support throughout the year and
also acted as a wise sounding board for any new adventures or misadventures
that came to my mind. With Suhas ably handling the Treasury, I did not have to
worry about finance and accounts. Mihir was the go-to person for all
Information Technology-related initiatives and issues, whereas Abhay was the
strong support for the events, including the Committee meetings. I just cannot
thank them enough. Together, we could divide activities based on our strengths
and generate synergies which helped us achieve what we had dreamt of. If I have
to summarise my journey in a single sentence, it has to be this – the
journey of making new friends for a life-time!

 

Before
I hang up my boots, I would like to acknowledge the feedback provided by all of
you. Your constructive feedback has helped in evolving my persona. My best
wishes and congratulations to the new team at the BCAS; I would like to wish
Manish all the best for an illustrious year ahead. Having interacted with him
closely, I am fully confident that he will take the Society to even greater
heights during his tenure. It will be my pleasure to interact with you and be
of any service to all of you at any point of time. Abhar – Shukriya
Thank you.

BOOK REVIEW

“Indian
Accounting Standards (Ind AS) – Interpretation, Issues & Practical
Application” by Dolphy D’Souza, Chartered Accountant

 

Many years ago
the author had published two small pocket-edition books on accounting
standards. From those days till now, we have seen the ever-widening scope of
accounting standards. These two volumes, and they are voluminous, contain
exhaustive guidance to help understand the principles and practices prescribed
by these ‘principle-based’ accounting standards. It goes without saying that
Ind AS has made accounting not just complex but also complicated and
treacherous.

 

The author has
been an eminent writer and contributor to the BCAJ on a monthly basis
for more than 16 years. He has been involved in the standard-setting process at
the ICAI as well as at the IASB. Hence his ‘word’, to be fair, carries both
weight and value.

 

Coming to the
book under review, it is structured to cover all Ind AS’s. Specifically, it
contains a special segment of about 350 pages on the new Ind AS 115/116. It
handles these with illustrations, examples, issues as well as the author’s
response and that, too, industry wise. A section that covers the
differentiation between IFRS and Ind AS is of particular academic interest
especially for first-time users. The book is replete with numerous
illustrations and examples. Some of the examples feature actual working cases
and solutions with comments.

 

Ind AS’s are
particularly complicated when one comes to Financial Instruments (FI). The book
devotes 250 pages to FIs. Business combination draws particular attention.
Charts, explanations of definitions, accounting, group re-organisation issues
and more offer the clarity that one seeks. The book also covers MAT aspects
under Ind AS.

 

The book
reproduces the text of both Ind AS and ICDS. A handy illustrative financial
statement blending Schedule III and Ind AS in the accompanying CD makes it
especially beneficial for preparers. The last part of the book consists of some
useful analytical articles on perennial themes such as acquisition date vs.
appointed date, demerger accounting, FAQ on PPE, consolidation of trusts, GST
accounting and more.

 

Although there
is enormous literature on IFRS and quite a bit on Ind AS, this book carries it
in two volumes and a CD loaded with practical resources. The author deserves a
pat on the back for writing on a subject which is in a constant state of flux
(changing, blurry and ephemeral). I am sure that this book, like Dolphy’s
previous works, will remain a handy tool for both practitioners and preparers
.

SOCIETY NEWS

Three-day Workshop, the ‘9th Intensive Study
Course on Advanced Transfer Pricing’, held from
18th to 20th April, 2019 at the BCAS Conference Hall

The 9th Intensive Study Course on Advanced Transfer
Pricing was conducted at the BCAS Conference Hall
from 18th to 20th April, 2019 where nine eminent faculties
conducted the sessions.

The course was aimed at imparting advanced
knowledge on the practical aspects of understanding
and implementing the benchmarking study.
The sessions began with the theoretical aspect
of benchmarking and thereafter delved deep into
identifying the functions performed, assets utilised
and risks assumed by the comparable companies.
They also touched upon the importance of designing
an efficient and effective transfer pricing system and
as to when and how to apply various transfer pricing
adjustments that are defensible before tax authorities
and in court.

The sessions focused on data mining for fact
determination and correct application of adjustments
wherever applicable. All the topics were explained
along with presentations, practical examples and case
studies. International and Indian court rulings were also
discussed. The speakers gave different perspectives
on the current theme – tackling challenges arising
from the benchmarking exercise. The participants were
presented with a hands-on and thought-provoking
approach for determining the right set of comparables
and for making right economic adjustments to arrive at
arm’s length margin. BCAS also arranged for course
play facility that had two participants attending the
course online.

The course was very well received and appreciated by
the participants who felt enriched with the knowledge
shared by the learned speakers.

Lecture Meeting on ‘Important Amendments
Relevant for Audits of FY 2018-19 (Companies
Act, 2013, Accounting and Auditing Standards)’
held on 24th April, 2019 at the BCAS Conference
Hall

A lecture meeting was organised at the BCAS
Conference Hall on 24th April, 2019 covering various key
amendments of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017
which need to be addressed for audits of FY 2018-19,
the format of the audit report for audits of the financial
year 2018-19, the impact on revenue recognition under
Ind AS 115, presentation of going concern in the audit
reports, key audit matters and requirements of UDIN.

The learned speaker, CA. Himanshu
Kishnadwala, shared his knowledge
and experience in the most practical
manner on various amendments to
the Companies Act, changes in
accounting standards, intricacies of
reporting requirements and
expectations from auditors and
preparers of financial statements which were well covered and explained with practical examples, to
better explain the complexities of the various changes
in the simplest way.

The lecture meeting was attended by more than 120
participants from various industries and the practice
arena. The interaction between the participants and the
speaker was commendable and the participants said
that they had benefited immensely from the lecture by
CA. Himanshu Kishnadwala.

Full-day seminar on ‘Tax Deducted at Source
(TDS)’ held on 27th April, 2019 at the BCAS
Conference Hall

The Taxation Committee organised a full-day seminar
on TDS on 27th April, 2019 at the BCAS Conference
Hall. The event attracted a full house with an attendance
of about 100 eager participants, including some who
came from outside the city. President Sunil Gabhawalla
made the opening remarks.

The following topics were taken up at the seminar by the
speakers:

CA. Nilesh Kapadia started the
session by highlighting some
practical and important aspects of
TDS. He gave various examples and
case studies to explain and guide the
participants in selecting the best
practical approach in a given situation wherein there are diverse views; he stated that litigation is
not free from doubt. He also provided insights on the
recent changes and the ‘Do’s and Don’ts’ that one should
keep in mind for clients.

Next, CA. Rutvik Sanghvi explained
the provisions of section 195 in depth
and threw light on the checklist to
follow while making remittances
outside India. He also gave his views
on some burning issues and the
approach to take in such situations.

He was followed by CA. Divya
Jokhakar who spoke on specific
issues and a few landmark
judgements. She also explained the
importance of relevant provisions
and circulars impacting real-life
scenarios.

CA. Yogesh Thar dwelt on a different
and new topic under the TDS
mechanism. He spoke about how the
AIF/REITS/INVTS operate and the
applicable tax provisions on them, as
well as in the hands of contributors.
He discussed the background,
advantages and operational challenges with a case study
and summarised the tax impact on the same.

Listing some of the precautions while
E-filing TDS statements, CA. Avinash
Rawani came up with practical
solutions for common inquiries
leading to high-pitched demands. His
approach was to follow the three
“Ds”, that is, Deduct, Deposit and
Declare to avoid any further litigation.
He gave his views on the rights and duties of the taxpayers
for appropriate compliance of TDS provisions and
E-filing. He also highlighted precautions to be taken while
complying with the procedure in each quarter.

The final session was conducted by
Advocate K. Gopal on the penal and
prosecution provisions related to
TDS and some of the recent
measures taken by the government
in this regard. He shared his
experience while dealing with various complex issues and the expectations from the
tax-payers on provisions related to TDS and guidelines
for compounding of offences under direct tax laws.
All the sessions were highly interactive and the speakers
shared their insights on their respective subjects. They
also answered the queries raised by the participants who
benefited immensely from the guidance and practical
views of the faculty.

SUBURBAN STUDY CIRCLE

Meeting on ‘GST – Practical Issues on GST Annual
Return and GST Audit’ held on 4th May, 2019

The Suburban Study Circle organised a meeting on
“GST – Practical Issues on GST Annual Return
and GST Audit” on 4th May, 2019 at Bathiya &
Associates, Andheri East. It was addressed by CA.
Prerana Shah.

The speaker made a detailed presentation on the GST
Annual Return form GSTR-9 and GST Audit Reconciliation
and Certificate in GSTR-9C which was recently released
on the GST portal. Since there were many unresolved
issues and the participants had several practical queries,
the speaker made an effort to address each and every
one of them and explained the form clause-wise and in a
detailed manner.

Apart from this, a discussion was also held on GST audit
where the speaker CA. Prerana Shah deliberated on the
requirements for such an audit. She explained the various
points to be kept in mind (as this is the first year of GST audit) while finalising the GST audit in a time-bound
manner.

The practical examples explaining the form clause-wise
helped the participants in understanding the requirements.

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE

Study Circle Meeting on ‘Stress Management,
an Art to Healthy Living’ held on 14th May, 2019
at the BCAS Conference Hall

The HRD Study Circle organised this much-needed
meeting on stress management on 14th May, 2019. It was
addressed by Ms Jacqueline Vales.

The speaker explained that of late stress had become part
of our lives. Sometimes, stress could result in a fight, or
in flight, or a person may just freeze, with the energy flow
being blocked. But there are “tapping” techniques that
help release the blockages that cause stress. A majority of
our diseases are psychosomatic. Stress releases certain
chemicals which are harmful for us, making it difficult to
function normally.

Ms Vales also suggested some techniques to relieve
stress that can help to get rid of fear, negativity, anxiety
and depression.

Overall, it was an interesting and enriching experience
for the participants who received some tips on healing
through “tapping” a few points on the body to release
negative energy.

MISCELLANEA

1. Economy

12

Govt
to soon come out with format to lodge complaints with Lokpal

 

The Central Government will
soon come out with a format for lodging a complaint with anti-corruption
ombudsman Lokpal, officials said on 16th May. As per norms, a
complaint shall be filed in the prescribed form to be notified by the
Government. “The form will be made public soon,” said a senior
Personnel Ministry official. Although the form for filing a complaint has not
yet been notified, the Lokpal decided to scrutinise all the complaints received
in its office till 16th April, 2019 in whatever form they were sent,
according to the anti-corruption ombudsman’s website.

 

“After scrutiny, complaints that did not fall within the
mandate of the Lokpal were disposed of and complainants are being informed
accordingly,” it said, without giving details of the complaints.

 

Lokpal Chairperson Justice Pinaki Chandra Ghose inaugurated
the website – www.lokpal.gov.in – in the presence of all the eight members of
the anti-corruption ombudsman. As per the website, the office of Lokpal is at
“The Ashok” Hotel in Chanakyapuri in the national capital.

 

President Ram Nath Kovind had administered the oath of office
to Justice Ghose as the Chairperson of Lokpal on 23rd March. Justice
Ghose, 66, had retired as a Supreme Court judge in May, 2017. He had last
served as a member of the National Human Rights Commission (NHRC).

 

Eight members of the Lokpal panel were administered the oath
by Justice Ghose on 27th March. Former Chief Justices of different
high courts – Justices Dilip B. Bhosale, Pradip Kumar Mohanty, Abhilasha Kumari
and Ajay Kumar Tripathi – took the oath as judicial members of the Lokpal.

 

Along with them, the first (former) woman chief of the
Sashastra Seema Bal (SSB) Archana Ramasundaram, ex-Maharashtra Chief Secretary
Dinesh Kumar Jain, former IRS officer Mahender Singh and Gujarat cadre ex-IAS
officer Indrajeet Prasad Gautam were sworn in as the Lokpal’s non-judicial
members.

 

According to the rules, there is a provision for a
Chairperson and a maximum of eight members in the Lokpal panel. Of these, four
need to be judicial members. The Lokpal Act, which envisages appointment of a
Lokpal at the Centre and Lokayuktas in States to look into cases of corruption
against certain categories of public servants, was passed in 2013.

(Source: Business Today
– PTI, New Delhi, 16th May, 2019)

 

13

RBI
releases ‘Vision 2021’ for payment system to increase digital transactions

 

The RBI said the payment systems landscape will continue to
change with further innovation and entry of more players which is expected to
ensure optimal cost to the customers and freer access to multiple payment
system options.

 

Aiming at a ‘cash-lite’ society, the Reserve Bank of India on
15th May, 2019 released a vision document for ensuring a safe,
secure, convenient, quick and affordable e-payment system as it expects the
number of digital transactions to increase more than four times to 8,707 crores
in December, 2021.

 

The ‘Payment and Settlement Systems in India: Vision
2019-2021’, with its core theme of ‘Empowering Exceptional (E)payment
Experience’, envisages to achieve ‘a highly digital and cash-lite society’
through the goalposts of competition, cost effectiveness, convenience and
confidence (4Cs).

 

The RBI said the payment systems landscape will continue to
change with further innovation and entry of more players which is expected to
ensure optimal cost to the customers and freer access to multiple payment
system options.

“The Reserve Bank of India will implement the approach
outlined in this ‘vision’ during the period 2019-2021,” it said. The
previous ‘vision document’ covered the period 2016 to 2018. The latest document
said payment systems like UPI / IMPS are likely to register average annualised
growth of over 100% and NEFT at 40% over the ‘vision’ period (up to December,
2021). The number of digital transactions is expected to increase more than
four times from 2,069 crores in December, 2018 to 8,707 crores in December,
2021.

 

“While the approach of the RBI will continue to be of
minimal intervention in the pricing of charges to customers for digital
payments, all efforts will be made towards facilitating the operation of
payment systems which are efficient and price-attractive,” it said.

 

The basis shall have to be that pricing is reasonable to
encourage usage and also pass on to the customer the benefit of cost saved on
managing cash in the system, it added. The document talks about creating
customer awareness, setting up a 24X7 helpline and a self-regulatory
organisation for system operators and service providers, among others.

 

In all, the ‘Payment
Systems Vision 2021’ has 36 specific action points and 12 specific outcomes.
The aim is to enhance customer experience, empower payment system operators and
service providers, enable the payments ecosystem and infrastructure, put in
place forward-looking regulations and undertake risk-focused supervision.

 

The ‘no-compromise’ approach towards safety and security of
payment systems remains a hallmark of the ‘vision’, the RBI added.

 (Source: Business Today
– PTI, New Delhi, 16th May, 2019)

 

2. Corporate

14

Corporate
Affairs Ministry amends rules related to incorporation of companiess

 

The Corporate Affairs
Ministry has amended the rules pertaining to incorporation of companies to
provide more clarity and uniformity in choosing names for companies, according
to an official. The Ministry has brought in amendments to the Companies
(Incorporation) Rules, 2014.

 

The move comes against the backdrop of instances where
applications by companies for registering their names have been rejected due to
various reasons, including trademark issues and proposed names being too
general.

 

The official said the changes have been made to ensure more
clarity, uniformity and transparency in approving the names for companies at
the time of incorporation. He also noted that the rules have been updated so
that there is clarity for people to apply, as well as for officers to process
the requests appropriately.

 

Among others things, the Ministry has now provided
illustrations regarding applicability of various names.

 

(Source: Business Today, PTI, New Delhi 16th
May, 2019)

 

3. Science

15

NASA’s
asteroid warning: Gigantic rogue body heading towards earth at 93,000 kmph

 

This rogue asteroid is more than 1,280 feet long and it is
heading towards earth at a breathtaking speed of 93,000 kilometres per hour
(kmph). NASA has confirmed this development.

 

Asteroid trackers of the US space agency revealed that this
massive space body will make a close fly-by to planet earth in the early hours
of 20th May, 2019.

 

As per NASA, 2019 JB1 is a near-earth object (NEO). NASA
considers all asteroids and comets in an orbit of the sun at a distance of 1.3
astronomical units as near-earth objects. It should be noted that one
astronomical unit is equal to about 92.95 million miles and is actually the
distance between the earth and the sun.

 

On 20th May, 2019, JB1 may come as close as 6.4
million km. to earth. A distance of 6.4 million km. may seem too huge in human
terms, but considering the depth and vastness of the universe, this distance is
quite small in astronomical terms. Even though the chances of 2019 JB1 hitting
the earth are very few, NASA believes that any impact from such gigantic space
bodies could bring about cataclysmic effects in the affected area.

 

“If a rocky meteoroid
larger than 25 metres but smaller than one kilometre (a little more than half a
mile) were to hit earth, it would likely cause local damage to the impact area.
We believe anything larger than one to two kilometres (one kilometre is a
little more than one-half mile) could have worldwide effects,” wrote NASA
on its website.

In the meantime, NASA is busy developing its planetary
defence weapon to protect the earth from dreaded asteroid hits which may happen
in the future. NASA scientists believe that this weapon, which is basically a
spacecraft, can deviate rogue space bodies from its trajectory.

 

A few weeks back, NASA administrator Jim Bridenstine also
revealed that the possibilities of an apocalyptic asteroid hit are not
something reserved for Hollywood disaster movies. In a recent speech at the
Planetary Defence Conference, Bridenstine predicted that life-threatening
asteroid hits could happen in the future.

(Source: International Business Times, By Nirmal
Narayanan, 16th May, 2019)

 

4. Technology

16

Google
is fixing the most annoying thing about internet browsing

 

Google is rolling out a new feature that will let you delete
your location and web activities automatically.

 

Privacy is one of the biggest concerns in our modern society.
Everybody wants to hide their web habits, app usage and location data. But
Google aims to make its product helpful to the users. And for that, Google
needs to know about your web habits and the location where you love to go. So,
if you are concerned about your privacy and also want a helpful Android, then
you just need to delete your activity manually. This is a very painful and
time-consuming task. That changes now.

 

In an official blog post from Google, the internet search
titan is talking about a new privacy feature that all the users are going to
love. After receiving feedback, Google is going to launch a new privacy feature
that will help you to auto-delete your location and web activities.

 

Google has confirmed the feature will roll out in the coming
weeks. Currently, you just have a feature to control off / on your location and
activity history and you can delete your history manually.

 

Google’s new auto-delete feature works on a timed system and
users can set the time duration to delete the data. You have two options: 3
months or 18 months. Google will automatically delete your location and activity
from your account after the selected time duration.

 

It’s certainly a positive step for Google towards privacy.
The blog post also hints that the feature will also come soon to other aspects
of your Google experience, but it’s coming first to location history and your
web and app activity.

 

Prior to this, an AP investigation revealed that Google was
still steering and storing the location history of users who had turned off the
history and the search giant used this data for target ads.

 

This month is very important for Google as the I/O annual
conference is going to commence on 7th May and Google is going to launch its
budget Pixel 3a and 3a XL devices in the conference. With these devices, Google
is going to foray into a mid-budget smart phone. The new pixel series is also
coming to India on the same day of launch. Apart from the Pixel 3a, Google will
also do some innovative announcements during the annual conference. So, stay
tuned for more updates

 

(Source: International Business Times, By
Ratnesh Kumar, 3rd May, 2019)

BOOK REVIEW

“Advice & Dissent – My Life in Public Service” by Y.V.
Reddy

 

Dr. Y.V. Reddy is well
known as an economist and the 21st Governor of the Reserve Bank of
India (2003-08). In 2010, the President awarded India’s second highest civilian
honour, the Padma Vibhushan, to him. At present he is Honorary
Professor, Centre for Economic and Social Studies (CESS), Hyderabad. After
completing his M.A. in Economics from Madras University, he obtained a Ph.D.
from Osmania University, Hyderabad. Joining the Indian Administrative Service
in 1964, he rose to the position of Secretary (Banking) in the Ministry of
Finance in 1995. He moved to the Reserve Bank of India in 1996 as Deputy
Governor and then to the International Monetary Fund in 2002 as Executive
Director on the Board. He was also the Chairman of the 14th Finance
Commission of India.

 

Looking back at his long
career in public service, he says that he was firm and unafraid to speak his
mind but avoided open discord. He writes about decision-making at several
levels and gives an account of the debate and thinking behind some landmark
events and some remarkable initiatives of his own whose benefits reached the
man on the street.

 

Reading between the
lines, one recognises controversies on key policy decisions which reverberate
even now. The book provides a ringside view of the licence permit raj, drought,
bonded labour, draconian forex controls, the balance of payments crisis,
liberalisation, high finance and the emergence of India as a key player in the
global economy.

 

As RBI Governor from 2003
to 2008, he presided over a period of high growth-low inflation, a stable rupee
and ample foreign exchange reserves – a far cry from the 1991 crisis he lived
through and describes in vivid detail, when the country had to mortgage its
gold to meet its debt obligations. He is credited with saving the Indian
banking system from the sub-prime and liquidity crises of 2008 that erupted
shortly after his term at RBI ended. Dr Reddy provides insight into the
post-crisis reflection undertaken by several global institutions on the
international monetary system and the financial architecture. In addition, he
describes the preparation of the 14th Finance Commission report,
which he chaired, and which is considered a game changer.

 

During his time as RBI
Governor, his cautious approach to markets was often at loggerheads with the
eternal market optimism of Mr. P. Chidambaram. The author presents a
fascinating narrative of his last five years in government, covering the
foreign exchange crisis of 1991 and the liberalisation initiated by the late
Mr. P.V. Narasimha Rao. However, he does not seem to sense the concomitant rise
in economic crime, hawala dealings and export earnings falsifications.
He was an early supporter of gold import liberalisation.

 

In essence, he believed
that the RBI must always counter the Finance Minister’s large fiscal deficit
with a tight monetary policy so that the nation does not face inflation. The
tension between the FM and the RBI is eternal and systemic. No government has
yet won an election on promises or achievement of economic growth and sound
money. The political belief is that only economic populism can win elections.

 

Dr. Reddy’s crowning
achievement, of course, was keeping India out of the global financial storm of
2008. His correct reading of the global economic situation was aided by his
innate market scepticism and he was able to take early steps against the
overheating of the economy even in the face of political opposition. The nation
must remain ever grateful to him for this. However, his cautious approach to
markets was destined to face resistance from the eternal market optimism of Mr.
Chidambaram. After several cat-and-mouse encounters, the then FM and the
political class lost faith in him and denied him further extensions.

 

He offers explicit
counsel in his book:

(1) “Never compromise
long-term professional credibility while pursuing advocacy that the compulsions
of immediate circumstances demand.”

(2) “This idea of
drawing from various beliefs and ideologies and arriving at what appears to be
an appropriate solution to the context became the guiding principle for me.”

(3) “Respect for people
without reference to hierarchy.”

(4) Speaking a local
language introduced a level of informality and personal connect in discourse.

(5) Economists often
advocate the desirable. Bureaucrats focus on what is feasible. It is possible
to begin with the search for the desirable, then move towards the feasible,
while at the same time assessing the costs and benefits of the distance between
the two. This is a way of reconciling and balancing the feasible and desirable,
always keeping the desirable in view. Similarly, starting from international
best practices, one can assess how the Indian situation is different. The goal
should be to move towards policies that are tailored for our requirements while
being consistent with international best practices. Or, to put it another way,
match the international best practice, but in our context.

(6) At the end of the
day, a key to realising reform is to make the powerful feel the pain of the
status quo.

 

POLICY LESSONS – Dr. Reddy offers a very useful primer for prudent
liberalisation of the external account for any country. Recognising and
establishing the hierarchy of capital flows is very important for ensuring
financial stability.

 

“Low inflation, low
non-performing assets of the banking sector, and low fiscal deficit are key to
fuller convertibility.” Again, he is quite right and hence, on this basis,
India is a long way off from capital account convertibility.

 

Further, Indian imports
are related more to the level of economic activity rather than the exchange
rate. Policy makers should make a note of this. A weaker exchange rate might
push up the import price without discouraging it and encouraging domestic
production.

 

India’s dalliance with
high growth rates has always ended in tears – in the Eighties, in the
mid-Nineties and between 2003 and 2008. Frankly, the economy is not ready. As
to why this is so, read his comments on the features of the Indian society and
economy mentioned earlier.

 

Dr. Reddy is rather forthright on the farm loan waiver that
the UPA government announced in 2007. He thinks it was against the financial
reforms. He felt that reform of the domestic banking system was a pre-condition
for liberalisation of the banking sector for foreign ownership.

 

Thanks to his experience at
the IMF and from his keen observations, he had become increasingly wary of
financial liberalisation and the role of international financial conglomerates.
It is not hard to imagine the sources of pressure that were brought to bear on
the Indian Finance Ministry.

 

Reform of the domestic banking system is an unfinished task
for him. He feels that several public sector banks did not come under the
Banking Regulation Act and hence RBI could not regulate them effectively. He
also did not want RBI nominees on the Board as it would mean conflict of
interest. His recommendations on the procedures for the appointment of members
to the Boards of Public Sector Banks and to the positions of Chief Executive
Officers have not been heeded by governments. Unfortunately, this is still the
case. The Bank Boards Bureau has been dormant and ineffective. Governance of
Indian public sector banking leaves a lot to be desired and yet, many still
want to preserve it as it is, without any reform!

 

ON CENTRAL BANK INDEPENDENCE – Government ownership of
the banking system is one of the reasons why he feels that the so-called
independence of the Central Bank is constrained. He dedicates several pages to
the subject, dividing it into three aspects: operational, policy and
structural:

  • Operational independence for the Central Bank:
    He favours it.

  • Policy matters: In consultation with the
    government.
  • Structural matters: In close coordination with
    the government.

 

He admits that he was
prepared to ‘irritate’ and ‘frustrate’ the sovereign but not defy it. As a
legal construct of the government, without a constitutional authority, he is
clear that RBI cannot be equal to its creator.

 

Dr. Reddy ends the book on a high note with a chapter on his
stewardship of the 14th Finance Commission. He points out that the
former President, Mr. Pranab Mukherjee, had praised him for addressing many
fundamental issues with his work on the Commission. That is quite an apt note
to end the book by a man who has indeed addressed many fundamental issues on
monetary policy, too – hierarchy of capital flows, capital account
liberalisation, financial sector liberalisation, etc.

 

Leavened with his irrepressible sense of humour,
Advice
and Dissent
is a warm, engaging account of a life that
moves easily from a career in the districts as a young IAS officer to the
higher echelons of policy making, in a trajectory that follows the changes in
the country itself. To the reader’s delight, the narrative is interspersed with
often deeply ironic vignettes and humorous tales of encounters with the high
and mighty.

FROM PUBLISHED ACCOUNTS

STATE
BANK OF INDIA

 

Key
Audit Matters

Key Audit
Matters are those matters that in our professional judgement were of most
significance in our audit of the Standalone Financial Statements for the year
ended 31st March, 2019. These matters were addressed in the context
of our audit of the Standalone Financial Statements as a whole and in forming
our opinion thereon and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
We have determined the matters described below to be the Key Audit Matters to
be communicated in our report:

 

                Key audit matter

How the
matter was addressed in our audit

Sr. No.

 Key Audit Matters

Auditors’ Response

i

Classification of advances and
identification of and provisioning for non-performing advances in accordance
with the RBI guidelines (Refer Schedule 9 read with Note 3 of Schedule 17 to
the financial statements).

 

Advances include bills purchased and
discounted, cash credits, overdrafts loans repayable on demand and term
loans. These are further categorised as secured by tangible assets (including
advances against book debts), covered by bank / government guarantees and
unsecured advances.

 

Advances constitute 59.38% of the Bank’s
total assets. They are, inter alia, governed by income recognition,
asset classification and provisioning (IRAC) norms and other circulars and
directives issued by the RBI from time to time which provide guidelines
related to classification of advances into performing and non-performing
advances (NPA). The Bank classifies these advances based on IRAC norms as per
its accounting policy No. 3.

 

Identification of performing and
non-performing advances involves establishment of proper mechanism. The Bank
accounts for all the transactions related to advances in its Information
Technology System (IT System), viz., Core Banking Solutions (CBS) which also
identifies whether the advances are performing or non-performing. Further,
NPA classification and calculation of provision is done through another IT
System, viz., Centralised Credit Data Processing (CCDP) Application.

 

The carrying value of these advances (net of
provisions) may be materially misstated if, either individually or in
aggregate, the IRAC norms are not properly followed.

Our audit approach towards advances with reference to the IRAC
norms and other related circulars / directives issued by the RBI and also
internal policies and procedures of the Bank includes the testing of the
following:

 

  The accuracy of the
data input in the system for income recognition, classification into
performing and non- performing advances and provisioning in accordance with
the IRAC Norms in respect of the branches allotted to us;

 

– Existence and effectiveness of monitoring mechanisms such as
internal audit, systems audit, credit audit and concurrent audit as per the
policies and procedures of the Bank;

 

We have examined the efficacy of various internal controls over
advances to determine the nature, timing and extent of the substantive
procedures and compliance with the observations of the various audits
conducted as per the monitoring mechanism of the Bank and RBI Inspection.

 

In carrying out substantive procedures at the branches allotted
to us, we have examined all large advances / stressed advances while other
advances have been examined on a sample basis including review of valuation
reports of independent valuers provided by the Bank’s management.

 

Reliance is also placed on audit reports of other statutory
branch auditors with whom we have also made specific communication.

 

We have also relied on the reports of external IT System audit
experts with respect to the business logics / parameters inbuilt in CBS for
tracking, identification and stamping of NPAs and provisioning in respect
thereof.

 

Considering the nature of the transactions,
regulatory requirements, existing business environment, estimation /
judgement involved in valuation of securities, it is a matter of high
importance for the intended users of the Standalone Financial Statements.
Considering these aspects, we have determined this as a Key Audit Matter.

 

Accordingly, our audit was focused on income
recognition, asset classification and provisioning pertaining to advances due
to the materiality of the balances.

 

ii

Classification and valuation of investments,
identification of and provisioning for Non-Performing Investments (Schedule 8
read with Note 2 of Schedule 17 to the financial statements).

 

Investments include investments made by the
Bank in various government securities, bonds, debentures, shares, security
receipts and other approved securities.

 

Investments constitute 26.27% of the Bank’s total assets. These
are governed by the circulars and directives of the Reserve Bank of India
(RBI). These directions of RBI, inter alia, cover valuation of investments,
classification of investments, identification of non-performing investments,
the corresponding non-recognition of income and provision there against.

 

The valuation of each category (type) of the
aforesaid securities is to be done as per the method prescribed in circulars
and directives issued by the RBI which involves collection of data /
information from various sources such as FIMMDA rates, rates quoted on BSE /
NSE, financial statements of unlisted companies etc. Considering the
complexities and extent of judgement involved in the valuation, volume of
transactions, investments on hand and degree of regulatory focus, this has
been determined as a Key Audit Matter.

 

Accordingly, our audit was focused on
valuation of investments, classification, identification of non-performing
investments and provisioning related to investments.

 

Our audit approach towards investments with reference to the RBI
Circulars / Directives included the review and testing of the design,
operating effectiveness of internal controls and substantive audit procedures
in relation to valuation, classification, identification of non-performing
investments, provisioning / depreciation related to investments. In
particular,

 

a. We evaluated and understood the Bank’s internal control
system to comply with relevant RBI guidelines regarding valuation,
classification, identification of Non-Performing Investments, provisioning /
depreciation related to investments;

 

b. We assessed and evaluated the process adopted for collection
of information from various sources for determining fair value of these
investments;

 

c.  For the selected
sample of investments in hand, we tested accuracy and compliance with the RBI
Master Circulars and directions by re-performing valuation for each category
of the security. Samples were selected after ensuring that all the categories
of investments (based on nature of security) were covered in the sample;

 

d. We assessed and evaluated the process of identification of
NPIs and corresponding reversal of income and creation of provision;

 

e. We carried out substantive audit
procedures to re-compute independently the provision to be maintained and
depreciation to be provided in accordance with the circulars and directives
of the RBI. Accordingly, we selected samples from the investments of each
category and tested for NPIs as per the RBI guidelines and re-computed the
provision to be maintained in accordance with the RBI Circular for those
selected samples of NPIs;

 

f. We tested the mapping of investments between the investment
application software and the financial statement preparation software to ensure
compliance with the presentation and disclosure requirements as per the
aforesaid RBI Circular / directions.

iii

Assessment of provisions and contingent
liabilities in respect of certain litigations including direct and indirect
taxes, various claims filed by other parties not acknowledged as debt
(Schedule 12 read with Note 18.9 of Schedule 18 to the financial statements):

There is high level of judgement required in
estimating the level of provisioning. The Bank’s assessment is supported by
the facts of the matter, their own judgement, past experience and advices
from legal and independent tax consultants wherever considered necessary.
Accordingly, unexpected adverse outcomes may significantly impact the Bank’s
reported profit and the balance sheet.

Our audit approach involved:

 

a. Understanding the current status of the litigations / tax
assessments;

b.  Examining recent
orders and / or communication received from various tax authorities /
judicial forums and follow-up action thereon;

 

c.  Evaluating the merit
of the subject matter under consideration with reference to the grounds
presented therein and available independent legal / tax advice; and

 

 

We determined the above area as a Key Audit
Matter in view of associated uncertainty relating to the outcome of these
matters which requires application of judgement in interpretation of law.
Accordingly, our audit was focused on analysing the facts of the subject
matter under consideration and judgements / interpretation of law involved.

d. Review and analysis of evaluation of the contentions of the
Bank through discussions, collection of details of the subject matter under
consideration, the likely outcome and consequent potential outflows on those
issues.

 

 

 

 

YES
BANK LTD.

 

Key
Audit Matters

Key audit
matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most
significance in our audit of the standalone financial statements of the current
period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
standalone financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon,
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

 

Key audit
matter

How the
matter was addressed in our audit

Identification of Non-Performing Assets
(NPAs) and provisions on advances

Charge: Rs. 20,836 million for year ended 31st
March, 2019

Provision: Rs. 33,977 million as at 31st
March, 2019

Refer to the accounting policies in the Financial Statements:
Significant Accounting Policies – use of estimates and “Note 18.4.3 to the Financial
Statements: Advances”

Significant estimates and judgement involved

 

Identification of NPAs and provisions in respect of NPAs and
restructured advances are made based on management’s assessment of the degree
of impairment of the advances subject to and guided by the minimum
provisioning levels prescribed under the RBI guidelines with regard to the
prudential norms on income recognition, asset classification &
provisioning, prescribed from time to time.

The provisions on NPA are also based on the valuation of the
security available. In case of restructured accounts, provision is made for
erosion / diminution in fair value of restructured loans, in accordance with
the RBI guidelines. In addition, the contingency provision that the Bank has
established in the current year on assets currently not classified as NPAs is
based on management’s judgement.

We identified identification of NPAs and provision on advances
as a Key Audit Matter because of the level of management judgement involved
in determining the provision (including the provisions on assets which are
not classified as NPAs) and the valuation of the security of the NPA loans
and on account of the significance of these estimates to the financial
statements of the Bank.

Our key audit procedures included:

 

Design / Controls

Assessing the design, implementation and operating effectiveness
of key internal controls over approval, recording and monitoring of loans,
monitoring process of overdue loans (including those which became overdue
subsequent to the reporting date), measurement of provisions, identification
of NPA accounts and assessing the reliability of management information (including overdue reports). In addition, for
corporate loans we tested controls over the internal ratings process, monitoring
of stressed accounts, including credit file review processes and review
controls over the approval of significant individual impairment provisions.

Evaluated the design, implementation and operating effectiveness
of key internal controls over the valuation of security for NPAs and the key
controls over determination of the contingency provision including
documentation of the relevant approvals along with basis and rationale of the
provision.

Testing of management review controls over measurement of provisions
and disclosures in financial statements.

Involving our information system specialists in the audit of
this area to gain comfort over data integrity and calculations, including
system reconciliations.

 

Substantive tests

Test of details for a selection of exposures over calculation of
NPA provisions including valuation of collaterals for NPAs as at 31st
March, 2019; the borrower-wise NPA identification and provisioning determined
by the Bank and also testing related disclosures by assessing the
completeness, accuracy and relevance of data and to ensure that the same is
in compliance with the RBI guidelines with regard to the Prudential Norms on
Income Recognition, Asset Classification & Provisioning.

 

Key audit matter

How the
matter was addressed in our audit

 

We also selected a number of loans to test potential cases of
loans repaid by a customer during the period by fresh disbursement(s) to
these higher risk loans.

 

We selected a sample (based on quantitative and qualitative
thresholds) of larger corporate clients where impairment indicators had been
identified by management. We obtained management’s assessment of the
recoverability of these exposures (including individual provisions
calculations) and challenged whether individual impairment provisions, or
lack of these, were appropriate.

 

This included the following procedures:

 

Reviewing the statement of accounts, approval process, board
minutes, credit review of customer, review of Special Mention Accounts
reports and other related documents to assess recoverability and the
classification of the facility; and

 

For a risk-based sample of corporate loans not identified as
displaying indicators of impairment by management, challenged this assessment
by reviewing the historical performance of the customer and assessing whether
any impairment indicators were present.

Information technology

 

IT systems and controls

 

The Bank’s key financial accounting and
reporting processes are highly dependent on information systems including
automated controls in systems, such that there exists a risk that gaps in the
IT control environment could result in the financial accounting and reporting
records being misstated. Amongst its multiple IT systems, five systems are
key for its overall financial reporting.

 

In addition, large transaction volumes and
the increasing challenges to protect the integrity of the bank’s systems and
data, cyber security has become a more significant risk in recent periods.

 

We have identified ‘IT Systems and Controls’
as Key Audit Matter because of the high level automation, significant number
of systems being used by the management and the complexity of the IT
architecture.

 

Our key IT audit procedures included:

 

We focused
on user access management, change management, segregation of duties, system
reconciliation controls and system application controls over key financial
accounting and reporting systems.

 

We tested a sample of key controls operating over the
information technology in relation to financial accounting and reporting
systems, including system access and system change  management, programme development and
computer operations.

 

We tested the design and operating effectiveness of key controls
over user access management, which includes granting access right, new user
creation, removal of user rights and preventive controls designed to enforce
segregation of duties.

 

For a selected group of key controls over financial and
reporting systems, we independently performed procedures to determine that
these controls remained unchanged during the year or were changed following
the standard change management process,

 

Other areas that were assessed included password policies,
security configurations, system interface controls, controls over changes to
applications and databases and that business users and controls to ensure
that developers and production support did not have access to change
applications, the operating system or databases in the production
environment.

 

Security configuration review and related. Tests on certain
critical aspects of cyber security on network security management mechanism,
operational security of key information infrastructure, data and client
information management, monitoring and emergency management.

Valuation of Financial Instruments
(Investments and Derivatives)

Refer to the accounting policies in the
financial statements: ‘Significant Accounting Policies – use of estimate,’
‘Note 18.4.2 to the Financial Statements: Investments’ and ‘Note 18.4.6 to
the Financial Statements: Accounting for derivative transactions’.

Subjective estimates and
judgement involved

 

Investments

 

Investments
are classified into ‘Held for Trading’ (‘HFT’), ‘Available for Sale’ (‘AFS’)
and ‘Held to Maturity’ (‘HTM’) categories at the
time of purchase. Investments, which the Bank intends to hold till
maturity are classified as HTM investments.

 

Investments classified as HTM are carried at
amortised cost. Where, in the opinion of management, a diminution other than
temporary, in the value of investments has taken place, appropriate
provisions are required to be made.

 

Investments classified as AFS and HFT are
marked-to-market on a periodic basis as per the relevant RBI guidelines.

 

We identified valuation of investments as a
Key Audit Matter because of the management judgement involved in determining
the value of certain investments (bonds and debentures, commercial papers and
certificate of deposits, security receipts) based on the policy and model
developed by the bank, impairment assessment for HTM book and the overall
significant investments to the financial statements of the Bank.

Our key audit procedures included:

 

Design/controls

 

Assessing the design, implementation and operating effectiveness
of management’s key internal controls over classification, valuation and
valuation models.

 

Reading investment agreements / term sheets entered into during
the current year, on a sample basis, to understand the relevant investment
terms and identify any conditions that were relevant to the valuation of
financial instruments.

 

Engaging our valuation specialists to assist us in evaluating
the valuation models used by the bank to value certain instruments and to
perform, on a sample basis, independent valuations of the instruments and
comparing these valuations with the Bank’s valuations.

 

Assessed the appropriateness of the valuation methodology and
challenging the valuation model by testing the key inputs used such as
pricing inputs, measure of volatility and discount factors. Compared the
valuation methodology to criteria in the accounting standards / RBI
guidelines.

Derivatives

 

The Bank has exposure to derivative products
which are accounted for on fair value (mark-to-market) in the books of
account.

 

The valuation of the Bank’s derivatives,
held at fair value, is based on a combination of market data and valuation
models which often require a considerable number of inputs. Many of these
inputs are obtained from readily available data, the valuation techniques for
which use quoted market prices and observable inputs. Where such observable
data is not readily available, then estimates are developed which can involve
significant management judgement.

 

We identified assessing the fair value of
derivatives as a Key Audit Matter because of the degree of complexity
involved in valuing certain financial instruments and the degree of judgement
exercised by management in identifying the valuation models and determining
the inputs used in the valuation models.

Substantive tests

 

For sample of instruments we re-performed independent valuation
where no direct observable  inputs were
used. We examined and challenged the assumptions used by considering the
alternate valuation method and sensitivity of other key factors;

 

Assessing whether the financial statement disclosures
appropriately reflect the Bank’s exposure to investments and derivatives
valuation risks with reference to the requirements of the prevailing
accounting standards and RBI guidelines.

 

 

 

BANDHAN
BANK LTD.

 

Key
Audit Matters

Key Audit
Matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most
significance in our audit of the financial statements for the financial year
ended 31st March, 2019. These matters were addressed in the context
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each
matter, below our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided
in that context.

 

We have
determined the matters described below to be the Key Audit Matters to be
communicated in our report. We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in
the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our
audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements.
The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to
address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the
accompanying financial statements.

 

Key audit
matter

How the
matter was addressed in our audit

Identification of Non-Performing Advances and provisioning for
advances (refer Schedule 17.4.3 to the financial statements)

Loans and advances constitute a major
portion of the Bank’s assets and the quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio is
measured in terms of the proportion of non-performing assets (NPAs) to the
total loans and advances. As at 31st March, 2019, the Bank has

We considered the Bank’s accounting policies for NPA
identification and provisioning and assessing compliance with the prudential
norms prescribed by the RBI (IRAC Norms);

reported total gross loans and advances of
Rs. 4,023,463.28 lakhs (31st March, 2018: Rs. 2,991,327.29 lakhs),
gross non­performing advances of Rs. 81,955.65 lakhs (31st March,
2018:

Rs. 37,314.06 lakhs) and a corresponding
provision for non­performing advances of Rs. 59,123.91 lakhs (31st
March, 2018: Rs. 20,023.68 lakhs).

 

Identification and provisioning of NPAs is
governed by the prudential norms prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
These norms prescribe several criteria for a loan to be classified as a NPA
including overdue aging.

Tested the operating effectiveness of the controls (including
application and IT dependent controls) for classification of loans in the
respective asset classes, viz., standard, sub-standard, doubtful and loss
with reference to IRAC norms;

Performed test of details to test whether the provisioning rates
applied for respective asset classes were in accordance with the Bank’s
accounting policies and assessed the rates used by the management wherever
such rates were higher than the minimum rates prescribed by RBI;

Performed inquiries with the credit and risk departments to
ascertain if there were indicators of stress or an occurrence of an event of
default in a particular loan account or any product category which need to be
considered as NPA.

Given the volume and variety of loans,
judgement is involved in the application of RBI norms for classification of
loans as NPA and in view of the significance of this area to the overall
audit of financial statements, it has been considered as a Key Audit Matter.

 

 

Considered the special mention accounts (SMA) reports submitted
by the Bank to the RBI’s central repository of information on large credits
(CRILC) to assess whether any accounts from such reporting need to be
considered as non-performing;

Tested the Bank’s controls to identify loan accounts of a common
borrower to ensure all facilities availed by a delinquent customer are
classified as NPA;

Reviewed the fraud listing and the fraud returns submitted by
the Bank during the year to Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and verified that
provisions are as per IRAC norms;

Performed analytical procedures on various financial and
non-financial parameters to test accounts identified as NPA;

Tested the arithmetical accuracy of computation of provision for
advances.

 

IT systems and controls

 

As a Scheduled Commercial Bank that operates
on core banking solution across its branches, the reliability and security of
IT systems plays a key role in the business operations. The Bank continued to
be highly dependent on third party service providers for its core IT
infrastructure. Since large volume of transactions are processed daily, the
IT controls are required to ensure that applications process data as expected
and that changes are made in an appropriate manner.

 

The IT infrastructure is critical for smooth
functioning of the Bank’s business operations as well as for timely and
accurate financial accounting and reporting.

 

Due to the pervasive nature and complexity
of the IT environment we have ascertained IT systems and controls as a key
audit matter.

 

 

For testing the IT general controls and application controls, we
included specialised IT auditors as part of our audit team. The specialised
team also assisted in testing the accuracy of the information produced by the
Bank’s IT systems;

 

We tested the design and operating effectiveness of the Bank’s
IT access controls over the information systems that are critical to
financial reporting;

 

We tested IT general controls (logical access, changes
management and aspects of IT operational controls). This included testing
that requests for access to systems were reviewed and authorised;

 

We inspected requests of changes to systems for approval and
authorisation. We considered the control environment relating to various
interfaces, configuration and other application controls identified as key to
our audit;

 

In addition to the above, we tested the design and operating
effectiveness of certain automated controls that were considered as key
internal controls over financial reporting;

 

If deficiencies were identified, we tested compensating controls
or performed alternate procedures.

 

 

HDFC
BANK LTD.

 

Key
Audit Matters

Key Audit
Matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most
significance in our audit of the standalone financial statements for the
financial year ended 31st March, 2019. These matters were addressed
in the context of our audit of the standalone financial statements as a whole
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on
these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit
addressed the matter is provided in that context.

 

We have
determined the matters described below to be the Key Audit Matters to be
communicated in our report. We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in
the ‘Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone Financial
Statements’ section of our report, including in relation to these matters.
Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to
respond to our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the
standalone financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including
the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for
our audit opinion on the accompanying standalone financial statements.

 

Key
audit matter

How the
matter was addressed in our audit

Identification of Non-Performing Advances
and provisioning of advances:

Advances
constitute a significant portion of the Bank’s assets and the quality of
these advances is measured in terms of the ratio of Non-Performing Advances
(NPA) to the gross advances of the Bank. The Bank’s net advances constitute
65.84 % of the total assets and the gross NPA ratio of the Bank is 1.36% as
at 31st March, 2019.

The Reserve
Bank of India’s (RBI) guidelines on Income Recognition and Asset
Classification (IRAC) prescribe the prudential norms for identification and
classification of NPAs and the minimum provision required for such assets.
The Bank is also required to apply its judgement to determine the
identification and provision required against NPAs by applying quantitative
as well as qualitative factors. The risk of identification of NPAs is
affected by factors like stress and liquidity concerns in certain sectors.

The
provisioning for identified NPAs is estimated based on ageing and
classification of NPAs, recovery estimates, value of security and other
qualitative factors and is subject to the minimum provisioning norms specified
by RBI.

Additionally,
the Bank makes provisions on exposures that are not classified as NPAs,
including advances in certain sectors and identified advances or group
advances that can potentially slip into NPA. These are classified as
contingency provisions.

The Bank
has detailed its accounting policy in this regard in Schedule 17 –
Significant Accounting Policies under Note C – 2 Advances.

Since the
identification of NPAs and provisioning for advances require significant
level of estimation and given its significance to the overall audit, we have
ascertained identification and provisioning for NPAs as a key audit matter.

 

The audit
procedures performed, among others, included:

Considering
the Bank’s policies for NPA identification and provisioning and assessing
compliance with the IRAC norms;

Understanding, evaluating and
testing the design and operating effectiveness of key controls (including
application controls) around identification of impaired accounts based on the
extant guidelines on IRAC.

Performing
other procedures including substantive audit procedures covering the
identification of NPAs by the Bank. These procedures included:

Considering
testing of the exception reports generated from the application systems where
the advances have been recorded;

Considering
the accounts reported by the Bank and other Banks as Special Mention Accounts
(SMA) in RBI’s central repository of information on large credits (CRILC) to
identify stress;

Reiewing
account statements and other related information of the borrowers selected
based on quantitative and qualitative risk factors;

Performing
inquiries with the credit and risk departments to ascertain if there were
indicators of stress or an occurrence of an event of default in a particular
loan account or any product category which need to be considered as NPA.
Examining the early warning reports generated by the Bank to identify
stressed loan accounts;

 

Holding
specific discussions with the management of the Bank on sectors where there
is perceived credit risk and the steps taken to mitigate the risks to
identified sectors.

With
respect to provisioning of advances, we performed the following procedures:

Gained an
understanding of the Bank’s process for provisioning of advances;

Tested on
a sample basis the calculation performed by the management for compliance
with RBI regulations and internally laid down policies for provisioning;

For loan accounts, where the
Bank made provisions which were not classified as NPA, we reviewed the Bank’s
assessment for these provisions.

Evaluation
of open tax litigations (Direct and Indirect Tax)

The Bank has material open tax litigations
including matters under dispute which involve significant judgement to
determine the possible outcome of these disputes.

Since the assessment of these open tax
litigations requires significant level of judgement, we have included this as
a Key Audit Matter.

Gained an
understanding of the Bank’s process for determining tax liabilities and the
tax provisions

Involved
direct and indirect tax specialists to understand the evaluation of
likelihood and level of liability for significant tax risks after considering
legal precedence, other rulings and new information in respect of open tax
positions as at reporting date;

Agreed
underlying tax balances to supporting documentation, including correspondence
with tax authorities;

Assessed
the disclosures within the standalone financial statements in this regard.

Information
Technology (‘IT’) Systems and Controls

The reliability and security of IT systems
plays a key role in the business operations of the Bank. Since large volumes
of transactions are processed daily, the IT controls are required to ensure
that applications process data as expected and that changes are made in an
appropriate manner. These systems also play a key role in the financial
accounting and reporting process of the Bank.

Due to the pervasive nature and complexity
of the IT environment we have ascertained IT systems and controls as a Key
Audit Matter.

For
testing the IT general controls, application controls and IT dependent manual
controls, we involved IT specialists as part of the audit. The team also
assisted in testing the accuracy of the information produced by the Bank’s IT
systems;

Tested
the design and operating effectiveness of the Bank’s IT access controls over
the information systems that are critical to financial reporting. We tested
IT general controls (logical access, change management and aspects of IT
operational controls). This included testing that requests for access to
systems were appropriately reviewed and authorised;

Tested
the Bank’s periodic review of access rights. We inspected requests of changes
to systems for appropriate approval and authorisation. We considered the
control environment relating to various interfaces, configurations and other
application layer controls identified as key to the audit;

In
addition to the above, the design and operating effectiveness of certain
automated controls that were considered as key internal controls over
financial reporting were tested;

Tested
compensating controls and performed alternate procedures where necessary. In
addition, understood where relevant, changes made to the IT landscape during
the audit period and tested those changes that had a significant impact on
financial reporting.

CORPORATE LAW CORNER

9 Amira Pure Foods Pvt. Ltd. vs. Canara Bank
Ltd.

[2019] 105 taxmann.com 326
(Delhi)

W.P. (C) No. 5467/2019

Date of order: 20th
May, 2019

 

Section 18 of the
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 – Debt Recovery Appellate Tribunal should
have recalled its order of taking control and possession of assets of corporate
debtor and handing over the same to the Insolvency Resolution Professional in
exercise of its mandate u/s. 18 of the Code – DRAT should have modified its
order as it has adequate powers to do the same

 

FACTS

CB (“Financial Creditor”)
had approached the Debt Recovery Tribunal (“DRT”) for recovering its dues from
A Co under the Recovery of Debts Due to Banks & Financial Institutions Act,
1993; arising from these proceedings, the matter reached the Debt Recovery
Appellate Tribunal (“DRAT”). DRAT, vide its order dated 15th
November, 2018 appointed Joint Court Commissioners to take over the assets of A
Co including its perishable assets. Soon thereafter, CB also initiated
proceedings against A Co under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“the
Code”) and pursuant to the same, an Interim Resolution Professional (“IRP /
RP”) was appointed on 11th December, 2018.

 

Upon appointment, the IRP
approached DRAT for taking over the properties and assets of A Co and prayed
for an early hearing. CB also accorded its consent to the said application
being allowed. But DRAT did not consider the application for early hearing and
the matter was adjourned. IRP then filed a writ petition with the High Court
where an order was passed instructing DRAT to hear and dispose of the matter
within a week. Consequently, DRAT passed an order on 22nd April,
2019 dismissing the petition filed by IRP on the grounds that as a moratorium
u/s. 14 of the Code was operational, all proceedings against A Co were to be
stalled. The IRP challenged this order of DRAT before the High Court.

HELD

It was submitted by A Co /
IRP that section 14 of the Code imposes a restriction of proceedings which are
against the corporate debtor. It does not bar undertaking of proceedings which
are not considered as being “against the corporate debtor”. Further, since IRP
is required to act in a time-bound and efficient manner, appointment and continuation
of Court Commissioners with vesting of assets was detrimental to the interest
of IRP. Since CB did not object to continuation of proceedings under IBC, the
order of DRAT was bad in law.

 

The High Court heard the parties and held that DRAT was not powerless
to modify its own order whereby the two Court Commissioners had been appointed
to take over control of the assets of A Co. DRAT should have recalled its order
so that the IRP / RP could take over the assets of A Co in the exercise of its
mandate under the Code. The order of DRAT was accordingly set aside and IRP was
permitted to exercise its powers in terms of the Code. The costs of
Commissioner were to be paid by the IRP.

 

10 Pranatpal Tradelink (P.) Ltd., In re

[2019] 105 taxmann.com 308
(NCLT – Ahd)

C.P. No.
32/441/NCLT/AHM/2018

Date of order: 28th
March, 2019

 

CL: Where a company
contravened provisions of section 217 by not attaching board report with its
balance sheet while filing e-form 23AC with MCA portal, in view of fact that
alleged offence was made compoundable and could be compounded because it was
punishable with imprisonment up to six months or with fine alone or both,
application for compounding of said offence was to be allowed

 

FACTS

In the instant case, during
the course of technical scrutiny of the balance sheet of P-Company Pvt. Ltd.
(the applicant), the Registrar of Companies observed that the applicant
company’s Board report was not attached with the balance sheet in e-form 23AC
filed with the MCA portal for the financial year 2010-11; thus, P-Company Pvt.
Ltd. had violated provisions of section 217(1) of the Companies Act, 1956
[Section 134 of The Companies Act, 2013].

 

The directors of P-Company
Pvt. Ltd. admitted that such violation was unintentional and with no mala fide
intention. However, they had later on attached the Board report along with
their compounding application and, thus, they had made good the alleged lapses.

 

HELD

The NCLT observed as
under:

  •  P-Company Pvt. Ltd. (applicant) in the compounding
    application submitted that the violation of not attaching the Board report
    along with the balance sheet for the financial year 2010-11 was totally
    erroneous and there was no wrongful intention on the part of the directors;
  • P-Company Pvt. Ltd. admitted the default and filed
    a compounding application for compounding of the offence committed u/s. 217(1)
    of the Companies Act, 1956;
  • The provisions of section 217(5) of the Companies
    Act, 1956 read as under:

 

If any person, being a
director of a company, fails to take all reasonable steps to comply with the
provisions of sub-sections (1) to (3), or being the chairman, signs the Board’s
report otherwise than in conformity with the provisions of sub-section (4), he
shall, in respect of each offence, be punishable with imprisonment for a
term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to twenty
thousand rupees, or with both.

 

  • The Central Government has declared that matters
    transferred from the Company Law Board to the National Company Law Tribunal
    shall be disposed of by NCLT in accordance with the provisions of the Companies
    Act, 2013 or the Companies Act, 1956;
  • The provisions of Section 441 of the Companies
    Act, 2013 also confer necessary power to NCLT for compounding of certain
    offences. Such violations / offences are made punishable u/s. 217(5) of the
    Companies Act, 1956 but are also made compoundable u/s. 621A of the same
    Companies Act, 1956;
  • On perusal of the material available on record,
    the NCLT observed that the alleged contravention seems to be technical in
    nature and due to some procedural lapses on the part of its directors of not
    enclosing the Board’s report along with the company’s balance sheet as on 31st
    March, 2011. However, P-Company Pvt. Ltd. has attached the Board’s report for
    the financial year 2010-2011 along with a compounding application. Thus, they
    have made good the alleged lapses. P-Company Pvt. Ltd. has further explained
    that non-attaching of the Board’s report with the balance sheet was erroneous,
    and without any wrongful intention on the part of its Directors. Thus, it was
    observed that P-Company Pvt. Ltd. has admitted the default, but has sought
    compounding of offence;
  • The NCLT held that the compounding application for
    the offence was to be allowed as the alleged offence could be compounded
    because it was punishable
    with imprisonment up to six months or with fine alone or both.

ALLIED LAWS

 

15 Deficiency of service – Delay in obtaining
occupation certificate – Reasonable cause for termination of agreement –
Eligible for refund with interest [Consumer Protection Act, 1986, S. 2(1)(g)]

 

Pioneer Urban Land and
Infrastructure Ltd. vs. Govindan Raghavan and Ors. AIR 2019 Supreme Court 1779

 

A builder entered into an
agreement with a purchaser to deliver the possession of the flat along with the
occupancy certificate within 39 months from the date of excavation, with a
grace period of 180 days. The builder, however, failed to apply for the
occupancy certificate as per the stipulations in the agreement.

 

The purchaser filed a
consumer complaint before the National Commission alleging deficiency of
service on the part of the builder for failure to obtain the occupancy
certificate and hand over possession of the flat. Admittedly, the
appellant-builder offered possession after an inordinate delay of almost three
years (on 28th August, 2018). On account of the inordinate delay,
the respondent (flat purchaser) had no option but to arrange for alternate
accommodation in Gurugram. Hence, he could not be compelled to take possession
of the apartment after such a long delay.

 

It was observed that the
builder had obtained the occupancy certificate almost two years after the date
stipulated in the agreement with the purchaser. As a consequence, there was a
failure to hand over possession of the flat within a reasonable period. The
purchaser has made out a clear case of deficiency of service on the part of the
builder. The purchaser was justified in terminating the agreement by filing the
consumer complaint and cannot be compelled to accept the possession whenever it is offered by the builder. The purchaser was
legally entitled to seek refund of the money deposited by him along with
appropriate compensation.

It was held that the
builder failed to fulfil his contractual obligation of obtaining the occupancy
certificate and offering possession of the flat to the purchaser within the
time stipulated in the agreement or within a reasonable time thereafter. The
purchaser could not be compelled to take possession of the flat, even though it
was offered almost two years after the grace period under the agreement
expired. During this period, the purchaser had to service a loan that he had
obtained for purchasing the flat by paying interest @ 10% to the bank. In the
meanwhile, the purchaser also located an alternate property in Gurugram. In
these circumstances, the purchaser was entitled to be granted the relief prayed
for, i.e., refund of the entire amount deposited by him with interest.

 

16 Dishonour of cheques – Cheques issued
in pursuance of agreement to sell is also a duly enforceable debt or liability
[Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, S.138]

 

Ripudaman Singh vs.
Balkrishna AIR 2019  Supreme Court 1625

 

The issue pertained to
dishonour of cheques for part payment of sale consideration. Two people sold
their agricultural land to one Mr. X (respondent). Part payment was already
done by Mr. X. Two post-dated cheques were issued to the sellers. However, on
the due date the cheques were returned unpaid with the remark ‘insufficient
funds’. Legal notices were issued and complaints were initiated u/s. 138 of the
Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 before the judicial magistrate. The magistrate
dismissed the applications seeking discharge of the complaint cases and charges
were framed u/s. 138. The respondent then filed a petition u/s. 482 before the
High Court.

 

The High Court held that
the cheques had not been issued for creating any liability or debt but for the
payment of balance consideration and hence the respondent did not owe any money
to the complainants. Accordingly, the complaint u/s. 138 was quashed.

 

On appeal, the Supreme
Court held that the cheques were issued under and in pursuance of the agreement
to sell. Though it is well settled that an agreement to sell does not create
any interest in immovable property, it nonetheless constitutes a legally enforceable
contract between the parties to it. A payment which is made in pursuance of
such an agreement is hence a payment made in pursuance of a duly enforceable
debt or liability for the purposes of section 138. Hence, the order quashing
the complaint was set aside.

 

17 Hindu Law – Right of daughter to
coparcenery property – Amendment not applicable to cases where the transfer of
such property had already taken place [Hindu Succession Act, 1956, S.6]

 

Jayaraman Kounder vs.
Malathi and Ors. AIR 2019 Madras 113

 

A property which was
inherited from the parents was sold by the son and grandchildren on 2nd
June, 1994. All the children were male. Thereafter, the Hindu Succession Act
got amended wherein section 6 brought the daughters on par with the sons as
coparceners.

 

After the amendment in the
Hindu Succession Act, the daughters filed a suit against the father / brothers
in connection with the sale of property which was done 18 years prior to the
amendment.

 

The High Court while
answering the question whether the sale deed dated 2nd June, 1994
executed in favour of the appellant by the father and brothers of the first and
second respondents / sisters is valid or whether, by virtue of becoming
coparceners, they are entitled to set aside the same even after getting a
decree of partition; the Court held that the proviso to sub-section 4 of
section 6 of the Hindu Succession Act made it clear that the properties which
have been alienated, including through partition, will be affected by virtue of
the amendment which came into force on 20th December, 2004.
Admittedly, the properties were sold by the father and brothers as early as on
2nd June, 1994. De hors the theory of the Will, the property
was already alienated on 2nd June, 1994. Therefore, the properties,
which had been sold to the appellant are exempted from the amendment.

 

18 Power of Attorney
holder – Only a right to appear but not plead [Advocates Act 1961; S.29; High
Court (Original Rules) 1914, Ch.1 R.5]

 

Usha Kanta Das and Ors. vs. Sefalika Ash AIR 2019 Calcutta 145

The issue before the Court
was whether appearance, application or acting by a recognised agent of a party
would include within such scope the right to plead and argue before a court of
law as defined in rule 2 of order III?

 

In the present case, Mr. N
admittedly was a power of attorney holder on behalf of the caveatrix and claims
a right to argue the case of the caveatrix, including examining witnesses in
the proceedings on the basis of the authorisation arising from the power of
attorney.

 

It was observed that three
propositions emerge: first, order III rule 1 specifically excludes the
expression ‘plead’ from the purview of ‘appearing’ or ‘acting’. The expression
‘plead’, on the other hand, arises from the definition of ‘pleader’ u/s. 2(15)
of the CPC. Second, advocates, vakils and attorneys of a High Court have
been specifically included in the class of those who are entitled to plead for another before a court. Third, ‘pleading’ as an
exclusive domain has been formalised under chapter I rule 1(i)(a) of the
Original Side Rules which has specifically excluded ‘pleading’ from ‘acting’.

 

It was held that only a
special class of persons, namely, advocates enrolled under the Advocates Act,
1961, have been authorised to plead and argue before a court of law. It should
further be noted that the ‘special reason’ of permitting ‘any other person’
under rule 5 of chapter 1 of the Original Side Rules relates only to appearance
and not pleading.

 

19 Surety /
Guarantor – Liability co-extensive with original borrower [Contract Act, 1872;
S.128]

 

Bharatbhai Sagalchand
Thakkar vs. State of Gujarat AIR 2019 Gujarat 81

 

A co-operative society had
advanced money to one of its members where two guarantors had also given surety
for the same. Later, the original borrower defaulted in payment of the loan. A
question for consideration was that since the loan was disbursed in favour of
the original borrower, whether there is a duty cast upon the co-operative
society or the bank, as the case may be, first to recover the loan advanced to
the borrower and then to take steps against the guarantor or steps may be taken
against anyone?

 

It was held that the
liability of a guarantor is co-extensive with that of the original borrower. It
is always
open for the co-operative society to first proceed against the guarantor for
the recovery of the loan amount. It is not necessary that the co-operative
society should first go after the original borrower and only thereafter proceed
against the guarantor.

STATISTICALLY SPEAKING

1. Category and Income Range wise filing count for current financial year (Updated till October 2018)

Source: www.incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in

2. State wise filing count for the current Financial Year

Source: www.incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in
Note: States considered above are the one in which more than 5,00,000 returns have been filed during the period 1st April 2018 to 31st October 2018.

3. ITR wise receipt of e-Return (October 2018)


Source: www.incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in

4. Highlights of e-Filing


Source: www.incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in

5. Cash growth during Diwali week highest ever


Source: Economic times

STATISTICALLY SPEAKING

1. A. Direct tax collection up to 2017-2018
B. Direct tax collection for 2018-2019

3.         Pre-Assessment and Post-Assessment collections
4.         Cost of Collection


5.  Drop in income tax e-filings

ETHICS AND U

Shrikrishna
— Arrey Arjun, I am waiting for you for a long time. Why so much delay?

 

Arjun
— What to tell you, Bhagwan! A most disorganised client who has no
discipline at all was with me.

 

Shrikrishna
— He must be in financial stress.

 

Arjun
— Exactly. He wants to apply for some loan and wanted his balance sheet of 31st
March, 2019 instantly!

 

Shrikrishna
— But are the accounts ready?

 

Arjun
— That’s the main problem. Somehow, he has got it done. Volume is not much and
it is a private limited company.

 

Shrikrishna
— Have you signed his balance sheet?

 

Arjun
— Yes, I was helpless.

 

Shrikrishna
— Did you obtain signatures of at least two directors?

 

Arjun
— It was a fire-fighting situation. I have signed in good faith. One of the
directors has signed. The other one will sign it later.

 

Shrikrishna
— This good faith is very dangerous. There are cases where the other director
refused to sign due to dispute between them. Result – the auditor was held
guilty.

 

Arjun
— Oh my God! But these are nice people. They won’t ditch me.

 

Shrikrishna
— Don’t be overconfident. Don’t take things for granted. This is kaliyug
and anything can happen. What about the other directors of the private company?

 

Arjun
— Actually, there are four directors. But only two are active.

 

Shrikrishna
— That is an additional risk. What is important is the approval of accounts in
the board meeting. Signing by two or three directors is consequential. The
board approves the accounts and authorises two or three of them to sign the
accounts on behalf of the company. This is extremely important. You must obtain
a confirmation that the board has approved the accounts.

 

Arjun
— Oh, really? We have never obtained such confirmations.

 

Shrikrishna
— It has been held to be a misconduct. Another important thing, have you issued
the audit report?

 

Arjun
— Yes, they wanted it. My assistant just changed the year in last year’s
report. It was a copy-paste as there was virtually no activity.

 

Shrikrishna
— Are you sure that no change was required?

 

Arjun
— Overall, I saw facts and figures were practically the same.

 

Shrikrishna
— My dear Arjun, are you aware that the format of company audit report
has been changed?

 

Arjun
— No. When was it changed? Is the change applicable to accounts for the year
ended on 31st March, 2019?

 

Shrikrishna
— It is very much applicable to accounts for the year ended on 31st
March, 2019. The changes are not very significant. Three standards have been
revised and one is newly introduced. Go rush and hold that report before it is
released. Arjun, I never expected you to be so negligent.

 

Arjun
— What to do? My colleagues are enjoying their vacation. Senior articles are on
exam leave. Exams were postponed due to Lok Sabha elections. I am fighting all
alone.

 

Shrikrishna
— You must now gear up for the audits for the year ended on 31st
March, 2019. Please try to implement all those things which you have so far
taken very lightly.

 

Arjun
— Like what?

 

Shrikrishna
— Writing for independent confirmations of balances of debtors, creditors,
loans, banks and so on. Also you need to carefully maintain the working papers.
Moreover, also ask the companies to update their registers of directors,
shareholders; and also minutes of meetings.

 

Arjun
— I agree. We have been taking these things lightly. But now we cannot afford
to continue to do so. Audit is becoming more demanding. We need to change.
Thank you for opening my eyes.

Shrikrishna
— Take care.

 

!!Om Shanti!!  

 

[This dialogue is in the
context of the recent changes in company audit reports; new SAs and general
preparation for ensuring audits. Standard on Auditing 700, 705 and 706 have
been revised and Standard on Auditing 701 is newly introduced.
]

REPRESENTATIONS

 

1.  Dated: 28th March, 2019

     To: Prime Minister and Finance
Minister of India.

     Subject: In the interest of
taxpayers of the country.

     Representation by: Bombay Chartered
Accountant Society; Chartered Accountants Association, Ahmedabad;  Chartered Accountants Association, Surat;
Karnataka State Chartered Accountants’ Association; Lucknow Chartered
Accountants’ Society.

 

2.  Dated: 30th April, 2019

     To: Revenue Secretary, Ministry of
Finance, Govt. of India; Commissioner GST, Govt. of Maharashtra; Commissioner
GST, New Delhi.

     Subject: Representation on certain
issues in GST.

     Representation by: Indirect Taxation
Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society.

 

3.  Dated: 17th May, 2019

     To: Secretary (FT&TR)-I (1),
Central Board of Direct Taxes, Ministry of Finance

     Subject: Comments and Suggestions
with regard to Amendment of Income-tax rules relating to Profit Attribution to
Permanent Establishment as per Rule 10 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962.

     Representation by: International
Taxation Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society.

 

4.  Dated: 24th May, 2019

     To: Joint Secretary TPL, Central Board
of Direct Taxes, Ministry of Finance

     Subject: Suggestions for amendments
in the Income Tax Act.

     Representation by: Taxation
Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society.

 

Note: For full Text of the
above Representations, visit our website www.bcasonline.org

RIGHT TO INFORMATION (r2i)

part A I DECISIONS OF THE SUPREME COURT

  • Parties under RTI: Supreme Court notice to Centre,
    Election Commission

The Supreme Court on 15th April, 2019 issued
notice to the Centre, the Election Commission and six national political
parties – the BJP, the Indian National Congress, NCP, CPI, CPI(M) and BSP – on
a writ petition that political parties be brought under the ambit of the Right
to Information Act. The petitioner submitted that political parties held
significant power and hold over the legislature and the executive as well as
their own candidates. And this hold had been made absolute because of the power
of political parties to disqualify elected MPs and MLAs under the Constitution
(anti-defection law). He also submitted that political parties received huge
sums of money from the public as donations and were not liable to pay any taxes
and must, therefore, be made accountable to the public.

 

The
petitioner pointed out that the political parties had defied the CIC order for
several years and sought greater transparency and accountability in the
functioning of all recognised national and regional political parties in the
country. Great harm was being caused to public interest due to lack of
transparency in the political system and the political parties; the electoral
system was generating huge amounts of black money and large sums were being
spent on every election, thus leading to violation of the citizen’s rights
under Article 14, 19(1)(a) and 21 of the Constitution.

 

(Source:https://www.deccanchronicle.com/nation/current-affairs/160419/parties-under-rti-supreme-court-notice-to-centre-election-commission.html)

 

  • Centre can’t withhold docs under RTI citing national
    security, says Supreme Court

The
Supreme Court on 10th April, 2019 said the Centre cannot withhold
documents from disclosure under the RTI Act citing national security if it is
established that retention of such information produces greater harm than
disclosing it.

 

The
observation was made by Justice K.M. Joseph in his 38-page separate but
concurring judgement in which the Supreme Court allowed the plea relying on
leaked documents for seeking review of its judgement on the Rafale fighter jet
deal with France. It dismissed the government’s preliminary objections claiming
“privilege” over them.

 

Justice
Joseph said the RTI Act through section 8(2) has conferred upon the citizens a
“priceless right by clothing them” with the right to demand information even in
respect of such matters as security of the country and matters relating to
relations with a foreign state.

 

“No
doubt, information is not to be given for the mere asking. The applicant must
establish that withholding of such information produces greater harm than
disclosing it,” Justice Joseph said.

 

He
said the premise for disclosure in a matter relating to security and
relationship with a foreign state is public interest.

 

“Right
to justice is immutable. It is inalienable. The demands it has made over other
interests has been so overwhelming that it forms the foundation of all
civilised nations. The evolution of law itself is founded upon the recognition
of right to justice as an indispensable hallmark of a fully evolved nation.

 

“The
Preamble to the Constitution proclaims justice – social, economic or political,
as the goal to be achieved. It is the duty of every State to provide for a fair
and effective system of administration of justice. Judicial review is, in fact,
recognised as a basic feature of the Constitution,” he added.

 

“The
most important aspect in a justice delivery system is the ability of a party to
successfully establish the case based on materials. Subject to exceptions, it
is settled beyond doubt that any person can set the criminal law into motion.
It is equally indisputable, however, that among the seemingly insuperable
obstacles a litigant faces are limitations on the ability to prove the case
with evidence and, more importantly, relevant evidence.

 

“Ability
to secure evidence thus forms the most important aspect in ensuring the triumph
of truth and justice. It is imperative therefore that section 8(2) must be
viewed in the said context. Its impact on the operation on the shield of
privilege is unmistakable,” he said.

 

Justice
Joseph said that a citizen can get a certified copy of a document under the RTI
Act even if the matter pertains to security or relationship with a foreign
nation if a case is made out. If such a document is produced before the Court,
then surely a claim for privilege cannot be made by the government.

 

“It is
clear that under the Right to Information Act, a citizen can get a certified
copy of a document under section 8(2) of the RTI Act even if the matter
pertains to security or relationship with a foreign nation, if a case is made
out thereunder. If such a document is produced surely a claim for privilege
could not lie,” he said.

 

(Source:https://www.ptcnews.tv/centre-cant-withhold-docs-under-rti-citing-national-security-says-supreme-court/)

 

part b I RTI ACT, 2005

  • RTI Act supersedes Official Secrets Act

Delivering
a separate judgement in the Rafale case, Justice K.M. Joseph has made the
following observations:

  • The Right to Information Act confers on ordinary citizens
    the ‘priceless right’ to demand information even in matters affecting national
    security and relations with a foreign state;
  • Justice Joseph’s
    judgement countered the claim made by the government for privilege over Rafale
    purchase documents under the Official Secrets Act (OSA), saying it affected
    national security and relations with France;
  • The Right to
    Information (RTI) Act overawes the OSA. Under section 8(2) of the RTI Act, the
    government cannot refuse information if disclosure in public interest
    overshadows certain ‘protected interests.’

 

Justice
Joseph in his judgement has stated that through section 8(2) of the RTI Act,
Parliament has appreciated that it may be necessary to pit one interest against
another and to compare the relative harm and then decide either to disclose or
to decline information. If higher public interest is established, it is the
will of Parliament that the greater good should prevail though at the cost of
lesser harm being still occasioned.

 

(Source:https://currentaffairs.gktoday.in/tags/right-to-information-act)

 

part c I INFORMATION ON
& AROUND

  • Only 24% government vacancies filled in
    past 5 years: RTI

Only 8,23,107 positions (about 24%) have got filled out of
more than 33 lakh job vacancies in the State over the last five years,
according to a Right to Information (RTI) query.

 

The query was sought specifically for various agencies and
institutions run by the State government. It was also stated that more than 35
lakh persons have registered themselves as ‘unemployed’, according to the Directorate
of Skill Development, Employment and Entrepreneurship of the State government.

 

The information revealed that 2014 had the least percentage
of job positions filled at 10. However, in the succeeding years positions were
filled at only 22%, 25%, 54% and 25% in the years 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018,
respectively.

For the year 2019, 48,292 positions had been filled out of
1,16,281 vacancies. Meanwhile, 7,26,982 persons had been registered as
unemployed in 2018.

 

(Source:https://www.asianage.com/metros/mumbai/
210419/only-24-per-cent-govt-vacancies-filled-in-past-5-years-rti.html)

 

  • No record of pathology labs in city: BMC’s reply to RTI
    query

The Brihanmumbai Municipal Corporation’s (BMC) Public Health
Department does not have a record of the number of pathology laboratories in
the city, its response to a Right to Information (RTI) application has
revealed.

 

Responding to the plea seeking a list of pathology
laboratories, their owners, staff pathologists and contact details in the city,
officials said since the laboratories are not registered under BMC, the
information is not maintained by them.

 

The civic body’s failure to collect this information is in
contravention of a 2018 directive by the Directorate?of Medical Education and
Research (DMER), which asked all civic bodies in the State to submit a detailed
report of pathology laboratories in order to keep a check on illegal clinics.

 

(Source:https://www.hindustantimes.com/mumbai-news/no-record-of-pathology-labs-in-city-bmc-s-reply-to-rti-query/story-UIxySSakkKot51UGIXj96H.html)

 

  • Electoral bonds of Rs. 10 lakhs, Rs. 1 crore dominate
    donations: RTI application

Almost 99% of donations received by political parties between
March, 2018 and January, 2019 were as electoral bonds of Rs. 10 lakhs and Rs. 1
crore, a social worker has reportedly found through an RTI application.

 

Donors purchased bonds worth Rs. 1,407.09 crores of which Rs.
1,403.90 crores were in the highest denominations of  Rs. 10 lakhs and Rs 1 crore, said Chandrashekhar Goud, who got the data from
the State Bank of India through an RTI query.

 

The donors bought 1,459 electoral bonds of the denomination
of Rs. 10 lakhs and 1,258 bonds of Rs. 1 crore denomination. They purchased 318
bonds of Rs. 1 lakh, 12 bonds of Rs. 10,000 and 24 bonds of Rs. 1,000
denomination.

Parties redeemed electoral bonds worth Rs. 1,395.89 crores.

 

(Source:https://www.business-standard.com/article/current-affairs/electoral-bonds-of-rs-10-lakh-rs-1-cr-dominate-donations-rti-application-119041400559_1.html)

 

  • Can’t deny AI
    disinvestment info under RTI: CIC

The Central Information Commission (CIC) has directed the
Civil Aviation Ministry to provide Lucknow-based activist Nutan Thakur
information regarding the disinvestment of Air India (AI).

 

The Public Information Officer (PIO) of the Ministry had,
under section 8(1)(i) of the RTI Act, denied Thakur information related to the
records of the deliberations of the Cabinet.

 

According to the PIO, the Cabinet had in principle approved
the proposed disinvestment of the national carrier, though the process had not
been completed.

 

Information Commissioner Divya Prakash
Sinha said that the Ministry had grossly erred in invoking section 8(1)(i) of
the RTI Act to deny information to Thakur, despite the PIO himself admitting to
the Cabinet decision in this regard.

 

The Commission directed the PIO to provide Thakur within 15
days the information available with the Ministry and send it a compliance
report.

 

(Source:https://www.moneylife.in/article/cant-deny-ai-disinvestment-info-under-rti-cic/56732.html)

 

part D I RTI CLINIC –
SUCCESS STORY

The BCAS RTI Clinic was approached by Capt. R. Khadiwal
(Retd.) whose tenure of service was miscalculated as 26 years instead of the
correct tenure of 37 years for purposes of calculation of retirement benefits.
The matter was escalated to a second appeal with the CIC. Air India’s CPIO was
penalised on grounds of delay in providing information; besides, the
Appellant’s claim for compensation of expenses for attending the hearings were
accepted by the CIC’s order.

RTI Clinics in June, 2019, on the 2nd,
3rd, 4th and 5th Saturdays, that is, on 8th,
15th, 22nd and 29th of June.


Time: 11 am to 1 pm at the BCAS premises

FROM THE PRESIDENT

Dear Members,

 

Fifty years, six
hundred editions and countless impact points it is. As BCAJ crosses one more
milestone of completing its Golden Jubilee, my thoughts are full of pride.
Starting with humble beginnings in 1969 with a 40 page bulletin priced at an
annual subscription of Rs. 18/- and covering only direct taxes, the BCAJ has
matured into a 140 page edition containing all relevant laws, regulations and
practice areas for the Chartered Accountant. In essence, the BCAJ represents
the chartered accountancy profession.

 

The essence of
the Journal, to my mind, is the passion of its volunteers to deliver latest
relevant content, in an easily readable form with impeccable quality of English
and Grammar. The ability to stay relevant in ever changing external landscape is
derived from countless efforts undertaken at the Editorial Board Meetings and
the Ideation meeting popularly called “Marathon Meeting”. Indeed, the annual
event in January is nothing less than a marathon of ideas – some implementable,
many not so. However, to my mind, this Marathon Meeting sets the fertile ground
for the development of the most relevant content.

 

The task of the
Editor of such a prestigious Journal is very intense. The countless ideas and
suggestions thrown up at the Marathon Meeting need to be garnished with a pinch
of realism and then actioned out. This is where the biggest challenge of the
Editor lies. Identifying potential authors, requesting them to write and making
them actually write is by no means an easy assignment. Doing this month after
month requires tremendous commitment and deserves special acknowledgement.

 

As we celebrate
the Golden Jubilee of the BCAJ, it is time to step back and reflect and
identify some learnings.

 

One thing which
strikes me the most is the fact that over the last fifty years, the BCAJ has
never fallen short of content. The ability to disseminate something of extreme
relevance month after month for more than 50 years tells a lot about the ever
changing external environment. Be it the birth and death of taxes like fringe
benefit tax, or the progression of principle centred accounting standards to
rule and disclosure based standards and thereafter to the Ind AS, the
consolidation of various state level indirect taxes into VAT and the ultimate
consolidation of state as well as central indirect taxes into GST, the Journal
has witnessed and reported it all. The learning is evident, the only thing
which is constant is change.

 

Another important
aspect which I observed during the Editorial Board Meetings is the extreme eye
for detail – not only for the legal and the interpretational aspects but also
the semantics like the consistency of writing style, the acronyms used, the
placement of the nouns, choice of correct words, etc. There is just so much to
learn from these meetings.

 

One can go on and
on. But it is not the ethos of the BCAJ to rest on past laurels but to move
ahead and scale even larger peaks. Knowing fully well that going digital is the
need of the hour, the BCAJ has its online avatar in the form of www.bcajonline.org.
The Journal also regularly includes articles and features on effectively using
technology in the professional practice. The traditional journal which had
features and articles now caters to multiple needs through multiple formats
like interviews, view and counterview, surveys and the like.

 

While the BCAJ always evolves to identify new topics, features and
articles, it also nourishes existing features and articles which are relevant
to the readers. The feature “Tribunal News” is the oldest feature in the BCAJ
and is being carried out for more than 30 years. It requires tremendous efforts
on the part of the feature contributors to consistently find out time from
their busy schedules and contribute content month after month for such a long
period.

 

As the President
of this esteemed Society, I take extreme pride in the BCAJ achieving this very
important milestone and I congratulate the Editor Raman Jokhakar, who has put
in tremendous efforts to constantly “up” the bar every time, month after month.
I wish the BCAJ all the best and would look forward to the 60th year
as well.

 

This being the
Special Issue of the BCAJ, I feel it appropriate to only talk about the BCAJ
and not about the other happenings within and outside the profession. I will
cover those thoughts in my subsequent communication. Till then, happy reading.

 

 


 

CA. Sunil Gabhawalla

President

 

LETTERS FROM THE READERS

Dear Nitin,

 

At the outset, wish you a great year ahead.

 

I just read through your article in the BCAJ
(Dec edition) in ‘Top books of Professional Service Management ‘.

Really incisive and practical.


One of my goal setting this year would be to
read and try implement some learnings from the books you have recommended.

 

CA. Krishnan Parameshwaran.

SOCIETY NEWS

INDIRECT TAX STUDY CIRCLE
Indirect Tax Study Circle Meetings on 6th, 24th and
27th December, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall.

Indirect Tax Study Circle organised three Study Circle
Meetings on 6th, 24th and 27th December, 2018 in which
participants discussed practical approach and various
aspects that need to be kept in mind in GST Audit and
documentation thereof. The discussion was done based
on contents of Annual Return (GSTR-9) and members
broadly covered Part II of GSTR-9C i.e. audit of B2B, B2C
supplies, Exports and Supply to SEZ, Stock Transfers,
Advances, Credit notes and Debit notes etc., for taxable
and exempt outward supplies. The extent of checking and
auditors’ responsibility was also discussed.

The benefit of meeting was also extended to outstation
members by live streaming the sessions. All the sessions
were very interactive and informative and members
participated in large numbers.

“Workshop on Data Analytics for Business and
Audit with Power BI” held on 14th December, 2018
at BCAS Conference Hall.

Technology Initiatives Committee of the Society conducted
a half day workshop on Data Analytics for Business and
Audit with Power BI on 14th December, 2018 at BCAS
Conference Hall.

The session was led by CA. Nikunj
Shah having rich experience in
training and consulting on Data
Analytics for Business Decision
making, Audit and Investigation. He
explained that Microsoft Power BI is
a business intelligence platform that
offers business analytics toolset. It is designed to assist
businesses in their efforts to systematically analyse data.

The Speaker highlighted current limitations of excel
usage and thereby deliberated on the features of Power
BI. He discussed key reasons for shifting to Power BI
applications and gave the demo of Power BI features and
also shared his in depth knowledge on the issues such as
(a) How to analyse data from single and multiple sources
(b) How to create your individual dataset based on
multiple sources and transform your results into beautiful
and easy-to-make visualisations (c) How to share your
results with your colleagues or collaborate on your project
(d) How to make best use of Cloud based features of
Power BI (e) How to generate reports.
The session was highly interactive and the Speaker
resolved all the queries raised by the participants who
benefited a lot and appreciated the efforts put in by the
speaker and group leaders.

Full day seminar on “Estate Planning, Wills &
Family Arrangement/Settlement – Critical Aspects”
held on 15th December, 2018.

The Full day seminar on
Estate Planning, Wills & Family
Arrangement/Settlement – Critical
Aspects was held by the Corporate
and Allied Laws Committee at Indian
Merchants Chamber, Churchgate.
The event was attended by over
85 participants
including more than 10 outstation
participants. President CA. Sunil
Gabhawalla gave the opening
remarks followed by introductory
words from the Chairman of
the Corporate and Allied Laws
Committee, CA. Chetan Shah.

Mr. Nishith Desai gave keynote address explaining
the basic principles of estate planning and how the mechanism to put the same into
effect is changing with increase of
global mobility.

CA (Dr.) Anup Shah explained the
succession laws for Hindus, the
developments in the laws relating
to succession, practical aspects of
creating a will and essential do’s
and don’ts that one should keep in
mind before choosing an appropriate
vehicle for succession planning. He
briefly dwelled upon the FEMA and
other issues that would also merit
consideration in picking the right
vehicle.

Ms. Shipra Padhi gave an insight on
documentation aspects and spoke on
the intricacies of various documents
covered in Estate planning, Family
settlement/arrangements including
Wills.

CA. Pradip Kapasi enlightened
on the taxation aspects of family
arrangements with the help of various
relevant case laws. He discussed
various taxation issues arising out
of family arrangements including
partitions of families, validity of family
arrangements as upheld by Courts
and position taken by the courts in issues arising from
the same. He also touched upon stamp duty implications
arising in such transactions.

CA. Yogesh Thar explained the tax
implications of Trusts and Estate. He
deliberated upon the tax principles
on trusts, HUF taxation and filing of
returns of income of the deceased,
returns of the executors of estate as
also the practical issues arising in
such cases.

With the interactive session and their insights on the
subject shared by the speakers, the participants benefited
immensely. On this occassion BCAS Publications: “Changing
Paradigms of Corporate Social Responsibility in India” and
“Securities Laws-An Introduction” were also released.

TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVES STUDY CIRCLE
Technology Initiatives Study Circle Meeting on
“Zoho Project Management” held on 18th December,
2018 at BCAS Conference Hall.

Technology Initiatives Committee of the Society conducted
a Study Circle Meeting on “Zoho Project Management”
on 18th December, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall. The
study circle was led by Mr. Eshank Shah, Chartered
Accountant and Chartered Financial Analyst (USA) and
Head of Startup and Transaction Advisory at Banshi Jain
and Associates (BJAA).

CA. Eshank Shah discussed Zoho application and shared
his in depth knowledge with the participants. He also
explained Zoho Application from Planning and execution
stage to capture details of engagements stage including
the benefit of Zoho Application and how to use more
effectively in a business environment. He further resolved
all the queries raised by the participants during the session.
The session was a huge takeaway for the participants
who appreciated the efforts put in by the speaker and
group leader.

Workshop on NBFCs (including IND AS
Implementation Challenges and Regulatory
Updates) held on 21st and 22nd December, 2018.

Accounting and Auditing Committee organised a
workshop on NBFCs on 21st and 22nd December, 2018 at
Orchid Hotel, Vile Parle (East), Mumbai.

The NBFC sector is of late facing several challenges.
Besides the business and regulatory challenges, the
sector is also facing Ind AS implementation (for companies in the 1st implementation phase) challenges and other
compliance challenges of GST etc. Further NBFC sector
is growing at a substantial pace but it is RBI’s endeavour
to ensure prudential growth of the sector, keeping in view
the multiple objectives of financial stability, consumer and
depositor protection and need for more players in the
financial market, addressing regulatory arbitrage concerns
while not forgetting the uniqueness of the NBFC sector.

In view of regulatory norms being notified on a frequent
basis, including Ind AS implementation challenges for
NBFCs and there being changes in Statutory Audit
requirements and various developments in the Taxation
arena, BCAS conducted a Two days’ Workshop on
NBFCs. The Workshop was structured into five sessions
which dealt with important aspects of key regulatory
updates, Issues in IND AS applicability in respect of
Financial Instruments and ECL model applicability,
Statutory Audit Aspects under the Companies Act, 2013,
Disclosure requirement under revised Schedule III and
Taxation Development and issues in
the Direct taxes and GST for NBFCs.

The Workshop started with the
inaugural address by BCAS President
CA. Sunil Gabhawalla, who provided
his view points on the importance of
NBFCs in the overall development
of the financial sector in India. CA.
Himanshu Kishnadwala, Chairman
of the Accounting & Auditing
Committee introduced the structure
of the Workshop.

The first session was commenced
by CA. Bhavesh Vora who lucidly
dealt with the important aspects of
key regulations. While dealing with
the same, he also took participants
through the overall maturing of the
NBFC sector over last three decades
and gave valuable insights on
the regulatory impacts on various
categories of NBFCs.

The second session was dealt
with by CA. Viren Mehta on the
implementation issues of Ind AS
with respect to classification of
Financial Instruments based on the business models and measurement of various Financial
Instruments.

Another session was by CA. Rukshad
Daruvala, who dealt with the important
topic of key issues and requirement
in respect of applying the Expected
Credit Loss Model which deals with
provisioning requirement of Advances
of NBFCs by way of various examples.

Concluding session on Day 1 was
by CA. Sumit Seth, who appraised
the participants with the new
requirements of the schedule III
disclosures including various critical
disclosures required under the Ind
AS regime.

On Day 2, the first session dealing
with Statutory Audit aspects under
the Companies Act, 2013 was
addressed by speaker CA. V. Venkat.
He dealt elaborately with the unique
requirements while conducting
audit of NBFCs and shared his vast
experience with the participants and
explained the importance of Audit
under the current economic scenario.

The second session was taken
up by two speakers: explaining
in detail the nuances of Direct
taxes by CA. Yogesh Thar and
GST requirement by CA. Parind
Mehta. They made the session very
interactive and shared their practical
experience of tax applicability to the
NBFC sector.

   

Before the concluding session,
participants were shown a 45 mins video on practical
Fraud in the industry and had a short discussion on the
same.

Overall the Workshop was an enriching experience for
the participants.

Training Session for CA Article Students on ‘GST
Annual Return’ and ‘GST Audit from Article’s

Perspective’ held on 4th January, 2019 at BCAS
Conference Hall.
The Students Forum under the auspices of HRD
Committee organised a Training Session for CA Article
Students on the above-mentioned topics on 4th January,
2019 at BCAS Conference Hall.

The first session on GST Annual
Return was taken by CA. Raj Khona
followed by a session on GST Audit
by student Speaker Mr. Dynanesh
Patade and CA. Jigar Shah. Ms.
Neelam Soneja, the student coordinator
introduced the speakers for
the session and spoke about various
activities conducted by BCAS Students Forum.

CA. Raj Khona explained the entire Form GSTR-9 clause
by clause and dealt with the various issues / complexities
involved in the annual return form. He highlighted few key
areas which article students should keep in mind while
filing the annual returns.

In the second session, CA. Jigar
Shah in his opening remarks briefly
introduced the topic and gave a brief
insight on various aspects of GST
Audit. Mr. Dynanesh Patade, the
student speaker thoroughly explained
the entire form GSTR-9C and shared
his meticulous detailing in conducting
GST Audit. He also gave useful tips to the article students
on how to effectively conduct GST Audit. The mentor for
the session CA. Jigar Shah then presented the certificate
of appreciation to Mr. Dynanesh Patade and applauded
the meticulous presentation made by him.

With the due dates for GST Audit fast approaching and
every CA firm wanting its articles to be well equipped
with the nitty-gritties of GST Annual return and GST
Audit, the training session saw a record participation
by 150+ students. The session ended with student coordinator
Ms. Neelam Soneja proposing vote of thanks
to the speakers for sparing their valuable time and also
thanked the audience for participating in huge numbers.
Both the sessions were interactive whereby the speakers
answered all the queries raised by the participants.

HDTI STUDY CIRCLE
Study Circle Meeting on “Achieving Cohesiveness
(Like Mindedness) amidst diversity of beliefs
and opinions” held on 8th January, 2019 at BCAS
Conference Hall

Human Development and Technology Initiatives
Committee organised a study circle meeting on the topic
“Achieving Cohesiveness (Like Mindedness) amidst
diversity of beliefs and opinions” on 8th January, 2019
at BCAS Conference Hall which was addressed by Ms.
Amrita Singh having 16+ years of hands on Designing,
Training, and Coaching experience. She explained that
at office or at home, we come across situations where
our opinions and beliefs are diverse and we have varied
goals based on this. We need to align our individual goals
to the organisational goals or like the family as a whole to
successfully work together.

The Speaker took the participants through various
situations and discussed how to deal with the same
successfully. She also mentioned about the types of
personalities and the four quadrants like Kool Blue,
Green Earth, Fiery Red and Sunshine Yellow wherein
each person fall into. Each of these personalities have
typical characteristics and each may also have some
characteristics in the other quadrants as well. One can
judge what quadrant one belongs to and improve to
adjust in order to be successful. The participants found
the topic very interesting and relevant in the day to day
personal and professional life and got hugely enlightened
on the subject.

Lecture Meeting on “Changing Risk Landscape
for Audit Profession with special emphasis on
NFRA and other recent developments” held on 9th
January, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall.

BCAS organised a lecture meeting on
the captioned subject on 9th January,
2019 at BCAS Conference Hall which
was addressed by CA. Narendra P.
Sarda.
The Speaker discussed about the
‘Changing Risk Landscape for
Audit Profession with special emphasis on NFRA and
other recent developments’ i.e. (i) Increasing Risk and
Challenges, (ii) Specific Scam, (iii) Fraud and Failures,

(iv) National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA), (v) CA
Institutes’ roles in the new regime and Members response
to the recent developments, (vi) Other regulatory changes
impacting the Audit Profession. Various changes and
increasing uncertainties in the audit profession, increasing
use of Fair values, increasing internal and external risk,
regulatory issue, intricacies of reporting requirements and
expectations from Auditors were also well covered and
explained by way of practical examples well designed
to understand the complexities of the Changing Risk
Landscape for the Audit Profession. On this occassion
BCAS Publication “Tax Deduction at Source- Law and
Procedure” was released.

He also explained the various functions and Powers
of NFRA, companies to whom NFRA applies, NFRA
rules, 2018 and various pros and cons of NFRA. He
further elaborated the role of ICAI and response of the
auditors to this new regulatory authority. The lecture
meeting was attended by more than 100 participants
from various Industries and Practice arena. The meeting
was very interactive and the participants got enlightened
immensely.

FEMA STUDY CIRCLE
FEMA Study Circle Meeting on “Critical issues under
Export/Import of Goods and Services” held on
15th January, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

A FEMA Study Circle Meeting was held on 15th January,
2019 at BCAS Conference Hall where CA. Kirit Dedhia
and CA. Parag Kotak led the discussion on the topic of “Critical issues under Export/Import of Goods and
Services”. The Group leaders discussed meaning of
the term “Export” and “Import” in relation to the goods,
software and services. Discussion was also on services
other than software where SOFTEX form is to be filed.
The Group leaders discussed agency commission,
setting off and netting off of export receivables against
import payables, export claims, period of realisation,
reduction of invoice value, write off of export receivables
and few compounding orders. The members appreciated
the efforts put in by the group leaders and learnt a lot from
the rich experience of speakers.

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS STUDY
GROUP
International Economic Study Group Meeting on
“Road to 2019 Elections and a Nayi Disha for India”
held on 16th January, 2019 at BCAS Conference Hall

International Economics Study Group had their meeting
on 16th January, 2019 to discuss “Road to 2019 Elections
and a Nayi Disha for India” at BCAS Conference Hall. Shri
Rajesh Jain (studied at IIT, Mumbai & Columbia University,
USA, runs India’s largest digital marketing company,
Netcore) led the discussions and presented his thoughts
on the subject. He presented various scenarios for the
2019 elections, implications of each of the scenarios;
options available to BJP etc.

Mr. Jain also expressed concern about India’s economy
post-election due to atmosphere of uncertainty, voters
opting to change rulers rather than rules to solve
our ‘Hamesha’ problems of poverty, unemployment,
corruption, farm distress, SMEs distress etc. He also
suggested consumption-led growth to propel economy,
employment, reduce poverty, reduce over dependence of
rural population on agriculture etc., by monetising surplus
public assets by returning to the people (rightful owners),
a concept of “Dhan Vapasi”. He also suggested an idea of
relooking at our 70+ years old Constitution.

The meeting was very informative and interactive and the
Speaker resolved all the queries raised by the participants.
The participants learnt a lot from the rich experience of
the Speaker.

REPRESENTATIONS

1.  Dated: 10th
December, 2018

     To: Director General of
Goods & Service Tax, Western Zonal Unit, Mumbai

     Subject:
Representation for non-review of refund orders

   Representation by:
Indirect Taxation Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society.

 

2.  Dated: 8th
January, 2019

      To: The Task Force for
Revamping Maharashtra Public Trust Act, 1950

     Subject: Setting Up
Task Force for Revamping the Charity Commissioner Office and its Functioning in
Maharashtra as Per Directives of The Honourable Chief Minister, Maharashtra

    Representation by:
Corporate and Allied Laws Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’
Society.

 

3.  Dated: 11th
January, 2019

     To: Secretary
(Revenue), Ministry of Finance, Govt. of India

     Subject:
Representation on mechanical issue of prosecution notices by the Income-tax
department

     Representation by:
IMC Chamber of Commerce and Industry, Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society;
Chartered Accountants’ Association, Ahmedabad; Chartered Accountants’
Association, Surat; Karnataka State Chartered Accountants’ Association; Lucknow
Chartered Accountants’ Association. 

 

Note: For full Text of the above
Representations, visit our website www.bcasonline.org
  

CORPORATE LAW CORNER

9.  Lalit Mishra vs. Sharon Bio Medicine Limited
Company Appeal (AT) (Insolvency) No. 164 of 2018  Date of Order: 19th
December, 2018

 

Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 –
Shareholders and promoters are not creditors – Right available to surety (who are
also the promoters and shareholders) under contract law will not be applicable
in case of an approved resolution plan

 

FACTS

 

National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) passed an order whereby a
resolution plan was approved in respect of S Co. L was a promoter of S Co.
Predominantly, the grounds of appeal are that L and others although are
promoters and shareholders, no amount has been provided for them; and some of
the promoters being personal guarantors are discriminated against.

 

L has also submitted that the security interest which include the
personal guarantees of L have been reduced to ‘nil’ and thereby the ‘Resolution
Plan’ have been submitted against the provisions of sections 133 and 140 of the
‘Indian Contract Act’. 

 

HELD

 

NCLAT examined the various clauses of the resolution plan approved by
the NCLT. It was observed that restructuring of the financial debt as part of
the ‘Resolution Plan’ approved by the NCLT under the Code did not envisage
complete discharge of the liability of personal guarantors of the S Co. The
plan mentioned that all securities/ collaterals/ margin money/ fixed deposit
with lien provided by S Co shall be deemed to be released immediately on
Effective Date. It is subsequently mentioned that the personal guarantee provided
by the existing promoters of S Co shall not result in any liability towards S
Co or the ‘Resolution Applicants’.

 

This ‘treatment of security’ and with regard to personal guarantee
provided by the existing promoters of S Co is alleged to be in violation of
section 140 and section 133 of the ‘Indian Contract Act’.

 

However, it was held that intention of the law was maximisation of the
value of the assets of the ‘Corporate Debtor’, then to balance all the
creditors and make availability of credit and for promotion of entrepreneurship
of the ‘Corporate Debtor’. The Code prohibits the promoters from gaining,
directly or indirectly, control of the ‘Corporate Debtor’, or benefiting from
the ‘Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process’ or its outcome. The Code seeks to
protect creditors of the ‘Corporate Debtor’ by preventing promoters from
rewarding themselves at the expense of creditors and undermining the insolvency
processes.

 

The NCLAT held that the shareholders and promoters are not creditors and
thereby the ‘Resolution Plan’ cannot balance the maximisation of the value of
the assets of the ‘Corporate Debtor’ at par with the creditors. They were also
ineligible to submit the ‘Resolution Plan’ to again control or takeover the
management of the ‘Corporate Debtor’. Further it was held that there was no
discrimination if no amount is given to the promoters/shareholders and the
other equity shareholders who are not the promoters have been separately
treated by providing certain amount in their favour. The appeal was accordingly
dismissed.

 

10. 
KKR Jupiter Investors (P.) Ltd. vs. JBF  Petrochemicals Ltd. [2018]
100 taxmann.com 341 (NCLT-Ahd.) Date of Order: 19th November, 2018

 

Section 60(5)(c) r.w.s 7 of Insolvency and
Bankruptcy Code, 2016 -_ Proceedings u/s. 7 can only be initiated by or against
the corporate debtor – No other person (including a financial investor,
promoter or shareholder) can intervene in the proceedings so initiated

 

FACTS

 

K Co, is a financial investor of J Co. In April 2018 K Co came to know
that corporate insolvency resolution process u/s. 7 of the Insolvency
Bankruptcy Code, 2016 has been initiated against J Co by one of its financial
creditors. K Co as a financial investor submitted that it proposed to implement
a comprehensive solution to the problems faced by all the stakeholders of J Co
within a reasonable time period and sought the co-operation of the financial
creditor. This was mainly based on the contention that corporate insolvency
resolution process would not serve any beneficial purpose to the stakeholders
including financial creditor and the proposed financing would resolve the
issues whereby the lender would receive payment of outstanding principal amount
under the facility arrangement and K Co’s interest would also be preserved. The
applicant thus filed intervention application for affording an opportunity to
it to raise all the issues for the effective adjudication in the matter.

 

HELD

 

National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) examined the provisions of
section 60(5) of the IBC which deal with adjudicating authority for corporate
persons. It observed that an application/proceeding u/s. 60(5) of the IBC could
be filed by or against the corporate debtor. This was unlike the K Co’s case,
where, the intervention application was filed against the financial creditor.

 

NCLT further observed that section 60(5)(c) had no applicability at the
stage of adjudication on admissibility of application filed u/s. 7 of IBC. This
was because section 60(5)(c) dealt with questions of priorities or any question
of law or facts “arising out of or in relation to the insolvency resolution or
liquidation proceedings of the corporate debtor” or corporate person. NCLT,
thus, concluded that the intervener cannot resort to section 60(5)(c) to invoke
jurisdiction of the Tribunal to entertain the intervention application in a
case where the proceedings are initiated by the financial creditor u/s. 7 of
the IBC which is under way and the insolvency resolution process against the
corporate debtor has not been initiated.

 

NCLT relied on the decision of the NCLAT in Axis Bank vs. Lotus Three
[2018] 97 taxmann.com 96
wherein it was held that, third party i.e. an
entity other than the financial creditor/corporate debtor is not offered the
right to be heard and/or to intervene in a proceeding initiated u/s. 7. NCLT
thus held that adjudicating authority was only required to satisfy that the
default had occurred and the corporate debtor was entitled to point out that
the default had not occurred, i.e. the debt was not due. No other person had
the right to be heard at the stage of admission of application u/s. 7 and 9
including the shareholder or the personal guarantor. The Tribunal also relied
on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Innoventive Industries
Ltd. vs. ICICI Bank Ltd. [2017] 84 taxmann.com 320 (SC)
to draw support for
this position held by the Tribunal. NCLT, thus, rejected the application filed
by K Co.

 

11. Vestal Educational
Services (P.) Ltd. v. Lanka Venkata Naga Muralidhar [2018] 100 taxmann.com 286
(NCL-AT) Date of Order: 16th November, 2018

 

Section 62 of Companies Act, 2013 – Money was
given by ex-director to Company for re-payment of loans taken by the company –
Company alleged that amount was advanced against equity shares and not loan as
was claimed by the ex-director – Company was required to establish that a valid
offer of shares was made to and accepted by the ex-director and that procedure
laid down u/s. 62 was complied with – Inability to prove the same rendered the
allotment null and void.

 

FACTS

 

L is a shareholder of V Co and acted as a director of the same from
December 2006 to October 2011. V Co had borrowed loan from SBI in 2009 against
which properties of V Co were mortgaged and L also gave a personal guarantee.

 

The term loan became NPA in 2013 (i.e. after L ceased to be a director
in October 2011). There was a one-time settlement agreed by V Co. Since the
company could not meet its liability as per the one-time settlement scheme
entered into with the Bank, it approached L to lend Rs. 1.54 crore. L deposited
the said sum in the account of V Co.

 

L claimed that he sent reminders to the company for repayment of the
amount and also sent legal notices asking for payment of amounts advanced by
him to the company. Meanwhile, V Co sent a courier to the original petitioner
showing the latest shareholding and on verification, the original petitioner
found that amount lent by him had been converted into equity without his
knowledge, intimation or authorisation and that the action  on the part of company to convert the amount
into equity was to avoid the payment of money to him and clearly an
afterthought.

 

The NCLT observed that there was no evidence as regards issue of notice
offering shares and ultimately set aside the allotment made by the company and
directed that the amount be paid to L.

 

V Co filed the present appeal pleading that amounts were advanced by L
as a consideration for issue of shares and not as a loan as was held by NCLT.

 

HELD

 

NCLAT observed that having regard to the opposing nature of claims,
burden was on V Co to show that when the payments were made by L, he had agreed
that against the said amount, shares be issued to him. V Co was also required
to establish that procedures laid down u/s. 62 of Companies Act, 2013 were
complied with.

 

The NCLAT observed that there was no match between the amounts advanced
by L and shares alleged to be allotted by V Co in light of ledger maintained by
V Co.

 

NCLAT held that V Co was unable to establish at any point of time that L
had in fact consented to the issue of equity shares against money advanced by
him. Further, additional documents that V Co tried to submit in order to
further its claim were never filed before NCLT and there was a concern on the
genuineness of the documents so tendered for filing. NCLAT further held that
had the documents been considered, the conclusion would still be the same as
NCLT. V Co was unable to prove that shares were offered to L or that L had in
fact accepted the offer alleged to have been made.

 

The appeal filed by V Co was accordingly aside and a cost of Rs.
1,50,000 was imposed upon V Co.

 

 

ETHICS AND U

CA and Social Conduct

 

Arjun (A) — Oh Lord, It
is now becoming too much!  Simply
unbearable!

 

Shrikrishna — Arjun,
What are you talking about? Heat?

 

A — No.

 

S Then,
compliances? Corruption?.

 

A
No Bhagwan. I am talking about Supreme Court decision. There is no logic
only.

 

S
But this is the case with many decisions of the Courts.  Why are you wasting your time and energy in
finding out any logic in the decisions?

 

A
They do give some logic. But quite often, it is hard to agree with it.

 

S So,
you always can use the expression ‘with due respect…………..’.

 

A
Jokes apart.  I am referring to a Supreme
Court decision in the case of Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India vs. Shri Gurvinder Singh & ANR
delivered on November 16, 2018.

 

S
What does it say?

 

A
It says even the personal or private behaviour of a CA is subjected to
disciplinary mechanism! It need not be a misconduct committed in the course of
carrying out the profession.

 

S
Then, what is wrong about it?

 

A
How do you say so? How is ICAI concerned with our private affairs? I may do
anything in my personal life. So long as I am discharging my professional
duties diligently, who can be aggrieved?

 

S
You are mistaken, Paarth! Have you ever read your Chartered Accountants’
Act?

 

A
I read it at the time of my exam 25 years ago! Why? Is there any amendment?

 

S
Yes. To some extent there is an effect of Amendment in the year 2006. But this
particular provision was there right since the beginning.

 

A
I never noticed it.

 

S
Paarth, you know that the term ‘misconduct’ is defined in section 22
of the Act.
The heading itself says ‘professional or other misconduct
defined’.

 

A
Let me see. Oh! But I will have to hunt for the Act.  I may have lost my copy. Ever since I
qualified, I have never seen it!

 

S
Ironical but that’s the case with almost all the CAs.

 

A
True. Ok, tell me what it says?

 

S
It says – professional or other misconduct includes any act or omission listed
in the 2 schedules of the Act.  Over and
above this, it also gives wide powers to the Director Discipline to inquire
into the conduct of any member under any other circumstances.

 

A
Oh! That means it is all pervasive. But why so?

 

S
Arjun, it is very simple. If you misbehave anywhere, how is it reported in the
news? ‘CA caught red-handed in doing ______’ Is it not?

 

A
Yes. Like bribery, money laundering, falsification of documents; and even other
crimes.

 

S Doesn’t
it bring disrepute to the profession? By your professional misconduct, normally
a few clients or revenue authorities or banks may be aggrieved. But by such other
misconduct, entire profession’s image is tarnished.

 

A
So, what kind of misconduct is covered under this expression?

 

S
Many items! It includes even the case of dowry, breaking other laws,
violence, cheating, issuing cheques without adequate balance,
misrepresentation, so on and so forth!

 

A
Even traffic rules?

 

S
Of course, yes. If it is recurring affair! Even quarrelling in public
places, obscene behaviour
– and what not! Of course, it will depend on
facts.

 

A But
then, what was the amendment?

 

S
Previously, other misconduct was a general term – meaning – behaviour
unbecoming of a professional! As a professional, you are expected to maintain
certain standards of behaviour in personal as well as public life. Only then
the credibility and respectability can remain.

 

A
Agreed. But what is the amendment?

 

S
They have now codified it by adding clause (2) in Part IV of first schedule. It says the act of a CA that brings disrepute to
the profession or the Institute by his action, whether or not related to his
professional work.

 

A
Oh! So, it is clear.

 

S
Further, if a CA is held guilty by any civil or criminal court for any offence
which is punishable with imprisonment, that is also a misconduct.

 

A
Bhagwan, now I have understood. So, the Apex Court was right, since the law is
clear. I am also convinced about the logic behind it. Thank you Lord.

 

S
So, take care in all your personal affairs too!

 

A
Yes, I will.

 

Om Shanti!

 

This dialogue is based on the following:-

 

i)     Supreme Court decision in the case of Council of the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India vs. Shri Gurvinder Singh & ANR
delivered
on November 16, 2018


ii)    Section 22 of CA Act – Professional or
other misconduct defined

 

For the purpose of this
Act, the expression ‘professional or other misconduct’ shall be deemed to
include any act or mission provided in any of the Schedules. But nothing in
this Section shall be construed to limit or abridge in any way the power
conferred or duty cast on the Director (Discipline) under sub-section (1) of
section 21 to enquire into the conduct of any member of the Institute under any
other circumstances’.

 

iii)    Other misconduct in relation to members of the Institute
generally:


Items (91) and (2) of Part
IV of First Schedule.


1.    Is held guilty by any civil or criminal court for an offence
which is punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months;


2.    In the opinion or the Council, brings disrepute to the
profession or the Institute as a result of his action whether or not related to
his professional work.

 

iv)   Part III of Second Schedule

 

A member of the Institute,
whether in practice or not, shall be deemed to be guilty or other misconduct, if
he is held guilty by any civil or criminal court for an offence which is
punishable with imprisonment for a term exceeding six months.

RIGHT TO INFORMATION (r2i)

  •  SC notice to RBI on pleas seeking
    contempt proceedings for violating RTI

 

The Supreme Court (SC)
sought RBI’s response on two pleas seeking contempt proceedings against the
central bank and its former Governor Urjit Patel for non-disclosure of
information under RTI about some banks. 

 

A bench headed by Justice L
N Rao issued the notice to the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) for not disclosing
information about the list of banks on whom certain fines were imposed for
violating some banking rules.

 

The court has asked RBI to
file a reply within four weeks and listed the matter for hearing in March.

 

The pleas, filed by Girish
Mittal and Subhash Chandra Agrawal, claimed that RBI and Patel had
“willfully and deliberately” disobeyed the top court’s judgement
asking the central bank to disclose information under the Right to Information
(RTI) Act.

 

Agrawal had sought complete
information including related documents from RBI on the imposition of fines on
some banks for violating rules.

 

He had also sought the list
of banks and the default for which show cause notices were issued to them
before the fine was imposed.

 

Despite the apex court’s
judgement for disclosure of such information, RBI had issued a “Disclosure
Policy” under which it has listed certain information as being exempted
from being disclosed of the RTI Act.

 

“It is to be noted
that this specific information is similar to what were held not to be exempted
by the Supreme Court,” claimed the plea, filed through lawyer Prashant
Bhushan.

 

RBI had refused to disclose
such information on the grounds of economic interest and holding such
information in fiduciary relationship with these individual banks.

 

Such reason is in direct
contempt with this court’s judgment. The information titles which are in
contempt belong to Department of Banking Regulation, Banking Supervision,
Cooperative Banking Regulation/Department of Cooperative Banking Supervision
and Consumer Education and Protection Department.

 

“This exempted
information under the policy were held to be not exempted by the Supreme Court.
Thus, this exemption leads to contempt of this court’s order,” the plea
said.

 

The Supreme Court had in
2015 held that RBI should take rigid action against those banks and financial
institutions which have been indulging in “disreputable business
practices” and said it cannot withhold information on defaulters and other
issues covered under the RTI Act.

 

It had further clarified
that RBI cannot withhold information under the “guise” of confidence
or trust with financial institutions and is accountable to provide information
sought by the general public.

 

The pleas claimed that the
disclosure policy framed by the RBI headquarters is like an instruction to its
Public Information Officers (PIOs) not to furnish virtually all kinds of
information.

 

“Under the RTI Act,
2005, it is the PIOs who have been cast with the statutory duty to comply with
the provisions of the RTI Act (as interpreted by the Courts) and it is the PIOs
who face a penalty for non-compliance.

 

“The policy provides
with different titles of information divided department wise that are not to be
disclosed under the RTI Act, 2005. The reason for non-disclosure of information
by RBI under its Disclosure Policy has been based on economic interest and
fiduciary relation with the individual banks,” the pleas said.

(Source:https://www.business-standard.com/article/pti-stories/sc-issues-notice-to-rbi-on-pleas-alleging-violation-of-right-to-information-law-119012501365_1.html
)

  

                                                 Part B
IRTI ACT, 2005

 

  •             Step
    by step guide to file an RTI application

 

Right to Information Act 2005 mandates timely response to citizen requests
for government information.

 

It is an initiative taken by Department of Personnel and Training,
Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions to provide an RTI Portal
Gateway to the citizens for quick search of information on the details of first
Appellate Authorities,PIOs etc. The url of the RTI software is :
https://rtionline.gov.in

 

Steps to file an RTI

1. For submitting RTI application click on submit
request option.

2. On clicking on submit request option
‘Guideliens for use of RTI ONLINE PORTAL’ screen will be displayed.This screen
contains various guidelines for using RTI online portal. Citizen has to click
on the checkbox ‘I have read and understood the above guidelines’ and then
click on submit button.

3. Then Online
RTI Request Form screen will be displayed. Ministry or Department for which the
applicant wants to file an RTI can be selected from Select
Ministry/Department/Apex body dropdown.

4. Applicant will receive sms alerts in case
he/she provides mobile number. The fields marked * are mandatory while the
others are optional.

5. If a citizen belongs to BPL category, he has to
select the option ‘Yes’ in ‘Is the applicant below poverty line?’ field and has
to upload a BPL card certificate in supporting document field. (No RTI fee is
required to be paid by any citizen who is below poverty line as per RTI Rules,
2012)

6. On submission
of the application, a unique registration number would be issued, which may be
referred by the applicant for any references in future.

7. If a citizen
belongs to Non BPL category, he has to select the option ‘No’ in ‘Is the
applicant below poverty line?’ field and has to make a payment of Rs 10 as
prescribed in the RTI Rules, 2012.

8. ‘Text for RTI
request application’ should be upto 3000 characters. If the text is more than
3000 characters, then the application can be uploaded in supporting document
field.

9. After filling all the details in the form, click on
the ‘make payment’ option.

10. On clicking
the option, Online Request Payment form will be displayed. The payment mode can
be selected in this form, which can be; internet banking, ATM-cum-debit card or
credit card.

11. After clicking
on the ‘Pay’ button, applicant will be directed to SBI payment gateway for
payment. After completing the payment process, applicant will be redirected
back to RTI Online Portal.

12. The applicant
will get an email and sms alert on submission of application.

 

Note: Only alphabets A-Z a-z
number 0-9 and special characters , . – _ ( ) / @ : & % are allowed in
text for RTI request application.

 

The application filed through this web portal would reach electronically
to the nodal officer of concerned Ministry/Department, who would transmit the
RTI application electronically to the concerned CPIO.

 

 

 

What to do if your RTI
request is rejected?

There is fundamental difference between RTI Request and RTI Appeal.

 

RTI Request is filing
application for the first time. Request is made by the citizen to one person
(i.e. PIO) to provide information. This means that it involves only the citizen
and PIO.

 

RTI Appeal is appeal
before senior officer against decision of PIO. This means that here, a third
person (i.e. Appellate Authority) comes between the citizen and the PIO.

 

Appeal is only filed when the citizen is not
satisfied with the reply of PIO or PIO rejects citizen’s request for
information.

This means RTI request is application process while RTI appeal is
appellate procedure against decision on RTI application.

 

Steps for filing RTI First
Appeal

1. For submitting First appeal application, click on
‘submit first appeal’ option. Upon clicking, ‘guidelines for use of RTI online
portal’ screen will be displayed. This screen contains various guidelines for
using RTI online portal.

2. Citizen has to click on the checkbox ‘I have read
and understood the above guidelines’ and then click on submit button.

3. Online RTI first appeal form screen will be
displayed. Applicant has to enter registration number, email ID and security
code in the form.

4. Upon clicking the submit button, online RTI first
appeal form will be displayed. The applicant can then select reason for filing
appeal application from ‘ground for appeal’ dropdown field.

5. Text for RTI first appeal application should be
upto 3000 characters. If the text is more than 3000 characters, then the
application can be uploaded in supporting document field. (As per RTI Act, no
fee has to be paid for first appeal).

6. On submission of the application, a unique
registration number would be issued, which may be referred by the applicant for
any references in future.

 

The application filed through this web portal would reach electronically
to the nodal officer of concerned Ministry/Department, who would transmit the
RTI application electronically to the concerned appellate authority.

 

(Source:
https://www.indiatoday.in/information/story/rti-application-online-filing-steps-1440321-2019-01-27
)

 

                                    Part C IINFORMATION ON
& AROUND

 

  •  Govt breached rules in filling RTI commission, Supreme Court told

 

The Supreme Court heard that the Centre had violated provisions of the
Right to Information Act by appointing commissioners who had not even applied
for the posts.

 

A bench headed by Justice A.K. Sikri took on record the affidavit filed
by RTI activist Anjali Bharadwaj and adjourned the matter by a week to enable
the Centre and the states to submit comprehensive status reports on the filling
of vacant posts.

 

In December the top court had directed the Centre and the states of
Bengal, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Telangana, Maharashtra, Gujarat, Kerala and
Karnataka to file status reports mentioning the steps taken to fill up the
vacant posts of information commissioners and also the manner in which the
governments planned to hire.

 

The court had passed the directions on a PIL jointly filed by Bharadwaj,
Lokesh Batra and others alleging that a large number of vacancies in the
Central Information Commission (CIC) and the state information commissions
showed that the governments wanted to throttle the functioning of the RTI Act,
which was not good for democracy as the main purpose behind the legislation was
to ensure transparency. The petitioners complained that the Centre had issued a
notification dated 4th January, 2019, on the website of the
department of personnel and training and in some newspapers inviting
applications for four vacant posts in the CIC.

 

They alleged that the advertisements were not in keeping with the
provisions of the RTI Act, 2005, as they stated that “the salary, allowances
and other terms and conditions of service of the Information Commissioners
shall be as may be specified at the time of appointment of the selected
candidate”.

 

According to the petitioners this is at variance with the provisions of
the RTI Act that specifies the terms and conditions of service of information
commissioners of the CIC. Sub-sections 2 and 5 of section 13 of the RTI Act
define the tenure and salaries and allowances payable to the chief information
commissioner and the information commissioners at the CIC.

 

“As per the said section, ‘every Information Commissioner shall hold
office for a term of five years from the date on which he enters upon his
office or till he attains the age of sixty-five years, whichever is earlier,
and shall not be eligible for reappointment as such Information Commissioner’,”
the PIL said.

 

“13(5) says ‘the salaries and allowances payable to and other terms and
conditions of service of — (a) the Chief Information Commissioner shall be the
same as that of the Chief Election Commissioner; (b) an Information
Commissioner shall be the same as that of an Election Commissioner’,” the
petition added.

 

According to the petitioners the Centre had deliberately worded the
advertisements vaguely by not specifying the tenure and salaries to undermine
the selection process.

“It would be unreasonable to expect people of eminence to apply for a
post without knowing the terms and conditions of service,” the petitioners
contended.

 

The petitioners also alleged that some of the four commissioners
appointed by the Centre had not applied for the post.

 

The petition said the Centre did not upload the list of shortlisted
candidates during the process of appointment.

“…The search committee acted arbitrarily and beyond the mandate to
selectively shortlist individuals who had not even applied… Therefore, the
shortlisting of persons who had not applied is illegal. In the case of the
Chief Information Commissioner, 5 people were shortlisted, 4 of whom had not
even applied. While for information commissioners, 14 persons were shortlisted
of which 2 had not even applied for the post…. One such individual has been
appointed as an information commissioner… Further, minutes of meetings do not
record the rational criteria on the basis of which names were shortlisted,” the
petitioners stated.

 

The petitioners alleged that Bengal had failed to inform the Supreme
Court about the number of vacancies at the state information commission.

 

Quoting statistics available on the website of the Bengal information
commission, the petition said several matters filed more than 10 years ago were
heard in 2018. The petition alleged that it would take two years to clear the
backlog and also the matters filed in the intervening period if the commission
continued to dispose of cases at the current rate — 4,500 a year.

 

Such long waiting periods defeat the purpose of the RTI Act, which is to
ensure information disclosure in a time-bound manner, the petitioners said.

 

The Andhra Pradesh commission website shows that the panel has been
defunct since May 2017, the petitioners said. No appeals or complaints had been
heard since then. On the web portal of the Andhra government details such as
the names of search committee members and shortlisted candidates and the selection
criteria could not be located, the petitioners said.

 

Information submitted by the Telangana
commission on affidavit shows that on average it disposes of about 2,000
matters annually, the petitioners said. If the commission functions at the same
rate, it will take six years to just dispose of the 11,762 cases that are
pending as on December 2018. Nine posts of information commissioners are
vacant.

 

The petitioners said that on the website of the Maharashtra general
administration department no details regarding names of search committee
members and shortlisted candidates and the selection criteria could be located.
Two posts of information commissioners are vacant and 42,000 cases pending.

 

In Gujarat nine posts of information commissioners are vacant. The
commission was functioning with one chief and one commissioner as of 21st
January, 2019. Nearly 5,200 cases are pending. Although advertisements for
appointments were issued nearly two years ago, no appointments had been made.

 

In Kerala five posts of state information commissioners are lying vacant
because of the pendency of some writ petitions in the high court.

 

In the affidavit filed on behalf of the Karnataka government it is
mentioned that one post of state information commissioner is vacant and that an
advertisement had been put out seeking applicants. However, Karnataka High
Court has stayed the appointment process now.

 

(Source:https://www.telegraphindia.com/india/govt-breached-rules-in-filling-rti-commission-supreme-court-told/cid/1682549)

 

  •    Service book is personal and does not fall under RTI: SIC

 

In a landmark order, State Information Commission said the Service Book
of an employee is “personal” and
cannot be provided to third party under the Right to Information Act.

 

Hearing the appeal from Excise inspector Amit Morajkar, SIC Juino
D’Souza expresses serious concern the First Appellate Authority has passed an
Order directing the PIO to provide certified copies of the Service Book of the
third party without even hearing and considering the objections of the ‘Third
Party’.

 

Also, it is seen that the procedure under section 11 has not been
followed and which includes giving notice to the concerned officer, he said.

 

The Commission further observed that the FAA in the present case is a
senior IAS officer, holding the post as ‘Commissioner of Excise’ and being a
quasi-judicial authority should have applied his mind and decided the First
Appeal as per 19(1) purely on merits as per the RTI act 2005. The FAA is duty
bound to see that the justice is done.

 

“The Service Book of an employee is essentially a matter between the
employer and employee more so as it contains important records such as annual
confidential report, family nomination, health status, disciplinary proceedings
taken against the employee and other such information that is Personal in
nature and every Government servant has a right to guard the same,” he
observed.

 

Further, the order stated, unless larger public interest is shown, the
furnishing of such records can cause prejudice and unwarranted invasion of
privacy to the concerned government servant, besides the information can also
be misused against the employee by unscrupulous elements using RTI as a
cover. 

 

The SIC cautioned the FAA is accordingly instructed to be more cautious
in future while dealing with information that is ‘Personal’ in nature and which
may cause invasion of privacy and also information falls under the ambit of
exemptions under section 8 of the RTI act 2005, specially the exemption under
section 8(1)(j) of the RTI act 2005.

 

“With these observations all proceedings in Appeal case stand closed,”
the order states.

 

(Source:https://www.heraldgoa.in/Goa/Service-book-is-personal-and-does-not-fall under-RTI-SIC/141726.html
)

 

  •  Highest RTI applications filed 2017-18, lowest rejected since 2005:
    Central Information Commission data

 

A record 12.3 lakh RTI applications were filed in 2017-18 with 96 per
cent of them being responded to by government offices, making it the best
performing year since the law was enacted in 2005, the Central Information
Commission data shows.The data from the latest CIC annual report, shared by the
Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances and Pensions shows that during
2017-18, 12.33 lakh RTI applications were received by the registered Central
Public Authorities (PAs).

 

“This is higher by 3,17,458 or 26 per cent than what was reported
during 2016-17. The Central PAs rejected 4 per cent (63,206) of the RTI
applications processed during 2017-18 showing a downward trend in rejections
which have come down by 2.59 per cent from the 6.59 per cent reported in
2016-17,” it said.The four per cent rejection rate is the lowest since
2005 when the RTI Act was enacted by Parliament giving people the right to get
information from government offices on a payment of  INR 10. The public authorities used
exemptions provided under section 8, section 9, section 11 and section 24 of
the RTI Act to reject plea for information.

 

Thirty-two per cent of applications were rejected citing other reasons.
Section 8 lists nine subsections covering issues such as national security,
commercial confidence, parliamentary privilege, cabinet papers, personal
information among others under which information can be denied to a person.

 

Section 9 pertains to information related to infringement of copyright,
section 11 deals with third party information and section 24 is related to security
and intelligence organisations exempted from the RTI Act. The year proved
successful to the efforts of the Central Information Commission that all public
authorities file their annual returns with it which is mandatory under the RTI
Act. On this front, 100 per cent compliance was witnessed during 2017-18 which
is a first since enactment of the transparency law, the data showed.

 

(Source:https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/news/politics-and-nation/highest-rti-applications-filed-2017-18-lowest-rejected-since-2005-central-information-commission-data/articleshow/67369101.cms
)

 

                                                 Part D IRTI ARTICLE

 

  •    SC Seeks Explanation for Arbitrary Appointment of Information
    Commissioners

 

The Supreme Court took note of the arbitrary
and haphazard manner in which the information commissioners in the Central
Information Commission were selected recently and directed the Department of
Personnel & Training (DoPT) to reply by 29th January, at the
next hearing.

 

This is a sequel to Supreme Court’s directive to DoPT to upload on its
website details of the process of information commissioner appointments by the
selection and search committee. Thanks to legal intervention by three right to
information (RTI) activists, Anjali Bharadwaj, Amrita Johri and Commodore
Lokesh Batra (retd), these documents, in the public domain now, reveal how the
selection committee violated several norms to appoint the Chief Information
Commissioner and four information commissioners of “their choice.”

 

Now, it is clear that the appointment of Sudhir Bhargava, an information
commissioner until now in the CIC and four information commissioners—Vanaja N
Sarna (the only lady), formerly, chief of the Central Board of Excise and
Customs (CBEC); Yashwardhan Kumar Sinha, former High Commissioner of India to
the UK; Suresh Chandra, former Union law secretary and Neeraj Kumar Gupta,
secretary in the department of investment and public asset management are not
as per the norms laid out for these
committees as per the RTI Act.

 

One of the petitioners, Anjali Bharadwaj, pointed out in the Supreme
Court, “the search committee had, in violation of its mandate, short-listed
persons who had not even applied for the post in response to advertisements.
Further, the minutes of the search committee meeting revealed that no rational
criteria were adopted on the basis of which the short-listing was done. Also,
the minutes showed the completely ad-hoc manner of functioning of the search
committee, wherein people who were appointed members of the committee, also
applied for the post and had to be subsequently replaced and were finally even
short-listed. One of the person who has been appointed- Shri Suresh Chandra,
had not even applied for the post.”

 

The Supreme Court took serious note of all the issues and directed that
the government should file a report on all the issues highlighted by the
petitioners and listed the matter. All the states were also directed to file
their reports before the hearing.

 

Research scholar and RTI activist, Venkatesh Nayak has closely studied
the documents put up by the DoPT regarding the selection committee’s glaring
bias of appointing present and former government servants as information
commissioners, by throwing to the winds rules under section 12 (5) and 15(5) of
the RTI Act as well as the Supreme Court ruling in the matter of Union of India
vs. Namit Sharma [ AIR 2014 SC 122], which clearly state that eminent persons
from various fields should also be chosen for the posts.

 

The following is Venkatesh Nayak’s observations
and analysis, along with those of Commodore Batra:

 

  •   The file notings show that 64 applications were received within the
    stipulated deadline, from across the country against the vacancy advertised in
    two English language and two Hindi language newspapers. Four applications were
    received after the lapse of the deadline. The DoPT has only disclosed the names
    of these applicants and withheld their applications and bio data by invoking
    Section 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act which seeks to exempt personal information of an
    individual from disclosure. About 20 pages of documents contained in the files
    have been withheld from disclosure in this manner.

 

Who were the search committee members?

 

  •  The six-member search committee headed by the cabinet secretary
    included the secretaries of the DoPT and the dept. of expenditure (in the
    finance ministry), the information & broadcasting, and the additional
    secretary to the prime minister of India. The director of the Institute of
    Economic Growth was the independent member. Interestingly, the secretary, dept.
    of expenditure declared that he had applied for the post of information
    commissioner. So after consultations with the PMO, he was retained on the
    search committee

 

  •  How many times did the search and the selection committees meet?

 

Only four members of the search committee met on 24th
November, 2018 in the committee room of the cabinet secretariat to draw up the
shortlist. According to the file notings disclosed by the DoPT, the secretary
I&B and the secretary, expenditure could not attend the meeting.

 

The selection committee comprising the Prime Minister, his nominee, the
finance minister and the leader of the single largest party in opposition in
the Lok Sabha met on the 11th of December to finalise their
recommendation to the President of India. Only one name of the appointee was
recommended. In fact, contrary to media reports, the selection of the chief
information commissioner preceded the finalisation of the names of the
information commissioners.

 

Whom did the search committee shortlist?

 The search committee shortlisted
four candidates for the consideration of the selection committee. All four of
them were retired IAS officers including the newly appointed chief information
commissioner, Sudhir Bhargava. No women were included in this short list. The
list of 68 applicants reveals the names of at least four women. No candidate
from other areas of specialisation mentioned in the RTI Act was shortlisted.
This is a clear breach of the Supreme Court’s directions.

 

Further, the serving information commissioners, Bimal Julka and D. P.
Sinha who had also applied for the post of the chief information commissioner,
were not even shortlisted. Further, three of the four shortlisted candidates
had not even applied in response to the advertisement for the vacancy of the
chief information commissioner. They included Madhav Lal, a former secretary of
the ministry of micro, small and medium enterprises,  Alok Raawat, a former secretary of DoPT’s
sister department, department of administrative reforms and public
grievances,  R P Watal, the current
principal adviser Niti Ayog and former secretary, dept. of expenditure and Dr.
S. K. Nanda, former addl. chief secretary, government of Gujarat.

 

Observes Nayak, “The search committee meeting minutes indicate that its
members considered names of other serving and retired civil servants who had
not applied at all. This is perplexing to say the least. One of the women
applicants had recently retired as the chief secretary of the government of
Karnataka. How her candidature was given lesser weightage than that of the
former addl. chief secretary of Gujarat who had not even put in his application
in the first place, is a mystery. The minutes of the search committee meeting
are silent on this issue. This raises serious questions about the manner in
which the search committee determined “eminence” in public life.
Neither the committee nor the DoPT have publicised the criteria adopted for
determining “eminence in public life”. Further, how the claims of the
two serving information commissioners were undervalued in comparison to the
three shortlisted retired bureaucrats who had no previous experience of
adjudicating RTI disputes in any information commission is also a mystery that needs
to be cleared.’’

 

Tenure and terms and conditions of service of
the new appointees

 It may be remembered here that
the government sought to amend the RTI Act mid-2018 to give itself the power to
determine the tenure and the terms and service conditions of the information
commissioners across the country. Despite giving notice of its intention to
introduce a bill to this effect in the Rajya Sabha, the government was not able
to introduce it during the 2018 monsoon session. The documents disclosed by the
DoPT indicate that the government sought to make the changes through the
ordinance route. However, this plan did not materialise and the documents that
the DoPT has disclosed on its website are silent on the underlying causes. The
file notings indicate, the government was planning to reduce the term of the
information commissioners to three years.

 

The only good part of these appointments:

The selection intimation letters issued to the new appointees indicate
that the terms of appointment are in accordance with the provisions of the RTI
Act, namely five years (including term served as information commissioner)
subject to the maximum age limit of 65. Salaries will be equal to that of the
chief election commissioner and the election commissioners, as the case may be,
in accordance with the provisions of the RTI Act. So despite advertising that
the government would determine the tenure and service conditions of the chief
information commissioner and information commissioners, the government has had
to eat humble pie by toeing the line of the law.

 

Box

How much time did the Committees spend making the final selections?

 

The documents released by the DoPT reveal only the date, time and venue
of the meetings of the search and the selection committees.

 

The search committee met on three occasions (twice for shortlisting the candidates for appointing as ICs and once
for shortlisting the candidate for appointment as the chief information
commissioner).

 

The selection committee met twice. The duration of these meetings is not recorded in the meeting minutes.
However, the minutes indicate that the search committee looked at all eligible
applications (the number is not known- whether all applications received were
found eligible or not) and also discussed names of other serving and retired
civil servants suggested by its members.

 

  •  The minutes of the selection committee indicate that it not only
    examined the applications shortlisted by the search committee but also all
    eligible applications. A simple thought experiment may be conducted to estimate
    the time required to consider all applications:

 

  •  Chief information commissioner’s post: There were 64 applicants
    who submitted their applications in a timely manner. The search committee
    recommended three more names. So the selection committee had to examine 67
    applications. Assuming that each bio data would require at least 5 minutes to
    read and familiarise oneself, each member of the selection committee would
    require to spend 335 minutes. In other words this implies spending at least 5.5
    hours merely examining all applications. If the 4 late applicants’ bio data are
    included, another, 20 minutes will have to be added to this figure.

 

  •  Information commissioners’ post: There were 281 applicants who
    submitted their applications in a timely manner. The search committee
    recommended one more name. So the selection committee had to examine 282
    applications. Assuming again that each bio data would require at least 5
    minutes to read and familiarise oneself, each member of the selection committee
    would require to spend 1,410 minutes, that is, at least 23.5 hours – or almost
    an entire day examining all applications. If the 10 late applicants’ bio data
    are included, another 50 minutes will have to be added to this figure. Taken
    together, the selection committee would have to spend at least 29 hours merely
    reading the applications. How much time would be required to “consider all
    relevant factors” before arriving at a consensus on the five names (one
    chief and 4 ICs) as mentioned in the minutes is anybody’s guess.

 

Asks Nayak,  “Did the committee
actually spend so much time on the selection process? The government must
urgently answer.’’

 

(Source:https://www.moneylife.in/article/sc-seeks-explanation-for-arbitrary-appointment-of-information-commissioners/56177.html
)

______________________________________________

RTI Clinic in
February 2019: 2nd, 3rd, 4th Saturday, i.e. 9th,
16th and 23rd
11.00 to 13.00 at BCAS premises
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FROM PUBLISHED ACCOUNTS

Qualified Limited Review report pending receipt of independent
investigation report for M&A and other financial statements related matters

    

INFIBEAM AVENUES LTD


From Notes to Statement of Standalone Unaudited
Results For The Quarter Ended 30th September, 2018

 

During the quarter ended 30th June, 2018, we were requested
by our statutory auditor ____ to perform an independent investigation in
relation to certain matters such as merger and acquisition and other financial
statements related matters. The Company has received report from an independent
firm of chartered accountants who were appointed to perform the investigation
which does not contain any material adverse observations. However, the auditors
have requested for detailed report, accordingly, prior period/year financial
results are as published for those respective periods. Pending which the
auditors have modified their limited review report for this matter.

 

From Statutory Auditors’ Limited Review Report


As explained in Note 3 to the financial results, during the quarter
ended 30th June, 2018, based on third party information, we had
requested management to perform an independent investigation in relation to
certain matters such as merger and acquisition and other financial statements
related matters. The prior period/year financial results are as published for
those respective periods and pending the receipt of the detailed report from
the Company, which we are informed is currently under preparation, we are
unable to comment on the impact, if any, on the prior period results and
consequential impact, if any, on the financial results for the quarter and six
months period ended 30th September, 2018.

 

Based on our review conducted as above, except for the possible effects
of the our observation in the paragraph 4 above, nothing has come to our
attention that causes us to believe that the accompanying Statement of
unaudited financial results prepared in accordance with recognition and
measurement principles laid down in the applicable Indian Accounting Standards
specified u/s. 133 of the Companies Act, 2013, read with relevant rules issued
thereunder and other recognised accounting practices and policies has not
disclosed the information required to be disclosed in terms of the Regulation, read
with the Circular, including the manner in which it is to be disclosed, or that
it contains any material misstatement.

 

Compilers’
Note:
Similar disclosure and reporting was also done for the quarter ended
30th June, 2018.
 

 

 

ALLIED LAWS

20. Additional Evidence – Translated document would not amount to
additional Evidence. [Civil Procedure Code, 1908; Or. 41 R. 27]

 

Chandreshwar Bhuthnath Devasthan vs. Baboy Matiram
Varenkar  (2018) 12 Supreme Court Cases
548

 

The Defendant
in support of the title had filed certain documents in Portuguese language in
trial court. The English translation of the said document was submitted before
the First appellate court. The first appellate court in para 43 of its judgment
observed that there was no application filed under the provisions of Order XLI
Rule 27 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (in short ‘the CPC’) for producing
the additional translation of the original document. As such translation could
not be taken on record prayer had been disallowed for taking English version on
record, which the High Court upheld.

 

It was held
that the translated version of the already filed document could not be said to
be constituting additional evidence as the original document was already on
record of the trial court. It was thus in order to facilitate the just decision
of the matter and to enable the court to read the document, its translated
version had been filed which ought to have been taken on record without any
demur by the court below. Interest of justice required it to be taken on record
being document recording title. Accordingly, the matter was set aside to the
first appellate authority to re-assess the evidence taken into consideration.

 

21. Conditional Gift – Cancellation during lifetime is held to be
proper. [Transfer of Property Act, 1882; Section 122, 123]

 

S. Sarojini Amma vs. Velayudhan Pillai Sreekumar AIR 2018 Supreme Court
5232

 

In the facts of
the case, in expectation that, Respondent would look after Appellant and her
husband and also for some consideration, appellant executed a purported gift
deed in favour of Respondent. Gift deed clearly stated that, gift would take
effect after death of Appellant and her husband.

 

It observed
that a conditional gift with no recital of acceptance and no evidence in proof
of acceptance, where possession remains with the donor as long as he is alive,
does not become complete during lifetime of the donor. When a gift is
incomplete and title remains with the donor the deed of gift might be
cancelled. Moreover, a conditional gift only becomes complete on compliance of
the conditions in the deed.

 

It was held
that, in the present case, since the appellant applied for cancellation before
the death of the appellant, there was no completed gift of the property in
question by the Appellant to the Respondent and the Appellant was within her
right in cancelling the deed.

 

22. Consumer – Person purchasing goods for self employment is considered
as a ‘consumer’. [Consumer Protection Act, 1986; Section 2(1)(d)]

 

Paramount Digital Color Lab and Ors. vs. Agfa India Pvt. Ltd. and Ors.
AIR 2018 Supreme
Court 3449

 

Complaint was
filed where the State Commission directed Respondents to pay compensation on
account of loss, mental and physical torture and expenses of Appellants. Appeal
was filed by Respondents which was allowed on ground that Appellants should not
be considered as consumers.

 

The facts show
that the appellants being unemployed graduates decided to start a business of
photography in partnership for self-employment and for their livelihood. For
such purpose, they purchased a developing and printing machine which eventually
failed to work due to a defect in a pre-loaded software. A contention was made
by the respondents that the Appellants do not come under the definition of
‘Consumer’ under the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, since the appellant
intended to use the goods for ‘Commercial Purposes’, which the ‘Act’
specifically prohibits.

 

It was observed that the point to be considered was whether the
Appellants had purchased the machine in question for “commercial
purpose” or exclusively for the purposes of earning their livelihood by
means of “self-employment”.

 

It was held by
the Hon’ble Supreme Court that the Appellants purchased the machine for their
own utility, personal handling and for their small venture which they had
embarked upon to make a livelihood. The same is distinct from large-scale
manufacturing’ or processing activity carried on for huge profits. There is no
close nexus between the transaction of purchase of the machine and the alleged
large-scale activity carried on for earning profit. Since the Appellants had
got no employment and they were unemployed graduates, that too without
finances, it is but natural for them to raise a loan to start the business of
photography on a small scale for earning their livelihood. Accordingly, the
appeals were allowed.

 

23. Hindu Law – Under the principles of prestine Hindu Law, daughters
would not inherit properties of their father if there are male survivors and
widows. [Hindu Succession Act, 1956; Section 14]

 

Kunnath Narayani and Ors. vs. Kunnath Kochan and Ors. AIT 2018 Kerala
141 Full Bench

 

There was a
difference of opinion between the different schools of Hindu law as to the
nature of the right that would be inherited by a daughter. The Courts in Bengal
and Madras have consistently decided in a series of decisions that the daughter
takes only a qualified estate, though the courts of Bombay have taken the view
in some cases that the daughter inherits the property absolutely. Where the
daughter succeeds to the estate of the father in the absence of male survivors
under the principles of pristine Hindu law, the estate would be a qualified one
and the same would certainly ripen into an absolute one by virtue of section 14
of the Act. Hence the full bench was constituted in order to resolve such
issue.


Before the Full
bench, the facts stated that the Plaintiff is the sister of the defendants. The
suit was filed raising the contentions that the suit property belonged to the
father of the parties, Perachan, who died prior to enforcement of the Hindu
Succession Act. The deceased was survived by his wife, his sons, the defendants
and his daughters; they contended that since the plaintiff (daughter) and her
sister were unmarried, they acquired limited ownership in the suit properties
on the death of their father; they also contended that the said limited
ownership became absolute ownership by virtue of section 14 of the Act; further
they contended that the plaintiff’s sister died unmarried and issueless on
10-9-1972; that the mother died on 22-8-1985 and that since the plaintiff’s
sister and mother are survived by the plaintiff and defendants, the plaintiff
is entitled to l/3rd share over the suit properties which are in
joint possession of the plaintiff and defendants. As defendants did not accede
to the demand of the plaintiff to partition the property, the suit was laid.

 

Defendants
contested the suit contending mainly that they being the male children of
Perachan (father), the suit properties devolved on them exclusively on the
death of their father in terms of the principles of Hindu Mitakshara Law
applicable to them and they are in exclusive possession of the same.

 

The Full bench
held that Hindu Woman’s Right to Property Act was introduced in circumstances
to give better rights to woman in respect of property. However, said statute
only applies to Hindu widows and not to other Hindu females. Rights to Hindu
females are governed by principles of Hindu Law till the Act came into force.
Under the principles of Mithakshara Law, self-acquired properties and separate
properties of the Hindu male devolves in the heirs by succession and not to his
coparceners. But, daughter, mother and to grandmother were recognised as heirs
only to one who died without male issues. As regards order of succession among
them, daughter does not inherit until all widows are dead and gone. Under
principles of Hindu Law, daughters would not inherit properties of their father
if there are male survivors and widows. In case where daughter succeeds to
estate of father in absence of male survivors under principles of Hindu Law,
estate would be qualified one and same would certainly ripen into absolute one
by virtue of section 14 of Act.




In the facts of the present case, the plaintiff being the daughter of
Perachan was not covered by the Hindu Women’s Rights to Property Act. The Court
held that as the plaintiff was unmarried at the time when the succession
opened, she had only a right to claim maintenance out of the income from the
properties till her marriage. When the plaintiff has not acquired any right in
the property, as explained in the various decisions of the Apex Court and High
Courts referred to in the case, the application of section 14 of the Act does
not arise in her case.

 

24.  Partnership Firm – Properties allotted to
Partners vide a valid dissolution deed – Transfer not valid if no valid deed of
Conveyance. [Partnership Act, 1932; Section 48, 14; Registration Act, 1908;
Section 17(1)]

 

State of Kerala and Ors. vs. V.D. Vincent AIR 2018 Kerala 199

 

The facts of the case show that there were partners in a Firm who were
entitled to a transfer of registry of the properties accruing to them
consequent to the dissolution of the Firm, without there being a registered
document, transferring the interest of the partner, who had the ownership of
the property, prior to it being brought into the stock of the Firm.

 

It was observed that a dissolution deed, that merely allocates items of
immovable properties to a partner, proportionate to his share in the assets of
the firm without conveying title of the said property to him, does not confer
on the said partner a right to obtain mutation of the property in his name,
under the Transfer of Registry Rules.

 

It was held that only a
valid deed, duly registered, can convey the title over immovable property to
the writ petitioners, and it is only thereafter that they can seek a transfer
of registry in respect of the said items of immovable property.   

 

 

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)

I.   
High Court

 

19.  2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 29
(Guj.) Teesta Distributors vs. Union of India dated 10th October,
2018

 

Levy of GST on lotteries is constitutionally
valid.

 

Facts


Petitioner assessee is engaged in selling of
paper lotteries of several states within the state of West Bengal. Assessee
challenged the constitutional validity of levy of GST on sale of lottery
tickets contesting that lotteries are not goods as per the definition provided
in the Constitution of India and thus should be exempt under Schedule III of
the CGST Act, 2017

 

Held


The Hon’ble High Court referring to various
judgments of the Hon’ble Supreme Court wherein it was held that lottery is an
actionable claim and therefore goods held that as lottery ticket evidences the
transfer of right and thus falls within the definition of actionable claim.
Under the GST law, Schedule III deals with activities or transactions which are
treated neither as a supply of goods nor as a supply of services and takes out
actionable claims but other than lottery, therefore levy of GST on the same was
held valid.

 

20.  2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 46
(M.P.) Advantage India Logistics Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India
dated 23rd August, 2018

 

State GST Officers are duly empowered to
inspect, search and seize under IGST Act, 2017.

 

Facts


Petitioner assessee challenged jurisdiction
of  M.P. State Government or officials
authorised under the MPGST Act, 2017 to exercise the powers under IGST Act, 2017
particularly u/s. 4 of the IGST Act, 2017. Further, it was also contested that
no such notification was issued empowering the State officers to practice provisions of IGST. Thus, the Respondent department had no power to
search and seize goods under IGST Act, 2017 and so the seizure order issued
u/s. 129 (1) of MPGST Act, 2017 was liable to be quashed.

 

Held


The Hon’ble Court after analysing section 4
of the IGST Act, 2017 held that officers appointed under the MPGST Act are
authorised to be proper officers for the purpose of IGST and therefore the writ
petition was dismissed.

 

21.  2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 578
(Del.) Napin Impex Pvt. Ltd. vs. Commissioner of DGST, Delhi
dated 28th September, 2018

 

On account of non-production of books of
accounts and other documents, complete sealing of premise by Revenue
authorities is illegal.

 

Facts


Revenue officers visited the premises of the
petitioner and directed to produce books of accounts and other documents. Upon
non-availability of same, the petitioner sought 3 days-time to produce the
same. Ostensibly the Revenue ordered temporary sealing of the premises and next
day the premises were completely sealed as per section 67 of the CGST Act
(power of inspection, search and seizure). Grieved petitioner preferred writ
before the Hon’ble High Court. Respondent contested that till date they have
neither co-operated nor produced books of accounts or any other material.
Consequently premises were rightly sealed in light of the said section. Upon
co-operation from petitioner same can be de-sealed.

 

Held


The Hon’ble Court held that on plain reading
of the statute, especially section 67(4), which merely authorises the concerned
officials to search the premises and if resistance is offered, break-open the
lock or any other almirah, electrical device, box, etc. containing books and
documents. The complete sealing of the premises however in the opinion of the
Court is per se illegal. Hence, allowing the writ petition a direction was
given to remove the seal forthwith within next 12 hours of the order and
handover the premises to the petitioner.

 

22.  2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 582
(Cal.) Sanjay Kumar Bhuwalka vs. Union of India dated 9th July, 2018

 

Evasion of GST led to arrest, bail was granted
to accused assessee.

 

Facts


The Assessees were arrested due to
involvement in business of generating and selling of fake tax invoices to
various entities without supplying the underlying goods or services and
facilitating irregular availment and utilization of input tax credit by such
entities to whom such fake invoices were issued and the amount involved was
substantial amounting to several crore. Summons were issued to them u/s. 70
read with 174 (2) of the CGST Act wherein it was admitted in their statement
that they were looking after and controlling the business activities of the
companies. Upon reasonable belief the petitioners were arrested by the Revenue
officials. Petitioners then applied for the bail, challenging the legality of
arrest contesting that reasonable belief was not properly dealt by the
arresting officer.

 

Held


The Hon’ble Court held that while granting
bail, the Court has to keep in mind the nature of the accusations, the nature
of evidence in support thereof the severity of the punishment which conviction
will entail the character of the accused, reasonable apprehension of the
witnesses being tampered with, the large interest of the public/ state and
other similar considerations are required to be taken into consideration. Bearing
in mind the evidence collected so far by the Investigating Agency and in
consideration of the compounding nature of the offence, the Court released the
petitioners on bail on furnishing bond of the sum of Rs.50,00,000/- each on
condition to deposit Rs.39 crore.

 

23.  2018 [19] G.S.T.L. 590
(All.) Maa Vindhyavasini Tobacco Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of U.P
dated 5th April, 2018

 

Seizure of goods and vehicle for the reason
of writing vehicle number by hand held not sustainable.

 

Facts


Petitioner’s goods were seized on the ground
that goods started journey one week after the date of the invoice and details
with regard to the vehicle were not mentioned in the E-way Bill though they
were mentioned subsequently after downloading the E-way Bill in hand writing.
Doubting the transaction because of hand written details of the vehicle number,
the authorities seized the goods as well as the vehicle.

 

Held


The Hon’ble Court while deciding the issue
found no irregularity in the transaction in question for the reason that till
downloading of E-way Bill the transport company and the vehicle were not
engaged.  They were engaged subsequently,
so the details were mentioned later by hand. Neither details of transport
company nor the vehicle were necessary while downloading  E-way Bill. Thus the Court was of the view
that the petitioner, a registered dealer had issued invoices clearly indicated
the charge of IGST and Central Cess so there seemed no irregularity in the
transaction in question it was ordered to release the goods and the vehicle.

 

24.  [2019-TIOL-07-AAR-GST]
GGL Hotel & Resort Company Ltd dated 8th January, 2019

 

Input tax credit is not eligible on lease
rental paid for the leasehold land used for furtherance of business.

 

Facts


Applicant sought a ruling as to whether Input
Tax Credit was available for the lease rent paid during pre-operative period
for the leasehold land on which the resort was being constructed to be used for
furtherance of business when the same was capitalised and treated as capital
expenditure.

 

Held


The Authority ruled that the cost of
constructing the immovable asset included the lease rental paid for right to
use the land on which the asset was being built. Thus being an integral part of
the cost of the immovable property, the lease rental paid for the service of
right to use the land is a supply for construction of the said property.
Construction of the hotel etc. is impossible unless the applicant enjoys
uninterrupted right to use the land. Construction of the immovable property is
therefore, critically dependent on the supply of the leasing service. The
leasing service for right to use the land is therefore a supply for
construction of the immovable property. The disallowance of input tax credit
u/s. 17(5)(d) of the GST Act, is not limited to the civil structure being
constructed but it extends to the immovable property in general which includes
the supplies received for retaining the right to use and develop the land.
Input tax credit is therefore not admissible.

 

25.  2018 (19) G.S.T.L 65
(N.A.P.A.) Sukhbir Rohilla vs. Pyramid Infratech Pvt. Ltd.
dated 18th September, 2018

 

Imposition of penalty on Builder for not
passing GST ITC benefit to customers/ home buyers.

 

Facts


Complaint of profiteering was filed by home
buyers against the respondent in respect of its affordable housing projects,
complaining that the respondent had not passed on the benefit of ITC to the
buyers of the flats in contravention of the provision of section 171 (1) of the
CGST Act, 2017. 

 

Held


The authority of National Anti-profiteering
after investigating the complaint held that though rationalisation of tax not
resulted in reduction in tax rate, benefit of ITC ought to have been extended
to all goods and services utilised by any builder which was not available in
pre-GST era. Section 171 of the CGST Act, 2017 not only deals with passing on
benefit of reduction in rate of tax but also deals with passing on the benefit
of ITC. Thus, it is evident that respondent had contravened the said provision
and therefore ordered to reduce the price to be realised from the buyers of the
flats commensurate with the benefit of ITC received by him and held liable for
penalty also.

 

26. 
[2019-TIOL-02-NAA-GST] Shri Surya Prakash Loonker, Director General
Anti-Profiteering, CBIC vs. Excel Rasayan Pvt. Ltd.
dated 16th January,  2019

 

Increase in the base price, post reduction in
the GST rate is a   clear case of
profiteering.

 

Facts


Allegation was that the respondent did not
pass on the benefit of reduction in the GST rate applicable to detergents from
28% to 18% w.e.f 15.11.2017 but increased the base prices so that there was no
reduction in the prices to the recipients. The Respondent submitted that he was
availing SSI exemption under Central Excise and charging VAT @12.5% on the base
price that on introduction of GST, 28% tax was levied and since this disturbed
his pricing pattern, he had reduced the base price and absorbed the burden and
when the GST rate was reduced from 28% to 18% w.e.f. 15.11.2017, though the
base price was increased, it was much less than the base price in the pre-GST
era.

 

Held


The National Anti-profiteering Authority
noted that the decision not to increase MRPs when tax rates were increased on
account of implementation of GST was a business call taken by the assessee and
therefore he could not claim any concession on this ground. Benefits arising
due to the GST rate reduction could not be denied to the consumers just because
in the earlier scenario MRPs was not changed to extend some extra benefit to
the consumers. The Respondent admittedly did not pass on the benefit of tax
reduction since the base prices of the products were increased to maintain the
same selling prices which were existing before the reduction of rate of tax.
Profiteering was thus proved. The authority thus directed to reduce the sale
prices of the product immediately commensurate with the reduction in rate of
tax and the profiteered amount was ordered to be deposited in the Consumer
Welfare Fund along with interest. Further notice was issued asking the
Respondent to explain that why penalty should not be imposed under Rule 133 of
the CGST Rules 2017 for the offense committed u/s. 122 of the Act.



27.  2018 (19) G.S.T.L 84
(N.A.P.A.) Ankur Jain and Ors. vs. Kunj Lub Marketing Pvt. Ltd
dated 8th October, 2018

 

Imposition of penalty on the supplier on
denial of passing the benefit of ITC to his customers.

 

Facts


The applicant filed complaint against Kunj
Lub Marketing Pvt. Ltd alleging that it had not passed the benefit of reduction
in the rate of tax by way of reduced prices and had instead increased the base
price of the product by Rs.0.24 per pack. On further scrutiny it was found that
the total amount of profiteering was determined at Rs.90,778/. Thus, on
allegation of contravention of section 171 (1) of the CGST Act, 2017
investigation was initiated.

 

Held


The authority of National Anti-Profiteering
after investigating the complaint held that according to the facts of the case
it was seen that the respondent was supposed to not only pass on the benefit of
ITC to his customers but was also supposed to pass the benefit of reduced base
prices on the reduction of the rate of tax charged on the product supplied.
However instead it had resorted to profiteering and charged higher prices for
the product sold. Respondent’s contention that it had reduced the MRP of one of
the products, such liberty to arbitrarily reduce the price of one product and
not of others was not available. Thus, it was held that the respondent violated
the provisions of Anti-Profiteering and held liable to penalty and interest on
the amount of profiteering.
 

 

 

 

AAAR upheld the order of AAR that penal interest charged by NBFC to its borrower for default in payment of EMI would attract GST in terms of section 7(1)(a) of CGST Act, 2017 read with entry No. 5(e) of Schedule II of CGST Act, 2017

16. [2019] 108 taxmann.com 1 (AAAR-Maharashtra) Bajaj Finance Ltd. Date of order: 14th March, 2019

AAAR upheld the order of AAR that penal interest charged by NBFC to its borrower for default in payment of EMI would attract GST in terms of section 7(1)(a) of CGST Act, 2017 read with entry No. 5(e) of Schedule II of CGST Act, 2017

FACTS

The applicant NBFC charges interest to its customers / borrowers on loans granted and in case of delay in repayment of EMI, the appellant collects penal / default interest (penal interest) in terms of the agreements executed by the customers. The appellant is of the view that penal interest collected from the customer is in the nature of additional interest and, thus, not leviable to

GST. When the appellant filed an application for advance ruling, AAR ruled that penal interest charged by appellant amounts to the supply of services under serial number 5(e) of Schedule II to the CGST Act and is therefore liable to GST. Hence the appeal.

RULING

As regards appellant’s contention that penal interest is in the nature of additional interest, AAAR noted that the agreement between appellant and customer has defined separately the terms ‘Default Interest’, ‘Penal Charges’ and ‘Bounce Charges’, but they are exclusive and what the appellant recovered from his customer is only the penalty for delayed payment of EMI under the term ‘Penal Charges’. Therefore, AAAR held that the penalty recovered by the appellant does not get covered by the term ‘penal interest’ as contended by the appellant, because per se it is not interest but a penalty / penal charges. Further, AAR held that since the definition of ‘interest’ given under clause 2(zk) of Notification No. 12/2017-CTR defines interest only to mean interest in respect of any amounts of money borrowed or debt incurred but does not include any other charges in respect of the amounts of money borrowed or debt incurred, the term ‘interest’ cannot be given extended meaning to include penal charges.

AAAR observed that the substance of the transaction is that the penal charges occur on the failure of the customer to adhere to the conditions of repayment of EMI as per the agreement. Thus, it is not the nomenclature in the agreement but the nature defined in the agreement that is important, that the appellant is entitled to recover and the borrower agreed to pay it. It was noted that one of the important tests to determine whether the levy is penal in nature is to see whether it is for the non-compliance of provisions and if any criminal liability or prosecution is provided, the levy is surely penal in nature. AAR held that the said test is surely passed by the penalty / penal charges in the present case as the consequences provided in the agreement for non-compliance of it may be a prosecution under the Negotiable Instruments Act. Hence, the penalty levied by the appellant cannot be termed as ‘additional interest’ but penal charges.

AAAR held that since there is a mutual agreement between the appellant and the borrower, it can be said that the appellant has tolerated an act or situation of default by the borrower, for which it is recovering some amount in the name of penal charges / penalty. Consequently, AAAR upheld the decision of AAR in terms of section 7(1)(a) of CGST Act, 2017 read with Entry No. 5(e) of Schedule II of CGST Act, 2017.

There is no embargo on carry forward of credit on account of Education Cess, Secondary and Higher Education Cess and Krishi Kalyan Cess under the GST regime

15. [2019-TIOL-2516-HC-Mad.-GST] Sutherland Global Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. Assis-tant Commissioner CGST and Central Excise Date of order: 5th September, 2019

There is no embargo on carry forward of credit on account of Education Cess, Secondary and Higher Education Cess and Krishi Kalyan Cess under the GST regime

FACTS

Credit pertaining to Education Cess, Secondary and Higher Education Cess and Krishi Kalyan Cess was rejected from being carried forward to the GST regime on the ground that the same could be set off only against specific duties and taxes provided in explanation to section 140(1) of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 read with Rule 117 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Rules. Since the Rule does not cover any cess, the same could not be carried forward. Therefore, the present writ petition is filed.

HELD

The High Court primarily noted that there is no notification / circular / instruction expressly stating that the credit would lapse. The provisions of sub-section

(1)    read with sub-section (8) of section 140 and the Explanation thereunder state that the assessee is entitled to the amount of CENVAT credit carried forward in the return relating to the period ending with the date preceding the appointed date and this, in the present case, includes accumulated credit on account of the cesses. Thus it is more than clear that all available credit as on the date of transition would be available to an assessee for set-off. Instructions issued by the CBEC dated 7th December, 2015 reveal a policy decision not to allow utilisation of accumulated credit of Education Cess, Secondary Higher Education Cess and Krishi Kalyan Cess but nowhere states that the credit has lapsed. The High Court further noted the amendment in section 28 of the amended act, 2018 to exclude cesses from the ‘eligible duties and taxes’ from retrospective effect, (and) stated, however, that the same is not yet notified.

Mere reflection of transitional credit of VAT from pre-GST regime in electronic credit ledger could not be treated as availment or utilisation unless such availment or utilisation of credit reduces tax liability, which is recoverable u/s 73(1), i.e., any portion thereof is put to use so as to become recoverable

14. [2019] 108 taxmann.com 377 (Patna) Commercial Steel Engineering Corporation vs. State of Bihar

Date of order: 27th June, 2019

Mere reflection of transitional credit of VAT from pre-GST regime in electronic credit ledger could not be treated as availment or utilisation unless such availment or utilisation of credit reduces tax liability, which is recoverable u/s 73(1), i.e., any portion thereof is put to use so as to become recoverable

FACTS

The appellant, a registered dealer under VAT, filed an application in terms of section 143 of CGST Act, 2017 to take credit of surplus value-added tax and entry tax of Rs. 42.73 lakhs and to carry forward the same in its electronic ledger in the GST regime. The competent authority passed an order by invoking section 73 of the CGST Act, 2017 rejecting the appellant’s application on the ground that it was not entitled to the availment of the credit reflected in the electronic credit ledger and such reflection of credit would amount to either availment or utilisation of the credit. The adjudicating authority also ordered recovery of this amount, holding it to be outstanding tax liability against the appellant. Being aggrieved, the appellant filed the present appeal.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court noted that Revenue’s contention is that reflection on the electronic credit ledger is a confirmation of a wrong availment even if the said credit was not utilised and it is liable for proceeding u/s 73. The Court held that the legislative intent present in the provisions of section 73 and rules 117 and 121 is eloquent, i.e. be it a charge of wrong availment or utilisation, each is a positive act and it is only when such act is substantiated that it makes the dealer concerned liable for recovery of such amount of tax. But in both the cases (i.e. ITC availed or utilised), the tax available at the credit of the dealer concerned must have been brought into use by him, thus reducing the credit balance. A plain reading of section 73 would confirm that it is only on such availment or utilisation of credit to reduce tax liability, which is recoverable u/s 73(1) read alongside the other provisions present thereunder. In fact, the position is made clearer by reading the said provision alongside sub-sections (5), (7), (8), (9) to (11).

Further, the High Court held that the legislative intent reflected from a purposeful reading of the provisions underlying section 140 alongside the provisions of section 73 and rules 117 and 121 of CGST Rules, 2017 is that even a wrongly reflected transitional credit in an electronic ledger on its own is not sufficient to draw penal proceedings until the same or any portion thereof is put to use so as to become recoverable. As regards reliance placed by Revenue on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Union of India vs.

Ind- Swift Laboratories Ltd. [2011] 9 taxmann.com 282 (SC), the High Court distinguished the same by observing that in the said case such credit has been utilised by a dealer and it is in such circumstances that the Supreme Court, on the basis of the note on the adjudication done by the Settlement Commission, has recorded its opinion. The High Court therefore quashed the impugned order passed by the competent authority in purported exercise of the power vested in him u/s 73 being per se illegal and an abuse of the statutory jurisdiction.

Business expenditure – Section 37(1) of ITA, 1961 – Where assessee company, engaged in business of construction and sale of residential and commercial building complexes, sold a building which was under construction at time of sale and incurred expenditure for completing its construction during financial year subsequent to sale of building, such expenditure was liable for deduction u/s 37(1)

17. CIT vs. Oberon Edifices & Estates (P) Ltd.; [2019] 110 taxmann.com 305 (Ker.) Date of order: 5th September, 2019 A.Y.: 2009-10

Business expenditure – Section 37(1) of ITA, 1961 – Where assessee company, engaged in business of construction and sale of residential and commercial building complexes, sold a building which was under construction at time of sale and incurred expenditure for completing its construction during financial year subsequent to sale of building, such expenditure was liable for deduction u/s 37(1)

The assessee was a company engaged in the business of construction and sale of residential and commercial building complexes. During the A.Y. 2009-10 the assessee sold a portion of the mall building being constructed by it. The construction of the building was not complete at that time. The assessee incurred expenditure during the financial years 2009-10 and 2010-11 for completing the construction and claimed it as deduction. The AO disallowed the same.

The Commissioner (Appeals) held that in a situation where at the time of assessment the building remains incomplete, estimated future expenditure to be incurred was also considered along with the expenditure already incurred and was taken as cost relatable to the total saleable area, i.e., saleable area already built and the saleable area to be built in future, for arriving at the estimated cost of construction per square foot (sq. ft.). Therefore, the contentions of the assessee were accepted and it was held that the AO was not justified in not taking the value of building work-in-progress during the financial years 2009-10 and 2010-11 for working out the cost per sq. ft.

It was directed that the cost per sq. ft. would be taken as total expenditure incurred in construction, divided by the total saleable area, for the purpose of working out the profit from the sale of commercial area. The Tribunal upheld the decision of the Commissioner (Appeals).

The Revenue filed an appeal before the High Court and contended that the claim for deduction of future expenses made by the assessee could not be allowed. It contended that there was a distinction between the amount spent to pay off an actual liability and a liability that would be incurred in future which was only contingent. It was contended that the former was deductible but not the latter.

The Kerala High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘(i) The dispute raised by the Revenue is only with regard to the deduction claimed by the assessee in respect of the expenses incurred in future, that is, after the sale of the building, during the subsequent financial years, and not in respect of the expenses incurred by it during the relevant financial year. Section 37 is a residuary section for allowability of business expenditure.

(ii)    The expression “profits and gains” has to be understood in its commercial sense and there can be no computation of such profits and gains until the expenditure which is necessary for the purpose of earning the receipts is deducted therefrom –whether the expenditure is actually incurred or the liability in respect thereof has accrued even though it may have to be discharged at some future date. The profit of a trade or business is the surplus by which the receipts from the trade or business exceed the expenditure necessary for the purpose of earning those receipts. It is the meaning of the word “profits” in relation to any trade or business. Whether there be such a thing as profit or gain can only be ascertained by setting against the receipts the expenditure or obligations to which they have given rise.

(iii)    “Expenditure” is not necessarily confined to the money which has been actually paid out and it covers a liability which has accrued or which has been incurred although it may have to be discharged at a future date. However, a contingent liability which may have to be discharged in future cannot be considered as expenditure. It also covers a liability which the assessee has incurred in praesenti although it is payable in futuro.

(iv)    In order to claim deduction of business expenditure, it is not necessary that the amount has been actually paid or expended during the relevant accounting year itself and it is sufficient that the liability for payment had incurred or accrued during the relevant accounting year and the actual payment of amount or discharge of liability may occur in future and what is crucial is the accrual of liability for payment or expenditure during the relevant accounting year. But a contingent liability that may arise in future cannot be treated as expenditure. Thus, the substantial question of law is answered in favour of the assessee and against the Revenue.’

Section 244A – Refunds – Interest on – Where assessee, a contractor, followed project completion method of accounting and during A.Y.s. 2003-04 to 2005-06 it had received certain payments after deduction of tax at source and in the return of income filed for A.Y. 2005-06 it had disclosed payments received during three A.Y.s., 2003-04 to 2005-06 and AO passed assessment order and granted refund to assessee, on such refund, interest in terms of section 244A would be payable from respective assessment years

Principal CIT vs. Kumagai Skanska HCC ITOCHU Group; [2019] 102 taxmann.com 416 (Bom): Date of order: 29th January, 2019 A.Y.s..: 2003-04 to 2005-06

Section 244A – Refunds – Interest on – Where assessee, a contractor, followed project completion method of accounting and during A.Y.s. 2003-04 to 2005-06 it had received certain payments after deduction of tax at source and in the return of income filed for A.Y. 2005-06 it had disclosed payments received during three A.Y.s., 2003-04 to 2005-06 and AO passed assessment order and granted refund to assessee, on such refund, interest in terms of section 244A would be payable from respective assessment years

The assessee was engaged in the business of civil construction. It followed the project completion method of accounting to offer its income to tax. During the A.Y.s. 2003-04, 2004-05 and 2005-06, it had received certain payments as a contractor on which the payer had deducted tax at source. In the return of income filed for A.Y. 2005-06, it had declared a certain loss. In the said return, it had claimed the income relatable to the payments made during the said year as well as during the earlier two A.Y.s. 2003-04 and 2004-05.

The assessment order passed by the Assessing Officer gave rise to refund. The assessee contended before the Assessing Officer that on such refund interest in terms of section 244A would be payable from the respective assessment years. The Assessing Officer held that the income in relation to the payments on which tax was deducted at source was returned by the assessee in the A.Y. 2005-06 and, therefore, interest could not be   paid on the refund for any period prior to the said assessment year.

The Tribunal held in favour of the assessee.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i)  Section 244A pertains to interest on refunds. In the instant case, the assessee’s case falls under clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 244A. Clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 244A covers situations where the refund is out of any tax collected at source or paid by way of advance tax or treated as paid u/s. 199. This reference to treat tax as paid u/s. 199 would clearly cover the tax deducted at source. In the instant case, the assessee had suffered deduction of tax at source at the time of payments. In that view of the matter, the case of the assessee would clearly be covered under clause  (a) to sub-section (1) of section 244. In such a situation, this clause provides that interest shall be calculated at the rate of 1/2 per cent for every month or part thereof, comprising a period from the 1st day of April of the assessment year to the date on which the refund is granted, provided the return is filed before the due date, specified in sub-section (1) of section 139.

ii)  Here the reference ‘from the 1st day of April of the assessment year’, which is the starting point for computing the interest payable, must be to the assessment year in which the tax was deducted at source. This expression has to be read along with the main body of clause (a) which refers to the refund arising out of,  inter alia, the tax treated to have been paid as per section 199. Any other view would be held untenable, since the Revenue which has received the tax deducted at source from the payments to be made to the assessee and appropriated the same would refund the same but the interest would be accounted much later when the return giving rise to the refund is filed.

iii)  In view of the aforesaid, the Tribunal had not committed any error. The appeal filed by the Revenue deserved to be dismissed.”

Additional discount granted by the supplier, reimbursed by the principal company, is additional consideration liable for GST. Further, no credit reversal is required with respect to receipt of commercial credit notes

20. [2019-TIOL-433-AAR-GST] M/s. Santosh Distributors Date of order: 16th September, 2019

Additional discount granted by the supplier, reimbursed by the principal company, is additional consideration liable for GST. Further, no credit reversal is required with respect to receipt of commercial credit notes

FACTS

Prices of the products supplied by the applicant are determined by the supplier / principal company. The applicant is paying GST as per the invoice issued by them and is availing input tax credit on the inward invoice received from the principal company. The ruling is sought to determine whether discount provided by the principal company to their dealers through the applicant attracts any tax under the GST law. Further, whether the amount shown in the commercial credit note issued to the applicant by the principal company attracts proportionate reversal of input tax credit, and is there any tax liability under GST law on the amount received as reimbursement of discount or rebate provided by the principal company as per the written agreement?

HELD

The Authority held that the additional discount given by the supplier through the applicant which is reimbursed as a special reduced price is liable to be added to the consideration payable by the customer to the distributor / applicant to arrive at the value of supply in terms of section 15 of the Act. Further, with respect to commercial credit notes where the supplier is not eligible to reduce its original tax liability, no reversal of credit is required. Lastly, in case of reimbursement of discount, GST is applicable.

A bakery where food items are not prepared and served cannot be considered as a restaurant. The tables in the premise are a mere facility provided to consume the food sold

19. [2019-TIOL-440-AAR-GST] M/s Square One Homemade Treats Date of order: 30th September, 2019

A bakery where food items are not prepared and served cannot be considered as a restaurant. The tables in the premise are a mere facility provided to consume the food sold

FACTS

The applicant company is engaged in sale of food products such as baked items like cakes, cookies, brownies, ready-to-eat homemade packed food, ready-to-eat snacks and hot and cold beverages through dispensing machines. All food items sold are pre-packed and no cooking is done at the premises. There is a table for customers who eat food procured from the counter in the premises. The ruling is sought to know whether resale of food and bakery products falls under restaurant services. Further, whether HSN and tax rates favoured by the applicant would be correct.

RULING

The Authority held that a restaurant is a place of business where food is prepared in the premises and served based on orders received from the customer. Whereas in the present case it is a bakery where food items are sold and the tables in the premise are a mere facility provided to consume the food items in the shop. Accordingly, it was held that the bakery cannot be considered as a restaurant.

The amounts received towards interest-free refundable security deposit do not attract GST unless the same is applied towards ‘consideration’. However, the notional interest / monetary value of the act of providing such deposits will attract GST as it is covered within the definition of ‘consideration’. AAR held that providing pre-decided number of free transactions subject to certain pre-determined maximum amount is in the nature of discount and will not attract GST subject to section 15(3) of CGST Act, 2017

18. [2019] 108 taxmann.com 515 (AAR – Gujarat) Rajkot Nagarik Sahakari Bank Ltd. Date of order: 15th May, 2019

The amounts received towards interest-free refundable security deposit do not attract GST unless the same is applied towards ‘consideration’. However, the notional interest / monetary value of the act of providing such deposits will attract GST as it is covered within the definition of ‘consideration’. AAR held that providing pre-decided number of free transactions subject to certain pre-determined maximum amount is in the nature of discount and will not attract GST subject to section 15(3) of CGST Act, 2017

FACTS

The applicant engaged in providing financial and other services and also provides service for the operation of dematerialised (Demat) accounts to various account holders as well as to persons intending to operate only their Demat accounts. The applicant sought a ruling as to whether (i) amounts received by the applicant as refundable interest-free deposit could be treated as ‘supply’ under GST? (ii) whether the amount of Rs. 2,500 being a refundable interest-free deposit, which allows the depositor some benefits, would attract GST? and

(iii)    whether the first ten free transactions subject to a maximum of Rs. 5 lakhs allowed to the Demat account holder depositing the refundable interest-free deposit would attract GST?

RULING

AAR noted that the deposit is excluded from the definition of the consideration by the proviso to section 2(31) of the CGST Act, 2017. However, the notional interest / monetary value of the act of providing the refundable interest-free deposit will be considered as consideration since it is covered in both the limbs of the definition of consideration given u/s 2(31). Further, AAR noted that the refundable interest-free deposit is in addition to the commercial considerations to cover the risk of the Demat account. The main purpose of the deposits is not only security but also the collection of capital. Therefore, AAR held that the monetary value of the act of providing a refundable interest-free deposit is the consideration for the services provided by the applicant and therefore, the services provided by the applicant can be treated as supply and chargeable to GST in the hands of the applicant.

As regards the refundable interest-free deposit of Rs. 2,500, it was held that such amount will not attract GST unless it is applied towards consideration and the monetary value of the act of providing such deposit will attract GST. Allowing free transactions was looked upon as discount and hence was held as not to attract GST subject to the fulfilment of the conditions u/s 15(3) of the CGST Act, 2017.

When the manufacturer is not obliged to supply tools / moulds in manufacturing parts and they are supplied by the customer free of cost and on a returnable basis, the value of such tools / moulds supplied by the customer not includible in the value of parts to be manufactured by manufacturer-supplier

17. [2019] 108 taxmann.com 107 (AAR – Karnataka) Tool-Comp Systems (P) Ltd. Date of order: 16th July, 2019

When the manufacturer is not obliged to supply tools / moulds in manufacturing parts and they are supplied by the customer free of cost and on a returnable basis, the value of such tools / moulds supplied by the customer not includible in the value of parts to be manufactured by manufacturer-supplier

FACTS

The applicant is a manufacturer and seller of goods. For the production of parts, the tools required are either manufactured by the appellant or supplied by the customers free of cost on a returnable basis. The tools supplied by customers on free of cost basis are classified under capital goods. The tool has a specific life and can produce only a certain volume of total production. Since the customer is supplying the tool on free of cost basis, the applicant is not charging any portion of the cost of the tool to the customer.

The applicant filed the present ruling for seeking clarification regarding the applicability of tool amortisation cost (transaction value) in the GST regime on capital goods received free on returnable basis from the recipients (customer OEM) for parts production and supply.

RULING

AAR noted that as per the contract, the customers are required to supply tools to the applicant free of cost and the applicant is not under any obligation to supply the components by using tools / moulds belonging to him. This is exactly in terms of Circular No. 47/21/2018-GST dated 8th June, 2018 and hence it does not constitute supply. However, if the contractual obligation is cast upon the component manufacturer to provide moulds / dies yet it is provided by the client OEM / FOC, then the amortised cost of the moulds / dies is required to be added to the value of the components supplied. Since this was not the case, it was held that the applicant is not required to add the value of tools supplied by its customers to the value of parts supplied by him.

JOSH OF CAN ACHIEVE : A KALEIDOSCOPIC VIEW

Stories inspire generations, have built civilizations and adorn cultures. Stories of valour, imagination, determination, and all that the human spirit is about! As we celebrate 50 years, BCAJ thought of bringing to you such stories – stories of people from diverse backgrounds and circumstances woven together into a colourful Kaleidoscope.

The stories below are of Chartered Accountants. Some did CA and went off running in another direction, chasing their chosen dream. Some belonged to a strong family tradition and yet went ahead to do CA. Some, in spite of ‘the impossible’ staring at them, went for their dream called CA. Some climbed mountains of difficulties every day and jumped off into an orbit of a new life they aspired to lead.

A true celebration is about the Human Spirit. No wall, no resistance, not even time can stop what is bound to happen. We had to write about them in this last issue of the 50th Volume. In these stories we celebrate colours and hues, dimensions and diversity, turbulence and triumph, barriers and dreams. And that is akin to the BCAJ journey. It is said: Man never made any material as resilient as the human spirit (Bernard Williams).

Each story is a unique jewel tied to a common thread of being a proud CA. CA stands for Chartered Accountant, but these stories give it a new meaning of Can Achieve! We hope you enjoy the stories of a vegetable vendor’s son, a third-generation violinist, a rickshaw driver’s daughter topping the exam, a bomb blast victim, five generations of CAs, an illiterate farmer’s son staying in slums to chase his dream and more! That is the JOSH! Hope you enjoy these GOLDEN NUGGETS as we close the Golden Year!

DIFFICULTIES ARE MEANT TO ROUSE, NOT DISCOURAGE

She changed his life for ever

In the late 1990s, there was a man who carried vegetables in a basket on his head and went from building to building in Dadar/Matunga, hawking his wares. He came from an illiterate family and had migrated from Mhow in Uttar Pradesh. He somehow made ends meet and sent his children to the Hindi-medium municipal school near by.

When his eldest son Moti completed his Seventh standard, he had to leave – because there was no further class in that school. The boy got admitted to the Eighth class at Shri Dayanand Balak Vidyalaya, run by the Arya Samaj in Matunga. Still studying in Hindi medium, something snapped in Moti’s mind. He realised that if he wanted to rise above poverty and to live a better life, he would have to get a proper education. Rather than grumbling about the dark, he started hunting for the lamp of knowledge. He searched for the company of the more studious boys who concentrated on their books.

Where could they find the place to study at late hours after school? Believe it or not, in the “gaps between buildings”! In those days, not all buildings had compound walls and there used to be a distance of eight to ten feet (or even more) between buildings. It was in these gaps that the boys sat to study. If there was insufficient light there, they would go across to the nearby garden and sit under the streetlights. His efforts bore fruit and he passed his SSC with 85% marks.

Once this milestone had been crossed, a “Guru Maa” entered his life in the shape of Ms Sulabha Joshi, a teacher. She used to interact with the boy and his family while buying vegetables from them. When Moti told her that he had passed his SSC and wanted to pursue further studies, she took him under her wings. She lived in a bungalow in Dadar and used to give tuitions. She asked him to join her other students. She would not charge him – and, wonder of wonders, she would also teach him English and Maths.

He took admission at the nearby Ruparel College so that he would be close to home and help in the family’s vegetable business. While at college he also did a software course (it was the rage at that time). Things moved very quickly after that. He soon realised that although software was “popular”, it would not be as paying in the long run. Ms Joshi helped him make a decision. As he was good at accounts, he considered doing his CA. He joined S.S. Ganpule & Co. for his articleship and started studying very hard. He passed his Inter at the first attempt; later, due to ill health he lost a year and a half, but he cleared the CA final in 2005.

It has been rather smooth sailing after that. He has worked with several leading companies, including Sharda Worldwide Exports, Bharti Airtel and Tata Power (for eight years) and joined Ion-Exchange (India) Ltd. as Senior Manager (Taxation) in July, 2018.

As the BCAJ spoke to him, Mr. Motichand Gupta said that he is a happily married man today with two daughters and a son; he has moved into a bigger house in Sanpada and lives there with his parents.

How could a person who was facing tough challenges overcome them and emerge successful? When he was finishing school, Mr. Motichand recalled, he realised that if he wanted to improve his station in life, if he wanted himself and also his family to lead a better life, then he had to choose the right path and work hard in that direction.

He could see that the software course that he was doing at that time, even though it was the most popular and sought-after, would not prove beneficial in the long run. He felt it could turn out to be just a fad (as it happened). So right then he chose something that would be longer-lasting and would help lift him and his family and help them lead a better life.

“I could overcome my challenges because I identified my goal and pursued it despite my circumstances, despite ill health and the loss of a year and a half. Finally, I was able to succeed.” Clearly, a firm resolve, accompanied by hard work, helped him overcome all challenges and to succeed.

A THIRD GENERATION VIOLINIST CAN BE A FIRST GENERATION CA

CA is like armour for her

Imagine a little girl growing up in a house where there were only two kinds of sound, birdsong and the notes emanating from the strings of violins. Any other child (especially one of today’s generation) would have covered her ears and stomped out of the house. But this one didn’t. She went with the flow, picking up a violin when she was just three years old and, after a lot of practice and riyaaz, debuted on stage at 8 and gave her first solo performance at just 13. Nandini Shankar, a young, vivacious and outspoken violinist – is also a Chartered Accountant!

Granddaughter of the legendary Dr. N. Rajam, Padma Bhushan and India’s best-known living violinist, she is the daughter of Chemical Engineer Shankar Devraj and ace violinist Dr. Sangeeta Shankar. It goes without saying that her sister Ragini Shankar is also a violinist.

After completing high school, Nandini had to make a decision, should she pursue engineering, medicine, law or something else? At that time, sane counsel (her own, she insists!) prevailed and she decided to go for commerce. It would not take up too much of her time, she would be able to continue her riyaaz and also tour the country (and the world) with her family and other troupes.

In retrospect, it was a very good decision, she says. While studying for and passing her CA in 2016 (she passed all her CA exams at the first attempt), she was also doing her M.A. in Music at SNDT University and passed that in 2017.
But even during those days and nights of books, notes, tests, studies and exams, she seldom missed her riyaaz and was always game for performances both in India and abroad. (Ms Nandini practises Hindustani classical music associated with the Gwalior gharana.)

Soon, Nandini landed a very good job with Kotak Wealth and life seemed settled. But there was something that was gnawing at her. She was in the midst of an existential dilemma. Coincidentally, something else happened at that time – she was offered an appointment to the faculty for music production at Whistling Woods International established by film-maker Subhash Ghai (the Tata Institute of Social Sciences is associated with Whistling Woods which offers a graduate degree in music).

So, three ‘M’s came to describe her life – music, more music and money! Something had to give. Anyone else would have given up music, but Nandini chose to give up money (her profession as a CA) and devote herself to music full time, both teaching and performing.

Nandini told the BCAJ that the best important part of doing CA was that it has given her an “armour”: Now, she says, no one can ever trick her or forage off her so far as money matters are concerned. She knows her money inside out! And it is a great help to a professional like her. Too many of her ilk have been victims of conmen and tricksters. She is immersed in her music today, but what will happen some years down the line? That’s a question to which she has no answer right now.

She says: “CA is academically tougher. It is intellectually stimulating and practising it makes you wiser. Had I not been involved with music and only been a CA, I would probably have done very well because I think I have a knack of interacting with people… Just follow your passion. Find the middle path. It would help CAs if they take a break from their work and turn to the arts, go for painting, dancing, music, theatre or anything to keep their creativity alive. These are natural expressions. CAs can also enjoy the beauty of the arts.”

Since she is associated with a film-making company, would she like a “body double” that would help her to be at two places at the same time – one on the stage giving a recital; and another sitting with balance sheets, P&L statements and the like?

“No, I would love to have a ‘mind double’ so that I can pursue both my careers simultaneously!” Nandini exclaims.

THE HUMAN SPIRIT IS STRONGER THEN ANYTHING THAT CAN HAPPEN TO IT

Tearing their books into two

Almost everybody in the world of Chartered Accountancy knows that Ms Prema Jayakumar, the daughter of an autorickshaw driver in Malad, Mumbai, topped the all-India CA exams conducted by the ICAI in January, 2013. Along with her, Dhanraj, her younger brother aged just 22 then, also cleared the exam. Those with good memories will also recall that she had stood second in Bombay University’s B.Com. exam, scoring 90% marks; that she did her articleship with Kishore Seth and Company in Borivli; and that she also gave tuitions to several B.Com. students all over the city (she usually left home at 6.30 am and returned by 10.30 or 11 at night).

BCAJ spoke to her to find out some interesting details about her which not everybody knows. Soon after the brother-sister duo started studying for the CA entrance exams, they struck up a novel idea to control the cost of their education. Since the books were quite expensive, they tore them into two halves – then, while the sister studied the first half, the brother took up the second half; and then they exchanged their halves. Thus the two managed not to tax their indigent parents too much.

Prema recalls that she and the family faced a lot of hardships while they were studying but they had never complained. Their parents supported them to the best of their abilities, making several sacrifices to ensure that the children were never disheartened. (Their father, Jayakumar, now 60 years old, had come to Bombay from Tamil Nadu in the 1960s and after working in a mill for some time, started driving an autorickshaw to earn a living. Their mother also worked for some time, then started paying full attention to the CAs-to-be.)

After the announcement of the results, several companies were virtually falling over each other to offer her a job. She was keen on working at a bank (preferably at the RBI), and when Indian Bank offered her an appointment letter on the spot, with a choice to work in Mumbai or in Chennai, she gladly accepted it.
Now happily married, Prema lives with her husband in Chennai and recently gave birth to a baby boy. Her parents are back in their village in Tamil Nadu, living a happier life, far from the maddening crowd of Mumbai.

Despite agreeing to a brief chat for this piece earlier, her brother CA Dhanraj suddenly clammed up when it was time to speak. Perhaps it was stage-fright, perhaps it was nerves, or panic, but the young 28-year-old apologised.

One can see that the two siblings overcame massive adversity. And Chartered Accountancy was the result of their efforts and cause of their new life.

THERE ARE TWO WAYS OF MEETING DIFFICULTIES: YOU ALTER DIFFICULTIES, OR YOU ALTER YOURSELF TO MEET THEM

From soil to slum to Sr. GM

Most city dwellers rarely encounter a “son of the soil”. If you are one of them, Mr. Kisan Daule is the man to meet. He is a real “son of the soil” – and a chartered accountant to boot. Here is the story he told BCAJ about his journey. The eldest son of unlettered farmers from Rajuri village in Junnar taluka of Pune district, Kisan could see his parents struggle with the elements, especially the weather gods, to eke out a living and put food on the table; of course, there was no table in their mud hut. But there was a fire in his father’s belly which made him goad his eldest son to somehow get an education (“at least become a graduate,” he said).

Fate decided to lend a hand; but Kisan had to go through the toughest of times before the gods finally smiled on him. He studied at the local Marathi school but after he passed his SSC, he was totally blank. What now? Stumped, he came to Bombay where a brother (working at the CTO on a very low salary) lived with his family in a Wadala slum.

It was July when he came to Bombay and junior college admissions had closed. He was simply turned away. Then he learned about Vikas Night High School in Kannamwar Nagar, Vikhroli. The Principal saw his zeal and gave him admission, even though the first-term exams were already over. Kisan studied like a maniac. Since he was good in accounts, he did very well and passed the XIth, and then the HSC exam with 68% marks.

Kisan recalls that even though he faced enormous hardships, living in a slum, in unclean and contagious surroundings, with no facilities for studies, no peace of mind, no money, no ambition and no encouragement, there were a few people who did help him along. His brother gave him a roof, his brother-in-law gave him some financial help and even the villagers of Rajuri pooled in their resources and sent him some money.

The Principal of Vikas Night School was clearly the “hero” of his story, because he saw Kisan’s resolve and determination and showed him a direction – “go for B.Com.”, he said. The youngster did just that and joined the N.G. Acharya and D.K. Marathe College in Chembur. Although he had already passed away when the youngster passed his HSC, his father’s wish was soon fulfilled and his eldest son became a graduate.

It was then that Kisan met another benefactor, Prof. Ramesh Iyer, Accountancy Professor at the college. Prof. Iyer was impressed by his accountancy skills and suggested that he should become a chartered accountant. Kisan knew absolutely nothing about chartered accountancy. Prof. Iyer explained its salient points and told him to join articleship. So he joined A.R. Krishnan & Co. in 1990.

Kisan recalls his first day at office. He had been told to attend the telephone. Mr. Krishnan himself called from another line, whereupon the new articled clerk picked up the phone and mechanically said, “Mr. Krishnan has gone out.” Mr. Krishnan laughed out loud! After completing his CA, Kisan continued with Mr. Iyer. “My entire growth happened in those seven years (with
Mr. Iyer).”

Destiny beckoned him once again. He joined Transworld Shipping as a junior executive in February, 1998. When he left 20 years later, he did so as Senior General Manager. That, in short, is the story of the man behind K.Y. Daule & Co., Chartered Accountants.

On January 26, 1998, Kisan Daule was felicitated by his old school and the entire Rajuri village for being the first CA from among the real “sons of the soil”. Had his father been alive on that day, he says wistfully, “he would have been the happiest man alive.”

SURMOUNTING DIFFICULTIES WITH A SMILE MAKES HEROES

A continuing miracle

Few people in the community of chartered accountants in Bombay city know that over 80% of the Income-Tax Offices are differently-abled-friendly. They have ramps for wheelchairs, proper ingress and egress for them and, to top it all, they even have a separate parking area for those who drive up in special vehicles. It’s not that they have never bothered to find out, but the truth is that they always took it for granted that there were bound to be arrangements for those not as able as the rest.

As it turns out, it was a pleasant surprise even for Mr. Chirag Chauhan whose mobility is assisted by a wheelchair and who drives a vehicle specially adapted for him when he visits the IT offices whether at Bandra or at Churchgate.

It was a soothing realisation for him. But that is leapfrogging his story by more than a decade. For, it was on July 11, 2006 that he became a victim of the series of bomb blasts in the city’s local trains. Rendered a paraplegic and paralysed below the waist at the age of 21, it was a miracle that he survived. And how! Today, his life is a continuing miracle: He has his own practice in suburban Kandivli; with friends he set up the website which offers innumerable services, such as finding the nearest CA, CS, lawyer, finance or any other professional; answering queries related to taxation, company formation and other needs. This site guides visitors to more than 4,000 CAs and has over 26,000 visitors. Mr. Chirag’s website hosts scores of articles, several of them written by him and neatly and systematically archived.

Interestingly, he recalls that one of his first articles, “How to save tax”, had received more than 35 lakh hits (that’s 3.5 million!) and, in a way, opened his eyes to the immense potential of the internet.

After the blast that has come to redefine his life, he had to struggle hard with his own body which would not heed his commands. But thanks to a loving mother, a devoted sister, a persevering physiotherapist and doctors and friends who would not let him wallow in self-pity (“Why me?” he often asked himself), Mr. Chirag completed his CA. He was with A.J. Shah & Co. at the time of the blast and fondly remembers Ms Nandita Parikh, the first women CA rank-holder in India, who encouraged him to resume his studies.

But that was easier said than done. It took two long years of painful rehabilitation (physical as well as psychological) for him to finally get back to his books. He had already cleared the first two exams (PE1 and PE2). Goaded on by those close to him, he decided to go for self-study and then appeared for the PE3 exam. He passed in the first attempt and became a CA in 2009. And then his life changed once again.

He worked with a CA firm for six months but the daily journey by autorickshaw from Kandivli to Chembur was a dampener, especially during the monsoons. A job switch saw him joining internal audit at Kotak Mahindra Bank. He soon adjusted to his discomforts and, before long, bought a car; he drove all the way to Lonavala, reassessed his abilities and came back convinced that he could live a life quite close to that of anyone else. But… there was a certain restlessness. So he quit his job and started his own practice. He remembers first client – the local newspaper vendor. That man is still his client and he helped spread the word around. His practice started to flourish and today, he says, “I am normal… my work-life balance is perfect.” Touché!

Chirag is active on all social media platforms. He has met the Prime Minister of the country and has over 8,000 followers. But one of the best things about him is that he has an infectious (and sometimes mischievous!) smile.

CAN CA BE PART OF DNA?

Five Generations and Eleven CAs!

Mr. Brij Mohan Chaturvedi, a leading CA practising in Bombay, belongs to a family that boasts of not two or three but full five generations in the same profession. This sounds too good to be true, so he pulls out a chart, complete with names and photographs, and explains the relationship between the generations.

The eldest, the late Bishambar Nath Chaturvedi, was the man who started the trend. He hailed from a family of Sanskrit scholars and was one of the first men from Mathura to do his graduation in English. He became a registered accountant in 1925 after working as an apprentice under one Irani & Co., an audit firm in Delhi. His two sons, the late Amar Nath and Dina Nath, also became CAs. In the third generation, the late Amar Nath’s three sons, Brij Mohan, the late Madan Mohan and Subodh, followed suit. Another of Bishambar Nath’s grandsons (his daughter’s son), Srikant, also became a CA.

In the fourth generation, the late Madan Mohan’s sons, Apurva and Rishabh, did not let down the team and passed their CA. One more CA in the fourth generation came in the shape of Tina Pankaj Chaturvedi (she is the daughter of the late Amar Nath’s daughter).

Finally, the latest. Mohini Gagan Chaturvedi, Mr. Brij Mohan Chaturvedi’s daughter’s daughter, passed her CA final in November, 2017, thus becoming the fifth generation of the Chaturvedi family to take up the profession. Thus, a total of 11 members from the Chaturvedi family are CAs.

No one forced the Chaturvedi boys and girls to do their CA. It just so happened that since the patriarch of the family and his sons were all CAs, the women of the household could see the benefits that the profession brought and came to believe that anyone who did their CA would be assured of a comfortable and respectable life.

As simple as that. Few women of the first and the second generation were well-read, most of them having studied only up to middle school, but they were suffused with great native wisdom. They didn’t want the youngsters to go astray. They would mockingly gnash their teeth and tell the children, “Study! Learn something! Then you will be able to occupy the chair of your father, otherwise you won’t even become office boys!”

Sitting in his plush office at Nariman Point in Bombay today, Mr. Brij Mohan Chaturvedi is proud that his family owns the world record of having five generations in the same profession. This is a record that he claims for himself as a right; it has not been officially conferred by any organisation. He has approached the people handling the Guinness Book of World Records but is yet to receive any certificate from them. Nor has he received any official recognition from the American Institute of CPAs, or the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England or Wales; nor, for the matter of that, from the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Almost all of them appear to be prevaricating, claiming that they don’t keep records of their members by way of family trees.

However, that doesn’t deter Mr. Chaturvedi in any way. The cheerful and ebullient gentleman appears incredulous about the fact that he belongs to such an illustrious family and is happy that the Indian media has been kind to him. The claim to fame of his family has been splashed in several newspapers and he is thankful for the coverage as he awaits the official world recognition that he believes is due to his family.

Post Script: Mr. Brij Mohan Chaturvedi claims that although his grandfather, the late Bishambar Nath Chaturvedi, has eleven direct descendants in the profession, at least nine of the children of his brothers and sisters (grandsons, great granddaughters and great grandsons) have also qualified as chartered accountants. That makes a total of 20 chartered accountants in one family.

NOT HAPPY WITH BEING A CA, HE WENT ON TO WIN A NATIONAL AWARD FOR PLAYING THE MAHATMA

Roller-coaster ride for this CA

Life has been a roller-coaster ride for Mr. Darshan Jariwala who has donned many hats during an illustrious career in theatre, films and television. Aged 60 today, he recalls that he bowed before the typical middle-class family’s “goal” to get a good education that would stand him in good stead.

Ironically, he got the CA degree but it seems to have got him neither bread nor butter. Instead, it was his acting prowess that saw him going places and earning some money for jam! He won the 2007 National Award for Best Supporting Actor for playing the Mahatma in the film Gandhi, My Father (2007). Apart from the Mahatma, he also played the eponymous role in Narsinh Mehta, a hugely successful Gujarati television serial. That made him one of the most successful Gujarati actors. Roles in films, on television and the stage chased him and he could pick and choose. He also acted in English films, TV serials and plays.

Born in 1958 into a family with artistic leanings (his mother also did theatre and worked for All India Radio; her brother was the celebrated film star, the late Sanjeev Kumar), he worked in theatre till 1976.

He became a CA in 1983-84 and then branched into financial services and even started practising; simultaneously, he was studying for the company secretary (CS) exam, but never appeared for the final. Along the way, he had a brush with the National Stock Exchange, too.

“But then I realised that I was not cut out for these things. My dalliance with acting was still going on, but it was only as late as in 1998 that I took the decision to concentrate on acting and not to do anything else.” What the world of chartered accountancy lost, the acting world gained.

Actually, he admits, he had burnt his fingers with the other pursuits that he had followed till 1998. The challenge was to resume earning and restore his financial well-being. God was kind to him. Thankfully, work had always been abundant because of his constant association with theatre. And those who valued quality came to him and offered him roles. “It was left to me to make the choice. It has been a good journey since the last twenty years or so.”

Darshanbhai believes that being a CA he is able to approach problems in a more analytical manner and is able to identify the right perspective to tackle them. “I do believe that certain of my faculties have been sharpened because of my doing chartered accountancy… Unfortunately, I never failed. If I had been an academic dud, maybe I would have been happier and a more credible actor than I am right now!” After he gave up all other work to concentrate on acting, he became financially comfortable and had no occasion to regret the shift.

Returning to the world of chartered accountancy, he makes a perspicacious statement when he says that, earlier, CAs were supposed to be watchdogs and not bloodhounds. But now the responsibilities of CAs so far as compliance was concerned had increased manifold. “I have always struggled with that particular credo, ‘certifying the true and fair view’. I think when you talk of fair sense, your personal set of ethics does come into the picture… You have to make the choice, are you going to stick to your charter of probity and maybe starve, or…?”

As Vice-President of the Cine Artistes’ Association (the actor’s union), he points out that many of its members receive their payments only 90 to 115 days after shooting. But in the meanwhile they are supposed to pay (professional) service tax as well as GST soon after raising their bills. They have to make these payments out of their pockets, pending receipt from the respective producers.

“We have started a movement to contact each production house and make them realise that payment has to be made within the GST deadline period. We don’t want to go out of pocket… We are asking producers to pay at least 25% of the invoice value in the first 30 days and the rest in the usual course. They (producers) have also to think about the fate of the technicians. We are willing to listen to their problems, because their broadcasters have to pay them… Perhaps we can do it in a tripartite manner.

“I am actively promoting information about personal tax returns, the Income-Tax Act and so on for our members; information on how to save tax, plan tax… obtain insurance. We have to take care of everything. We are doing workshops on these subjects.”

Darshanbhai says he will wholeheartedly welcome the assistance of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society in organising such workshops.

FROM A BAREFOOT UNDERGRADUATE, TO M.COM., TO CA, TO PH.D., TO TRIATHLON – AND IT’S STILL NOT OVER YET!

We are told Dr. Ravindra Khairnar brought bad luck to the family the day he was born. His father suffered a grievous injury in both hands and virtually lost their use. His father’s brother continued with the family’s small tailoring shop. They lived in a dilapidated house in a poor neighbourhood. Between them, the two brothers had eight children: six daughters and two sons. Feeding all those mouths was not easy.

With his father unable to work, his mother joined Khandesh Mills as a labourer. To make things worse, Ravi’s father often went AWOL. He would disappear for weeks; when he did return, he was of no help in running the household. Ravi had to drop out of school after completing his Fourth standard.

Next to the family’s tailoring shop was a typing class whose owner often asked the little boy to run errands for him. Sometimes, he was asked to mind the shop. The boy fiddled with the typewriters to pass the time. A few years later, someone advised him to appear for the SSC examination externally. He went for it. And after a lot of effort he managed to pass. At the same time, he worked in the tailoring shop for 12 to 14 hours to supplement the family’s income.

And then the first miracle in his life occurred. When Ravi joined high school for the 12th Standard, he wore chappals for the first time in his life. He had been barefoot all his life. He still had little time for his studies. Working the pedal of the sewing machine resulted in his legs getting swollen. But he continued working and studying and finally completed his graduation.

That little typing class next door had both English and Marathi typewriters. Ravi learnt typing on his own and also a bit of stenography. In 1986, immediately after graduation, he got a temporary job as a steno-typist for two years in United Western Bank. But the tailoring continued. Simultaneously, he started preparing for his M.Com. (externally).

That was when the second miracle occurred. He secured the 2nd rank in the M.Com. exam of Pune University in 1988. He was still working at the tailoring shop, enduring the pain in his legs.

By now he was a steno-typist and joined the office of M.V. Joshi, a chartered accountant who shared his office with Mr Desai who was an eminent lawyer in Jalgaon. The lawyer had a great flair for drafting in English and Ravi was always ready with his pencil and notebook. It is another matter that Mr Desai was short-tempered. But that turned into a blessing because although he was scolded even for a minor spelling mistake, it polished Ravi’s English.

Then he learned about a cousin who lived in a slum area in Mulund, Bombay, with his sister. The brother-sister duo had lost their parents in early childhood. The brother had done his CA but one day he suddenly passed away. A relative (who also lived in Mulund) met Ravi at a family function in Jalgaon and suggested that he should try and do his CA.

The young Ravi was sceptical at first. But he saw reason and joined M.V. Joshi, CA, as an articled clerk on a stipend of Rs. 400 (more than the mandatory Rs. 150 per month). He gave up the bank job but did not stop working at the tailoring shop. Mr Joshi encouraged him to appear before the Income Tax authorities for scrutiny and other proceedings. This exposure gave him a lot of confidence.

Ravi could never afford reference books for his studies. He relied only on the study material at the Institute. Many articled trainees in Jalgaon used to attend coaching classes in Pune. But this young man could not do so. His evenings were spent in the tailoring shop.

And then the third miracle occurred, albeit in a round-about way, thanks to his tailoring skill. The family shop was the only one in Jalgaon that stitched coats. Several rich, well-to-do people were among its clients. One of them was a certain Mr Barve who was well connected in influential circles. He observed Ravindra’s struggles and saw how difficult it was for him to study in his dilapidated house.

To aggravate matters, Ravindra was married before his final CA exam and even had a baby girl. Mr Barve invited him to stay in his house at Pune for a month before the exams. Soon, this became a regular feature; he would go to Pune and stay there for a month before the group exam. Incidentally, he had never had even a cup of tea in a hotel before passing his CA! There was just no question of eating outside. He would carry provisions and cook for himself. But he cleared all the groups of intermediate and final CA without failing even once.

What after CA? His principal and benefactor, Mr Joshi, offered him assignments of charitable trusts, schools, etc., which were far from remunerative (such assignments are not remunerative even today!). But Ravindra was thrilled and started his “office” below the staircase of an old chawl in Jalgaon.

Today, miracle number four, Ravindra has a two-storeyed office of his own.

Despite the odds, he has got all his sisters and brother married. The greatest pleasure in his life is that he could build a good house and own a small piece of agricultural land where his parents spend their old age happily. Ravindra also likes farming and his parents are completely contented looking at the achievements of their son Ravindra.

All good stories should end at this point. But that’s not the case with Ravindra Khairnar.

In 2016, he earned a doctorate in taxation from North Maharashtra University, Jalgaon. His Ph.D. thesis is titled, “A study of Public Trusts in Jalgaon District with special reference to Finance and Operations”.

If that was miracle number five, here is the next one.
A well-know social and political leader, Mrs. Pratibha Patil, and her husband were popular figures in Jalgaon. She was a Member of Parliament and he a businessman. Whenever any dignitaries came visiting, they would call Ravindra to lend a helping hand. They had a lot of affection for him.

This was when the sixth miracle occurred. The Patils’ CA was becoming too old to handle work. On learning that Ravindra had already started practising as a CA, they handed over all their work to him.

When Mrs. Pratibha Patil became the President of India, Ravindra took the Western India Regional Council members to meet her. A photograph taken on the occasion appeared on the cover page of the CA journal that month.

But the story continues. And so do the miracles.

Ravindra had developed varicose veins because of his constant work on the sewing machine. As soon as he could, he underwent surgery to alleviate the pain. And then he turned to athletics!

Recently, he completed 9 marathons and the triathlon. In this, participants have to run 21 kilometres, cycle 90 kilometres and swim 2 kilometres in quick succession. Ravindra completed the feat in Hyderabad recently. He is now eyeing the Olympics in the veterans’ category (50 to 60 years). But that is some time away. At present, he has set his sights on representing India in the annual Ironman World Championship organised by the World Triathlon Corporation at Hawaii.

When he completes that championship, that will be miracle number seven. And, Ravindra says, he will then be on seventh heaven.

He is married with a son and two daughters. The elder one, who is doing her CA, is married to a CA
from Thane. But despite all the miracles he has wrought, Ravindra Khairnar still remains a humble, unassuming and low-profile man, always willing to help others.

Kaleidoscopic inputs provided by Ramesh Iyer, Raman Jokhakar, Sanjeev Pandit, Anmol Purohit, Mihir Sheth and C.N. Vaze.

TEAM PERFORMANCE REVIEW IN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE FIRMS

People in professional service firms are
their greatest asset. In that context, we need to ask:

 

(1) Are we doing everything we can to
provide our teams the best of career and personal growth opportunities that
they deserve? (2) Do we spend the necessary time on reviewing our team’s
performance, giving feedback and offering it the mind space and focus that is
necessary?

 

This article is a take on how professional
service firms should review performance, encourage team members to perform
better and reward them for the performance that they deliver for the firm.

 

The Context

Professionals at every stage of their career
are normally inquisitive about their next phase of growth. Sometimes, even
without spending sufficient time on thinking through the roadmap for their
practice area development. It is important for partners to take the onus of
providing leadership, mentorship, guidance and a roadmap to the professionals
in their team so that they are not left scampering without a direction. It is
the obligation of partners and firm leaders to provide a high-quality
environment in which merit and performance are rewarded, apart from offering
experience and seniority. It is binding on the partners to ensure that they
work with the millennials in understanding how they think and work and, through
that understanding, to develop a framework that enables individual development
and provides a career roadmap to the persons involved.

 

GOAL – SETTING


The first step in the process of a
performance review is to ask the question: What do we measure the
performance against?

 

The objective of performance assessment is
served only when team members have clarity of thought and vision. Hence, each
individual in the firm should be provided with written, clear and specific
goals for the upcoming year, clearly highlighting where and how each individual
is supposed to perform. Key performance indicators should also be highlighted.
Effectively, one is developing a scorecard for an individual, relative to the
individual’s capacity and capability to execute and develop on a
mutually-agreed set of goals.

 

So, how does one really set achievable and
measurable goals? Here are five steps that one can consider:

 

  •    The first step in the
    process is to look at the past twelve months and analyse: How did the
    individual perform?
  •    The second is to identify
    the individual’s core strengths and where he/she needs improvement;
  •    The third step is to agree
    upon a process and timeline to streamline those areas which need improvement by
    making actionable plans and which should be discussed with the team members
    threadbare;
  •    Next, the partners must
    identify the roles a team member can play in areas which are relevant and
    critical for the practice in the coming year and incorporate them in the
    scorecard;
  •    The final step is to hold a
    discussion with team members and agree upon mutually acceptable goals and close
    it with documentation.

 

PERFORMANCE REVIEW MECHANISM


Once the goals are set, it is important that
these goals are actually pursued and they get reflected in individual and
team performances.
For this purpose the firm must establish a proper
performance review mechanism. It is not enough to just hold an annual review at
the end of the year – by then, the damage could already have been done. Quarterly
reviews
ensure a gradual step towards improving performance by quicker
admission and follow-up on the areas which need improvement.

 

But how should one go about assessing
employee performance? The process of assessment can be divided into two parts:

    Facilitating self-evaluation, and

    360-degree feedback.

 

The employee must first exercise his own
judgement and rate his performance on the parameters and goals previously set.
He must question himself: Have I worked on my weaknesses? Have I met my
performance targets? What was my contribution to the firm? The employee must
appreciate and be able to see areas that need improvement.

 

External feedback is also necessary to
assess actual performance. The firm’s seniors and reporting managers must
comment on the improvement seen with respect to the pre-decided,
mutually-agreed goals.  At the same time,
feedback should be obtained from the entire eco-system in which the employee is
working. The employer should seek feedback from other team members, juniors and
clients to know how an employee has performed on various fronts. With
concurrent, self, upward, downward and external feedback, the employer now gets
a 360-degree review of the actual performance of the employee. The employer can
now discuss his observations with the employee and jointly decide the areas
which need further improvement.

 

ATTRIBUTES AND MOTIVATION


The key attributes which a leader must focus
on while reviewing performance are integrity, team spirit, attitude, the
individual’s orientation to the firm’s goals and performance management.

 

The attitude of the employees is a very
critical factor driving the performance of the firm. The partner must ensure
that all the employees feel good about what they do and that they perceive the
firm’s growth to be in consonance with their personal development. Such
motivation should also be seen at the team level by having a team-first
attitude.

 

FEEDBACK


Communication is the key to any process. The
way the employer conveys feedback influences the way the feedback would be
perceived.

 

Firstly, the
firm must create a culture where giving and receiving feedback (both positive
and constructive) is the norm. Secondly, acknowledging the importance of the
manner of delivering feedback; the partners must attempt to deliver even
negative feedback in a constructive way. Simple experiences can help us to
learn how to deliver constructive feedback. For instance, recall an experience
in which you were given constructive feedback. Now delve into the reasons why
the experience was positive or negative. What did the giver say or do that made
the experience positive or negative? Work on the areas which made the
experience negative and imbibe the qualities which made the experience
positive. This way, one can provide at least reasonably well-communicated
feedback.

 

Being emphatic and understanding while
providing feedback will ensure greater acceptance and improvement.

 

A PLAN FOR NEXT YEAR


An integral part of the performance review
process is to develop a plan for an individual. Let’s call it an Individual
Development Plan
(IDP). This plan should ensure that the scorecard, the
individual development sheets, and the KPIs, along with the goals, are
documented after a joint discussion between the team member and the partner.
This annual plan will serve as the guiding plan for the next year’s evaluation.

 

The key aspect in completing the IDP and
planning for the season ahead is that the team member’s SWOT analysis should be
conducted and a joint IDP should emerge from it.

 

HAPPY TEAM MEMBER


The process of a performance review is meant
to enhance employee morale and give the firm a chance to evaluate the team
member. It is essential for the partners to understand how the employees
perceive the review process because it will make all the difference.
A
performance review should be thought of as constructive feedback for individual
and organisational development. At the end of the process, the employee
should feel that the review actually contributed to his individual and team
learning.
The best outcome of the review should be that the individual
comes out as a happy team member. Happiness stems from the fact that he/she has
a clear set of goals and a roadmap in mind which is directly in consonance with
his goals and needs.

 

ASPIRATIONAL TEAM MEMBER


Team members should be encouraged by
partners to achieve the highest standards of performance and integrity that
will help them to grow individually and also as a team. Aspirational team
members wish to see themselves ahead from where they were before. They need to
believe they are headed somewhere in life and have a purpose. A performance
review should, therefore, aim at a convergence 
of individual development goals with the organisational goals to provide
value to each individual.

 

MEANINGFUL OUTCOMES


The ultimate objective of a performance
review is to get meaningful outcomes.
Outcomes
don’t just mean improvement in the firm’s revenue and operations. The clear
identification of each team member’s strengths and weaknesses, improvement in
employee efficiency and alignment of the practice goals with the employee goals
is effectively the right step in the right direction. These outcomes are what
constitute a well-rounded and comprehensive performance review mechanism.
Professionals must strive to achieve this consistently.

 

Performance review is a process to help team
members evaluate: How did the year go by? What could he/she have done
differently? What are the learnings carried forward to the next year? While
executing this process, there will be emotional and professional upheavals
which a team member should accept with dignity and grace. Therein lies true
learning for a professional.

 

While all of the above may sound daunting,
is it worth the effort? Totally. 
 

 

Coping with Compliances

Laws are meant to serve a number of
purposes: Establishing standards, maintaining order, resolving disputes, and
protecting liberties and rights, etc. Indian laws often fail to achieve these
purposes and even produce opposite outcomes! Often Rule of Law does not bring
intended results when laws are not equally applicable (say between State and
citizens or amongst groups of people), not equally enforced, not adjudicated
fairly and lacks a timely and cost-effective justice delivery system. In the
Indian context people avoid or dodge laws due to many reasons such as:

 

a.  Following rules does not necessarily lead to
intended / expected outcomes (low standard of service to a tax-payer or bad
quality of service delivery from State or administrative underperformance).

b. Laws are larger than the purpose they serve
(disproportionate compliance, corruption, red tape, treating the tax-payer as
evader, arbitrariness, lack of accountability).

c.  Justice delivery and adjudication process is
so convoluted and takes so much longer than it should even for routine matters.

 

The above can only be remedied by government
empathy and innovation so that citizens are encouraged to abide by the spirit
of the law and don’t get worn out by burden of doing business which is more
akin to doing compliances. It is said: Tax evasion is reprehensible; it is
social injustice by the evader to his fellow citizens. Arbitrary or excessive
taxation is equally reprehensible; it is social injustice by the government to
the people.
In today’s context excessive, reactive, and irrelevant laws
constitute reprehensible acts of social injustice by government on its own
people. Constant tweaking, amending, notifying, not notifying for months and
years1, changing schema, dysfunctional compliance portals (take GST
and PT) and the list is unending.

 

Let’s take the example of Digital Signatures
Certificates (DSC) in case of non-resident directors. They require Apostille /
Notary every two years. Add KYC process by MCA to this (aka duplication). Such
authentication costs Rs. 8,000 to 14,000 per document in many countries. While
authentication is a valid aim, its feasibility (cost, benefit, time, risk) in a
given context (say a non-operational or non-public interest entity) requires
balance. On top of this, banks ask for their own KYC. That is not all. New
changes require a video of the person (perhaps to check he is alive) before he
can get a DSC! Additionally, MCA has brought out new forms that necessitate
giving a photograph of the Director and latitude and longitude to keep the
company ‘active’! Moreover, the requirement for a full-time company secretary
is a cost burden due to a threshold / basis that is not reflective of the
actual need for having one. In a connected world, numerous disconnected laws
translate into a barrage of futile compliances that give a false sense of
conformity especially for mid-sized businesses.

 

Take obsolete laws! Inter-state change of registered
office requires that creditors give NOC. In a recent case, creditors gave their
no objection on email through scanned letters. After uploading them, the MCA
asked for proof of calling for the confirmations. Well, there was no choice but
to post those letters to creditors, enrich the postal department and upload
proof of sending by ‘Registered AD’. And yes that ‘compliance’ met the legal
requirements and the registered office shifting got approved.

 

Every form and procedure necessitates
periodic evaluation by an independent questioning group and a survey from users
– to ensure that these forms and procedures remain effective, smooth, and
meaningful. This is especially necessary for a compliance averse society like
ours. New compliances coming out every few months seem like surgical strike –
but on the wrong side – numbing the already low and overburdened base.

 

________________________________________

1   In 643 days of GST (known as Good and Simple
Tax) at the beginning of April 2019: 1 Amendment Act, 31 amendments in CGST
Rules, 364 Notifications, 224 Circulars and Orders. That is 620 changes in CGST
and IGST alone or nearly 1 per day and SGST changes are disregarded.



 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

PUNARJANMA (REBIRTH)

Indian thinkers believe firmly in the theory
of ‘rebirth.’ It is considered as an integral part of ‘Hindu’ culture.
Many modernists and atheists discard ‘rebirth’ as a ‘mythand
a meaningless concept
. Life after death is indeed a mystery and the desire
to unravel it is probably universal. Despite this belief even in India, there
were atheists like Charvak and there are many even today who ridiculed the
concept of ‘rebirth’
by questioning as to how a body which is burnt can be
reborn. However, most religions believe in the concept of ‘judgement day
when the soul will rise to receive ‘judgement’.

 

The answer to this perennial question is: It
is a fact that the body does not return – what returns is the soul (Atma)
in another body. Soul is an observer, what actually comes along with soul is
our sub-conscious which carries the past. As there is still research on this
subject, the purpose of this article is to see: How the western world is
responding to and looking at ‘rebirth’.

 

There are departments in several
universities doing research on ‘Soul and Rebirth’. Henry Ford, the
acclaimed industrialist, realised at the age of 26 the truth of
rebirth
. Ford believed that the skills a person has are ‘the legacy of many
prior births.’ Henry Ford dedicated his wealth to this research and Dr.
Stevenson carried out the research for 4 decades.

 

Friedrich Nietzsche, the German philosopher,
says that rebirth is the turning point of human existence. He adds, whatever
you do, rebirth is imminent! Corroborating this, Stuart Cheshire, an
American thinker, states wise people don’t need evidence; and there is no
use giving evidence to ‘extra-wise’ people’.

 

Kahlil Gibran believed in rebirth and so did
Socrates, and Leo Tolstoy. Even a politician, Benjamin Franklin, believed in
‘rebirth’. There are many surgeons who have written that they have actually
experienced the existence of the soul while performing ‘surgery’. A few
of their patients have related their ‘near death experience’.

 

We ourselves have observed and experienced
that some children have phenomenal ‘in-born’ knowledge and skills. This
establishes that the soul has brought with it the knowledge from its last life.

 

Scientists
and psychiatrists have also developed the technique of ‘Past Life Regression
which helps in diagnosing many chronic and psychological disorders. This also
establishes that ‘life’ is a cycle that rarely ends. Hence, all
religions motivate people to do righteous acts or ‘satkarma’ and deter them
from doing wrong things (dushkarma) because it is an inherent belief
that ‘rebirth’ carries with it our acts of the past life.



The concept of ‘karma’ is based on
‘rebirth’
. – ‘as you sow, so shall you reap’.

 

There is another interesting observation
made by researchers. They say the journey of the soul from one body to another
may not be a one-time event! It may be a slow process and ‘rebirth’ happens in
a phased manner and even after some time after death. Some also believe ‘soul
can enter even a living body resulting in a change in behaviour’
. The
scientists have observed that one suddenly acquires the skills or abilities
which one never possessed!

 

Several books have chronicled where a young
child remembers his / her past life and have visited their abode in previous
births and have met their families.

 

Hence there is ‘rebirth’. The lesson is: Let us live our life according to our simple
belief of ‘being good and doing good’
so that what the soul carries with it
to the next birth is nothing but goodness – Rebirth is a fact and let us
accept it.

RETURNS UNDER GST – A NEW LOOK !!

INTRODUCTION


1.  When GST was introduced in July,
2017, a lot of noise was created around the proposed elaborate return filing
systems which provided for online uploading of invoices issued by the supplier
systems, monthly reconciliation of transaction between registered persons,
amendment of transaction in case of mis-matches and subsequently filing of the
final return on a monthly basis to be followed by an annual return at the end
of the financial year and audit for suppliers where the aggregate turnover
exceeded the prescribed limit of Rs. 2 crore.

2.  However, the system remained in
papers only as implementation was hit with multiple issues, ranging from
non-functional government portal, lack of preparedness amongst all the
stakeholders, confusion relating to the law, and so on. Therefore, dropping the
above proposed structure, the elaborate return filing mechanism was kept on
hold and compliance was restricted to filing of GSTR 1, i.e., details of
outward supplies on either monthly or quarterly basis depending upon prescribed
turnover and GSTR 3B, a summary statement of outward supplies made during the
period and input tax credit availed on inward supplies on a monthly basis.

3.  However, the makeshift
arrangement did not serve the purpose of Government to allow credits based on
transaction level matching, identifying defaulting taxpayers at an earlier
stage, etc. Therefore, a new return filing mechanism has been proposed to
re-introduce the concept of uploading of all details relating to outward and
inward supplies and matching of transactions. In this article, we shall deal
with the proposed return forms and various intricate issues revolving around
the same. The entire discussion is based on the proposed return formats made
available on the public platform. The proposed return filing mechanism is
expected to be made applicable w.e.f July, 2019. The enabling provisions w.r.t
the same are contained in section 43A of the CGST Act, 2017.

 

BROAD FRAMEWORK

4.  The proposed framework
bifurcates tax payers into two categories, based on their aggregate turnover
as:

Tax payers having annualised aggregate turnover during FY 2017-18
not exceeding Rs. 5 crore
. Such tax payers have been given an option to
file returns quarterly or monthly. Further, there are three different options
of returns which can be filed by such tax payers, which are Sahaj, Sugam and
Normal returns. However, if opting for quarterly returns, the tax payers would
be required to make payment of taxes on monthly basis only, which would be
considered while filing of quarterly returns. Further, in case of fresh
registration, the turnover of the previous financial year shall be considered
as zero and therefore such taxpayers shall have an option of filing the returns
either monthly or quarterly.

Tax payers having annualised aggregate turnover during FY 2017-18
exceeding Rs. 5 crore.
Such tax payers have to compulsorily file returns on
monthly basis.

5.  The following chart explains
the proposed scheme:

 

6.  The option of whether return
has to be filed monthly or quarterly has to be selected at the start of the
financial year. It is important to note that once a periodicity is selected,
the same can be changed only during the start of next financial year. It is
also important to note that in case there is a change in status during the next
Financial Year, it will be the responsibility of the tax payer to opt for the
change. In case no option is selected, the option selected in the previous year
shall continue to be applied for the next Financial Year as well.

7.  Once a tax payer opts to file
quarterly returns, the next step that he needs to take is decide the type of
return that he has to file. For such tax payers there are three different
options of return filing available based on the type of transactions carried
out. For instance, Sahaj scheme is feasible for such tax payers who exclusively
provide service to unregistered persons while Sugam is suitable for those class
of tax payers who are providing service to both, registered as well as
unregistered persons but do not make other supplies, such as exempt, non-GST,
zero rated, etc. For the balance tax payers, i.e., who have all kinds of
transactions, the normal option has to be chosen.

8.  In case Sahaj option has been
selected, the tax payer can switch to Sugam but not vice-versa. Similarly, in
case a tax payer selects the normal scheme, he can switch to Sahaj / Sugam
scheme. However, the switch can be done only once, at the start of the
financial year. Further, option for switching from Sugam to Sahaj is not
available, except at the start of the financial year.

 

FLOW OF EVENTS


9.  The flow of events preceding
the filing of the above returns, be it Sahaj / Sugam / Normal return is

-Filing of ANX – 1 – this contains details of outward supplies made
during the tax period and details of inward supplies liable to RCM.

-Filing of ANX – 2 – based on details auto-populated from the suppliers
ANX – 1, the recipient shall file details of inward supplies are following the
steps discussed in the subsequent paras.

-Filing of RET – 1/2/3 – basis the details furnished in ANX – 1 and ANX
– 2, the tax payer will be required to file his applicable return and discharge
the applicable taxes, interest, fees, etc.,

-Interestingly, the formats are silent w.r.t the due dates for filing
the Annexures. Only in the context of ANX – 2, it has been stated that the same
shall be deemed to be filed after the return for the relevant period (month /
quarter) has been filed.

10. While the return in case of
Sahaj and Sugam has to be filed quarterly, the tax payer will have to make
payment on monthly basis in PMT-08 on provisional basis, after disclosing the
liability as well as the ITC availed provisionally, which will be available for
offset while filing the quarterly return. However, in all other cases,
compliances will have to be done on a monthly basis.

11. In this article, we shall
discuss in detail the various intricate aspects revolving around the filing of
ANX – 1 , ANX – 2 and RET – 1 along with the amendments through ANX – 1A and
RET – 1A.

 

ANX – 1 – details of outward supplies and inward
supplies liable to RCM

12. The new mechanism provides the
tax payer an option to upload ANX – 1 during the course of tax period itself
and not after the end of tax period. Further, the details will also be updated
on real time basis and would be made available to the recipient in his ANX – 2
by way of auto-population.

13. It is imperative to note that
the information to be provided in ANX – 1 is segregated into two parts, one
relating to outward supplies and second relating to inward supplies liable to
RCM. However, on going through the proposed formats, one can note that the
details relating to inward supplies required to be reported not only covers
transactions where tax is payable on RCM, but also all other cases where tax is
applicable but not charged by vendors. For instance, import of goods from
outside India / SEZ / SEZ developer and documents on which credit has been
claimed but not disclosed by the supplier in his RET – 1 for more than two tax
periods, if the tax payer files return monthly and one tax period if the tax
payer files return quarterly.

14. The following table lists down
the key information relating to a transaction that would be required to be
reported in ANX – 1:

 

GSTIN / UIN

      The requirement to file this information
is available in the current scheme as well.

Place of Supply
(Name of State/ UT)

Document Details

      Type

      No.

      Date

      Value

 

      Under the
current scheme of things, each document type had to be reported separately.
For instance, under the current regime, invoices and credit notes were
reported in separate tables. This is sought to be changed with all document
types, have to be reported under the same head.

HSN Code

      While the
current formats prescribed the  need to
disclose the HSN code of goods / SAC of service being supplied to be
disclosed in the GSTR 1, the said functionality was never enabled on the
portal. The same is sought to be reintroduced.

      Under the
proposed scheme, the reporting is mandated as under:

 

 

      Interestingly, the need to report HSN
wise summary, containing quantitative details has been done away with.

 

Tax rate (%)

This is standard
information which is required to be disclosed even under the existing scheme.

Taxable value

Tax amount
(I/C/S/Cess)

      Under the proposed scheme, the tax
amount will be auto calculated and not editable, except by way of issue of
debit notes / credit notes. Cess will have to be inputted manually.

Shipping Bill/ Bill
of Export details (No. & Date)

      If at the time of filing ANX – 1, these
details are not available, an option to update the same at a later date will
also be provided.

 

15. Once the above set of details
w.r.t each transaction has been collated, the tax payers will need to
segregate, depending on its’ nature, each transaction into:

 

Segregation into
the basket of

Comments

3A. Supplies made to consumers and unregistered persons
(Net of debit notes/ credit notes)

3A is common across all the three return schemes while
3B is common for Sugam and the normal scheme.

      HSN wise
details need not be reported for 3A, though required for 3B.

      It is
however important to note that disclosure relating to outward supplies liable
for tax under reverse charge need not be reported here.

3B. Supplies made to registered persons (Other than
those attracting reverse charge mechanism) – including edit / amendment

3C. Exports with payment of tax

      The
information sought in this section is similar to what is being required to be
provided in the current scheme as well.

      However, it
is provided that in case of export of goods, details of shipping bill / bill
of export may be provided at a later date also. 

3D. Exports w/o
payment of tax

3E. Supplies to SEZ units/ developers with payment of
tax – including edit / amendment

      The
information sought in this section is similar to what is being required to be
provided in the current scheme as well.

      However,
one important aspect that needs to be noted in the context of 3E is that the
supplier will have an option to select whether he / the SEZ Unit / Developer
would claim refund on such supplies or not? The SEZ Developer / unit will be
entitled to avail such credits and claim consequential claim refund of such
tax only if the supplier is not claiming refunds.

      Similarly,
even in the context of 3G, it has been provided that supplier shall declare
who will claim the refund, the supplier or recipient. If supplier is claiming
refund, the recipient shall not be entitled to avail the corresponding
credits.

3F. Supplies to SEZ units/ developers without payment
of tax – including edit / amendment

3G. Deemed exports
– including edit / amendment

3H. Inward supplies attracting reverse charge

      The notes
to the return provides that the details of inward supplies attracting RCM
need to be provided GSTIN wise and not invoice wise. In case of unregistered
suppliers, it has been provided that the PAN wise details may be disclosed.

      Furthermore,
it has been also clarified that the details of advances / debit notes /
credit notes relating to such inward supplies have also to be included in the
summary referred. Interestingly, the notes further provide that in case of
advance payment, the tax credit needs to be reversed in the Return form and
the same has to be claimed only after the said service has been received.

3I. Import of Services (Net of DN/ CN and advances
paid, if any)

3J. Import of goods

      The note
provides that the details of tax paid on import of goods from outside India /
SEZ Units / developers shall be reported here.

      It further
clarifies that this information shall be required to be provided till the
data starts flowing from the ICEGATE (Customs) portal.

 

3K. Import of goods from SEZ units/developers on a Bill
of Entry

3L. Missing documents on which credit has been claimed
in T-2 / T-1 (for quarter) tax period and supplier has not reported the same
till the filing of the return for current tax period

      This refers
to cases where credit was claimed though not appearing in ANX – 2 but even
after the expiry of two months/1 quarter from the availment of credit, the
same has not been uploaded by the supplier, thus triggering a reversal u/s.
42 (5) of CGST Act, 2017.

 

16. The above classification at
various junctures mentions “including edit / amendment”. The background to the
same is that the proposed scheme is also expected to work on a concept of
matching of transactions. It has been provided that once a transaction has been
uploaded on the portal, the facility to edit/amend the same shall depend on the
status of the transaction, i.e., whether it has been accepted or not? If not
accepted, the same can be amended upto 10th of the following month.
However, if accepted, the same can be amended upto 10th of the
following month, provided the same has been reset/unlocked by the recipient.
However, this restriction of editing/amending a transaction will not apply to
cases where the same pertains to a transaction of supply to a person not filing
returns in RET – 1/2/3, for example supplies made to composition dealers, ISD
or UIN holders and so on). Further, a facility of shifting the documents is
also proposed to be provided for transactions rejected by recipients on account
of wrong tagging. For instance, transaction wrongly tagged as SEZ supply on
payment of tax while the same relates to SEZ supply without payment of tax.

17. In addition to the above, all
tax payers who make supplies through e-commerce operators shall also be
required to disclose the details of turnover made through E-commerce operator
in table 4. However, it is important to note that the details to be disclosed
in table 4 should already be disclosed in table 3 and this is merely for
statistical purpose and would not have any impact on the output liability of
the tax payer.

 

TRANSITION FROM EXISTING SYSTEM


18. One important question that
arises is how to deal with cases where invoices were issued prior to the
introduction of the proposed scheme. For such cases, there can be three
probable scenarios, as tabulated below:

 

Scenario

Probable actions

Not reported, either in R1/ 3B

Upload the document in ANX – 1 and discharge tax along
with interest in RET – 1

Reported in 3B, but not reported in R1

Document should be uploaded, but in case of invoice,
since the tax liability would already have been discharged, the same would
have to be disclosed at 3C (5) of RET – 1 as reduction in liability.

However, while dealing with CNs, since the reduction
has already been claimed in the earlier scheme, reporting of CN would require
increase in liability to be reported at 3A (8) of RET – 1.

Reported in R1, but not reported in 3B

This would refer to cases where the tax effect of an
invoice/CN has not be considered while filing 3B. For such cases, w.r.t
invoices, the tax amount should be disclosed at 3A (8) in RET – 1 to increase
the liability and in case of credit notes, the tax amount should be disclosed
at 3C (5) to reduce the liability.

 

ANX – 2 ANNEXURE OF INWARD SUPPLIES AND MATCHING CONCEPT


19. This annexure primarily deals
with the concept of matching of transactions wherein the transactions reported
by suppliers would be auto-populated on real time basis in this annexure and
the recipient is required to mark each such transaction as either accepted,
rejected or pending.

20. The act of accepting a document
would mean that the recipient has accepted the transaction in all aspects. Acceptance
of a transaction would make it not eligible for edit / amendment by supplier,
unless unlocked.

21. Upon acceptance, if the
supplier has disclosed the transaction in ANX – 1 by 10th of the
next month, credit of the same can be claimed by the recipient in the month to
which the transaction pertains. However, for transactions disclosed after 10th
of the next month, credit would get deferred. Let us understand this with an
example. A supplier has issued an invoice on 15th July, 2019 and
disclosed the same in ANX – 1 on 5th August, 2019, the recipient can
claim credit of this invoice while filing the return for the month of July,
2019 itself. However, in case the supplier reports this transaction only on 15th
August, 2019, then the credit will have to be claimed in the next month.

22. The need to reject a
transaction shall arise, as per the instructions to filing ANX – 2, when
recipient does not agree with details disclosed such as the HSN Code, tax rate,
value etc., which cannot be corrected through a credit/debit note or the GSTIN
of the recipient itself is erroneous and therefore the transaction appears to a
person who is not concerned with the same. The notice of rejection of a
transaction would be sent to the supplier only after filing of return by the
recipient and the same would enable the supplier to edit / amend the
transactions in ANX – 1.

23. The third action, i.e., mark
the transaction as pending means that the recipient is either unsure of the
transaction appearing in ANX – 2 or he is yet to receive the invoice for such
transaction or the corresponding supplies would not have been received by them.
Such transactions which are marked as pending would be rolled over to the ANX –
2 for the next period. However, the same would not be available to the
supplier for editing / amendment unless the recipient rejects them.

24. However, if any transaction is
not marked as accepted/ rejected / pending and the return in RET – 1 / 2 / 3 is
filed, the same shall be deemed to be accepted and corresponding ITC shall be
made available for such recipient. Therefore, it would be very important for
the recipient to ensure that all transactions are marked as either accepted,
rejected or pending as failure to do so might result in claim of credit in case
of transactions which were ultimately meant to be rejected or dealt with
ineligible credits.

25. In addition to the above, there
can be instances wherein a recipient has received invoice from a supplier and
accounted the same in his books of accounts. However, such invoice is not
reported by the supplier in his ANX – 1 or has been reported wrongly (say
classified as B2C or tagged to wrong GSTIN and so on). For such transactions,
the recipient of supply shall be required to self-claim credit for such
transactions in the return form. However, such recipient shall be required to
disclose transactions of self – claim of credit in ANX – 1 if the supplier has
failed to report the transaction in his ANX – 1, in the following manner:

-If the supplier failed to report supplies after lapse of two tax
periods in case of monthly return and one tax period in case of quarterly
return being filed by the recipient.

-The details of such transactions
wherein the suppliers have still not filed their returns, but credit has been
claimed by therecipient shall be made available to the recipient through ANX –
2.



RET – 1 – MONTHLY OR QUARTERLY RETURNS UNDER THE NORMAL SCHEME


26. This is the return which each
tax payer is required to file w.r.t his outward and inward supplies. As of now,
the formats suggest that substantial information would be auto-populated from
disclosures made in ANX – 1 and actions taken on various transactions appearing
in ANX – 2 of the tax payer.

27. However, there would be certain
information which would be required to be filled by the tax payer. The same in
the context of outward supplies would be:

 

3.A.8. Liabilities relating to period prior to the
introduction of current return filing system and any other liability to be
paid

Refer discussion at para 19

3.C.3. Advances received (net of refund vouchers and
including adjustments on account of wrong reporting of advances earlier)

In the current scheme, this information needs to be
furnished in GSTR 1 along with POS wise, rate wise summary.

3.C.4. Advances adjusted

3.C.5. Reduction in output tax liability on account of
transition from composition levy to normal levy, if any or any other
reduction in liability

Refer discussion at para 19

3.D. (1-5) Details of supplies having no liability
[Exempt and nil rated supplies, non-GST supplies (including no
supply/Schedule III supplies), outward supplies attracting reverse charge and
supply of goods by a SEZ unit/ developer to DTA on a bill of entry]

This clause proposes to cover transactions of outward
supplies on which no GST is applicable, such as exempt supplies, non-GST
supplies and so on.

 

28. Similarly in the context of
inward supplies and input tax credit, the tax payer would require to input
following details which would increase the claim of input tax credit:

 

4.A.4. Eligible credit (after 1st July,
2017) not availed prior to the introduction of this return but admissible as
per Law (transition to new return system)

This clause will cover disclosure of  credit claim relating to invoices issued
under the GST Regime but prior to the introduction of the new scheme of
returns filing.

4.A.10. Provisional input tax credit on documents not
uploaded by the supplier (net of ineligible credit)

This clause will cover self – claimed credits where
transactions are not appearing in ANX – 2 but claimed by the tax payer on the
strength of the documents available on record.

4.A.11. Upward adjustments to input tax credits due to
receipt of credit notes and all other adjustments and reclaims

In case of credit notes reported by a supplier in ANX –
1 and accepted by the recipient in his ANX – 2, there will be automatic
reversal of input tax credit. However, there can be cases where the recipient
would not have claimed credit in the original invoice itself, thus resulting
in double reversal of credit for the recipient. For such cases, the amount of
tax associated with each credit notes will have to be added back to the ITC
claim of the recipient.



Any other adjustments shall also be reported here.

 

29. Further following details which
would decrease the claim of input tax credit will also have to be manually
added to the return by the tax payer:

 

4.B.2. Supplies not eligible for credit (including ISD
credit)

[out of net credit available in table 4A above]

This would cover cases relating to claim of input tax
credit which are covered by section 17 (5) or other cases wherein the claim
of credit is not eligible.

4.B.3. Reversal of credit in respect of supplies on
which provisional credit has already been claimed in the previous tax periods
but documents have been uploaded by the supplier in the current tax period

This clause covers credits which were self-claimed in
the earlier period, and the corresponding transaction has been uploaded by
the supplier and accepted by the tax payer during the current tax period and
therefore in order to avoid double claim, to the extent credit was claimed
provisionally to be reversed.

4.B.4. Reversal of input tax credit as per law (Rule
37, 39, 42 and 43)

This would include adjustments on account of the
specific provisions in the Act

4.B.5. Other reversals, including downward adjustments
to input tax credits on account of transition from composition to normal
levy, if any

This would include all other reversals to input tax
credit on account of reasons, other than the above.

30.In addition to the above, as statistical
information, the tax payer would need to identify the amount of credit which
pertains to capital goods and input services out of ITC available net of
reversals determined in the return. The logic behind this segregation is to
determine the amount of ITC in case the tax payer claims refund of accumulated
ITC on account of zero rated supplies/inverted rate structure. However, this
would pose a substantial challenge since various adjustments to the ITC
reported in the return, such as relating to Rule 43 are at aggregate level and
cannot be identified easily at transaction level and therefore the submission
of information to this extent might pose difficulty.

31. The next field that is relevant relates to
calculation of interest and late fee details at table 6. The liability on
account of interest and late fee due to late filing of returns would be
auto-computed by the system. Interestingly, this would also cover following:

liability on
account of late reporting of tax invoices, for instance, invoice of July
reported in August.

liability on
account of rejection of accepted documents.

32. In addition to the above, the tax payer will be
also required to self-calculate interest liability on account of following:

reversal of input
tax credit on account of various reasons, such as Rule 37, 42, 43, etc., as
well as interest

interest liability on account of delayed reporting of transactions
attracting reverse charge. The time of supply in case of reverse charge
transactions is attracted within 60 days from the date of invoice or date of
payment to the vendor, whichever is earlier. However, in case of supply of
services by Associated Enterprises located outside India, the time of supply is
triggered on the date when the entry is made in the books of accounts or the
date of payment, whichever is earlier. In all such cases where the time of
supply is determined late, the same would result in a liability to pay interest
which would have to be reported here.

    Any other interest liability

33. Once the above action is taken, the tax payer
will have to discharge the liability, either by utilising the balance lying in
electronic cash ledger or electronic credit ledger as per the applicable
provisions and file the return.

 

ANX – 1A AMENDMENTS TO ANX – 1

34. Under the proposed scheme, it is provided that
a tax payer can amend the details furnished in ANX – 1 and RET – 1 by amending
the return filed for the tax period in which the transaction was reported.
However, such amendment can be done only for transactions wherein GSTIN level
details were not submitted. In other words, B2B, SEZ and Deemed export
transactions cannot be amended. The same will have to be processed through the
“edit/amendment” route only as discussed above.

35. For other cases wherein amendment is required,
the amendment will have to be given effect for the period to which the
transaction pertains. For instance, a sales invoice was reported in July, 2019
as local sale. In September, 2019, it came to the tax payers’ attention that
the transaction was wrongly reported as local sale though it was an interstate
sale as per invoice. Accordingly, for such transaction, the tax payer will be
required to file ANX – 1A of July, 2019 and then proceed to file RET – 1A to
amend the RET – 1 of that period.

36. The above concept will be applicable in case of
amendment of transaction reported late in ANX – 1 also. For instance, an
invoice dated July, 2019 has been reported in ANX – 1 of September, 2019 and
liability discharged while filing the return for September, 2019. However, if
for such transaction any amendment is required to be done, the same will have
to be done in the month of July, 2019 as the transaction pertains to that
month, though disclosed in September, 2019.

37. An amendment can be done in ANX – 1A only w.r.t
transactions which have been reported in ANX – 1. For instance in the above
example, if an invoice dated July, 2019 was not reported in ANX – 1 of July,
2019, the same cannot be then reported in July, 2019 through ANX – 1A. Such
transactions can be reported only through ANX – 1.

38. The ANX – 1A shall be deemed to be filed only
after the RET – 1A has been filed.

 

RET – 1A – AMENDMENT TO RET – 1

39. Based on the details amended in ANX – 1A,
amendment to details already disclosed in RET – 1 on account of the ANX – 1A
will have to be done. For instance, in ANX – 1A, the liability under reverse
charge has been increased. The impact of this amendment will be auto-populated
in RET – 1A and the tax payer will have to make disclosures w.r.t the said
amendment as to whether any supplies are not eligible for credits and so on.
Only the impact of amendments will be considered in RET – 1A and not all the
transactions reported in the original return.

40. Basis the amendments disclosed in the RET – 1A,
the net tax payable/refundable will be determined. In case a liability is
determined, the same will have to be paid before the filing of RET – 1A.
However, in case the amendment results in excess payment, or negative liability
as referred in the instructions, the same will be made available to the
taxpayer in the next RET – 1 to be filed after filing of RET – 1A. 

 

CONCLUSION:

41. The proposed scheme of returns, undoubtedly
appear more in the nature of old wine in new bottle, with the scope of details
to be disclosed remaining more or less the same. However, there are certain
substantial changes, such as option to amend the returns itself.

42.  In
addition to the above, it will also be important for tax payers to shore up
their IT systems to facilitate the above process through automation rather than
manual intervention to avoid possibility of errors.

IMPORTANCE OF VOLUNTEERING IN STUDENT LIFE

“The way to find
yourself is to lose yourself in the service of others” – Mahatma Gandhi.

 

It is rightly
concluded by the great national leader and human being, Mahatma Gandhi in the
above quote that you need to serve others in order to know your true purpose in
life and what better stage than student life.

 

WHAT DO YOU MEAN BY VOLUNTEERING?

Volunteering simply
means undertaking a task or providing service to an organisation or a cause
without being paid for the same. It is an act of altruistic behaviour i.e., not
having a selfish motive behind doing anything. Thus, it is rightly said that
volunteers are paid in six figures i.e. S-M-I-L-E-S.

 

WHY SHOULD STUDENTS VOLUNTEER?

The early you start
a habit the better it is. A human being while he is studying can quickly adapt
changes and make such change a part of his life. Student life enables a person
to explore among the choices which he can make along with its academic curriculum.

 

Following are the
benefits of volunteering in a student’s life which make the act of volunteering
important:

 

1. Effective
utilisation of time and time management skills

Nowadays, it is a
common scenario to find students of all ages especially the teenagers glue
their eyes to electronic devices like mobiles, tablets and laptops. Though
technology is an integral part of the human beings alive today but more often
it is found to be misutilised or excessively utilised by the younger
generation.

 

Volunteering for a
particular cause or an event will help a student to effectively utilise the
available time.

 

Also, it is
observed that those students’ who volunteer develop better time management
skills because they learn to balance all tasks in the given time.

 

2. Inculcating civic behaviour

Students who
volunteer for social causes tend to develop a sense of civic behaviour. A
recent example is that of Swachh Bharat Mission which saw many students
actively participating in cleanliness drive which has created awareness among
all.

 

Causes like
protecting the environment, saving wildlife, segregation of waste, saving
water, among others have immensely helped in creating a sense of responsibility
towards the society and mankind.

 

3. Develops a habit
of team work

“Alone we can do
little but together we can do so much” – Hellen Keller.


Volunteering is
done in groups or teams and students are assigned tasks they are supposed to
perform in a team. A student learns how to be a team player. He learns to adapt
with people of different culture and background and thus be effective in
adjusting with anyone in the future while working in a team.

 

4. Improve leadership skills

Students who volunteer often find themselves capable of taking any task
on their own. The confidence gained during volunteering helps them to possess
good leadership skills which will be beneficial in every aspect of life in the
future.

 

5. Promotes healthy well-being

Students remain
active when they take up any other activity voluntarily and it is normally seen
that such students are very active, energetic and have a positive outlook
towards life. They are enthusiastic as they always look forward to do something
more than normal. It is observed that students who volunteer gain peace of mind
through the activities they perform for others.

 

6. Students become more responsible –
socially

Be the change
you wish to see in the world. – Mahatma Gandhi

 

In todays’ era,
change is inevitable and it is the only thing which is constant. Students wish
to make a difference in the society and volunteering or standing up for
something gives them a platform to put forward their point of views and help in
bringing about the change by first, starting themselves and then creating
awareness among their peers social responsibility is that of the society and
what better way than learning in a students’ life.

 

7. Helps in improving CV

After completing
your academic career, a student builds his professional career based on his
knowledge. But it is those extra-curricular activities which give him an extra
edge among his peers. Employers generally find it impressive when they find
that a person has volunteered in his student life because it helps to make them
conclude that he/she is a person with a vision, a purpose and he can do so much
more than what is generally expected out of employees.

 

8. Provides an opportunity to learn a new
skill

Based on my personal experience, I had the opportunity to be part of
the club which promoted Gujarati and Marathi language wherein several
activities were conducted weekly. As a student volunteer, I not only gained
knowledge on these languages but also a sense of belonging to the people
belonging to the respective caste.



Many organisations, University Clubs and Associations take up
activities which are either not for profit or are for a particular event which
involves lot of work from organising, co-ordinating, working with technology,
innovation and so much more. These activities help students to learn a new
skill for example, calligraphy or may be learning a new language or painting,
sketching, public speaking among others.



9. Makes way for future goals

If a student has
volunteered for something then it is quite possible that he can take the
learnings further by making a career in the same. Many students who volunteer
for a single task or may be try hands at different things often are able to
judge their capabilities and interests which helps them to make a career
choice.

 

10. Gives a sense of satisfaction and its
fun

The miracle is
not knowing how the work is done but by being happy in doing it. – Mother
Teresa

 

It is always a
joyous feeling to do something for others and it is quite evident when you see
smiles on the faces of other people or you are able to do something for a
cause. It is always happy feeling to do something for others.

 

First give and only
then you can get.
 

 

Note – Kanika has been an active and regular
participant in Tarang 2K15, Tarang 2K16, Tarang 2K17 and Tarang 2K18 events and
has consistently won prizes in Essay and debate competitions. In Tarang 2K18,
she bagged the 1st prize in Essay Competition for this Essay. In a
fitting tribute to her contribution, this award winning Essay is printed in
this BCAJ issue.

 

 

FDI IN E-COMMERCE

Background

 

Retail sector in
India is considered to be a sensitive sector especially due to factors, such as
(i) the employment it generates; (ii) unorganised clusters of traders iii)
inability to compete with large players iv) concentration of vote bank.
Accordingly, Government over the years has traded consciously and opened up FDI
in retail sector in truncated manner.

 

The Department of
Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) of the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India has issued Press Note No 2 (2018 Series) on 26th
December, 2018 (PN 2 of 2018). PN 2 of 2018 amends paragraph 5.2.15.2
(e-commerce activities) of the current ‘Consolidated FDI Policy’ of the DIPP
effective from 28th August, 2017 (FDI Policy), effective from 1st
February, 2019. Paragraph 5.2.15.2 (e-commerce activities) incorporates the
provisions of Press Note No 3 (2016 Series) dated 29th March, 2016
(PN 3 of 2016), pursuant to which foreign direct investment (FDI) up to 100%
was allowed under the automatic route in entities engaged in the marketplace
model of e-commerce, subject to compliance with certain conditions. However,
FDI in entities engaged in the inventory-based model of e-commerce was
expressly prohibited, and this continues to be the case as on date. A
marketplace-based model of e-commerce is a model of providing an information
technology platform by an e-commerce entity on a digital and electronic network
to act as a facilitator between buyer and seller. An inventory-based model of
e-commerce, on the other hand, is a model where inventory of goods and services
is owned by an e-commerce entity and is sold to the consumers directly.

 

It has been a bone
of contention of trade association that FDI component is creating an uneven
playing field to the disadvantage of millions of small business enterprises. It
is alleged that the e-retailers are engaged in predatory pricing policy and
subsidizing the prices with a view to oust brick and mortar shops from retail
trade.

 

While the
conditions contained in PN 3 of 2016 were introduced to bring some comfort to
brick and mortar retailers (small traders) and to ostensibly create a level
playing field for such retailers with their e-commerce counterparts, it was
felt in some quarters that the wording of PN 3 of 2016 was not stringent enough
and that the intended goal of such PN 3 of 2016 was not being achieved.
Complains were made to regulator that certain marketplace platforms were
violating policy by influencing the price of products and indirectly engaging
in inventory-based model. In order to ensure that rules are not circumvented
DIPP came up with PN 2 of 2018[1].

 

Some of the
important changes made by PN 2 of 2018 are highlighted in this article.

 

Scope and
applicability

PN 2 of 2018
proposes to amend para 5.2.15.2 dealing with e-commerce activities.
Accordingly, PN 2 of 2018 has no impact on following:

 

  •     Wholesale cash and carry
    trading;
  •     Single brand retail trading
    operating through brick and mortar stores;
  •     Multi brand retail trading;
  •     Indian entity with no FDI
    engaged in online e-commerce business;
  •     Indian entity with FDI
    engaged in manufacturing selling products in India through e-commerce.

 

Restrictions of PN
2 of 2018 are applicable to Indian e-commerce company having FDI. It does not
apply to home grown retail majors like Vijay Sales, Big Bazaar, Reliance Retail
etc. Thus, PN 2 of 2018 may assure level playing field against foreign capital but
does little to prevent small traders from predatory pricing and market
penetration policy adopted by Indian conglomerates.

 

PN 2 of 2018 is
applicable from 1st February, 2019. There is no express
grandfathering of existing structures. Moreover, since amendments seek to
clarify legislative intent, it is advisable that e-commerce companies comply
with new regulations. Some of the stringent conditions will require e-commerce
companies to rejig their business model.

 

 

Ownership and control over inventory

 

Policy

E-commerce entity
providing a marketplace will not exercise ownership or control over the
inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an ownership or control over
the inventory will render the business into inventory based model. Inventory of
a vendor will be deemed to be controlled by e-commerce marketplace entity if
more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are from the marketplace entity or
its group companies.

 

Comments

  •     Existing regulation i.e. PN
    3 of 2016 provides that e-commerce entity providing a market place will not
    exercise ownership over the inventory i.e. goods purported to be sold. Such an
    ownership over inventory will render the business into inventory-based model.
  •     PN 2 of 2018 imposes an
    additional condition and deems inventory of vendor to be controlled by
    e-commerce marketplace entity if more than 25% of purchases of such vendor are
    from market place entity or its group companies.
  •     Said condition seems to
    plug in loophole in existing regulatory framework. Under existing regulatory
    framework e-commerce entity can undertake B2B trading. Marketplace Entities
    used one or more of their group entities to sell goods to sellers on a B2B
    basis with such sellers in turn listing the goods on the Marketplace Entity’s
    platforms for sale to retail customers.
  •     Going forward, e-commerce
    entity will have to develop mechanism to track purchases of vendor listed on
    its portal. If 25% limit is breached by vendor it will tantamount to violation
    of FDI conditions for e-commerce entity. This is likely to be cumbersome
    compliance as vendors may be reluctant to share their financial details.
  •     Regulation is not clear on
    period for computing ‘25%’ threshold limit. Arguably, 25% of purchases should
    be calculated for each financial year and reference to 25% should be in value
    terms based on financial statement of vendor. Further, 25% of overall threshold
    can be computed only after closure of financial year. This poses challenge on
    e-commerce companies to test compliance before closure of financial year. Further,
    regulation is not clear in case of computation of 25% threshold in case of
    vendor engaged in trading of multiple goods. It is not clear whether 25%
    threshold should be computed for that segment of goods traded on e-commerce
    website or purchase on overall basis needs to be seen.
  •     Regulation stresses on
    purchase aspect of vendor from e-commerce companies or its group companies and
    has nothing to do with the aspect of vendor selling goods on market platform of
    e-commerce companies. Accordingly, on plain reading – say Vendor A purchasing
    goods in bulk[2]
    from group companies of Flipkart and selling on Amazon and offline in large
    quantities and on Flipkart in small quantities, will render Flipkart to
    violation of FDI norms.
  •     Restriction may put
    limitation on Indian vendors who are not 
    recipient of FDI to look out for alternatives sources to procure goods.
    Thus, PN 2 of 2018 indirectly regulates procurement pattern of non FDI
    companies trading on e-commerce platform.
  •     Sellers may require to
    broad base their procurement function and approach directly distributors or
    manufacturer of products. This is likely to impact margins and supply chain
    efficiency.
  •     Interestingly, PN 2 of 2018
    permits e-commerce companies to provide support services in respect of
    warehousing, logistics, order fulfilment, call centre, payment collection and
    other services. Accordingly, it may be open for e-commerce company or group
    company to provide indenting services to sellers and facilitate them to
    purchase goods from distributor or manufacturers. Said services can be validly
    provided as long as it is provided in fair and non-discriminatory manner.
  •     Regulation 2 of FEMA 20(R)
    defines group company as follows:

“Group Company
means two or more enterprises which, directly or indirectly, are in a position
to

(a)  Exercise 26 percent, or more of voting rights
in other enterprise;  or

(b) Appoint more than 50 percent, of members of
board of directors in the other enterprise.”

  •     Definition of Group Company
    is based on 26% shareholder threshold and power to appoint more than 50%
    members of Board. This definition is in contradiction to definition of control
    under Ind AS 110[3].
    Ind AS definition of control is expansive and requires Company to give
    consideration to shareholders agreement and right flowing to investor to
    determine control. As against that, definition of group company in FEMA 20(R)
    is more legalistic. Further, analyst believes that stringent condition is
    likely to pave way to franchisee models[4].

 

Restriction on group company sellers to
participate on e-commerce platform

 

Policy

An entity having
equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its group companies,
or having control on its inventory by e-commerce marketplace entity or its
group companies, will not be permitted to sell its products on the platform run
by such marketplace entity.

 

Comments

  •     Existing regulation i.e. PN
    3 of 2016 provides that e-commerce entity will not permit more than 25% of the
    sales value on financial year basis affected through its marketplace from one
    vendor or group company.
  •     PN 2 of 2018 prohibits i)
    entity having equity participation by e-commerce marketplace entity or its
    group companies or ii) vendor on which e-commerce marketplace entity or its
    group companies has control over inventory.
  •     On comparison of existing
    and new regulation following are notable changes:

    Ban on entity in which e-commerce
marketplace entity or its group companies has equity participation to sell on
e-commerce platform.

    Ban on entity on which e-commerce
marketplace entity or its group companies has control over inventory to sell on
e-commerce platform.

    Other vendors (other than mentioned above)
can sell on e-commerce platform even if its sales amount to more than 25% of
sales value.

  •     PN 2 of 2018 has used
    ambiguous term ‘equity participation’. Extant FDI Policy defines ‘capital
    instrument’ as referring to equity shares, CCPS, CCDs and warrants. It is
    therefore unclear whether the term “equity participation” refers solely to
    equity investments or whether it includes investments using other instruments
    (such as CCPS, CCDs or warrants) as well and its impact on conversion. Further
    no threshold for equity participation is prescribed. Accordingly, holding of 1%
    by specified entities will debar investee entity from trading in e-commerce platform.
  •     At times investing in
    companies providing support services are driven by business and commercial
    consideration. Since services are so interlinked, it may be a commercial
    necessity to hold stake in service company to ensure quality of service and safeguard
    reputation of e-commerce companies. Revised policy seems to give a total go-by
    to business consideration and looks involvement of service company (with equity
    participation of e-commerce company) as a sole driver.

    Many e-commerce entities operating in India
have made (or entities controlled by them have made) investments in entities
(First Level JV Entity) that are owned and controlled by an Indian resident.
The First Level JV Entities establish further subsidiaries (Second Level JV
Entity). In light of the current guidelines on downstream investments, these
Second Level JV Entities or group entities are not subjected to similar
obligations as applicable to foreign direct investment in First Level JV
Entity. Use of term ‘equity participation’ raises issue whether restriction
will apply to First Level JV entity or even Second Level JV Entity. In contrast
to other clauses in PN 2 of 2018, this clause does not use the words equity
participation ‘directly or indirectly’.

    Policy is likely to put a break on Amazon
from selling products from subsidiaries like Cloudtail and Appario, Flipkart
from selling products through its investee company WS Retail unless e-commerce
major restructures their business model. 

 

No exclusivity

 

Policy

E-commerce
marketplace entity will not mandate any seller to sell any product exclusively
on its platform only.

 

Comments

  •     Condition seems to be one
    way in terms of requiring e-commerce entity to sell product exclusively on its
    platform. Condition does not restrict seller to approach e-commerce company to
    sell its product exclusively on its platform.
  •     This condition will put
    check on practices of selling mobile phones and white goods on exclusive basis.
    Accordingly, it will no longer be open for Flipkart to have exclusive partnership
    of selling smartphones like Xiaomi and Oppo. Exclusive sale was perceived to be
    concentration of power in hands of few and detrimental to the interest of small
    traders.
  •     Said condition puts
    practice of selling private label products say Amazon kindle, Amazon Echo, MarQ
    range of electronic goods in doubt. Private label products are in-house brands
    of e-commerce company. Reason for promoting private label products is to earn
    high margin and seek repetitive customers as private label products are exclusively
    sold by e-commerce companies.  E-commerce
    entities seek to sell private label products at discounted price vis-à-vis
    compete and try to lure customers.
  •     On plain reading, there is
    no bar on sellers to sell products exclusively on e-commerce platform. DIPP in
    its press release has clarified that present policy does not impose any
    restriction on the nature of products which can be sold on the marketplace.

 

Level playing field

 

Policy

E-commerce entities
providing marketplace will not directly or indirectly influence the sale price
of goods or services and shall maintain level playing field. Services should be
provided by e-commerce marketplace entity or other entities in which e-commerce
marketplace entity has direct or indirect equity participation or common
control, to vendors on the platform at arm’s length and in a fair and
non-discriminatory manner. Such services will include but are not limited to
fulfilment, logistics, warehousing, advertisement/marketing, payments,
financing etc. Cash back provided by group companies of marketplace entity to
buyers shall be fair and non-discriminatory. For the purposes of this clause,
provision of services to any vendor on such terms which are not made available
to other vendors in similar circumstances will be deemed unfair and
discriminatory.

 

Comments

  •     PN 3 of 2016 merely
    stipulates that e-commerce entities providing marketplace will not directly or
    indirectly influence the sale price of goods or services and shall maintain
    level playing field. PN 2 of 2018 imposes additional conditions on e-commerce
    companies and its investee company to provide services to vendors on platform
    at arm’s length on fair and non-discriminatory manner. Policy deems that
    provision of services to any vendor on such terms which are not made available
    to other vendors in similar circumstances will be deemed unfair and
    discriminatory.
  •     Policy seems to plug
    practices of predatory pricing policy and subsidising the prices. Going forward
    it will be difficult to provide cash back, fast delivery, etc., to select set
    of sellers. All the service providers will have to open up such services for
    all the sellers on its platform.
  •     Use of terms ‘arm’s
    length’, ‘fair and non-discriminatory’ and ‘similar circumstance’ are
    subjective and is likely to give rise to further frictions. It is equally true
    in a market place; all sellers can’t be treated similarly. It is natural for
    business to give preferential treatment to set of customers who are top
    customers. Person selling miniscule quantity cannot be compared with customer
    selling substantial quantity. Use of the word ‘similar circumstances’ should be
    construed in right perspective.
  •     Policy requires cash back
    to be provided to buyers and services to be provided to sellers to be fair and
    non-discriminatory. Policy does not seem to restrict buyer/seller to be
    provided better services if they are paying a premium/price to avail
    preferential service. Accordingly, services like prime membership are unlikely
    to be affected by new regulation.

 

Report to RBI

 

Policy

E-commerce
marketplace entity will be required to furnish a certificate along with a
report of statutory auditor to Reserve Bank of India, confirming compliance of
above guidelines, by 30th of September of every year for the
preceding financial year.

 

Comments

  •     Regulation places
    additional obligation on statutory auditor to certify compliance with new
    guidelines. This will be an onerous task given subjectivity involved in
    guidelines.

 

Concluding Remarks

Revised regulation
seeks to provide level playing field to small traders and protect them from
foreign capital. Changes come at a time when 
investments in e-commerce are at record high. Acquisition of controlling
stake by Walmart in Flipkart at whopping USD 16 billion raised bar of
e-commerce industry in India. Research firm Crisil has estimated that nearly
35-40% of e-retail industry sales, amounting to Rs 35,000-40,000 crore, could
be impacted due to the tightened policy. It is further estimated that Brick and
Mortar business will gain 150-200 bps topline boost. Media5 has
reported that new regulations are draconian and a bigger retrograde move than
even Vodafone tax issues. It will not only impact e-commerce sector but also
FDI inflow in other sectors because regulations can change overnight. One
believes that DIPP will come out with clarification and allay all fears.

STAMP DUTY ON CHAIN OF DOCUMENTS

Introduction


Go to register a document
for a flat/office and chances are that the Sub-registrar of Assurances would
point out that the antecedent title documents have not been stamped properly
and hence, the current instrument cannot be registered. The Authority would first
ask that stamp duty with penalty be paid on all the earlier chain of documents
and only then would the current instrument get stamped and registered. This
creates several hurdles for property buyers and they are unnecessarily
penalised for past lapses in the property documents. One wonders till what
extent can the current buyer be asked to go to pay stamp duty on the past
documents?

 

In this respect, the Bombay
High Court has given a path breaking decision which would ease the property
buying process.

 

The Case


The decision was rendered
in  the case of Lajawanti G.
Godhwani vs. Shyam R. Godhwani and Vijay Jindal, Suit No. 3394/2008
,
decision rendered on 13th December, 2018.This case
pertained to a flat purchased in an auction conducted by the Court Receiver.
The last time the flat was sold was in 1979 and that document was stamped only
with a duty of Rs. 10. The old agreement was not even registered. When the
purchaser went to register the instrument of transfer, the Sub-registrar of
Assurances demanded stamp duty on the entire chain of title documents since the
same was not paid. The duty alone on the old agreement at the Stamp Duty
Reckoner Rates amounted to Rs. 2 crore. As the purchaser had bought the flat
through a Court Receiver’s auction, he approached the High Court to get
directives that the seller should bear the previous stamp duty and penalty.
While one of the original owners agreed, the other former co-owners refused.
Accordingly, the High Court was hearing their dispute.

 

Basics of Stamp Law


Before understanding what
the Court held, it would be useful to appreciate certain basics of stamp duty.
Stamp duty is both a subject of the Central and the State Government. Under the
Constitution of India, the power to levy stamp duty is divided between the
Union and the State. The Parliament has the power to levy stamp duty on the
instruments specified in Article 246 read with Schedule VII, List I, Entry 91
and the State Legislature has the power to levy stamp duty on instruments
falling under Article 246 read with Schedule VII, List II, Entry 63. Often a
question arises, which Act applies – the Indian Stamp Act, 1899 or the
Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958. For most of the instruments, the State Act would
apply. However, for the nine instruments provided in the Union List of the
Constitution of India, the rates are mentioned in the Schedule to the Indian
Stamp Act, 1899.

 

In Hindustan Steel
Ltd. vs. Dalip Construction Company, 1969 SCR (3) 796,
the Supreme
Court held that the Stamp Act is a fiscal measure enacted to secure revenue for
the State on certain classes of instruments. 

 

Stamp Duty is leviable on
an instrument (and not a transaction) mentioned in Schedule I to the Maharashtra
Stamp Act, 1958 at rates mentioned in that Schedule – LIC vs. Dinannath
Mahade Tembhekar AIR 1976 Bom 395.
An Instrument is defined under the
Maharashtra Stamp Act to include every document by which any right or liability
is created, transferred, limited, extended, extinguished or recorded.  However, it does not include a bill of
exchange, cheque, promissory note, bill of lading, letter of credit, policy of
insurance, transfer of share, debenture, proxy and receipt. This is because
these nine instruments are within the purview of the Indian Stamp Act, 1899.
All instruments chargeable with duty and executed in Maharashtra should be
stamped before or at the time of execution or immediately thereafter or on the
next working day following the date of execution. 

 

One of the biggest myths
surrounding stamp duty is that it is levied on a transaction. It is only levied
on an instrument and that too provided the Schedule mentions rates for it. If
there is no instrument then there is no duty is the golden rule one must always
keep in mind. An English decision in the case of  The Commissioner of Inland Revenue vs.
G. Anous & Co. (1891) Vol. XXIII Queen’s Bench Division 579
has
held that held that the thing, which is made liable to stamp duty is the
“instrument”. It is the “instrument” whereby
any property upon the sale thereof is legally or equitably transferred and the
taxation is confined only to the instrument whereby the property is
transferred. If a contract of purchase or sale or a conveyance by way of purchase
and sale, can be, or is, carried out without an instrument, the case would not
fall within the section and no tax can be imposed. Taxation is confined to the
instrument by which the property is transferred legally and equitably
transferred. This decision was cited by the Supreme Court in the case of Hindustan
Lever Ltd vs. State of Maharashtra, (2004) 9 SCC 438.

 

On 9th December,
1985, the Maharashtra Stamp Act was amended which mandated that stamp duty had
to be paid at the rates prescribed in the Ready Reckoner published every year.
Following this, the Stamp Office started demanding stamp duty even on resale
agreements of old properties for which a nominal duty had been paid on the
agreements when they were originally executed. Consequently, the issue arose as
to whether the amendments made in 1985 were applicable even to documents which
were registered earlier than 1985. Two Single Judge decisions of the Bombay
High Court, Padma Nair vs. The Deputy Collector, Valuation, AIR 1994 Bom
160 / ITC Limited and Anr. vs The State and a Division Bench decision in the
case of Nirmala Manherlal Shah vs State, 2005 (5) BomCR 206
are
relevant in this respect. The Courts in these cases were considering whether
stamp duty was payable on the agreement to sell entered into before 9th
December, 1985. The Courts took a view that only in respect of those Agreements
to Sell entered into with effect from 9th December, 1985 and not
earlier were to be stamped in terms of the definition ‘conveyance’ read with
Explanation under article of Schedule I. Inspite of these verdicts the Stamp
Office demands stamp duty on old agreements that had been executed prior to
1985.

 

Bombay High Court’s verdict


The verdict in the instant
case was delivered by J. Gautam Patel. The Court held that as regards the
question of stamp duty on antecedent documents there was no clear or well
considered response from the Stamp Office. Neither the Officer from the Stamp
Office nor the Assistant Government Pleader was able to show the Court as to
under what provision of the Stamp Act, old documents prior to the amendments to
the Stamp Act could be legitimately or lawfully said to be “unstamped” or even
insufficiently stamped if, according to the law as it stood at that historical point
in time, the document itself was not liable to stamp in the first place. The
Counsel for the Government agreed that any such assessment would have to be on
the basis of the Stamp Act as it stood at that time of the older transactions
and not at the current rates.

 

The High Court held that
the entire approach of seeking duty on past agreements seemed prima facie
entirely incorrect. The Court considered a very simple example to substantiate
its stand—a flat in a cooperative housing society was held by A, who was the
original allottee of the flat. In 1970, he sold the flat to B. It is not shown
that the 1970 sale attracted stamp duty. B held the flat until 2018, when he
sold it to C. Now when C submitted his transfer instrument of 2018  (from B to C) for adjudication, was it even
open to the Stamp Authorities to contend that the parent 1970 transfer from A
to B was bad or invalid or inoperative for want of stamp since, had it been
done today, it would have attracted stamp, notwithstanding that it did not attract
duty at the date of that transfer in 1970? The Court did not think so and held
that the Authority should remember that what was submitted to it was the
current instrument of 2018, not the instrument of 1970; the latter was only an
accompaniment to trace a history of the title of the property, not to
effectuate a transfer. Stamp duty was attracted by the instrument, not the
underlying transaction, and not by any historical narrative in the instrument.
If the Authority’s view of levying duty on past instruments was to be accepted,
then it had no answer to the inevitable consequences, for its view necessarily
meant that no title ever passed to B, and A would have to be held to continue
to be the owner of the flat, which was clearly absurd and was nobody’s case. It
was also unclear just how far back the Authority could travel by applying the
current taxing regime on old concluded transactions. Moreover, when such
transactions were in every sense complete and not being effectuated currently.

 

Accordingly, the Court concluded that there
was no question of either the auction purchaser or anyone else being liable to
pay stamp duty on the older documents, copies of which were tendered along with
the auction purchaser’s instrument of transfer. The Bombay High Court also laid
down very vital principle—since the auction purchaser’s instrument of transfer
had been stamped, no question could arise of reopening an issue of sufficiency
of stamps on the antecedent documents. That claim was deemed to have been given
up by the Authority by its act of accepting the stamp duty paid on the auction
purchaser’s transfer instrument.

 

CONCLUSION

Registration offices should no longer demand
payment of stamp duty on antecedent documents of title at current rates before
accepting registration of the current instrument of transfer. This decision
have very rightly held that a purchaser only seeks to register and pay duty on
the current instrument of transfer and he cannot be held responsible for
non-payment of past owners. One hopes that the offices of the Registrar would
take this decision in the right spirit and act accordingly. A circular from the
Stamp Office toeing the line of this decision would really help smoothen the
property buying process and may ultimately even act as an impetus to the house
buying process.  

PENALTY PROVISIONS UNDER SECURITIES LAWS – SUPREME COURT DECIDES

Securities Laws empower
SEBI to levy penalty in fairly large amounts, often even for technical
violations. The maximum amount can extend in some cases to upto Rs. 25 crores
or even more. It is fairly common to see penalties in lakhs or tens of lakhs
and more even for violations such as late filing of returns and making of
certain disclosures, etc.

 

The legal provisions have
seen frequent changes and even suffer from poor drafting. Even court decisions
have seen twists and turns by changes in interpretation by SEBI. SEBI
interpreted an earlier decision of Supreme Court in Shri Ram Mutual Fund
((2006) 5 SCC 361 (SC))
that the court held that penalty was mandatory in
case of violations and no mens rea had to be proved. It was arguable
that the Court did not make penalty mandatory. However, SEBI took a view that
it had no choice but to levy penalty. This had also to be seen in context of
the fact that there were provisions which provided for fairly large minimum
penalties.

 

Finally,
there were two fundamental interpretation issues of certain provisions. One
related to section 15J in the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992
provided that three factors to be taken into account by the Adjudicating
Officer (“the AO”) while levying penalty. The second question was whether these
three factors were merely illustrative, in which case other factors
could also be taken into account? Or whether they were exhaustive, meaning
that no other factors could be taken into account.

 

A related issue was whether
the AO has any discretion not to levy penalty or levy a lower penalty
than the one prescribed. These questions arose out of seemingly anomalous or
contradictory provision because some sections provided for a minimum and
mandatory penalty while another provision required the AO to consider certain
factors while deciding levy of penalty.

 

Fortunately, all of these
issues have been considered by the Supreme Court in a recent decision in Adjudicating
Officer, SEBI vs. Bhavesh Pabari ((2019) 103 taxmann.com 8 (SC)).

 

Background


The decision with several
separate cases in appeal though all of them had a common theme of penalty. The
Court thus first discussed in detail the legal background in the form of
earlier cases of the Supreme Court and also the provisions of the Act including
the various changes therein over the period.

 

The Court then arrived to
certain conclusions as to how the law should be interpreted and applied with
regard to certain matters and questions. These interpretation were then applied
to the facts of individual cases while deciding the violation.

 

It will be thus necessary
to summarise what the Court decided for each issue before it.

 

Whether
penalty is to be mandatorily levied or is there any discretion/exception
possible?

This has been a fundamental
question and the general stand taken by SEBI was that its hands were tied by
the decision of the Supreme Court in Shriram. Thus, SEBI held that once there
was a violation levy of penalty was mandatory and mens rea has no
relevance. Author submits that the Court in Shriram’s case did not held that
levy of penalty was mandatory. However, the Court in the present case has
reviewed the provisions dealing with penalty and some other issues.

 

It was seen that there were
several provisions dealing with levy of penalty – for example section 15A(a) to
15-HA) each section provided for penalty for the specific violation dealt with
in the section. Curiously, from 2002 to 2014, provisions relating to penalty
made a strange reading. Some provisions provided for a minimum penalty of Rs. 1
crore u/s. 15-A. The questions were : whether minimum penalty was to be
mandatorily levied? Did the Adjudicating Officer have the power to levy a lower
penalty or even waive the penalty? For instance section 15J provided for three
specific factors to be considered whilst levying penalty. The issue was : if
levy of a minimum penalty was mandatory, then would section 15J not become
redundant?

 

The Court pointed this
anomalous consequence and held that such a view usually cannot be taken. It
observed, “…if the penalty provisions are to be understood as not admitting of
any exception or discretion and the penalty as prescribed in Section 15-A to
Section 15-HA of the SEBI Act is to be mandatorily imposed in case of default/failure,
Section 15-J of the SEBI Act would stand obliterated and eclipsed… Sections
15-A(a) to 15-HA have to be read along with Section 15-J in a manner to avoid
any inconsistency or repugnancy. We must avoid conflict and head-on-clash and
construe the said provisions harmoniously. Provision of one section cannot be
used to nullify and obtrude another unless it is impossible to reconcile the
two provisions.”.

 

The court then pointed out
that the law had been amended in 2014 and it was clarified that discretion was
available to the Adjudicating Officer to consider the specified factors before
levying a penalty. The Court held that this clarification put beyond doubt that
discretion was always available with the Adjudicating Officer to consider
various factors and was not bound by the provisions providing for minimum and
mandatory penalty.

 

The Court observed, “The
explanation to Section 15- J of the SEBI Act added by Act No.7 of 2017, quoted
above, has clarified and vested in the Adjudicating Officer a discretion
under Section 15-J on the quantum of penalty to be imposed while adjudicating
defaults under Sections 15-A to 15-HA.
Explanation to Section 15-J was
introduced/added in 2017 for the removal of doubts created as a result of
pronouncement in M/s. Roofit Industries Ltd. case ([2016] 12 SCC 125).”
(emphasis supplied). Hence the court reaffirmed that the earlier decision in
Roofit’s case was erroneous.

 

How should
a provision specifying a minimum penalty be interpreted?

There were several
provisions in the Act that provide, even today, for a minimum penalty of Rs. 1
lakh. The Court pointed out that some of these can be even for technical
defaults involving small amounts. The Court highlighted its earlier decision in
Siddharth Chaturvedi & Ors.( [2016] 12 SCC 119), which had held,
“…that Section 15-A(a) could apply even to technical defaults of small amounts
and, therefore, prescription of minimum mandatory penalty of Rs.1 lakh per day
subject to maximum of Rs.1 crore, would make the Section completely
disproportionate and arbitrary so as to invade and violate fundamental rights.”

 

The Court also pointed out
that the law was later amended to provide for a lower minimum penalty. In
short, the court concluded that discretion was available with the AO even with
regard to levy of a minimum penalty taking into account relevant facts of the
case.

 

Whether
the factors specified in section 15J were illustrative or exhaustive?

Section
15J is the general provision that applies to the various specific penalty provisions.
It states that while levying penalty, the AO shall consider three factors. One
was the amount of disproportionate gain or unfair advantage made. The second
was whether loss was caused to investors. The third was whether the default was
repetitive.

 

The
issue was: whether the above three were the only factors to be
considered by an AO or whether the other relevant factors AO could consider. It
was pointed out that section 15-I did provide that the AO shall levy “such
penalty as he thinks fit in accordance with the provisions of any of those
sections.”.

 

The
Court pointed out that there were several penalty provisions where none of the
three factors specified in section 15J would be relevant. Hence, taking a view
that these three factors are the only relevant factors would lead to an
anomalous result.

 

The
Court thus concluded the AO ought to consider not just the three factors
specified in section 15J but such other factors that are relevant. It observed,
“Therefore, to understand the conditions stipulated in clauses (a), (b) and (c)
of Section 15-J to be exhaustive and admitting of no exception or vesting any
discretion in the Adjudicating Officer would be virtually to admit/concede that
in adjudications involving penalties under Sections 15-A, 15-B and 15-C,
Section 15-J will have no application. Such a result could not have been
intended by the legislature.
We, therefore, hold and take the view that
conditions stipulated in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of Section 15-J are not
exhaustive and in the given facts of a case, there can be circumstances
beyond those enumerated by clauses (a), (b) and (c) of Section 15-J which
can be taken note of by the Adjudicating Officer while determining the quantum
of penalty.

 

Application
in individual cases

The Court then applied the
aforesaid conclusions in the various individual cases before it in appeal to
decide whether the penalty levied was in accordance with law and the
conclusions reached by the Court.

 

Can
penalty be levied separately for transactions in a party’s own name and also in
the name of a firm in which he is sole proprietor?

While dealing with individual cases, the
Court was presented with an interesting question. In a particular case, it was
observed that a party carried out transactions in violation of law in two names
– one (Bhavesh Pabari) was in his own name and the other through a firm name
(Shree Radhe) where he was sole proprietor. SEBI levied penalty of Rs. 20 lakhs
each for both the names. The appellant argued only one penalty should have been
levied since the party was the same. The Court rejected this argument on the
facts of the case. It observed, “This contention superficially seems
attractive, but on an in-depth reflection should be rejected as Bhavesh Pabari
had indulged in trading in its personal name and also in the name of his firm
M/s. Shree Radhe.”.



Can the
Supreme Court consider the reasonableness of penalty levied?

This was yet another issue
worth discussing. Can a party pray to the Supreme Court for reconsidering the
amount of penalty levied and argue that it was excessive or disproportionate?
This is particularly relevant since appeals against such orders can be to the
Securities Appellate Tribunal and thereafter straight to the Supreme Court. The
Court rejected this contention, and made the following pertinent observation,
“This court, in the exercise of its jurisdiction under Section 15-Z of the SEBI
Act, cannot go into the proportionality and quantum of the penalty imposed,
unless the same is distinctly disproportionate to the nature of the violation
which makes it offensive, tyrannous or intolerable. Penalty by it’s very
nature of the is penal. We can interfere only where the quantum is wholly
arbitrary and harsh which no reasonable man would award.”

Hence, except in exceptional
case the court, would generally not go into the reasonableness of the penalty.

 

Conclusion

The
decision of the Supreme
Court is very relevant and will need to be considered by SEBI and even
SAT
while considering cases of penalty. Parties would be free to present all
relevant facts of the case and emphasise all relevant factors with
respect to
the alleged violations in penalty proceedings. The AO will have to
judicially consider the facts and is no longer bound to levy ?minimum
penalty’.
 

 

 

 

Section 37 and Insurance Act, 1938– Business expenditure – Disallowance – Payments prohibited by law – Effect of Explanation 1 to section 37 – Reinsurance payments to non-residents – Not prohibited by law – Deduction allowable

8. Cholamandalam
MS General Insurance Co. Ltd. vs. Dy. IT; 411 ITR 386 (Mad):
Date
of order: 12th December, 2018 A.Y.:
2009-10

 

Section
37 and Insurance Act, 1938– Business expenditure – Disallowance – Payments
prohibited by law – Effect of Explanation 1 to section 37 – Reinsurance
payments to non-residents – Not prohibited by law – Deduction allowable

 

The legal
issue in this appeal before the High Court relates to disallowance of
reinsurance premium ceded to non-resident reinsurers. The assessee has raised
the following substantial questions of law for consideration:

 

“i)   Whether the ITAT erred in deciding the
validity of reinsurance ceded to the non-resident reinsurers when such issue
was not even raised before it by either the Department or the appellant?

ii)   Whether the ITAT erred in holding that the
IRDA (General Insurance-Reinsurance) Regulation, 2000 is contrary to section
101A of the Insurance Act, 1938 when it does not have the power to decide the
validity of regulations made by the IRDA?

iii)   Whether the ITAT erred in holding that
reinsurance payments to non-residents are prohibited by law and therefore hit
by Explanation 1 to section 37 of the Income-tax Act, 1961?”

 

The Madras
High Court held in favour of the assessee and held as under:

“i)   The Tribunal has no jurisdiction to declare a
transaction to be either prohibited or illegal occurring under a different
statute over which it has no control.

ii)   The Insurance Act, 1938 stood amended w.e.f.
01.04.1961. It inserted section 101A. Section 2(16B) of the Act defines
‘reinsurance’ to mean the insurance of all or part of one insurer’s risk by
another insurer who accepts the risk for a mutually-acceptable premium. There
is no distinction drawn between an Indian reinsurer and a foreign reinsurer. On
and after the introduction of section 101A to the Insurance Act, 1938 there is
a mandatory requirement for other insurer to reinsure with Indian reinsurers
and such percentage is put to a maximum of 30%. The language of section 101A
nowhere prohibits the reinsurance with foreign reinsurance companies above the
percentage specified by the authority with previous approval by the Central
government.

iii)   A reading of the Insurance Regulatory and
Development Authority (General Insurance-Reinsurance) Regulations, 2000 also
clearly shows that there is absolutely no prohibition for reinsurance with a
foreign reinsurance company.

iv)  A reading of Circular No. 38(XXXIII-7), dated
03.10.1956 would clearly reveal that at no point of time has the Income-tax
Department taken a stand that the reinsurance business with a foreign
reinsurance company was a prohibited business.

v)   A reading of the order passed by the Tribunal
showed that the decision of the Tribunal on the effect of certain provisions of
the Insurance Act, 1938, whether reinsurance was permissible with foreign
entities and whether it was prohibited or valid in law, were all queries which
were raised by the Tribunal suo motu when the appeals were heard.

vi)  The sum and substance of the conclusion of the
Tribunal was that the entire reinsurance arrangement of the assessee company
was in violation and contrary to the provisions of section 2(9) of the
Insurance Act and, therefore, the entire reinsurance premium had to be
disallowed u/s. 37 of the Act. The Tribunal held that there was a clear
prohibition for payment of reinsurance premium to non-resident reinsurance companies.
The Tribunal held that an Indian insurer could not have any reinsurance
arrangement with a reinsurance company other than the insurer, as defined in
section 2(9) of the Insurance Act. The Tribunal was of the view that unless and
until a branch was opened by the foreign reinsurance company, the question of
conducting reinsurance business in India could not be done. This conclusion of
the Tribunal was not sustainable. Such a finding was without noticing the
reinsurance regulations, which had been provided by the Insurance Regulatory
Authority of India.

vii)  The Tribunal erred in drawing a presumption
regarding prohibition of reinsurance with foreign reinsurance companies. This
presumption was erroneous for the simple reason that the statement of objects
of the Insurance Act itself clearly stipulated wherever there was a
prohibition.

viii) The Tribunal had no jurisdiction to declare any
provisions of the regulations to be inconsistent with the provisions of the
Insurance Act. This was wholly outside the purview of the Tribunal.

ix)  The Tribunal did not consider the correctness
of the order passed by the Assessing Officer or that of the Commissioner
(Appeals). Therefore, the Tribunal could not have held that the Assessing
Officer rightly disallowed the insurance premium u/s. 40(a)(i).”

RELATIVE IS RELATIVE TO THE ACT IN QUESTION

Introduction

Who is a relative? This question
may appear very mundane at first blush, but when viewed in the legal context it
becomes very significant. India is a land of laws and each one of them is an
island in itself. Many of the Acts have defined the term ‘relative’ and each
has done so in its own independent manner, thereby creating multiple
definitions. Hence, the term ‘relative’ is relative to the Act in question,
i.e., it depends on the Act which is being examined.

 

The generic definition of the term
‘relative’ as contained in the Concise Oxford English Dictionary is a person
connected by blood or marriage. In State of Punjab vs. Gurmit Singh, 2014
(9) SCC 632,
the Supreme Court held that in Ramanatha Aiyar’s, Advance
Law Lexicon (Vol. 4, 3rd Ed.), the word ‘relative’ means any person related by
blood, marriage or adoption. Again, in the case of U. Suvetha vs. State
by Inspector of Police, (2009) 6 SCC 787
it held that in the absence of
any statutory definition, the term must be assigned a meaning as is commonly
understood. Ordinarily, it would include the father, mother, husband or wife,
son, daughter, brother, sister, nephew or niece, grandson or granddaughter of
an individual. The meaning of the word ‘relative’ would depend upon the nature
of the statute. It principally includes a person related by blood, marriage or
adoption. The expression ‘relative of the husband’ came up for consideration in
the case of Vijeta Gajra vs. State of NCT of Delhi (2010)11 SCC 618
where it was held that the word relative would be limited only to the blood
relations or the relations by marriage.

 

Interestingly, the succession laws
such as the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 do not use the term ‘relative’. Instead,
they use the word ‘heir’ which has a different connotation altogether. An heir
is a relative who comes into being only on the death of a person, whereas a
person would have relatives even when he is alive.

 

Let us analyse the definitions
under a few crucial Acts and try and bring out the similarities and the
dissimilarities between the different meanings.

 

Income-tax
Act, 1961

The Big Daddy of all laws has the
biggest list of relatives, no pun intended! The notorious section 56(2)(x) of
the Act taxes certain receipts of property in the hands of the recipient.
However, any receipt of property from a relative is exempt from tax. Hence, it
becomes very essential that the list of relatives is long. This section provides
an exhaustive definition under which the following persons would be treated as
a relative of the donee / recipient:

 

(i)    spouse
of the individual;

(ii)    brother or sister of the individual;

(iii)   brother or sister of the spouse of the individual;

(iv)   brother or sister of either of the parents of the individual;

(v)   any lineal ascendant or descendant of the individual;

(vi)   any lineal ascendant or descendant of the spouse of the individual;

(vii) spouse of the person referred to in clauses (ii) to (vi).

 

The term lineal ascendant or
descendant is also an often-used term but never defined in various Indian laws.
It means a straight line of relationship either upwards or downwards. For
instance, a son, his father and grandfather would constitute a lineal
ascendancy. One prevalent myth is that it only refers to male relations. A
daughter, her mother and her grandmother or a son, his mother and his
grandmother would also constitute a lineal relationship. All that is required
is that the relatives should be in a direct straight line. Parallel /
horizontal relations, such as cousins and uncles, would not constitute a lineal
line. One of the most interesting facets of the above definition is that an
uncle / aunt is a relative for a nephew / niece but the converse is not true.
So a nephew can receive a gift from his uncle but the very same uncle cannot
receive a gift from his nephew without paying tax on the same. Strange are the
ways of the taxman, but then law and logic never went hand-in-hand! In this
connection there have been conflicting decisions of the courts as to whether a
gift received by a person from his sibling but made from the bank account of
his sibling’s son would attract the rigours of this section – PCIT vs.
Gulam Farooq Ansari, ITA 230/2017, Raj HC order dated 22nd November,
2017 and Ramesh Garg vs. ACIT, [2017] 88 taxmann.com 347 (Chandigarh – Trib.)

 

Again, a cousin (e.g., the
recipient’s mother’s sister’s son) does not constitute a relative under this
section – ACIT vs. Masanam Veerakumar, [2013] 34 taxmann.com 267 (Chennai
– Trib.)
An interesting decision was delivered by the Mumbai ITAT that
a relative of a father did not become the relative of a minor recipient just
because the minor’s income was clubbed with his father. Since the minor received
the gift, the relationship of the donor should be with reference to the minor
who was to be treated as ‘the individual’ – ACIT vs. Lucky Pamnani [2011]
129 ITD 489 (Mumbai).
The Act also defines a child in relation to an
individual to include a step-child and an adopted child. Interestingly, this
Act is the only one where one’s in-laws are included in the list of relatives.

 

This section has become a hindrance
to the untangling of several jointly owned family businesses on account of
certain relatives not being included in the list of exemptions.

 

Companies
Act, 2013

The new avatar of the
Companies Act has also seen a new meaning to the term ‘relative’. Several old
relations have been severed and the new list in the Companies Act, 2013 is
quite a pruned one compared to the lengthy list contained in the Companies Act,
1956. Given below is a comparison of the definition under the two Acts:

 

HOW TWO ACTS DEFINE A ‘RELATIVE’

 

Companies Act, 2013

Companies Act, 1956

Members of an HUF

Members of an HUF

Spouse

Spouse

Father, including step-father

Father, not including step-father

Mother, including step-mother

Mother, including step-mother

Son, including step-son

Son, including step-son

Son’s wife

Son’s wife

Daughter. Notably not including a step-daughter, whereas she was
included under the 1956 Act!

Daughter including a step-daughter

Daughter’s husband

Daughter’s husband

Brother, including step-brother

Brother, including step-brother

Sister, including step-sister

Sister, including step-sister

Father’s father

Father’s mother

Mother’s mother

Mother’s father

Son’s son

Son’s son’s wife

Son’s daughter

Son’s daughter’s husband

Daughter’s son

Daughter’s son’s wife

Daughter’s daughter

Daughter’s daughter’s husband

Brother’s wife

Sister’s husband

 

 

The definition under the Companies
Act is relevant not just under that law but even under other statutes which
rely on the definition contained therein. Some of the important places where
the term relative is used in the Companies Act include the ‘related party’
definition; the ‘interested director’ definition; disqualification from being
appointed as an auditor if his relative is an interested party / employee;
disqualification from being appointed as an independent director if his
relative has a pecuniary relationship / is a key managerial personnel; loan by
a company to its director or his relative, etc.

 

Maharashtra
Stamp Act, 1958

Gifts between relatives carry a
concessional stamp duty as opposed to gifts to non-relatives. Gifts to defined
relatives carry a stamp duty @ 3% + 1% on the market value / ready reckoner
value of the property. The defined relatives for this purpose are spouse,
sibling, lineal ascendants or descendants of the donor. Thus, the list is quite
small as compared to the list u/s 56(2)(x) of the Income-tax Act. Hence, it is
essential to note that what may be exempt from income-tax may not also carry a
concessional stamp duty rate.

 

In addition to the above, for two
types of properties and six relatives the stamp duty is only Rs. 200 + 1% of
the market value of the property and a registration fee of just Rs. 200. This
concession is available only for residential or agricultural property and only
for the husband, wife, son, daughter, grandson, granddaughter of the donor. Any
other relative not covered within the above six relations would attract the 4%
duty, provided the relation is covered within the above larger list. For
instance, a gift of property to one’s brother would attract 4% duty on the gift
deed. Similarly, even for gift to the six relations if it is a gift of
commercial property / non-agricultural land, then the duty would be 4%, e.g.,
gift of an office to one’s son would attract 4% duty. Unlike section 56(2)(x),
the relatives need to be viewed in relation to the donor and not in relation to
the recipient. Hence, if a son gifts a residential house to his father, then
the gift deed would not attract a concessional duty of Rs. 200 + 1% but would
be covered by the 4% duty!

 

SEBI
Laws

SEBI Regulations have various ways
of dealing with relatives. The SEBI (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2009
which prescribe the requirements for
making an offer document for public issues, rights issues, etc., define who
constitutes a promoter group of a company making an issue. It includes the
promoter and his immediate relatives, i.e., any spouse or any parent, brother,
sister or child of the promoter or of the spouse. Thus, step-children have also
been covered.

 

The SEBI (Substantial
Acquisition of Shares and Takeover) Regulations, 2011
exempts any
transfer of listed shares inter se immediate relatives from the
requirements of making an open offer. The definition is the same as given
above.

 

On the other hand, the SEBI
(Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015
treats the immediate
relative of an insider as a connected person and it is defined to mean the
spouse of a person, and includes parent, sibling, and child of such person or
of the spouse, any of whom is either dependent financially on such person, or
consults such person in taking decisions relating to trading in securities.

 

The SEBI (Listing Obligations
and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015
prescribe the meaning of
an independent director for a listed company. For this purpose, a person whose
relative has a pecuniary relationship with / is a KMP of the listed company,
etc., cannot be appointed. Again, beginning 1st April, 2020, the
Chairmen of certain listed companies cannot be related to the MD / CEO. The
definition of relative for these purposes is the same as contained in the
Companies Act, 2013. Thus, different SEBI Regulations have dual definitions
with the term immediate relative being much smaller in ambit than a relative.


FEMA
Regulations

The FEMA Regulations notified by
the RBI under the FEMA Act, 1999 use the concept of relative at various places:

 

a)   A
gift of shares from a resident to a non-resident requires the RBI approval and
is allowed only for gift to relatives;


b)  Individuals
resident in India are permitted to include a non-resident Indian close relative
as a joint holder in all types of resident bank accounts on ‘either or survivor’”
basis;


c)   Resident
relatives can be added as joint account holders along with the primary holder
in Resident Foreign Currency (RFC) Accounts and Non-Resident (External) / NRE
Accounts;


d)  NRIs/
PIOs can remit up to USD 1 million per financial year in respect of assets
acquired under a deed of settlement made by his / her relatives provided the
settlement takes effect on the death of the settler;


e)   An
NRI or an OCI can acquire by way of gift any immovable property (other than
agricultural land / plantation property / farm house) in India from a person
resident in India or from an NRI or an OCI who is a relative;


f)   An
NRI or an OCI may gift any immovable property (other than agricultural land or
plantation property or farm house) to an NRI or an OCI who should be a relative
of the donor;


g)  Under
the Liberalised Remittance Scheme of USD 250,000, a resident can meet the
medical expenses in respect of an NRI close relative when the NRI is on a visit
to India; maintain close relatives abroad;


h)   Under
the LRS, residents can extend interest-free loans in Indian rupees to NRI / PIO
relatives.

 

The definition of relatives under
the Companies Act, 2013 is adopted for all of the above purposes.

 

However, the FEMA Regulations have
a different definition when it comes to acquisition of immovable property
abroad. They provide that a resident can acquire immovable property abroad
jointly with a relative who is a person resident outside India, provided there
is no outflow of funds from India, and for this purpose the definition of
relative means husband, wife, brother or sister or any lineal ascendant or
descendant of that individual.

 

Agricultural
land laws

The Maharashtra Tenancy and
Agricultural Lands Act, 1948
seeks to govern the relationships between
tenants and landlords of agricultural lands. A person lawfully cultivating any
land belonging to another person is deemed to be a tenant if such
land is not cultivated personally by the owner. Land is said to be
cultivated personally if a (parcel of) land is cultivated on one’s own account
by labour of family members, i.e., spouse, children or siblings in case of a
joint family. A joint family is defined to mean an HUF and in case of other
communities, a group or unit the members of which are by custom joint in estate
or residence. In one case, even a married sister living with her husband has
been regarded as a part of the family – Case No. 8953 O/154 of 1954.
No land purchased by a tenant shall be transferred by him by way of sale, gift,
exchange, etc., without the previous sanction of the Collector. Rule 25A
provides the circumstances in which, and conditions subject to which, sanction
shall be given by the Collector u/s 43. One of them is for a gift in favour of
a member of the landowner’s family.

 

The Maharashtra Agricultural
Lands (Ceiling on Holdings) Act, 1961
imposes a ceiling on holding of
agricultural land in Maharashtra. Under section 4 of the Act, the ceiling on
the holding of agricultural lands is per ‘Family Unit’. This is a unique
and important concept introduced by the Act. It is very essential to have a
clear picture as to who is and who is not included in one’s ceiling computation
since that could make all the difference between holding and acquisition of the
land. A family unit is defined to mean the following – a person; his spouse or
more than one spouse if that be the case (thus, if a person dies leaving two or
more widows, then they would constitute one consolidated family unit for
considering the ceiling [State Of Maharashtra vs. Smt. Banabai and
Anr.(1986) 4 SCC 281];
his minor sons; his minor unmarried daughters;
and if his spouse is dead then the minor sons and minor unmarried daughters
from that spouse.

 

Thus, the married daughter of a
person, whether minor or major, would constitute a separate family unit and
hence any land held by such a daughter would not be included in computing the
ceiling of a person. This is the reason why many people transfer excess
agricultural land to their married daughters so as to exclude it from the
ceiling limits. Since a daughter is a relative u/s 56(2)(x) of the Income-tax
Act, the transaction is out of the purview of that section. Similarly, a
daughter is a relative under the Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958 and hence a gift
of agricultural land to one’s married daughter attracts a concessional stamp
duty of Rs. 200 + 1% of the market value. Further, it is important to note that
a person’s parents are not included in his ceiling and hence, if either or both
of one’s parents are alive and holding land, then the same would not be
included in the person’s ceiling computation. Similarly, land held by one’s
major son and / or his wife is not included in a person’s ceiling computation.

 

Benami
Act

The Benami Property Transactions Act,
1988 is an Act which has gained a lot of prominence of late. Attachment orders
are being issued by the Competent Authority in respect of benami properties. In
such a situation, it becomes very important to understand what are the
exceptions to benami property. The Act provides for three situations when
property held for the benefit of relatives would not be treated as benami:

 

(i) Property held by a Karta, or a member of an HUF, as the case
may be, and the property is held for his benefit or the benefit of other
members in the family and the consideration for such property has been provided
or paid out of the known sources of the HUF;

(ii)  Property held by any individual in the name of his spouse / any
child of such individual and the consideration for such property has been
provided or paid out of the known sources of the individual; and


(iii) Property held by any person in the
name of his sibling or lineal ascendant / descendant, whose names and the
individual’s name appear as joint-owners in any document, and the consideration
for such property has been provided or paid out of the known sources of the
individual.

 

Rent
Act

The
Maharashtra Rent Control Act, 1999 defines a tenant to include, when the tenant
dies, any member of the tenant’s family who is residing with him in case of a
residential property. However, the Act does not define the term family member.
The Supreme Court in S.N. Sudalaimuthu Chettiar vs. Palaniyandavan, AIR
1966 SC 469
has defined the term family (in the context of an
agricultural land law) to mean ‘a group of people related by blood or marriage,
relatives’. Accordingly, the son-in-law was held to be a tenant since he was
residing with the tenant.

 

Accounting
Standards

For the purposes of the related
party definition, the Accounting Standards also give a definition of the term
relative. AS-18 on Related Party Disclosures defines it as an individual’s
spouse, child, sibling, parent who may be expected to influence or be influenced
by that individual in his / her dealings with the entity. On the other hand,
Ind AS 24 on Related Party Disclosures uses the term close members of the
family of a person and defines it to include the person’s children, spouse /
domestic partner, sibling, parent; children of that person’s spouse / domestic
partner and dependants of that person or his / her spouse / domestic partner.
Thus, the definition under Ind AS is much wider than the one found under Indian
GAAP.

 

IBC,
2016

The latest law to come out with its
own definition of the term ‘relative’ is the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code,
2016 as amended by the 2018 Amendment Act. The Act provides that a relative of
a person or his spouse would constitute a related party in relation to that
person. The list of relatives included by the Code for this purpose is very
long:

(i)    members
of an HUF

(ii)    spouse

(iii)   parents

(iv)   children

(v)   grandchildren

(vi)   grandchild’s children

(vii)  siblings

(viii)  sibling’s children

(ix)   parents of either parent

(x)   siblings of either parent 

(xi)  wherever the relation is that of a son, daughter, sister or
brother, their spouses are also included in the definition of relative.

 

CONCLUSION

Perhaps
the time has come to subsume all these definitions into one consolidated
definition of the term ‘relative’ which could be used in all laws rather than
each legislation coming up with its own definition. However, having said that,
it is also true that what may be good for one law may not be so for another
law. Hence, a very long list of relatives may be beneficial under taxing
statutes but not so under regulatory statutes, such as the Companies Act since
it would increase the number of ineligible persons. However, an effort must be
made to strike a balance and arrive at a consolidated definition. Till that
time, the word ‘relative’ would continue to be a relative term!

DISCLOSURE OF PROMOTER AGREEMENTS: SEBI’S NDTV ORDER

SEBI recently passed an
order against some promoters of New Delhi Television Limited (NDTV). Under the
order dated 14th June, 2019, it debarred certain promoters from dealing in and
accessing the securities markets, acting as directors in listed companies, etc.
The order concerns itself with certain loan and related agreements the terms of
which were not disclosed to the public. SEBI held that such non-disclosure is
fraudulent and harmful to the interests of the public / shareholders. The order
raises wider concerns since this is a common issue. The question would be
whether there is adequate disclosure of terms of shareholders’ agreements and
similar agreements by major shareholders / promoters of listed companies. On
appeal, the Securities Appellate Tribunal on 18th June, 2019 stayed the SEBI
order for the time being.

 

The bone of contention was
the loans taken by a promoter company under certain terms from two successive
lenders. These terms fell into broadly two categories: One is the grant of
convertible warrants to the second lender such that they could effectively
become almost 100% owners of the promoter company. The second relates to
certain clauses whereby the promoters were obliged to take prior written
permission of the lender before carrying out specified acts in NDTV. This,
according to SEBI, amounted to giving powers to the lender to take decisions in
NDTV. However, these agreements were not disclosed to NDTV or the public in
general. According to SEBI, this amounted to non-disclosure of price-sensitive
information and also fraud, and thus passed the adverse directions against
three promoters.

 

As stated earlier, some of
the terms are commonly a part of agreements entered into by promoters /
companies. This order ought to be of wide concern since it may lead to charges
of non-disclosure or incomplete disclosure and thus result in serious adverse
consequences.

 

BACKGROUND AND FACTS

The relevant promoters of
NDTV were RRPR Holdings Pvt. Ltd. (RRPR) and Dr. Prannoy Roy / Ms Radhika Roy
(together the Roys). The Roys owned RRPR. They held in the aggregate during the
relevant time about 61 to 63% of the equity shares of NDTV. It appears that
RRPR had taken some loans from ICICI Bank Limited. To repay those loans, it
took certain loans from Vishwapradhan Commercial Private Limited (VCPL). The
terms of the loans from ICICI Bank and VCPL and the transactions related to the
loans were the areas of concern.

 

After carrying out certain
internal sale / purchase transactions, RRPR ended up holding 30% shares in
NDTV. As a part of the loan transaction terms with VCPL, share warrants were
issued to VCPL whereby, if such share warrants were fully exercised, VCPL would
hold 99.99% shares in RRPR. Effectively, it would thus become 100% owner in
RRPR. Certain connected agreements also gave an option to associate companies
of VCPL to acquire in aggregate 26% of NDTV from RRPR.

 

Further, the loan agreements
between RRPR / the Roys and ICICI / VCPL provided for certain terms relating to
the management of NDTV. Several specified important decisions could not be
taken in NDTV without the prior written approval of VCPL. RRPR and the Roys
were required to exercise their shareholding in NDTV to ensure that decisions
in NDTV are not taken in violation of these terms.

 

THE ALLEGATIONS

SEBI stated that the
promoters did not make the required disclosures of these transactions and
terms. The information was price-sensitive and would have affected the
decisions of the investors / public. SEBI alleged that this non-disclosure was
fraudulent in nature.

 

The terms of the agreement
whereby share warrants were issued to VCPL amounted for all practical purposes
to transfer of the shares in NDTV by the promoters. Further, agreeing to terms
whereby certain important decisions in NDTV would require prior approval of
ICICI / VCPL also amounted to information that shareholders / public ought to
know. Effectively, decision-making power was transferred / shared with certain
persons of which the public did not have knowledge. They would be looking at
the Roys as the persons in charge.

 

Thus, multiple provisions
of the SEBI Act and the SEBI PFUTP Regulations were alleged to have been violated
by entering into such transactions without due disclosures.

 

THE DEFENCE OFFERED BY THE PROMOTERS

The promoters denied the
allegations. They claimed that the loan agreement was a private one and had
nothing to do with NDTV. NDTV was not bound by the terms of the agreement.
Hence, the terms agreed upon did not affect NDTV and thus the public /
shareholders.

 

Further, it was contended
that these were standard terms in loan agreements.

 

Importantly, a distinction
was made between their role as shareholders and as directors. It was stated
that they were free to do what they wanted as shareholders in respect of their
shares. They stated that their acts as private shareholders did not conflict
with their role as directors. In any case, they were in the minority on the
board as there were so many other directors.

 

SEBI’S CONCLUSIONS AND ORDER

SEBI did not agree with
the defence offered by the promoters. It held the agreements were not bona
fide
loan agreements, and indeed were a sham to that extent. Such long-term
loans without interest and without any terms of repayment are not entered into
in the ordinary course of business. The loan agreement was, SEBI concluded, a
sale agreement.

 

The right of ICICI / VCPL
under the agreement to participate in certain important decisions was vital
information that the promoters should have disclosed to NDTV and the public.
SEBI also rejected the distinction made by the promoters between their role as
shareholders and as directors.

 

SEBI also rejected the
contention that as just two directors on the Board of NDTV, they could not have
influenced the decisions of NDTV. SEBI noted, ‘This contention is not tenable
in view of the fact that Noticee No. 2 is not only the Director of NDTV but is
the Chairman of the Board of the Company. Secondly, Noticee No. 2 and 3 were
not only the Chairman and Managing Director, respectively, but along with
Noticee No. 1, which is a private limited company of Noticee No. 2 and 3, were
also the promoters and majority shareholders, holding majority voting rights in
NDTV. Therefore, it is inconceivable that Noticee No. 2 and 3 were incapable of
ensuring compliance with the conditions to which they had agreed under the loan
agreements with respect to the affairs of NDTV.’

 

Further, SEBI pointed to
the code of conduct of NDTV to which the Roys were subject. As per this code,
they were not supposed to put themselves in a position of conflict with the
company. Yet, by entering into such a loan agreement, they had placed
themselves in such a position.

 

SEBI noted that the Roys
had entered into off-market transactions in the shares of NDTV. Thus, they
dealt in shares of NDTV without disclosing relevant information to the public
who dealt in shares without having such information. SEBI observed, ‘In the
absence of availability of material information relating to VCPL Loan
Agreements 1 and 2 in the public domain, investors were not in a position to
take any informed decision while dealing in the scrip of NDTV. Hence, by
concealing such material information from the public shareholders during the
relevant period when the promoters themselves were dealing in shares of the
company, Noticees have allegedly committed fraud on the minority public
shareholders of the company.’

 

The terms of the loan
agreement, SEBI noted, apart from being very liberal, were strange. The share
warrants could be converted even after the repayment of the loan. Thus, the
lender could become effectively the owner of RRPR and hence the 30% shares in
NDTV even after repayment of the loan. Thus, it noted, ‘It is not a loan
transaction simpliciter. It appears an outright transfer of 30% stake and
voting rights in NDTV by the Noticees masquerading as a loan agreement which
did not even possess the basic attributes of a normal secured loan transaction.
In my view, the VCPL Loan Agreements 1 and 2 are sham loan transactions
executed by the Noticees only with a motive to sell their substantial stake in
NDTV.’

 

Accordingly, SEBI ordered
as follows: RRPR and the Roys were debarred from accessing the securities
markets, buying / selling securities or being associated with the securities
markets for two years. Their existing securities, including mutual fund units,
were frozen during this period. The Roys were also debarred from occupying
positions as Director or Key Managerial Personnel in NDTV for two years and in
any other listed company for one year.

 

 

APPEAL TO SAT AND STAY

The promoters immediately
appealed to SAT, which has stayed the order for the time being pending final
disposal. SAT held that the conclusions drawn by SEBI need to be examined in
more detail and a company such as NDTV cannot be kept headless in the meantime.
This would be harmful to NDTV and also its shareholders.

 

IMPLICATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS

It is very common for
parties to enter into shareholders’ and similar or related agreements with
investors / lenders. Certain rights are given to them that include taking their
approval for specified major matters. The SEBI LODR Regulations now do have a
requirement of making disclosures of such agreements. However, this order would
be an eye-opener for parties who would have to ensure that due disclosures are
made. The present case related to events in and around 2008-2010. There may
thus be concerns that even agreements entered into in the distant past may be
covered and SEBI may take action if these have not been disclosed.

 

Though the facts of this
case are peculiar and though the matter is under appeal, a closer look is
required by companies and promoters to their own cases. It is also suggested
that SEBI itself comes out with clearer directions on this and gives time to
promoters / companies to make specific disclosures, irrespective of what has
happened in the past.

ACCOUNTING FOR CRYPTOCURRENCY

In June, 2019 the IFRIC decided on
the interesting issue of accounting for cryptocurrency. The IFRIC applies to
cryptocurrency that has the following characteristics:

 

i.   a
digital or virtual currency recorded on a distributed ledger that uses
cryptography for security;

ii.   not
issued by a jurisdictional authority or other party; and

iii.  does not give rise to a contract between the holder and another
party.

 

Ind AS 38 Intangible Assets
applies in accounting for all intangible assets except:

 

a. those that are within the scope
of another Standard;

b. financial assets, as defined in
Ind AS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation;

c. the recognition and measurement
of exploration and evaluation assets; and

d. expenditure on the development and extraction of minerals, oil, natural
gas and similar non-regenerative resources.

 

A financial asset is any asset that
is: (a) cash; (b) an equity instrument of another entity; (c) a contractual
right to receive cash or another financial asset from another entity; (d) a
contractual right to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with
another entity under particular conditions; or (e) a particular contract that
will or may be settled in the entity’s own equity instruments.

 

Cash is a financial asset because
it represents the medium of exchange and is therefore the basis on which all
transactions are measured and recognised in financial statements. A deposit of
cash with a bank or similar financial institution is a financial asset because
it represents the contractual right of the depositor to obtain cash from the
institution or to draw a cheque or similar instrument against the balance in
favour of a creditor in payment of a financial liability. Consequently, cash is
expected to be used as a medium of exchange (i.e. used in exchange for goods or
services) and as the monetary unit in pricing goods or services to such an
extent that it would be the basis on which all transactions are measured and
recognised in financial statements.

 

Though some cryptocurrencies can be
used in exchange for goods or services, they are not used to such an extent
that it would be the basis on which all transactions are measured and
recognised in financial statements. Consequently, in the present times
cryptocurrency is not cash.
Neither is a cryptocurrency an equity
instrument of another entity. It does not give rise to a contractual right for
the holder and it is not a contract that will or may be settled in the holder’s
own equity instruments.

 

Ind AS 2 Inventories applies
to inventories of intangible assets. Paragraph 6 of that Standard defines
inventories as assets:

 

1.  held
for sale in the ordinary course of business;

2.  in
the process of production for such sale; or

3.  in
the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or
in the rendering of services.

 

If an entity holds cryptocurrencies
for sale in the ordinary course of business, the general requirements of Ind AS
2 apply to that holding. However, a broker-trader of cryptocurrencies, who buys
or sells commodities for others or on their own account, will measure their
inventories at fair value less cost to sell [Ind AS 2.3(b)].

 

IFRIC CONCLUSION

Paragraph 8 of Ind AS 38 defines an
intangible asset as ‘an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance’.
Paragraph 12 of Ind AS 38 states that an asset is identifiable if it is
separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights. An asset is
separable if it ‘is capable of being separated or divided from the entity and
sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, either individually or
together with a related contract, identifiable asset or liability’. Paragraph
16 of Ind AS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates states
that ‘the essential feature of a non-monetary item is the absence of a right to
receive (or an obligation to deliver) a fixed or determinable number of units
of currency’. IFRIC concluded that a holding of cryptocurrency meets the
definition of an intangible asset in Ind AS 38 because (a) it is capable of being
separated from the holder and sold or transferred individually; and (b) it does
not give the holder a right to receive a fixed or determinable number of units
of currency. IFRIC also concluded that Ind AS 2 applies to cryptocurrencies
when they are held for sale in the ordinary course of business. If Ind AS 2 is
not applicable, an entity applies Ind AS 38 to holdings of cryptocurrencies.

 

In addition to other disclosures
required by Ind AS Standards, an entity is required to disclose any additional
information that is relevant to an understanding of its financial statements
(paragraph 112 of Ind AS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements). An
entity provides the disclosures required by (i) paragraphs 36–39 of Ind AS 2
for cryptocurrencies held for sale in the ordinary course of business; and
(ii) paragraphs 118–128 of Ind AS 38 for holdings of cryptocurrencies to which
it applies Ind AS 38. If an entity measures holdings of cryptocurrencies at
fair value, paragraphs 91–99 of Ind AS 113 Fair Value Measurement
specify applicable disclosure requirements.

 

Applying paragraph 122 of Ind AS 1,
an entity discloses judgements that its management has made regarding its
accounting for holdings of cryptocurrencies if those are part of the judgements
that had the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial
statements. Paragraph 21 of Ind AS 10 Events after the Reporting Period
requires an entity to disclose details of any material non-adjusting events,
including information about the nature of the event and an estimate of its
financial effect (or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made). For
example, an entity holding cryptocurrencies would consider whether changes in
the fair value of those holdings after the reporting period are of such significance
that non-disclosure could influence the economic decisions that users of
financial statements make on the basis of the financial statements.
 

 

FORTHCOMING
EVENTS

COMMITTEE

EVENT NAME

SPEAKER

DATE

VENUE

NATURE OF EVENT

FEES

BCAS
FOUNDATION

Jointly with PCGT &
DBM

4th Late Shri
Narayan Varma Memorial Lecture

Mr. Yazdi Malegam

Friday 23rd
August 2019

4th Floor IMC
Hall Churchgate

Lecture Meeting

Free for All

Taxation
Committee

Seminar on Tax Audit

Various Speakers

Friday 23rd
August 2019

BCAS Hall

Seminar

Members:
Rs. 2,065/-

 

Non-Members: Rs. 2,596/-

study circle

Managing
Committee

Suburban Study Circle
Meeting on “15 CB
Certification – Who, What, When and How”

CA Rutvik Sanghvi

Tuesday, 13th
August, 2019

910, Hubtown
Solaris, C/o
Bathiya & Associates LLP, N. S. Phadke Road,

Andheri (E),
Mumbai 400069

Study Circle

 

Free for Members

 

Rs. 300/- for Non-Members

 

 

International
Taxation
Committee

GAAR – Case Studies &
It’s Practical Issues

CA Bhaumik Goda

Thursday – 22nd

 August, 2019 from 6.15 p.m. to 8 p.m.

 

BCAS Hall

Study Circle

Yearly Subscription for BCAS Members –
Rs. 1,180/-

 

Rs. 118/- for non-members each session.

PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY OF DIRECTORS UNDER VAT / GST

INTRODUCTION

As per normal
understanding, the directors are not liable for any dues of the company.
Limited companies are basically formed to limit the financial liabilities to
the extent of the assets of the company. However, in spite of such a legal
position, an attempt is made by the authorities to cast liability on the
directors. Normally, directors of a public limited company are not covered for
personal recovery even by any specific provision. However, there may be
specific provisions for casting liability on the directors of a private limited
company. For example, under the Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act, 2002, section
44(6) provides for personal liability of directors of a private limited
company. The said section is reproduced below for ready reference:

 

‘(6) Subject
to the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013), where any tax or
other amount is recoverable under this Act from a private company, whether
existing or wound up or under liquidation, for any period, (but) cannot be
recoverable, for any reason whatsoever, then, every person who was a director
of the private company during such period shall be jointly and severally liable
for the payment of such tax or other amount unless he proves that the
non-recovery cannot be attributed to any gross neglect, misfeasance or breach
of duty on his part in relation to affairs of the said company.’

 

It can be seen
that the liability of the directors is not blanket but subject to conditions.
In other words, if the director proves that there was no gross negligence,
misfeasance or breach of any duty, then no liability can be attracted. However,
there is also a possibility that the Revenue may try to initiate recovery from
a director in spite of there being no such negligence, etc. on the part of the
director.

 

DECIDED CASES

There are a
number of judgements wherein the Hon’ble Courts have held that the corporate
veil cannot be lifted for recovery of tax dues unless there are specific
provisions. Reference can be made to the judgement of the Uttarakhand High
Court in the case of Jagteshwar Prasad Bansal & others vs. State of
Uttarakhand
& others (59 GSTR 491) (Uttarakhand). In
this case, the sales tax department tried to recover dues from the directors of
the company, although in the relevant Uttarakhand Value Added Tax Act there was
no specific provision for recovery from a director. However, the department
wanted to lift the corporate veil. The High Court rejected the action of the
sales tax authorities. It held that unless there is any fraud or he / she is
guilty of misrepresentation, the corporate veil cannot be lifted. In the above
judgement, the Court has referred to an earlier judgement in the case of Meekin
Transmission Ltd. vs. State of Uttar Pradesh (58 VST 201) (All.) and
reproduced the following observations of the Allahabad High Court:

 

‘The legal
position as discerned from the above is that in a case where the corporate
personality has been obtained by certain individuals as a cloak or a mask to
prevent tax liability or to divert the public funds or to defraud public at
large or for some illegal purposes, etc., to find out as to who are those
beneficiaries who have proceeded to prevent such liability or to achieve an
impermissible objective by taking recourse to corporate personality, the veil
of the corporate personality shall be lifted so that those persons who are so
identified are made responsible. However, this doctrine is not to be applied as
a matter of course, in a routine manner and as a day-to-day affair so as to
recover the dues of a company, whenever and for whatever reason they are
unrecoverable, from the personal assets of the directors. If such a course is
permitted, it would lead to not only disastrous results but would also destroy
completely the concept of juristic personality conferred by various statutes
like the Act in the present case and would make several enactments and their
effect to be redundant and illusory.

 

Moreover, the
shallowness of arguments in favour of making directors personally responsible
can be considered from another angle. In every case the director may not be a
shareholder of the company. He may have been appointed as director for taking
advantage of his expertise in his field of vocation or profession, and for
achieving goals for which the company is incorporated. Such director is paid
remuneration, if any, for the services he rendered. Otherwise he is not at all
a beneficiary of the business or trade, etc., as the case may be, in which the
company is engaged. Such benefit would be available only to the shareholders as
they would only be entitled to share the profits earned by the company in the
form of dividends as decided by the Board of Directors. In such case such
director, though an agent of the company, he is more in the nature of an
officer of the company and not in the capacity of limited ownership by way of
shareholding. Such a director, in our view, unless guilty of misfeasance, fraud
or acting
ultra vires, we are not able to understand
as to how he can be made responsible personally for the dues of the company even
if we apply the doctrine of piercing the veil.

 

If in such a
case the veil is to be lifted, the persons behind the veil, at the best, would
be the promoters of the company or those who have sought to obtain corporate
personality as a sham or bogus transaction. Similarly, in some of the companies
the financial institutions, who advance funds as loan, etc., nominate their
director/s to keep some kind of monitoring over the functions of the company so
that it may not go in liquidation on account of negligent and careless function
of the Board of Directors. Such directors also, in our view, cannot be included
in the category of the persons who would be responsible personally for the dues
of
the company.

 

In order to
find out as to who are the persons responsible personally when the veil is
lifted it would be wholly irrelevant as to whether such person is a director or
a promoter shareholder or otherwise of the company since the purpose of lifting
the veil is to find out the person/s who is operating behind the corporate
personality for his personal gain. Such person may be an individual or group of
persons belonging to a family or relatives or otherwise a small group collected
with a common objective of achieving some illegal, immoral or improper purpose,
etc. So long as no investigation is made into various aspects, we are not able
to understand as to how and in what manner a director of a company can
straightway be proceeded (against) personally for recovering dues of a company
unless it is so provided by some provision of the statute.’

 

The
observations clearly show that unless there is fraud or deliberate misrepresentation,
the corporate veil cannot be lifted to make the directors personally liable.

 

In the above
judgement, there was no specific provision about recovery from the director of
a Pvt. Ltd. Co. However, even where there is specific provision about recovery
from a director of a Pvt. Ltd. Co., like section 44(6) of the MVAT Act
reproduced above, still recovery is subject to proving negligence, etc. In
other words, the said provision is also in the nature of lifting the corporate
veil. The observations made above will equally apply in case of a specific
provision also.

 

In view of the
above legal position it can be inferred that whether there is specific
provision or not about recovery from directors, the recovery is subject to
positive involvement for dues by the director, like fraud, etc.

 

POSITION UNDER GST

Though the
above position is decided in light of the provisions under the VAT regime, the
ratio will equally apply under GST, too. Under GST, there is specific provision
for recovery from directors like section 89 that provides for liability of a
director. The section reads as under:

 

‘89. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Companies Act,
2013, where any tax, interest or penalty due from a private company in respect
of any supply of goods or services or both for any period cannot be recovered,
then, every person who was a director of the private company during such period
shall, jointly and severally, be liable for the payment of such tax, interest
or penalty unless he proves that the non-recovery cannot be attributed to any
gross neglect, misfeasance or breach of duty on his part in relation to the
affairs of the company.’

 

Thus, the
provision is similar to section 44(6) of the MVAT Act. The issue of negligence,
etc. is also applicable under GST. The guidelines and observations mentioned in
earlier judgements will be useful for deciding cases under GST also.

 

CONCLUSION

Normally, limited companies are formed to restrict
personal liability. However, the laws are now being made to make the directors
personally liable. Though the said provisions are for safeguarding the revenue
in case directors play a fraud, the Revenue authorities try to apply them
summarily in all cases. It is expected that such specific provisions should be
applied only in specific cases, that also after observing principles of natural
justice and complying with requirements of the relevant section. 

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT – A ‘REAL’ CONUNDRUM

GST law has recently overhauled the entire taxation scheme of
real estate development activities. Amidst discussions over inclusion of real
estate in the GST fold, the 33rd GST Council made the following broad
announcements on real estate development activities:

 

a)   GST to be levied at 5% on regular and 1% on
affordable housing (‘final taxes’), without any input tax credit (ITC).
Apartments up to 90 / 60 square metres in non-metro / metro cities having gross
sale value below Rs. 45,00,000 are considered as ‘affordable residential apartments’;

b)   Tax on
development rights / TDR / JDA, lease premium, FSI (‘intermediate taxes’) are
to be exempted for apartments sold pre-completion, and taxable where apartments
are sold after completion, in other words, intermediate taxes would be payable
if final taxes are not applicable.

 

The
philosophy behind the recommendations was stated as follows:

 

“i. The
buyer of house gets a fair price and affordable housing gets very attractive
with GST @ 1%;

ii. Interest of the buyer / consumer gets
protected; ITC benefits not being passed to them shall become a non-issue;

iii.
Cash flow problem for the sector is addressed by exemption of GST on
development rights, long-term lease (premium), FSI, etc.;

iv.
Unutilised ITC, which used to become cost at the end of the project, gets
removed and should lead to better pricing;

v. Tax
structure and tax compliance becomes simpler for builders.”

 

In view of limitations in bringing
the said amendments through primary enactments, the 34th GST Council
adopted the route of issuing notifications to give effect to the said
decisions. The modalities of the scheme were carried out by rate notifications
and other procedural amendments. The rate notifications are the subject matter
of discussion in this article:

Notification 3/2019 – CT(R): Beneficial rates for pure
and mixed residential real estate

CGST sections invoked – 9(1), 9(3), 9(4), 11(1), 15(5),
16(1), 148

Clause

Service description

Effective
tax rate1

Conditions

3(i)

Affordable residential apartment in RREP2  in new / ongoing projects3

1%

NOTE 1

3(ia)

Regular residential apartment in RREP in new projects /
ongoing projects

5%

3(ib)

Commercial apartments in RREP in new projects / ongoing
projects

5%

3(ic)

Affordable residential apartment in REP in new projects /
ongoing projects

1%

3(id)

Regular residential apartment in REP in new projects /
ongoing projects

5%

3(ie)

Affordable residential housing under ongoing projects of
Govt.-specified housing schemes (such as JNNURM, PMAY, etc.) where higher
rate option exercised

8%

NOTE 2

3(if)

All other construction services including commercial
apartments in REP; residential apartments for ongoing projects where option
to continue in old scheme is exercised

12%

3(va)

Works contract service for affordable residential apartments
of new / ongoing projects

12%

NOTE 3

____________________________________________________

1    These rates are aggregate GST rates after
considering the ad hoc land deduction of 33.33%

2    RREP represents a real estate project where
carpet area of commercial apartment is not more than 15%. An REP represents all
the other real estate projects as covered by the RERA law

3    Ongoing projects
represent those cases where commencement certificate has been issued prior to
01-04-2019, actual construction has commenced, the project has not received its
completion / occupancy certificate and at least one apartment has been booked
in such a project. New projects are those which commence after 01-04-2019

 

Note 1: Cumulative
conditions for the beneficial rate of 1% / 5%

i.    The
taxes should only be paid in cash and not by ITC;

ii.    ITC on goods and services has not been
availed except to the extent of the completed construction activity / supply as
specified in Annexure I / II of the notification. Adverse variance between
computed and availed ITC should be paid either by credit / cash. Favourable
variance permits the developer to take additional ITC to meet the shortfall;

iii.   Landowner’s
area share4 – Developer to pay the tax on constructed area and the
landowner would be entitled to ITC only against taxable supplies (i.e.,
pre-completion supplies);

___________________________________________________

4    Landowner
promoter is the person who transfers land / development rights / FSI to a
developer promoter against area share in the project

 

iv.   80/20
rule – 80% of input / input services (other than grant of development rights /
lease premium, FSI, etc., electricity, diesel / petrol, etc.) are from
registered persons. Shortfall is liable to tax @ 18% on reverse charge basis
(RCM). In case of cement, it is expected that the entire material is purchased
from registered persons and any shortfall on this front would be liable to tax
@ 28%. The tax liability on account of the shortfall of RCM would have to be
paid by the end of the quarter following the financial year. In case of cement,
the tax would have to be paid in the same month itself;

v.   Project-wise
computations and accounts to be maintained to justify compliance of above
conditions. ITC not availed is required to be reported in the specified column
of GSTR-3B as being ineligible ITC.

 

Note 2: Conditions
for continuing with the regular rate of 8% / 12% for ongoing projects

i.    It
is mandatory to exercise the option of continuing in old scheme within the
specified time limit of 10th May, 2019 (extended up to 20th
May, 2019). Where the option is not exercised, the new rates / conditions would
automatically be considered as applicable.

 

Note 3: Conditions
to be satisfied by works contractor

i.    Aggregate
carpet area of affordable residential apartments is more than 50% of the total
carpet area of all apartments.

ii.    In
cases where the above threshold drops below 50%, the beneficial rate would be
denied and developer would have to repay the differential tax on reverse charge
basis

Notifications
4/2019 –CT(R): Exemption to intermediate taxes subject to RCM

CGST sections invoked – 9(1), 9(3), 9(4), 11(1), 15(5),
16(1), 148

Description of services

Amount

Conditions

Services by way of transfer of development rights / FSI on or
after 01-04-2019 for construction of residential apartments intended for sale
prior to completion of the project

Proportionate

Note 4

Upfront lease premium in respect of long-term lease of 30
years or more after 01-4-2019 for construction of residential apartments
intended for sale prior to completion of the project

Proportionate

 

     

Note 4: Cumulative
Conditions for the exemption

i.    Exemption
would be limited to the proportionate residential carpet area of the project;

ii.    Developer
would be liable to repay the tax under reverse charge on the proportionate
value of flats remaining unbooked as on date of issuance of completion
certificate. The tax payable is limited to 1% of value of unbooked affordable
and 5% of booked regular residential apartments, i.e., extent of final taxes
otherwise applicable prior to completion;

iii.   The
above liability would be payable on the date of completion / first occupation
of the project, whichever
is earlier;

iv.   Value
of the above services would be the fair market value of residential /
commercial area allotted to the transferor of development rights / FSI nearest
to date of allotment.

 

Notifications
5/2019 – CT(R): RCM of
intermediate taxes

CGST sections invoked – 9(3)

Description of services

Service provider (e.g.)

Service recipient

Services by way of transfer of development rights / FSI, etc.

Landowner

Developer

Upfront lease premium in respect of long-term lease or
periodic rent for construction

Development authority

Developer

 

 

Notifications 6/2019 – CT(R):
Special procedures for developers (Section 148):
Developers receiving
development rights / long-term lease of land on or after 1st April,
2019 would be granted ‘deferment’ of payment of RCM taxes up to issuance of
completion certificate or first occupation, whichever is earlier.

 

Notifications 7/2019 and 8/2019 –
CT(R) (Section 9(4), 15(5)):
Enabling notifications for payment of RCM on
procurements from unregistered persons beyond the 80/20 rule. The notifications
also provide for RCM on procurement of all capital goods from unregistered
persons and such goods do not form part of the
80/20 rule.

 

KEY CONCEPTUAL CHALLENGES UNDER NEW SCHEME

Without going into the
constitutionality and / or the vires of the statute to tax real estate
transactions, including development rights / TDRs, FSI, lease premium, etc.,
the key conceptual issues under the new scheme have been discussed herein:

 

Issue 1 – Whether the real
estate notification(s) is a rate notification / exemption notification? If it
is a rate notification, is it permissible to place conditions in rate
notifications?

Unlike VAT / Excise / Service tax
laws where the base rates are statutorily fixed with exemption powers being
delegated to the Government, the GST law has delegated both the rate fixation
(u/s 9[1]) and exemption powers (u/s 11[1]) to the Government(s) which gives
rise to the confusion over the powers which are being invoked while prescribing
tax rates.

 

Rate fixation (commonly termed as
tariff / scheduled rate) is an absolute power u/s 9(1). The section requires
the Government to notify tax rates on all supplies with a cap of 40%. Once the
tariff rates are fixed, tax payers are bound by it with absolutely no
flexibility. Section 11(1) then permits the Government to grant exemptions (a)
wholly or partly; (b) in public interest; and (c) with or without conditions.
An exemption always presupposes a fixed base rate. Notifications under both
these sections have to be backed by recommendations from the GST Council.

 

In this context, the Supreme Court in
Associated Cement Company vs. State of India & others (2004) 7 SCC
642
had stated as follows:

 

The question of exemption arises
only when there is a liability. Exigibility to tax is not the same as liability
to pay tax. The former depends on charge created by the Statute and latter on
computation in accordance with the provisions of the Statute and rules framed
thereunder if any. It is to be noted that liability to pay tax chargeable under
Section 3 of the Act is different from quantification of tax payable on
assessment. Liability to pay tax and actual payment of tax are conceptually
different. But for the exemption the dealer would be required to pay tax in
terms of Section 3. In other words, exemption presupposes a liability. Unless
there is liability question of exemption does not arise. Liability arises in
terms of Section 3 and tax becomes payable at the rate as provided in Section
12. Section 11 deals with the point of levy and rate and concessional rate.

 

This decision implies that the
Governments ought to fix the base rate liability for the public at large and
then proceed to grant exemptions in specific circumstances. In GST, the rate
fixation powers are absolute powers with an upper cap of 40%. It appears that
the Governments have thoroughly mixed both these distinct and independent
powers and notifications are issued for effective rates without any base rate
fixation. If one were to examine the GST Council discussions until 1st
July, 2017, the agenda of rate fixation culminated into the said rate slabs –
5%(necessities), 12% (processed commodities), 18% (standard commodities and
services), 28% (luxury products) and NIL rate. The entire exercise of rate
fixation by the fitment committee after the 14th Council meeting
also categorised the rates into the above five rates only. In respect of
services, rates were fixed for taxable services keeping in mind the erstwhile
service tax rates and with majority of the service tax exemptions being
adopted. Therefore, the consensus over services was to tax them at a base rate
of 18% with concessions being given for specific categories.

 

Let’s take a look at the
notifications issued at the inception of GST which define the rate / exemption
structure:
N– 01/2017 fixed rates for goods u/s 9(1) – this contained a basket of four
rates, i.e., 5% / 12% / 18% and 28%;
N–02/2017 exempted goods u/s 11(1) containing all the NIL rated goods; N–11/2017
was issued u/s 9(1) and 11(1) providing service tax rates between 5%-28% – each
four-digit SAC classification (adopted from the internationally-accepted
standards) was assigned a single rate and in case there were multiple rates
under a single four-digit SAC, the SAC generally contained a residual category
with 18% rate; and N–12/2017 was issued u/s 11(1) exempting services with or
without conditions. The above actions of the GST Council and Governments convey
that services generally had a base rate of 18% and goods had a base rate under
five categories as proposed by the fitment committee.

 

However, the legal process adopted by
the Governments over rate fixation poses a serious question over all
notifications and in particular the subject real estate notifications which
have prescribed rates and corresponding conditions. The real estate
notification contains various conditions w.r.t. input tax credit, RCM payment,
landowner terms, etc. Placing conditions in rate notifications is clearly not
permissible u/s 9(1). Though the notification also spells out section 11(1) as
its source of power, the above verdict of the Supreme Court presupposing a base
rate liability would come into play. Consequently, ‘conditions’ under the real
estate notifications may be read down as beyond statutory powers.

 

The alternative view would be that
the Government(s) being the custodian of both powers can choose to combine the
powers and notify the effective tax rates rather than duplicating the process.
While this is certainly alien to indirect tax legislation, it is a possible
view that can be adopted to validate the actions of the Council /
Government(s). In such a scenario, the residuary entry specifying the peak rate
under each service heading could be termed as a base rate, i.e., cases where
the conditions of the specific entry are violated, one may be relegated to the
residuary entry.

 

Issue 2 – Whether the new real
estate scheme is optional / mandatory?

The new scheme with drastic reduction
in tax rates appears to be highly beneficial from a customer’s standpoint but
raises cost arithmetic of the developer (due to ITC restrictions) requiring a
change in the base price to consumers. This mathematical problem poses a
question whether this new scheme is mandatory at all.

 

The GST Council and press releases
suggest that the new scheme is mandatory for all new projects and ongoing
projects where the option to continue under the old scheme is not exercised.
The original entry has been completely substituted with this new entry and the
residuary entry specifically excludes services specified in the table from its
ambit.

 

The issue is also inter-linked with
the fundamental issue of whether N–03/2019 is a ‘rate notification’ or an
‘exemption notification’. It is settled law by the Supreme Court that rate
specifications are mandatory and conditional exemptions are optional.

 

A cursory view of N–03/2019 clearly
depicts that the notification emerges from ‘public interest’ (refer press
release), contains conditions for availment and has limited its applicability
based on certain parameters (such as flat area, REP conditions, project start
date, etc.). Though both section 9(1) and 11(1) have been invoked, Governments
would certainly be placed in a tricky situation while defending the real estate
rates as being a compulsory levy (as a tariff) or an optional levy (as an
exemption). Where it is contended that the levy is compulsory, all conditions
(such as ITC, RCM, etc.) then stand as a violation of section 9(1) and where it
is contended that the said notification is an exemption with prescriptive
conditions, the notification would be treated as optional.

 

The implication of treating the entry
as being an exemption also raises a parallel question over the base rate. The
answer to this may probably lie in the residual entry (clause xii) which taxes
services at 18% if not classified elsewhere (though the explanation bars
classification for all the aforesaid real estate entries).

 

Issue 3 – Can a notification
take away validly availed ITC on transition?

N–03/2019-CT(R) requires the
developer to re-state the ITC balance as on 1st April, 2019 for new
and on-going projects under the beneficial rate scheme based on futuristic
arithmetical formulation. Annexure I and II of the said notification specify
the ITC to be retained / repaid based on an extrapolatory formula once the
beneficial rates are availed. The intent is to deny dual benefit of low tax
rate and ITC during the transitory phase, especially where percentage of
construction and percentage billing are at variance.

 

In
simple terminology, the formula attempts to extrapolate the actual ITC availed
on inputs or input services (whether utilised or not) up to 31st
March, 2019 to a statistical number until project completion. This is then
proportionately reduced for residential or commercial apartments booked prior
to 1st April, 2019 to the extent of instalments collected from such
apartment buyers. For example, Rs. 10 ITC on a project which is 10% complete is
extrapolated to 100 and then attributed to the value of advances for booked
apartments until 1st April, 2019 for which tax would have been
payable at the original rates. Assuming 20% flats are booked as on 1st April,
2019 and 25% of the advance has been collected, the restated ITC would be Rs. 5
(100*20%*25%). Since the developer has already availed Rs. 10, the balance Rs.
5 becomes repayable as excess ITC availed. If there is a shortfall, the
developer becomes entitled to take additional ITC to the extent of the
shortfall. In effect, ITC would be available only to the extent of value of
supply taxed at rate 8% / 12%.

The said formulation is based on
multiple statistical assumptions:

a)   Uniformity in ITC availment during the tenure
of the project;

b)   Similarity in the schedule of advance
payments from customers;

c)   Consistency on the pattern of construction by developer;

d)   Correlating percentage of invoicing with
percentage of construction completion;

e)   Accuracy of total project costs, etc.

 

In a transaction-based levy, has the
Government been empowered to restrict ITC based on statistical results? Is it
also empowered to retroactively reverse ITC rightfully availed and / or
utilised? The answer may probably be NO. The Supreme Court in various instances
has held that ITC rightly availed in compliance with statutory provisions on
the date of availment is as good as ‘tax paid’. It is an absolute right which
cannot be withdrawn, more so by delegated legislations. The Supreme Court has
also stated that ITC is a benefit / concession and hence statutory conditions
need to be strictly complied with.

 

The notifications have been issued
drawing powers from section 11(1) which permits prescription of certain
conditions for complete or partial exemptions. Explanation 4(iv) to the
notification requires that ITC is reversed as a condition to the availment of
the exemption. This seems to be the apparent source of power for the
Government.

 

But, section 17(1) and (2) specify
reversal of ITC only in cases of wholly exempt supplies and does not extend to
partially exempt supplies. The section also does not envisage any delegation of
powers for restricting ITC. Section 16-18 permits reversals of validly availed
ITC to the electronic credit ledger only through statutory provisions. However,
the notification requires reversal of ITC of both availed and utilised ITC. The
notification fails to appreciate that attribution of an input invoice
(especially services) to a taxable / exempt activity can be performed only at
the time of its availment and once the credit is rightfully availed, it loses
its original identity. Therefore any attempt to trace a credit after availment
/ utilisation to a taxable / exempt activity for purpose of reversal in
computations would be a futile and inaccurate exercise.

 

Another issue in this condition is
whether this reversal is ‘person specific’, ‘project specific’ and / or ‘period
specific’. While the notification says that the accounts are to be maintained
project-wise, the computation mechanism gives mixed views – for example, where
a project is taken over by a new developer, would the incoming developer have
access to this 80/20 criterion from project inception or from its take-over?
The formula certainly does not capture this scenario. What happens where there
is a shortfall in the 80/20 rule in initial years (due to sand / jelly
purchase) and sufficiently complied when viewed from a project level at its
finishing stages? The notification suggests that each year is independent on
this front. The press release states that the calculation has to be performed
project-wise and year-wise.

 

On the other hand, there is an
attempt (through amendments in Rule 42) to reverse credit based on ‘carpet
area’, a clear departure from the requirement of section 17 which specifies
‘value’-based computations. Rule 42 goes on to require reversal right from the
commencement of the project without considering the year of availment of the
credit. This clearly disturbs the uniform law that ITC is final by the end of
the September returns following the financial year closure. Real estate
projects which face delays crossing more than five years would be saddled with
the task of going back to the origin of the project. Thus, one school of
thought clearly raises red flags over the vires of the notification to
prescribe reversal of ITC from multiple fronts.

 

The other conservative school of
thought would be that real estate notifications are more akin to exemption
notifications and the powers of conditional exemptions are wide enough to
provide substantive and procedural conditions, and this would cover ITC
restrictions in any form even though not empowered under the ITC provisions.
Being an optional notification and having opted for the exemption, one may have
to strictly abide by the conditions of exemption or otherwise continue paying
tax at the higher rate.

 

Issue 4 – Whether imposition of
RCM under 80/20 procurement rules, booked / unbooked apartment ratio rule,
i.e., on future contingencies, is a sustainable legal condition?

80/20
procurement rule

N–07/2019 imposes RCM on the
developer where the procurements of the project from registered persons fall below
80%. Tax is to be paid at 18% on the shortfall on reverse charge basis except
for cement which is taxable at 28%. There is a requirement of apportionment of
credit exclusively to commercial segment at standard rate, commercial segment
at beneficial rate, residential segment at beneficial rate, common credits and
then test the same at the project level. This condition has certain
shortcomings:

 

a.   This
condition is based on an outcome which may be known only at the end of the
financial year;

b.   In
a transaction levy regime where ‘supply’ has to be identified, it appears to
defeat the basic cannon of taxation of identifying the subject of levy;

c.   The
notification imposes a tax on an ad hoc figure @ 18% which clearly runs
contrary to the requirements of section 9(3)/9(4). These sections envisage only
a ‘supply / transaction’-based RCM levy and not a result-based RCM levy;

d.   One
would not be in a position to raise the self-invoice on RCM transactions of
9(4) under 80/20 rule.

 

Unbooked
apartment RCM rule

N–04 and 05/2019 impose RCM on
intermediate transactions to the extent of unbooked residential apartments at
the end of the project. This is on the premise that unbooked completed
apartments are outside the ambit of GST. The tax payable is determined based on
carpet area ratios of booked / unbooked apartments, a ratio completely foreign
to GST law. Such ratios also deviate from the economic value-add of a service
and result in disparity in the cost burden to end-customers on the basis of
carpet area ignoring commercial value. Moreover, it appears to be a back-door
entry to tax completed apartments also evident from the cap fixed to that of
underconstruction apartments.

 

The
fundamental rule of taxation is that there should be certainty on the subject,
time and measure of levy. The Supreme Court in Govind Saran Ganga Saran
vs. Commissioner of Sales Tax and Ors (1985 AIR 1041)
held that the
components which enter into the concept of a tax are well known. The first is
the character of the imposition known by its nature which prescribes the
taxable event attracting the levy, the second is a clear indication of the
person on whom the levy is imposed and who is obliged to pay the tax, the third
is the rate at which the tax is imposed, and the fourth is the measure or value
to which the rate will be applied for computing the tax liability. If these
components are not clearly and definitely ascertainable, it is difficult to say
that the levy exists in point of law. Any uncertainty or vagueness in the
legislative scheme defining any of those components of the levy will be fatal
to its validity. These futuristic conditions appear to make the levy uncertain
and vulnerable to challenge.

Issue 5 – Notification grants
benefit to ‘A’ by fulfilment of conditions by ‘B’?

The notification distinctly has
scenarios where benefit to one is subject to the actions of another. This is
absurd

 

Instance 1: N–03/2019 grants
beneficial works contract rate for affordable housing projects to contractors
subject to fulfilment of the minimum 50% carpet area by the developer. The
exemption is topped with a condition that any shortfall in area would result in
withdrawal of exemption by way of an RCM payment by the developer. Moreover,
the notification 7/8-2019 does not back this levy with an amendment in the RCM
table u/s 9(3).

 

Instance 2: N–03/2019 grants
beneficial rates to developer provided landowner discharges all the taxes on
his share of apartments sold prior to completion and reversal of ITC on
unbooked apartments. Non-fulfilment of conditions by the landowner on his share
may adversely affect the availment of beneficial rate.

 

The above conditions of the
notification would necessarily have to be whittled down suitably for its
sustenance.

 

Issue 6 – Whether condition of
prohibiting tax payment through credit is within the
vires of tax
discharge?

N–03/2019 mandatorily directs the
developer to discharge all beneficial rate taxes only through cash. This rule
emerged from discussions in the GST Council that developers are discharging
only 1-5% of their output through cash ledgers. With this assumption, the
Council decided that the new scheme debarring availing of input tax credit
should not result in any credit balance and hence payments should be directed
to be made through cash ledgers only. This runs contrary to the mandate of
section 49(4) which permits rightful electronic credit ledger balance to be
used for payment of any output taxes. Input tax credit is as good as tax paid
and differential treatment to this would defeat this value-added tax scheme.
Developers having input tax credit balance would be left with a dead number if
it is not permitted to be utilised against output taxes. For a developer
engaged only in construction activity, this condition effectively lapses the
input tax credit balance accumulated over the years of operation of the
company.

 

Issue 7 – What would be the
implication in case of change in any variable of the real estate project (such
as cancellation of flat, valuation of affordable flat, change in project
composition, cancellation of project, etc.)?

The
real estate notification has set up a complex matrix based on project variables
such as apartment dimensions, residential to commercial composition, pre- and
post-1st April, 2019 flat inventory, etc. For example, a new
commercial plan may emerge in the third year of the project reclassifying the
project from an RREP to an REP. This changes the entire dynamics of rate
structure and transitional ITC working right from 1st April, 2019.
Another example could be a flat previously treated as booked and WIP as on 1st
April, 2019 is subsequently cancelled. Clause 22 of the real estate FAQ
provides some guidance on this matter but this has multi-faceted implications
on RCM, ITC, etc. The notification does not provide for any claw back of
previous workings. The developer would fall into a situation where the entire
cost structure is impacted and the burden of additional taxes cannot be
recovered from any one. Once again, the Supreme Court’s verdict in Govind
Saran Ganga Saran (supra)
may come to the rescue of the tax payers.

 

The above complexities are just the
tip of the iceberg. The real estate notifications have been intermingled with
the RERA law which is itself in an adolescent stage – any ambiguity will have
repercussions on tax computations, making it difficult for managements to take
decisions. The functioning of this entire scheme through exemption
notifications makes matters very complex. A tax payer who is denied exemption
on certain facts on a future date would be placed in severe hardship as there
is no mechanism to undo all compliances ancillary to the exemption and
reinstate it to the base rate scenario. A fundamental question also lingers
whether this is interfering with fundamental rights in taking business
decisions?

 

The real estate sector needs to be boosted and
this can take place only with simple laws and tighter monitoring. The
philosophy of the GST Council to simplify real estate tax structure has
evidently taken a back seat. This would be an opportune moment to remember what
Sir Winston Churchill had said: ‘We contend that for a nation to try to tax
itself into prosperity is like a man standing in a bucket and trying to lift
himself up by the handle.

Article 7, 12 of India-Singapore DTAA – Provision of standard bandwidth services could not be classified as FTS or royalty under India-Singapore DTAA

18. TS-305-ITAT-2019 (Mum.)

DCIT vs. Reliance Jio Infocomm Ltd.

ITA No.: 936/Mum/2017

A.Y.: 2016-17

Date of order: 10th May, 2019

 

Article 7, 12 of India-Singapore DTAA – Provision of
standard bandwidth services could not be classified as FTS or royalty under
India-Singapore DTAA

 

FACTS

Taxpayer, an Indian company, was engaged in the business of
providing telecom services in India. During the year under consideration,
Taxpayer entered into an agreement with a Singapore Company (FCo) for availing
bandwidth services. As per the terms of the agreement, Taxpayer withheld taxes
on payments made to FCo for rendition of services.

 

However, Taxpayer subsequently appealed before the CIT(A) u/s
248 of the Act on the ground that the amount paid for bandwidth services was
not taxable in India and hence was not subject to withholding u/s 195 of the
Act on the basis of the following:

 

Bandwidth charges were in the nature of business income for
FCo and in the absence of permanent establishment (PE) or business connection
in India, it was not taxable under Article 7 of the India-Singapore DTAA.

 

Provision of the bandwidth services was fully automated and
did not involve any human intervention. Hence, such services did not qualify as
FTS under the Act or the DTAA.

 

Payments made to FCo were merely for receiving standard
bandwidth services and not for making any use of a ‘process’, whether secret or
not; therefore, it does not qualify as ‘royalty’ under the Act as well as the
DTAA.

 

CIT(A) observed that
Taxpayer had only received an access to service and all the infrastructure and
processes required for provision of bandwidth services were always used and
remained under the control of FCo and were never given either to Taxpayer or to
any person availing such services. It was thus concluded that the payments made
by Taxpayer to FCo for provision of bandwidth services could not be classified
as FTS or royalty either under the Act or the DTAA. The payment made was in the
nature of business profits, not taxable in India in the absence of PE or any
business connection of FCo in India.

 

Aggrieved, the AO appealed before the Tribunal1 .

___________________________________________________

1.  The
AO did not assail the observation of the CIT(A) that payment made for bandwidth
services did not qualify as FTS and hence this aspect was not discussed before
the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The consideration paid by Taxpayer to FCo for provision of
bandwidth services was in the nature of business income and cannot be
classified as ‘royalty’ under the Act or the DTAA for the following reasons:

 

Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Taxpayer had only
received standard facilities, i.e., bandwidth services from FCo.

 

All infrastructure and processes required for provision of
bandwidth services were always used and under the control of FCo and the same
were never given either to Taxpayer or to any person availing the said service.

 

Taxpayer did not have access to any process used in providing
the bandwidth services. Besides, since the process involved in providing the
bandwidth services was a standard commercial process that was followed by the
industry players, and the IPR in the process was not owned / registered in the
name of FCo, it did not qualify as a ‘secret process’. Besides, as the payment
was neither towards the use of any equipment nor secret formula or process, it
did not qualify as royalty under the DTAA.

 

Further, the amendment to
explanation 6 of section 9(1)(vi)2 
will not override the treaty and hence will have no bearing on the
definition of ‘royalty’ as contained in the DTAA.
 

___________________________________________________________

2. 
Explanation 6 to section 9(1)(vi) defines a process to include transmission by
satellite, cable, optic fibre or any other similar technology whether or not
such process is secret



      

Article 12(5) India-Finland DTAA – Payment made for obtaining test results in India is taxable in India under Article 12(5) of India-Finland DTAA irrespective of whether the testing process is done outside India

17.  TS-311-ITAT-2019
(Kol.)

Outotec (Finland) Oy, Kolkata vs. DCIT (International
Taxation)

ITA No.: 2601/Kol/2018

A.Y.: 2015-16

Date of order: 31st May, 2019

 

Article 12(5) India-Finland DTAA – Payment made for
obtaining test results in India is taxable in India under Article 12(5) of
India-Finland DTAA irrespective of whether the testing process is done outside
India

 

FACTS

Taxpayer, a Finnish
company, earned income from rendering of testing and other services to Indian
customers. Taxpayer contended that the services were carried on from its office
/ laboratories located outside India and none of its employees visited India
for providing these services to Indian customers. Thus, as the services were
performed outside India, income from these services was not taxable in India as
per Article 12(5) of the India-Finland DTAA.

 

But the AO contended that
the services can be said to be performed only when they were used by the
beneficiary. Since the intended use of the services tested in the laboratories
in Finland was ultimately in India, service can be said to be performed in
India and income from such services were taxable in India under Article 12(5)
of the DTAA.

 

Taxpayer appealed before
the DRP who upheld the AO’s order. Still Aggrieved, Taxpayer appealed before
the Tribunal.

 

HELD

Article 12(5) of the DTAA provides that the FTS shall be
deemed to arise in a contracting state where the payer is located. However, as
an exception to this in cases where the services for which the FTS is paid is
performed within a contracting state, then it shall be deemed to arise in the
state in which the services are performed.

 

For applying the exception
to Article 12(5) it is necessary that the payment should be made for services
and such services should be performed in the other state (i.e., Finland). In
the present case, payment was made not for the testing but for obtaining the
results of the testing which was used in India. Thus, even where testing was
done outside India, the exception of Article 12(5) does not apply.

 

As services were availed in India, the fee for testing
services was taxable in India.

Section 9(1)(vii) of the Act; Article 13 of India-France DTAA – Reimbursement of salary of seconded employees does not qualify as FTS – By virtue of the MFN clause in India-France DTAA, managerial services do not qualify as FTS

16.  [2019] 56 CCH 0235
(Pune – Trib.)

Faurecia Automotive Holding vs. DCIT (IT)

ITA No.: 784/Pun/2015

A.Y.: 2011-12

Date of order: 8th July, 2019

 

Section 9(1)(vii) of the Act; Article 13 of India-France
DTAA – Reimbursement of salary of seconded employees does not qualify as FTS –
By virtue of the MFN clause in India-France DTAA, managerial services do not
qualify as FTS

 

FACTS – 1

Taxpayer, a company resident in France, was engaged in
designing and building moulded plastic parts for passenger car interiors.
During the year under consideration, it seconded an employee (Mr. X) to an
Indian group entity (ICo). During the relevant year, Taxpayer paid the salary
to Mr X on behalf of ICo, which was then reimbursed by ICo without any mark-up.
Taxpayer contended that the reimbursement received from ICo was not subject to
tax.

 

However, the AO contended that the amount received from ICo
was FTS under the Act and hence subject to tax in India.

 

Aggrieved, Taxpayer appealed before the DRP who upheld the
AO’s order on the contention that Mr. X made available his technical knowledge,
experience and skills, etc. to ICo and hence qualifies as FTS under the DTAA.

 

However, Taxpayer went in appeal before the Tribunal.

 

HELD – 1

FTS under the Act is defined to mean any consideration for
the rendition of managerial, technical or consultancy services, unless such an
amount is chargeable to tax under the head ‘salaries’ in the hands of the
recipient.

 

What is of relevance is the real recipient and not the
literal recipient. If an amount is paid to the expatriate of an NR but the real
recipient is the NR, then the nature of that amount may be FTS. However, if the
real recipient is the employee and the NR is merely a person acting as a post
office on behalf of the employee, then the payment made would be in the nature
of salary. Such amount will then not qualify as FTS.

 

For the following reasons it can be said that the amount paid
by ICo is in the nature of salary payable by ICo to the employee and the
Taxpayer merely receives it on behalf of the employee and hence such payment
does not qualify as FTS:

  •    The remuneration of Mr. X was fixed by ICo;
  •    A perusal of the employment agreement clearly
    indicated that Mr. X was employed by ICo and was rendering services to ICo;
  •    Mr. X was working under the control and
    supervision of ICo;
  •    Taxpayer had no role to play in the rendition
    of services by Mr. X to ICo, except that a part of the salary payable by the
    Indian entity was initially paid by Taxpayer in France, which was later on
    recovered without any profit element from ICo.

 

FACTS – 2

Taxpayer provided Global Information Support services to ICo
which inter alia included assistance in running the operations of ICo,
technical support, etc. Taxpayer contended that such services did not make
available any technical knowledge, experience, skill or knowhow, etc. to ICo
and hence the fee received for such services does not qualify as FTS under the
DTAA.

 

The AO, however, contended that the amount received by
Taxpayer was in the nature of ‘royalty’ as well as ‘FTS’ under the Act and also
the DTAA.

 

Aggrieved, the Taxpayer appealed before the DRP who upheld
the AO’s order. Taxpayer then approached the Tribunal.

 

HELD – 2

Perusal of the agreement indicates that the services rendered
by the Taxpayer catered to various facets of business operations, including
management, marketing, accounting and finance, human resources, IT support
services, etc. These services are in the nature of managerial services as well
as technical services and hence qualify as FTS under the Act as well as the
DTAA.

 

However, having regard to the Most Favoured Nation (MFN)
clause of the India-France DTAA, the limited scope of FTS under the India-UK
DTAA is to be read into the India-France DTAA.

 

Article 13(4) of the
India-UK DTAA defines FTS to mean technical or consultancy services which ‘make
available’ technical knowledge, experience or skill, etc. to the recipient.

 

As the FTS definition in the India-UK DTAA does not include
‘managerial services’, the services rendered by Taxpayer which are in the
nature of managerial services will not qualify as FTS. Further, as the
technical services rendered by Taxpayer did not make available any technical
knowledge or skill, it will not qualify as FTS under the DTAA.

 

Further, as the payment was received for
rendering of services, it does not qualify as ‘royalty’ under the Act as well
as the DTAA.

Income – Accrual of income – Difference between accrual and receipt – Specified amount retained under contract to ensure there are no defects in execution of contract – Amount retained did not accrue to assessee Business loss – Bank guarantee for satisfactory execution of contract – Contract cancelled and bank guarantee encashed – Loss due to encashment of bank guarantee was deductible

42.  CIT vs. Chandragiri
Construction Co.; [2019] 415 ITR 63 (Ker.) Date of order: 13th
March, 2019; A.Ys.: 2002-03 to 2005-06; and 2007-08

 

Income – Accrual of income – Difference between accrual and receipt –
Specified amount retained under contract to ensure there are no defects in
execution of contract – Amount retained did not accrue to assessee

 

Business loss – Bank guarantee for satisfactory execution of contract –
Contract cancelled and bank guarantee encashed – Loss due to encashment of bank
guarantee was deductible

 

The assessee entered into a contract and furnished
a guarantee for satisfactory execution of the contract. There was a defect
liability period reckoned from the date of completion of the contract for which
period the awarder retained certain amounts for the purpose of ensuring that
there arose no defects in the work executed by the assessee. The assessee
claimed that the amount retained did not accrue to it. This claim was rejected
by the AO. The contract was cancelled by the awarder and the bank guarantee was
encashed. An arbitration proceeding was pending between the awarder and the
awardee. The assessee claimed the bank guarantee amount as business loss. The
AO disallowed the claim holding that till the arbitration proceedings were
concluded the assessee could not claim the amount as business loss.

 

The Tribunal allowed both the claims of the assessee.

 

On appeal by the Revenue, the Kerala High Court
upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

 

‘i)   Accrual
and receipt are two independent incidents and their matching or correspondence
in time in a given case, if so occurring, is purely a matter of coincidence,
both immaterial and irrelevant for the purpose of determining the fact of
accrual, which has to be on its own terms.

ii)    By the specific terms of the contract itself, the awarder was
entitled to retain the amount so as to rectify any defects arising in the
period in which as per the terms of the contract the amount was retained. There
could be no accrual found on the completion of contract, since the assessee’s
right to such amount would depend on there being no defects arising in the
subsequent period during which the awarder was enabled retention of such
amounts.

iii)   The
assessee did not have the amounts with it and the bank guarantee had been
encashed and it was a loss which occurred in the A.Y. 2007-08. It was
deductible.’

 

ACCOUNTING OF E-WASTE OBLIGATION

The E-waste (Management) Rules, 2016 (“Rules”), as amended,
impose e-waste obligations on manufacturers of electrical and electronic goods
who have placed any goods in the market in the current financial year. The
collection, storage, transportation, segregation, refurbishment, dismantling,
recycling and disposal of e-waste shall be in accordance with the guidelines
published by the Central Pollution Control Board.

 

The purpose of this article is not to dive deep into the
legislation, but to explain the accounting consequences with a simplified
example.

 

Consider a refrigerator manufacturer that has been in
manufacturing for many years; it has the following e-waste obligations under
the Rules:

Obligation for financial year

(the measurement period)

Quantum of
e-waste obligation

Expected cost (Rs. million)

2018-19

10% of
refrigerators sold in 2008-09

50

2019-20

20% of
refrigerators sold in 2009-10

110

2020-21

30% of
refrigerators sold in 2010-11

200

2021-22

40% of
refrigerators sold in 2011-12

310

2022-23

50% of
refrigerators sold in 2012-13

415

2023-24

60% of
refrigerators sold in 2013-14

550

2024-25

70% of
refrigerators sold in 2014-15

690

2025-26

70% of
refrigerators sold in 2015-16

750

2026-27

70% of
refrigerators sold in 2016-17

850

2027-28

70% of
refrigerators sold in 2017-18

990

 

 

4,915

 

If the manufacturer participated in the market in the current
financial year (2018-19), its obligation is determined with reference to 10% of
the refrigerators sold in the preceding 10th year (2008-09) and the
cost is estimated at Rs. 50 million. As can be seen from the above table, the
liability increases substantially over the years due to volume increases (i.e.,
the number of refrigerators sold each year keeps increasing) and the percentage
applied under the Rules also increases steeply. The question that arises is, is
a provision of Rs. 4,915 million required for the year end 2018-19?

 

The main argument for supporting a provision of Rs. 50
million is that the obligating event is the participation in the market for the
financial year 2018-19 (the measurement period), and the cost of fulfilling the
obligation is determined by reference to the year 2008-09 under the Rules. On
this basis, the cost of obligation is Rs. 50 million, and should be provided
for, unless it has already been expended and charged to P&L.

 

The main argument for supporting a provision of Rs. 4,915
million is that the obligating event is all the sales made in the past, rather
than participation in the market for the current financial year. A provision of
Rs. 4,915 million will ensure that cost related to all previous years’ sales
are provided for. Accordingly, any costs including future costs for sales
already made are recognised. Consequently, the sales and the accompanying cost
of those sales are matched and recognised in the same period, thereby ensuring
that matching principles are followed.

 

Appendix B, Liabilities arising from Participating in a
Specific Market – Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
of Ind AS 37 Provisions,
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
deals with the accounting and
is discussed below. At a global level this issue was discussed and led to
issuance of IFRIC 6 Liabilities arising from Participating in a Specific
Market – Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
, on the basis of which
Appendix B was developed.

 

What constitutes the obligating event in accordance with
paragraph 14(a) of Ind AS 37 for the recognition of a provision for waste
management costs:

  • the manufacture or sale of the
    historical household equipment?
  • participation in the market
    during the measurement period?
  • the incurrence of costs in the
    performance of waste management activities?

 

Paragraph 17 of Ind AS 37 specifies that an obligating
event is a past event that leads to a present obligation that an entity has no
realistic alternative to settling. Paragraph 19 of Ind AS 37 states that
provisions are recognised only for “obligations arising from past events
existing independently of an entity’s future actions”.

 

Participation in the market during the measurement period is
the obligating event in accordance with paragraph 14(a) of Ind AS 37. As a consequence, a liability for waste
management costs for historical household equipment does not arise as the
products are manufactured or sold. Since the obligation for historical
household equipment is linked to participation in the market during the
measurement period, rather than to production or sale of the items to be
disposed of, there is no obligation unless and until a market share exists
during the measurement period.

 

The International Financial Reporting Interpretations
Committee (IFRIC) considered an argument that manufacturing or selling products
constitutes a past event that gives rise to a constructive obligation.
Supporters of this argument emphasise the definition of a constructive
obligation in paragraph 10 of IAS 37 and point out that in determining whether
past actions of an entity give rise to an obligation, it is necessary to
consider whether a change in practice is a realistic alternative. These
respondents believed that when it would be necessary for an entity to take some
unrealistic action in order to avoid the obligation then a constructive
obligation exists and should be accounted for.

 

The IFRIC rejected this
argument, concluding that a stated intention to participate in a market during
a future measurement period does not create a constructive obligation for
future waste management costs. IFRIC felt that in accordance with paragraph 19
of Ind AS 37, a provision can be recognised only in respect of an obligation
that arises independently of the entity’s future actions. If an entity has no
market share in a measurement period, it has no obligation for the waste
management costs relating to the products of that type which it had previously
manufactured or sold and which otherwise would have created an obligation in
that measurement period. This differentiates waste management costs, for
example, from warranties, which represent a legal obligation even if the entity
exits the market. Consequently, no obligation exists for the future waste
management costs until the entity participates in the market during the
measurement period.

 

Some constituents asked
the IFRIC to consider the effect of the following possible national
legislation: the waste management costs for which a producer is responsible
because of its participation in the market during a specified period (for
example, 20X6) are not based on the market s
hare of the producer during that period but on the producer’s
participation in the market during a previous period (for example, 20X5). The
IFRIC noted that this affects only the measurement of the liability and that
the obligating event is still participation in the market during 20X6.

 

The IFRIC considered whether its conclusion is undermined by
the principle that the entity will continue to operate as a going concern. If
the entity will continue to operate in the future, it treats the costs of doing
so as future costs. For these future costs, paragraph 18 of Ind AS 37
emphasises that financial statements deal with the financial position of an
entity at the end of its reporting period and not its possible position in the
future. Therefore, no provision is recognised for costs that need to be
incurred to operate in the future.

 

On the basis of the above discussions, under Appendix B of
Ind AS 37, a provision of only Rs. 50 million is required in 2018-19 (unless
the amount is already expended), which should be charged to the P&L.

SETTING UP THE INTERNAL AUDIT FUNCTION

Internal Audit is an important function within an
organisation. In the present context of increasing emphasis on good governance,
the need for well-defined risks and controls framework, the focus on prevention
rather than detection and desire for a strong compliance culture, there is an
urgent need to ensure that the Internal Audit function has been set up with due
thought process.

 

This article highlights some of the key areas that require
attention while setting up the Internal Audit function in an organisation
.
For organisations that already have such a function, there may be a need to
revisit the manner in which it has been set up and make suitable changes to
ensure that the Internal Audit function is engineered to perform effectively.

 

The management of the company while setting up the Internal
Audit function has to take a few key decisions:

 

  • Organisational placement: Who will IA
    report to?
  • Structure: Will IA be an in-house
    function, a totally outsourced function or a co-sourced function?
  • Team composition and location: What
    skill sets will be required for the IA team? How should the team be selected /
    sourced?
  • Scope: How will the scope of IA be
    determined? What will be kept out of the scope?
  • Budget and resources: What is a
    reasonable budget and what resources need to be made available to IA?

 

ORGANISATIONAL PLACEMENT

The audit committee of the
Board (“ACB”) is required to take primary responsibility for ensuring an effective
Internal Audit function. In an ideal situation, internal auditors functionally
report to the ACB and administratively to the CEO. In organisations that do not
require to have an ACB, the responsibility for setting up and overseeing the
Internal Audit function rests with the Board or an equivalent Governing Body,
in case of non-corporate bodies.

 

In reality, in a large
number of cases, the Internal Audit function reports to the CFO, both
administratively and functionally. Even where it does not report to the CFO,
the CFO wields strong influence on the Internal Audit function. The word
“audit” is so strongly associated with the financial reporting process that it
is often wrongly presumed that anything to do with audit, including internal
audit, must have a dotted or a solid line to the CFO.

 

In the absence of a clear understanding of the important role
assigned to the Internal Audit function in the corporate governance framework,
the function is more often than not organisationally misplaced, thereby undermining
its very role.

 

There are also organisations where Internal Audit technically
reports to the ACB, but for all practical purposes that is only on paper. In
these cases, the Audit Committee plays virtually no role in ensuring the
effectiveness of the Internal Audit function, often spending minimal time on
Internal Audit matters. All decisions, such as appointment of internal
auditors, scope determination, access rights and budget for Internal Audit are
taken unilaterally by the CEO or the CFO.

 

It has been my experience that an effective Internal Audit
function has two levels of reporting lines:

 

  • For operational audits, the first level of
    reporting may be to the CEO or a committee comprising of senior executive
    management. However, the key issues arising or areas of difference of opinions
    from such audits need to be presented to the ACB periodically.
  • For organisation-wide audits dealing with
    governance matters (such as effectiveness of whistle-blower mechanism, related
    party process audit and compliance function review) or for audits of functions
    directly headed by the CEO, the reporting has to be to the ACB.

     

For Internal Audit function to play a meaningful role in
an organisation, the first step is to ensure correct organisational placement and
to provide meaningful access to those charged with governance, in this case the
ACB

 

IA Structure: In-house, Outsourced or Co-sourced? Or, is
there a fourth option?

 

                 

A decision that requires deliberation by the management is
the structure of the Internal Audit Department. For a long time, discussions on
the structure have been limited to the three obvious options – that the
Internal Audit function be entirely an in-house function, or the entire
function be outsourced to an external agency, or the Internal Audit function be
partly in-house and partly outsourced.

 

What drives this decision? For some industries, the
regulators have mandated the structure. e.g., a bank is not allowed to
outsource its Internal Audit function, whereas an insurance company above a
certain size is mandatorily required to engage an external agency to perform
its internal and concurrent audit. For large corporate conglomerates and
multinational companies, there is often a Central Internal Audit team headed by
a “Group Head – Internal Audit”. This central team is supported either by a
team large enough to perform all internal audits across all group entities or
is supported by one or more professional firms, each one assigned to perform
internal audit of specific entities of the group or specific areas within
select entities. Increasingly, it is observed that large listed companies or
corporate conglomerates assign the position of “Chief Internal Auditor” to an
in-house person and the management, along with the Chief Internal Auditor,
determines the structure of the IA function.

 

Ideally, the management of the company, with guidance from
the members of the ACB, and in consultation with the Chief Internal Auditor,
should decide upon the structure of Internal Audit function in a manner that:

  • Ensures transparency and fair reporting on the
    status of risks and controls, and on the effectiveness of risk management
    processes and governance processes;
  • Encourages good talent and specialised skills,
    as required, to be available to the Internal Audit function;
  • Ensures that Internal Audit function remains a
    relevant and focused function within the organisation, providing early alerts
    and timely warnings where needed;
  • Accelerates the use of technology for making
    the Internal Audit function efficient and time-sensitive;
  • Allows the organisation to optimise the costs,
    e.g., by appointing local audit firms for remote / decentralised units, while
    retaining the centralised function audits in-house.

 

Unfortunately, in many cases, the structure of the Internal
Audit function is selected in a casual manner based on past practices, without
much deliberation and with the primary objective of cost optimisation. This
needs to change significantly – so that the determination of the structure of
Internal Audit function is a conscious decision backed by serious thinking.

 

In the present dynamic
times, there is the emergence of a fourth option – multi-sourced internal audit
where, in addition to selecting one of the three basic structures described
above, specialist skills are brought in as team members on a need basis,
typically for areas very specific to the industry, or new emerging areas such
as blockchain, cyber security, data privacy, social media audits, etc. With a
fast increasing gig economy on the one hand and a fast changing world on the
other, Internal Audit function cannot be served well with static skills – hence
the emerging trend of seeking the support of specialists to supplement the
internal audit team, for select areas / activities. An effective Internal
Audit function can be designed based on a fine play between in-house talent,
outsourced support on a regular, recurring basis and specialised skills sourced
on a need basis.

 

Decisions for taking support through outsourcing must be
based on strategic thinking as to what is driving the outsourcing decisions –
(a) is it the need to have additional people, (b) the inability to recruit the
right talent, (c) the need for having people in the right geography, (d) the
need for specialised skills that are not available in-house, (e) the need to
bring in lateral experience of the outsourced firm, or (f) the need to optimise
cost as outsourced resources are cheaper than adding team members in-house? If
the structure is strategically decided and the rationale for outsourcing is
clearly understood, the selection of outsourcing partners would be far better
and more effective.

 

To summarise, while setting up the Internal Audit
Function, its structure must be determined based on serious, strategic thinking
and the decision must be revisited periodically to ensure that the structure
continues to be relevant.

 

TEAM COMPOSITION AND LOCATION

Once the decision about the structure of the Internal Audit
function is taken, next is the selection of the team leader, the team members
and / or the outsourcing partners. A good mix of competencies and qualities
needs to be brought together for an effective internal audit. The team leader
should have a clear vision, strong people skills, deep understanding of risks
and controls and of the business being audited, breadth of knowledge about the
external economic and competitive environment, and much more. The past practice
of appointing a “minister without a portfolio” as the Head of Internal Audit
must stop – the Head of Internal Audit must be committed and passionate about
the function and be able to inspire the team to think out of the box and
deliver beyond expectations.

 

 

Careful determination of the size, mix and composition of the
IA team and the identification of competencies and qualities required goes a
long way in selecting the right outsourcing partners. Gone are the days when
internal audit teams would comprise largely of chartered accountants. The
present-day IA team needs to come from different academic and experience
backgrounds – a good IA team for a large company or a corporate group would
include, in addition to finance and accounting persons, specialists in the
industry being audited, some functional specialists such as IT specialists,
engineers, legal and tax specialists and forensic experts.

In case of a multi-locational organisation it is important to
decide the location where the members of the IA team are to be stationed and to
ensure adequate infrastructure at such locations. With advance of technology, it
is not the mere physical location but the decision as to centralisation /
decentralisation of Internal Audit function that becomes relevant.

 

The management may devise suitable policies to encourage flow
of talent into the Internal Audit function – many organisations follow the
policy of placing new entrants first for a stint in internal audit and then
rotate them out based on demonstrated capabilities and interest. Similarly, at
the time of considering promotions from mid-management to senior level, organisations
give due weightage to those who have spent time as part of the internal audit
team for a certain tenure. These considerations, at an early stage, make the
internal audit teams vibrant, with a good mix of young entrants and experienced
functional experts.

 

IA SCOPE DETERMINATION

There has been a lot of
talk about “risk-based internal audit”, where the risk assessment of the
organisation should form the primary basis for scope determination. This is all
very well for organisations that have gone through a rigorous process of risk
assessment and make efforts to keep the same updated to reflect dynamic risks.
For such organisations, the internal audit scope would be determined by the
management in consultation with the internal auditors, based on the identified
risks and their severity after considering the impact of mitigating controls.

 

Many organisations,
however, do not have a mature Risk Management Function and their documented
Risk Management Framework is sketchy and not reflective of the real risks
comprehensively. In such cases, the determination of scope becomes an intuitive
exercise, driven by the areas covered in the past 2-3 years and by the areas
and risks that are apparent and significant. Many finer areas that merit
inclusion in the audit scope remain outside the purview. For internal audit
scope to be meaningful, there is a need for the Risk Management framework of
the organisation to be comprehensive and updated on a dynamic basis. An
internal audit scope designed based on a well-defined Risk Management framework
and after seeking inputs from senior executive management, audit committee
members and statutory auditors tends to be comprehensive and relevant.
If
there is one area that needs to be overhauled, it is the manner of fixing the
scope of internal audit – in most cases, there is little creativity, hardly any
dynamism and no clear link between key risks and audit areas included in the
scope.

 

For a meaningful internal audit, the scope must reflect
the dynamic reality and the real concern areas of the organisation, it must
cover adequate ground for proving reasonable assurance on the effectiveness of
controls, and it must have flexibility to modify / enhance the scope to
accommodate newly-identified risks / activities that require attention.

 

IA BUDGET AND RESOURCES

Internal audit is an important management function that
requires a plan, a budget and a commitment for resources, just like any other
function. Management may do well to establish a comprehensive budget detailing
the various heads under which the IA function will need to spend and the
resources and infrastructural support that it would require.

 

The budget and resource planning needs to include:

  •  People cost for the in-house team;
  • Outsourcing cost for the audits proposed to be
    outsourced;
  • Specialist cost;
  • Training needs for skill upgradation of the IA
    team;
  • Technology tools and equipment;
  • Allocation for proper space and infrastructure
    – access to work stations, meeting rooms, video conferencing and communication facilities,
    etc.;
  • Provision of support for development of IT
    utilities and reports required for audit, administrative support, etc.

 

In this dynamic environment, very often the internal audit
budgets are static and the kind of resources allotted are outdated. The
investment made in training and upgrading the skills and knowledge of the IA
team leaves much to be desired and all this inevitably leads to an impoverished
IA function trying hard to “live within the budget”.

 

An effective IA function needs to be empowered with a
healthy budget for efficient execution and skill enhancement, the latest IT
tools and infrastructure and adequate resources for partnering with appropriate
outsourcing agencies and specialists. Expectations from internal audit need to
be aligned to the budget and resources provided for internal audit.

 

CONCLUDING REMARKS

Internal audit is one of the pillars of corporate governance
– lack of planning or mindless cost-cutting in building this pillar can bring
down the superstructure of corporate governance. The tone at the top where the
function is respected as a value adder and not merely as a statutory obligation
will help sustain a great Internal Audit function.

 

Many of the thoughts
expressed in this article may appear to be academic or theoretical – but these
are fundamental to the establishment of a robust Internal Audit function in any
organisation. Just as “well begun is half done”, in the case of Internal Audit
function – “Ill-begun is almost totally lost.”

 

In the present times, when Internal Audit function is
expected to perform audit at the speed of risk, ensuring that the foundation on
which the Internal Audit function is standing is strong and periodically
reinforced to stand the test of time is critical.

WORKS CONTRACT VIS-A-VIS VALUE OF TAXABLE TURNOVER

INTRODUCTION

The taxation of a works
contract under sales tax has been the subject of much debate in the pre-GST
era. The issues arising therefrom are manifold. One such issue is the valuation
of taxable turnover under a works contract.

 

A ‘Works Contract’ is a
composite contract involving both goods and labour. As per the statutory
provisions only value relating to goods can be taxed under sales tax laws. But
determining the value of goods has remained mired in controversy.

 

GOODS USED BUT NOT
GETTING TRANSFERRED

This is one of the issues
being hotly discussed. The case of Commissioner of Sales Tax vs.
Matushree Textiles Limited (132 STC 539)(Bom)
is, amongst others, one
of the earliest judgements, laying down that even if goods are not getting
transferred physically but their effect gets transferred, it will be considered
a works contract.

 

In this case, dyes and
chemicals were used for dyeing of cloth. And one of the arguments was that
since the dyes /chemicals are washed away there is no transfer of property in
goods for it to become a part of a works contract.

 

But the Bombay High Court
turned down this argument, holding that even passing on of colour, in the form
of a colour shade on cloth, is transfer of property in goods, and thus it comes
under a works contract. However, valuation was not discussed in this judgement.

 

A case where the issue of valuation arose was that of Enviro
Chemicals vs. State of Kerala (39 VST 434)(Ker)
. The activity
involved here was the treatment of effluent water. The dealer used chemicals to
purify water and such purified water was then allowed to flow into a river. The
argument was that since there is no transfer of property to the employer in any
form, there is no taxable value as the use of materials is only as consumables.

 

The High Court, by a
majority, rejected the argument and held that the value of goods used, though
not actually transferred to the employer, is taxable.

 

In the recent case of A.P.
Processors vs. State of Haryana (57 GSTR 491)(P&H)
, the
facts relevant to the judgement are noted as under by the High Court:

 

“3. A few facts relevant
for the decision of the controversy involved as narrated in VATAP No. 32 of
2017 may be noticed. The appellant-assessee is a dealer duly registered under
the provisions of the Haryana Value Added Tax Act, 2003 (HVAT Act) and the
Central Sales Tax Act, 1956 (the CST Act). The assessee is a textile processor
and is engaged in the execution of job works. The grey fabric comes to the
processors and after due processing/manufacturing, the finished product is sent
back, raising an invoice on which Basic Excise Duty (BED) and Additional Excise
Duty (AED) is also leviable, although the rate of duty is nil, and as per the
valuation prescribed in the relevant Act considering the cost of grey fabric,
processing charges and other incidental charges, etc.

 

The assessing authority
concluded the assessment on the basis of observations and findings that all the
dyes and chemicals used in the execution of the job work of bleaching and
dyeing are transferred in physical form or as their inherent properties. Therefore,
the property in goods passed on in the process of execution of the job work
should be taxed; the assessing officer raised a tax demand of Rs. 5,34,516 vide
order dated 20.3.2007 (Annexure A.1). Reliance was placed on the decision of
the Bombay High Court in Commissioner of Sales Tax vs. Matushree Textiles
Limited, (2003) 132 STC 539
.

 

Still not satisfied, the
assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal, inter alia canvassing that
tax on value of chemicals consumed during the process of dyeing and job work
was not to be included for the purpose of levy of VAT under the HVAT Act/CST
Act. It was also argued that even the dye used in the process would not be
entirely taxable because a substantial portion of the same is not transferred
to the principal eventually. The assessee also submitted a book containing the
reports and technical certificates issued by various competent authorities
justifying the stand of the assessee that chemicals are wasted during the
process of dyeing of textiles and that only a part of the colour is made part
of the final product sent to the principal. Vide impugned order dated 17.3.2017
(Annexure A.5), the Tribunal dismissed the appeal upholding the levy of tax on
the entire value of the chemicals and dyes used in the process irrespective of
the fact whether property in goods had been transferred or not. Hence the
instant appeal by the appellant-assessee.”

 

The Hon’ble High Court
thereafter examined the process in detail. The processes like washing,
watering, dyeing and softening, etc. are carried out. After examining the scope
of such processes and the technical reports submitted on behalf of the
assessee, the Hon. High Court held as under:

 

“21. In other words, the
bleaching and dyeing is a multi-level process in which chemicals are used
initially and are mandatorily washed out before the cloth becomes conducive for
the process of dyeing. After undertaking dyeing, the fabric is sent to the
principal. Initially, the fabric indicates washing with the help of caustic
soda, desizer, soda ash, hydrogen peroxide, HCL, potassium permanganate, oxalic
acid, sodium sulphate and acetic acid. The said process would be akin to
washing clothes at home with the help of washing powder. The effect of washing
is to ensure that the portion of elements and dirt attached to the cloth is
removed before any further process is carried out. It was also claimed that in
this process, the weight of the cloth is reduced which shows that no chemical
gets stuck to the cloth. The property of such chemicals, if held to be absorbed
in the fabric and transferred, (is that) the fabric would not remain fit for
wearing. The dyeing work undertaken by the appellant on cotton fabrics
manufactured by them is the final act, but prior to this act of dyeing various
processes are undertaken for making the fabric fit for dyeing. The processes
normally undertaken are as follows: (1) desizing, (2) scouring, (3) bleaching,
(4) mercerizing and (5) dyeing and finishing.

 

While the textile
undergoes the aforesaid treatment, certain chemicals are used which are
consumables and which do not hold on to the cotton fabrics. After completion of
the aforesaid processes, dyeing is undertaken which holds on to the cotton
fabric giving a lasting impression and ultimately converts the grey fabric into
printed fabric, which is then marketed. In the act of dyeing, as also in
printing, certain amount of chemicals, dyes and colours are washed out and they
do not remain embedded on the textile or fabric. Thus, the benefit of
chemicals, dyes and colours which get washed out to this extent would be
extended to the assessee-appellant. In Gannon Dunkerley & Co. [AIR
1954 Mad 1130]
it has been specifically laid down that while permitting
deductions, the consumables are required to be deducted from the total gross
turnover of an assessee for arriving at actual taxable turnover and the dyes
and chemicals in the present case, a certain percentage thereof being
consumables, are required to be excluded.

 

22. Thus, it would be
pertinent to observe that what is taxable under the HVAT and CST Act is the
value of the goods which get transferred to the customer in the execution of
the works contract either as goods or in any other form and not the value of
goods used or consumed in the execution of the works contract, if such user or
consumption does not result in transfer of property in those goods in any form
to the customer. The tax on the entire value of chemicals consumed during the
process of dyeing and job work are not to be included for the purpose of levy
of VAT as substantial portion of the same is not transferred to the principal
eventually.”

 

Thus, the Hon’ble High
court has arrived at the scope of consumables in relation to a works contract.
The judgement is laying down a sound principle though there are also some
contrary judgements. The actual extent of transfer of property depends upon the
facts of each case.

 

CONCLUSION

The judgement will be
useful for guiding the assessee /authorities in deciding the controversial
issue of valuation of goods for the purpose of levy of tax in works contracts.
The judgement will also apply to many such day-to-day transactions like laundry
activities or only cleaning activity, etc. It is expected that the assessee
will give technical / relevant data to determine the value and the authorities will
look at it in a fair and businesslike manner to avoid further disputes in all
such contracts executed up to 30th June, 2017.

 

It may be noted that under
GST laws, w.e.f. 1st July, 2017, such contracts are to be treated as
labour contracts. Thus, the entire value of transaction (including value of
material as well as services) shall be liable to tax as ‘service contract’ and
tax thereon shall be levied accordingly.

AN ASSESSMENT OF ASSESSMENT PROVISIONS


Tax
laws are structured on three key pillars – levy, assessment and collection.
Assessment is the link between levy and collection of taxes. Assessment
provisions under indirect tax laws, especially excise law, have evolved from
the era of officer control and assessment to self-assessment.

 

With
its introduction in 2017, GST law is now about to change gears and enter the
phase of ‘Assessments’. This phase operates as a litmus test over the extent of
percolation of the law into the system both at the Government’s and the tax
payer’s end. Tax payers are about to experience challenges on the front of
assessments, audits and adjudications and this article examines some of the
issues involved.

 

ASSESSMENT – AUDIT – ADJUDICATION

Though
the above terms are used inter-changeably, they represent distinct activities
in any legal enforcement. The GST law has made specific provisions towards each
of these aspects under its machinery provisions, i.e., Chapter XII –
Assessment; Chapter XIII – Audit; and Chapter XV – Demands & Recovery.

 

Assessment
has been defined u/s. 2(11) as any ‘determination of tax liability’. Advanced
Law lexicon explains assessment as ‘determination of rate or amount of
something such as tax, damages, imposition of something such as tax or fine
according to an established rate’.

 

Audit
u/s. 2(13) involves an elaborate exercise of examination of records, returns
and other documents maintained to verify correctness of taxes paid / refunded
and assess compliance under the Act.

 

Adjudication
has not been defined but the term ‘Adjudication authority’ has been defined as
an authority that ‘passes any order or decision under the Act’. Advanced
Law lexicon explains adjudication as the process of ‘trying and determining
a case judicially’.

Assessment
essentially means computation of the taxes under the law. Audit, on the other
hand, is a special procedure involving desk and / or on-site review of records.
Adjudication involves a judicious process of deciding the questions of law
which emerge from the assessment and audit processes. Assessment and audit are
the processes which lead to the adjudication function and these three functions
come under the overall umbrella of ‘Assessment’ in a tax law.

 

ASSESSMENT SCHEME

Chapter
XII of the GST law provides for specific instances where an assessment would be
performed:

Type (Section)

Scenarios

Outer
time-limit

Self-assessment (59)

Assessment of the tax dues by the
assessee himself through returns in GSTR-3B & 1

Due dates of filing return

Provisional assessment (60)

Assessment by the officer on specific
request by the assessee in cases of difficulty in ascertainment of the tax
liability

Six months (extendable to 4 years) from application

Scrutiny assessment (61)

Scrutiny of the data reported in returns
on a frequent basis for any visible discrepancies culminating into a demand
u/s. 73 or 74

Within 3 / 5 years from due date of annual return

Assessment of non-filers (62)

Best judgement assessment in case of
non-filing of returns within prescribed time limits

5 years from due date of annual return

Assessment of unregistered persons (63)

Best judgement assessment in case of
unregistered persons which are required to be registered

5 years from due date of annual return

Summary assessment (64)

Assessment in order to protect interest
of Revenue and culminating into a demand u/s. 73 or 74

Within 3 / 5 years from due date of annual return

 

 

Any
assessment initiated under these sections would have to meet the prerequisites
of the section and the authority would have to operate within the confines of
these sections while exercising its powers. For example, scrutiny assessment of
the returns u/s. 61 can be initiated only to verify the correctness of the
returns filed and examine the discrepancies noticed therein. The assessing
authority is under an obligation to provide the reasons for invoking section 61
and such reasons should emerge from the returns filed for the period under
consideration. It cannot be initiated for conducting a detailed audit of the
books of accounts of the assessee. Such powers rest within the domain of
sections 65 and 66 only. Similarly, an assessing authority can invoke section
62 only for the months for which the returns are not filed and cannot spread
the assessment for other periods.

 

Further,
the provisions only provide the circumstances under which assessments can be
initiated. The provisions are not a complete code for enforcement of the demand
and its recovery. Once the assessments are duly initiated and the examination
of records report a discrepancy, the officer would have to enter adjudication
provisions u/s. 73 / 74 for the recovery of tax dues. Where the officer
concludes that the taxes are duly reported and paid, adjudication need not be
invoked and an assessment order confirming the conclusions would be sufficient.

 

AUDIT SCHEME

Chapter
XIII provides for conducting a regular audit (65) or a special audit (66).
Going by earlier experience where audit provisions in the rules were
challenged, the legislature has introduced these powers in the main enactment
itself allaying any doubts over the jurisdiction to conduct audits. There is no
time limit to conduct an audit of an assessee. However, any demands arising
from these audits would have to follow the process u/s. 73 and 74 which have an
outer time limit of 3 and 5 years, respectively. The key features of regular
and special audit are as follows:

Regular Audit (65)

Special Audit (66)

Performed by authorised officers either on periodical or
selection basis

Performed by appointed chartered accountants / cost
accountants at the specific instance of the Revenue officer on selection
basis only

Audit can be a desk review or an on-site review

Audit would generally be performed on-site

Audit report would record the findings of any tax short
payment / non-payment

Audit report would address specific points defined in the
scope of the audit for further action by the Revenue officers

Proceedings u/s. 73 / 74 would be initiated in case of any
demand

Proceedings u/s. 73 / 74 would be initiated in case of any
demand

Initiated before any adjudication proceeding

Can be initiated during adjudication proceedings

 

While
powers of audit are much wider in scope in comparison with assessment
provisions, they, too, are not unfettered powers. Audit officers cannot, in the
garb of audit, perform an inspection of the assessee’s premises. The audit
officers would have to restrict themselves to the transactions recorded in the
books of accounts and their conformity with the returns filed. For example, an
audit officer visiting the premises cannot perform a physical verification of
the stocks and its comparison with books of accounts; an officer cannot perform
seizure of stocks, records, etc., and does not possess powers equivalent to the
Cr.P.C., 1973 which are conferred upon inspecting officers. Where such
discrepancies are identified, the audit officer can at the most report the same
internally for necessary action by the empowered officers. Like assessment
provisions, where the audit officers conclude that demand of taxes has arisen,
it would have to initiate proceedings u/s. 73 or 74 as appropriate.

 

ADJUDICATION SCHEME

It
is evident that any assessment / audit (except section 62 / 63) involving a
demand would culminate into an adjudication proceeding u/s. 73 or 74. The said
sections provide for issuance of a show cause notice proposing a demand and are
followed by an adjudication proceeding over the issue involved. The section can
be invoked under the following instances as tabulated below:

Instances

Explanation

Examples

Tax not paid or short paid

Output taxes which are legally payable are not paid wholly or
partly

Sale of fixed asset not offered to output tax, etc.

Tax erroneously refunded

Refund sanctioned but on incorrect grounds u/s. 54

Refund in excess of the prescribed formula, etc.

Input tax credit wrongly availed

Credit availed on inputs / input services or capital goods
which are specifically blocked or not available u/s. 16-18

Credit on motor vehicles, rent a cab, etc.

Input tax credit wrongly utilised

Credit rightly availed but utilised incorrectly against
output taxes in terms of section 49

CGST credit utilised for SGST output, etc.

 

 

The
key features of sections 73 and 74 are as follows:

  • While section 73 covers cases where the
    reasons for non-payment are bona fide, section 74 can be invoked where
    the reasons are on account of fraud, wilful misstatement, and / or suppression
    of facts to evade tax payment (fraud cases).
  • The person from whom such amounts appear to
    be recoverable should be put to notice (popularly called show cause notice) as
    to why said amounts are not recoverable from him along with interest or
    penalty. The adjudication officer has to make out a case in the SCN and offer
    the assessee the opportunity to defend itself against the facts and law laid
    down before it.
  • Once the proceedings are initiated, they are
    subjected to an outer time limit of 5 years (extended period in fraud cases)
    and 3 years (normal period in bona fide cases) for its completion. The
    proper officer should initiate the proceedings at least 3 months (6 months in
    fraud cases) prior to the time limit for completion of adjudication. The said
    time limit is to be calculated from the due date of filing annual return or
    date of erroneous refund.
  • As a dispute resolution measure, the
    assessee is provided an option to pay the complete tax and interest (penalty of
    15% in fraud cases) before the issuance of the SCN on the basis of its own
    ascertainment or the ascertainment of the proper officer. As a second level of
    dispute resolution, the assessee is also provided the option to pay the
    complete tax and interest (penalty of 25% in fraud cases) within 30 days of the
    issuance of the SCN.
  • Once an SCN is issued for an initial period,
    a detailed SCN for a subsequent period need not be issued. A statement
    computing taxes payable would be deemed to be an SCN, provided the grounds are
    identical to the initial period. Section 74(3) provides that the allegation of
    fraud cannot be made in periodical SCNs for subsequent periods.
  • The proper officer would determine the tax,
    interest and penalty (10% in bona fide cases, 100% in fraud cases) by
    way of an adjudication order. Where the assessee waives its right of appeal and
    pays the tax, interest and penalty (of 50%), the proceedings are deemed to be
    concluded.

 

The above scheme is substantially
similar to section 11A of the Central Excise Act and section 73 of the Finance
Act. The critical difference is with respect to time limitation. While the
erstwhile laws provided for a time limit of initiation of adjudication
proceedings and no outer time limit for its completion, the GST law provides
for the time limit over the conclusion of the said proceedings. The
adjudication proceedings are deemed to be concluded where the order is not
issued within 3 / 5 years.

 

The
other critical difference is with respect to recovery of erroneous input tax
credit which was contained in rule 14 of the erstwhile rules. Consequent to
inclusion of input tax credit provisions in the Act itself, sections 73 / 74
provide for recovery of input tax credits wrongly availed / utilised. Input tax
credit which has been wrongly availed and not utilised is also recoverable from
the assessee. Whether interest is applicable on such recovery is a different
aspect and needs to be viewed u/s. 50.

 

OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ADJUDICATION PROVISIONS (SECTION 75)

The
law-makers have scripted many settled legislative principles in this provision.
Most of the provisions have their roots in settled principles of natural
justice, fairness, double jeopardy, speaking orders, etc.

 

  • The computation of limitation of 3 / 5 years
    is subject to any stay over proceedings by any Court / Tribunal and the period
    of stay would stand excluded for such computation. A new provision has been
    inserted which extends the period for subsequent years where the Revenue is
    under appeal on a similar issue before an appellate forum. The purpose of this
    insertion was to enable the tax authority to transfer matters to a ‘call book’
    maintained as a practice in the erstwhile regime and keep them pending until
    disposal of the appeal. It is unclear whether the specific issue would be kept
    pending or all proceedings, including other issues which are not under appeal,
    would be subjected to this extension. Cross objections filed by the Revenue are
    equivalent to cross appeals and hence can extend the period of limitation.
  • In cases where the appellate authority or
    Tribunal or Court concludes that the grounds on fraud are not sustainable, the
    proceedings would continue to be valid for the normal period (of 3 years)
    despite such conclusion. Demand for the normal period would have to be adjudged
    on its merits in spite of the SCN being set aside for the extended period.
  • The decision of the adjudicating authority
    should confine itself to the grounds specified in the SCN and should not be in
    excess of the amounts specified in the notice. The officer is required to pass
    a speaking order detailing the facts and provisions leading to the conclusion.
  • Personal hearing is required to be granted
    in case it is specifically requested or the decision contemplated is adverse.
    Adjournments are allowed to be granted up to a maximum of three hearings.
    Courts have frowned upon the practice of officers providing three alternative
    dates for personal hearing in the same notice.
  • Taxes self-assessed and reported in the
    returns remaining unpaid would be recovered without issuance of any SCN in
    terms of section 79.
  • Interest on tax short paid or not paid would
    be payable irrespective of whether the same is specified in the adjudication
    order.
  • In cases where penalty is imposed u/s. 73 /
    74, no other penalty can be imposed on the same assessee under any other
    provision.
  • In case of any remand or direction by
    appellate forums to issue an order, such orders are required to be issued
    within 2 years from the communication of such direction.

 

PRINCIPLES ON ISSUANCE OF SCN

An
SCN is the first step taken by the Revenue to recover any tax demands. It is
the basic and most crucial document in the entire adjudication process. Certain
settled principles of adjudication under the Excise and Service Tax law would
have applicability even under the GST regime:

 

  • Issue of a show cause notice is condition
    precedent to a demand proceeding. The Supreme Court in various instances held
    that any demand can be confirmed only by way of an issuance of a show cause
    notice [Gokak Patel Volkart Limited vs. CCE 1987 28 ELT 53 (SC)].
    This principle would continue to hold good even under the GST scheme as the
    assessment and audit provisions direct that any demand should be recovered
    through the mechanism u/s. 73 / 74.
  • A mere letter of communication cannot be
    equated to a show cause notice. The show cause notice should specify the
    allegations and the basis for it to be sustainable under law [Metal
    Forgings vs. UOI 2002 146 ELT 241 (SC)
    ].
    Prejudged SCNs have been
    struck down by the Courts as being tainted with bias.
  • An SCN must contain all the essential
    details and relied-upon documents. A show cause is the foundation of the entire
    proceeding and the allegations should be clear and supported legally [CCE
    vs. Brindavan Beverages (P) Ltd. 2007 213 ELT 487 (SC)
    ].
  • SCNs on assumptions / presumptions, without
    any material evidence and based only on inferences, are not valid in law [Oudh
    Sugar Mills Ltd. vs. UOI 1978 2 ELT J172 (SC)
    ].
  • Show cause notices issued under a wrong
    section cannot be invalidated as long as the powers of the SCN are traceable to
    the statute [BSE Brokers Forum vs. SEBI 2001 AIR SCW 628 (SC)].
  • Corrigenda issued to the SCN are valid as long
    as they rectify apparent mistakes in the notice and do not enlarge its scope [CCE
    vs. SAIL 2008 225 ELT A130 (SC)
    ].
    However, the corrigenda can be issued
    any time before completion of the adjudication proceeding and may not be bound
    by the time limit.

 

PRINCIPLES FOR DIFFERENTIATING FRAUD AND NON-FRAUD CASES

Wilful
Misstatement, Suppression and Fraud

These
terms have been a matter of considerable litigation since failure of the
Revenue to meet the situations contemplated under these terms invalidated the
entire proceedings irrespective of the merits of the case. While Revenue has
applied these terms mechanically, the assessee has banked upon these terms to
defendits case.

 

In
Cosmic Dye Chemicals vs. CCE (1995) 75 ELT 721 (SC), the
Supreme Court explained these terms as follows:

 

Fraud
and collusion – as far as fraud or collusion are concerned, it is evident that
intent to evade duty is built into these very words.

 

Misstatement
or suppression – so far as misstatement or suppression of facts are concerned,
they are clearly qualified by the word wilful, preceding the words misstatement
or suppression of facts, which mean intent to evade duty.

 

The
Supreme Court in CCE vs. Chemphar Drugs & Liniments 1989 (40) ELT 276
(SC)
observed that fraud, etc., is essentially a question of fact
emerging from a positive act. Non-declaration of any information in the returns
without any deliberate intention does not amount to suppression. Similarly, the
Supreme Court in Padmini Products vs. CCE 1989 (43) ELT 795 (SC)
held that mere inaction or non-reporting does not amount to suppression of
facts.

 

Suppression
has now been defined in Explanation 2 to section 74 which states that any
failure to report facts or information required to be disclosed in returns,
statements or reports would amount to suppression of facts. This definition has
implicitly removed the requirement that suppression should be wilful and
consequently any failure to report required information would amount to
suppression. However, if one observes section 74, suppression should be
accompanied with intention to evade payment of tax and it appears that despite
its open-ended definition, Revenue has to still establish tax evasion in cases
of suppression.

 

In
Tamil Nadu Housing Board vs. CCE 1991 (74) ELT 9 (SC), the
Court stated that an intention to evade would be present only in cases where
the assessee has deliberately avoided the tax payment. Cases involving
ambiguity in law or multiple interpretations in laws were not cases of tax
evasion.

 

The
burden of proof that circumstances of the case warrant invocation of extended
period of limitation is on the Revenue and these circumstances should be
discernible from the records of proceedings against the assessee.

 

PRINCIPLES IN ADJUDICATION

Adjudicating
officers are quasi judicial officers and have to follow settled legal
disciplines in the process of adjudication. Some of the principles to be
followed are:

 

  • Res judicata – the Latin term res
    judicata
    means a thing which is already adjudged, has attained finality and
    cannot be reconsidered. Since each tax period is different, the said principle
    does not apply directly across tax periods unless underlying assumptions like
    law and facts remain the same.
  • Adjudicating authorities are creatures of
    statute and hence vires of a section or entire Act itself cannot be put
    to question before such authority. These questions can only be placed before
    the High Court under its Writ jurisdiction.
  • Adjudicating authorities would have to act
    on fairness and such proceedings cannot be impaired by instructions, directions
    or clarifications from senior officers.
  • The authorities are bound by the principle
    of judicial discipline and should either follow or clearly distinguish
    decisions of higher appellate forums while adjudging a matter.
  • The officer who has heard the assessee
    should only pass the order. An incoming officer would have to conduct fresh
    hearings prior to passing any order.
  • Questions on jurisdiction to issue the
    notice, order or communication should be made at the first available instance.
    In terms of section 160(1) no person can question the proceedings at a later
    stage if he / she has acted upon such notice, order or communication.

 

FIXATION OF MONETARY LIMITS FOR ADJUDICATION

CBEC
in its Circular No. 31/05/2018-GST dated 09.02.2018 has prescribed monetary
limits for optimal distribution of work relating to issuance of SCNs.  The following table provides the monetary
limits for adjudication:

Sl. No.

Officer of Central Tax

CGST Limit

IGST Limit

1

Superintendent

Up to Rs. 10 lakhs

Rs. 20 lakhs

2

Dy / Asst. Commissioner

Rs. 10 lakhs –
Rs. 1 crore

Rs. 20 lakhs –
Rs. 2 crores

3

Addln / Jt Commissioner

Above Rs. 1 crore

Above Rs. 2 crores

 

The
Supreme Court in Pahwa Chemicals (P) Ltd. vs. CCE – 2005 (181) ELT 339
(SC)
, held that administrative directions of the board
allocating different works to various classes of officers cannot cut down the
jurisdiction vested in them by statute and may be followed by them at best as a
matter of propriety. Issuance of SCN or adjudication contrary to such
directions cannot be set aside for want of jurisdiction, especially as no
prejudice is caused thereby to assessee.

 

CRITICAL MATTERS IN ADJUDICATION (SECTIONS 73 AND 74)

A)  Whether reversal of input tax credit is
recoverable u/s. 73 and 74?

As
the recovery provisions are limited to four scenarios, any recovery outside the
scope of the above terms is without any authority. The Supreme Court in CCE
vs. Raghuvar (India) Ltd. 2000 (118) E.L.T. 311 (S.C.)
held that
section 11A is not an omnibus provision to cover any and every action to be
taken under the Act. The said section will apply only when the circumstances
specified therein are triggered.

 

A
typical example would be the case of reversal of common input tax credit
required in terms of section 17(1)/(2). Strictly speaking, provisions of
section 17(1)/(2) do not place a bar on availing input tax credit. Instead,
these provisions provide for a reversal of input tax credit in excess of what
is attributable to taxable supplies. Non-reversal does not amount to input tax
credits ‘wrongly availed’ or ‘wrongly utilised’. Hence there could be a
challenge on whether the Revenue has powers to invoke sections 73 / 74 to
recover input tax credit reversals under the said provisions. In the context of
Rule 57CC (parallel to Rule 6 of Cenvat Credit Rules and Rule 42 / 43 of GST
rules) which governed common inputs, the Tribunal in Pushpaman Forgings
vs. CCE Mumbai 2002 (149) E.L.T. 490 (Tri.-Mumbai)1
  held that payment of an amount is NOT ‘duty
or credit’ and in the absence of a specific provision to recover the same, the
proceedings are invalid.

 

B)  Whether reversal of transition credit is
recoverable u/s. 73 and 74?

The primary challenge for invoking
sections 73 and 74 for recovery of transition credit arises on account of the
definition of input tax credit u/s. 2(62) r/w 2(63) of the CGST Act. Recovery
of transitional credit could be on account of two reasons, (a) not meeting
erstwhile law conditions (e.g. not an input service, input or capital goods in
terms of Cenvat Rules, etc); and / or (b) not meeting transitional conditions
(e.g. not eligible duties defined under GST, first time credits to traders,
etc). There should be no doubt on the recovery of the former as the
non-compliance emerges under the Cenvat Rules and hence is governed by recovery
provisions of the said rules which are saved under the GST law. Once the said
amount is regularised under the erstwhile law, the transition claim stays
intact in terms of section 142. The latter, however, poses some challenge on
the recovery front.

 

Sections
73 / 74 can be invoked only for recovery of wrongfully availing / utilisation
of ‘input tax credit’. Input tax credit, by definition, is limited to the taxes
which are charged and paid under the IGST / CGST Acts only. The transition
provisions are a separate code by itself under Chapter XX and cannot be equated
to the input tax credit provisions under Chapter V. Transition credit is
directly credited to the electronic credit ledger and available towards discharge
of tax liabilities unlike input tax credits which have to pass the tests
prescribed in sections 17 and 18 of the GST law.

 

Now
Rule 121 of the transition provisions provides for recovery of such credit in
terms of sections 73 and 74 of the CGST Act. The parent provisions u/s. 140
delegate its powers to rules only for the limited purpose of prescribing the
manner of availing. The parent provisions do not authorise the Government to
prescribe the recovery provisions. Unlike the Cenvat Rules where availing of
input tax credit was itself in a delegated legislation, transitional credit is
contained in the enactment and cannot be recovered through a subordinate
legislation.

 

CBEC
Circular No. 42/16/2018-GST dated 13.04.2018
provides that Cenvat credit and erstwhile recovery of arrears of taxes
are recoverable as Central taxes in terms of section 142 of the CGST law. In
one case the Circular prescribes that one may invoke section 79 (such as
garnishee orders, etc.) for recovery, clearly bypassing the step of adjudication.
Circular 58/32/2018-GST dated 04.09.2018 has gone a step further and
stated that the same may be reversed as input tax credit while filing GSTR-3B.
The genesis of these conclusions appears to be hazy and the backdoor entry of
Rule 121 is open for challenge in the Courts.

 

C)  Whether an SCN can be issued where taxes are
fully paid prior to its issuance?

Sections
73 / 74 state that an SCN would be issued where taxes are ‘not paid’ or ‘short
paid’. While section 73 provides for waiver of the penalty, there is no such
waiver in cases covered u/s. 74. In many cases, the assessee discharges the
taxes prior to issuance of the SCN and the taxes are completely paid on the
date of issuance of the SCN. We also observe from the said section that the
notice should specify why the amount specified is not ‘payable’. Section 73(7)
also specifies that in case of any short payment, the SCN should be issued only
to the extent of the short payment. All these provisions indicate that an SCN
cannot be issued where taxes are fully paid prior to its issuance.

 

Historically,
the Revenue officers would raise the SCN proposing a demand and provide for an
appropriation of the tax already paid by the assessee against the proposed
demand. This practice would keep the demand outstanding until the appropriation
at the time of conclusion of the adjudication proceedings. Whether a similar
practice can be continued given that the provisions are borrowed from the
Central Excise law is a matter of detailed examination.

 

D)  Whether an SCN can be issued only towards
interest or penalty?

In
many cases, the assessee deposits the taxes but fails to compute the interest
on account of delayed payment of taxes. It has been held by various Courts that
interest is an automatic levy and does not require specific notice for its
recovery. Section 75(12) provides that in case of self-assessed tax, the amount
of interest remaining unpaid would be recoverable directly in terms of section
79 without issuance of a show cause notice. Therefore, there is no requirement
of any SCN proceeding to recover interest.

 

In
cases of fraud where taxes have been completely paid, the Revenue may invoke
adjudication proceedings u/s. 74 for recovery of penalty. As discussed above,
the said section provides only for four instances where the proceedings can be
initiated. It is only when the above conditions are satisfied that penalty can
be proposed against the assessee. Where taxes have been completely paid, none
of the four instances applies and there is a possibility to take a view that an
SCN cannot be issued merely for recovery of penalty. Whether the officer can
then directly invoke section 122(1) may be a matter of examination.

 

E)  What happens where multiple issues are
involved and some issues fall in the fraudulent basket while others fall in the
non-fraudulent basket?

The
examination of a case falling u/s. 73 / 74 has to be performed for each issue
on hand and not in its entirety. There could occur circumstances where some
issues genuinely arise on account of interpretation of law and some issues on
account of evasive acts. The time limitation of 3 / 5 years would have to be
examined for each issue on hand depending on which basket they fall into. The
officer cannot paint all issues with one brush and apply the time limit of 5
years for the proceedings as a whole. Once the issues are segregated, the
proceedings would be governed by the respective sections.

 

F)  Can parallel proceedings be conducted by two
officers either by Central / State workforce?

Section
6(2) of the GST law provides that any proceeding issued on a subject matter by
any officer would not be duplicated with another proceeding of an officer of
parallel rank. This provision is specific to the issue under examination. The
parallel administration can certainly raise other issues provided they have
jurisdiction to assess these in terms of the work allocation between the Centre
and the State administrations.

 

G)  Whether disclosure to Central officer still
results in suppression before the State officer and vice versa?

In
case prior disclosure of information is made to a Central authority, an issue
arises whether the State authorities can allege suppression of information. The
terms are merely an expression of the state of mind of the tax payer. Where the
tax payer has established bona fide in reporting the issue to the
jurisdictional officer, it can certainly pray that the case does not involve a
fraudulent act. Unless the assessee has specifically withheld information being
sought from a particular officer, it can claim itself to be excluded from the
above terms. In fact, it may be interesting for one to even examine whether
reporting of information in one State would amount to sufficient bona fide
in assessments of other States. These are issues which would emerge on account
of State-wise assessments and cross empowerment of administration under the
law.

 

H)  Tax experts are requested for their opinion on
the status of litigation as on balance sheet date in the context of
provisioning in terms of GAAP?

Departmental
audits / assessments are only inquiry proceedings over the tax dues reported by
the assessee and until a specific issue is red-flagged, such proceedings may
not fall within the domain of provisioning / contingency. But where the issue
is ascertained and adjudication proceedings are initiated by way of an SCN, the
tests of provisioning (enlisted below) would have to be performed for the
company:

 

  • An entity has
    a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of past events;
  • It is probable
    that the obligation may entail an economic outflow; and
  • A reliable
    estimate can be made of such outflow.

 

The
term present obligation has been defined as an obligation whose existence as on
the balance sheet date is probable. Though an SCN is a mere
proposal, the term present obligation requires one to test the probability of
the demand in view of the SCN as on balance sheet date. An SCN is an indication
of a potential demand and the tax expert would have to weigh the issue for its
merits and judicial precedents for concluding on the probable exposure to the
company.

 

Going by the overall
architecture of the GST law and the work allocation, it appears that audit
would be conducted based on statistical sampling of the assessee, assessments
would be performed on case-specific non-compliance reports and both these
functions would then channel into adjudication proceedings for recovery of tax
dues from the assessee. The GST topography poses multiple hurdles in assessment
of tax payers. Cross empowerment and maintenance of uniformity in State level
assessments would be a game changer. Being a new turf, tax payers and Revenue
would have to traverse the path of assessments cautiously.

Yoga karmasu kaushalam. This is a message from the
Geeta – Chapter 2.50. And this is perhaps one of the most valuable and
practical messages given by anyone to mankind. Its plain meaning is:
yoga is ‘skill in performing any action / task.’ Skill could mean
excellence and total immersion in the work at hand. Skill also means
being detached from the fruit of action while being completely involved
in the work at hand. In the words of Ralph Waldo Emerson – The reward of
a thing well done is to have done it. Krishna propagates three kinds of
yogas to achieve salvation – Dnyana (knowledge), Bhakti (devotion) and
Karma (work). Yoga literally means being in communion, for it comes from
the word Yuj.
Many
great personalities were inspired by this message. Lokmanya Tilak, one
of the early freedom fighters, gave stress to ‘Karma’ i.e. action. In
our fight for independence this was necessary. The entire verse is even
more poignant. It reads thus – One who is equipped with equanimity in
this life discards both merit and sin. Therefore, remain established in
yoga; yoga results in perfect action.
Krishna
says that the Chaturvarnas (four categories) in the society were
created by HIM based on the qualities and nature of activity of an
individual. Hence, Brahmanas were concerned with knowledge; Kshatriyas
with security, governance and war; Vaishyas with trade and industry; and
Shudras with the remaining services. In Indian scriptures, we have
references that two brothers could belong to different professions or
‘Varnas’. Therefore, ‘varnas’ were not attached to birth but to the
predisposition of each individual. Interestingly, Krishna Himself
performed all these functions Himself at once:
  • when giving knowledge to Arjuna, He was Brahmana,
  • killing demons like Kans and Shishupal, He was a Kshatriya or warrior,
  • trading in dairy products in Mathura, Krishna was a Vaishya; and
  • as charioteer (sarathi) of Arjuna, He maintained horses – the work of shudras.
Every
role that He performed, He performed it with dexterity. At the same
time, He was completely detached from the fruit of His action. This is
the lesson to be learnt from these words of counsel.
At
the end of the Geeta, Krishna tells Arjuna that he has the liberty of
choosing his course of action. This implies that once a person has
grasped the full purport of equanimity, he is endowed with the
capability to make right choices.
I would conclude: in Yoga an individual has:
  • the liberty to choose his field of operation,
  •  perform his work as duty with detachment, with
  • no control over the fruits of his action.
Hence,
as professionals to have success, peace and happiness, let us inculcate
and develop this attitude, especially of being detached and enjoy
stress-free work. In short, be fully involved and yet be detached from
the fruits of action.

21st June is International Yoga Day.

Section 5(2)(a) and section 15 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 – salary remitted to NRE account in India for services rendered in Nigeria is not taxable in India on receipt basis

11

TS-220-ITAT-2019(Kol)

Deepak Kumar Todi vs. DDIT

ITA No. 1918/Kol/2017

A.Y.: 2011-12

Dated: 16th April, 2019

 

Section 5(2)(a) and section
15 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 – salary remitted to NRE account in India for
services rendered in Nigeria is not taxable in India on receipt basis

 

FACTS

The
assessee, a non-resident individual, was employed in Nigeria. For the relevant
year under consideration, the Assessee received foreign inward remittances in
his NRE account maintained in India on account of salary for the services
rendered in Nigeria. The assessee contended that such salary amount was
transferred by the employer only under due instructions of the assessee. Thus,
the constructive receipt of such salary is out of India and the money received
in the NRE account of the assessee is mere remittance which cannot constitute income
‘received or deemed to be received in India’ within the meaning of section
5(2)(a) of the Act.

 

The AO,
however, was of the view that receipt of salary in India by way of direct
remittance by the foreign employer to the assessee’s bank account in India
would amount to first receipt in India. Further, as the income has not been
taxed in Nigeria, non-taxation of such amount in India would amount to double
non-taxation. Consequently, the AO taxed such amount as salary income under the
Act.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee appealed before the CIT(A) who upheld the AO’s order. Still
aggrieved, the assessee appealed before the tribunal.

 

HELD

  •      The tribunal
    observed that tax had been duly withheld by the foreign employer on the salary
    income of the assessee. It was, therefore, not a case of double non-taxation of
    income. Thus, the AO’s observation that the income had neither been taxed in
    Nigeria nor in India, was incorrect to this extent.
  •      Reliance was
    placed on the Calcutta HC ruling in Utanka Roy vs. DIT, International Tax
    (390 ITR 109)
    to hold that the salary income for services rendered
    outside India had to be considered as income accruing outside India and, hence,
    not taxable in India.

Sections 9(1)(vi), 9(1)(vii) and Article 12 of the India-Germany DTAA – subscription fees received for access to online database does not qualify as FTS or royalty

10

TS-215-ITAT-2019(Mum)

Elsevier Information Systems GmbH vs.
DCIT

ITA No.1683/Mum/2015

A.Y.: 2011-12

Dated: 15th April, 2019

 

Sections 9(1)(vi), 9(1)(vii)
and Article 12 of the India-Germany DTAA – subscription fees received for
access to online database does not qualify as FTS or royalty

 

FACTS

The
assessee is a tax resident of Germany and is engaged in the business of
providing access to online database pertaining to chemical information
consisting of articles on the subject of chemistry, substance data and inputs
on preparation and reaction methods as experimentally validated. The assessee
earned subscription fees by providing access to the online database from
customers worldwide, including India.

 

The
assessee, contended that subscription fee received from the customers is not in
the nature of royalty or fee for technical services (FTS). Further, in the
absence of a PE in India, such income is not taxable in India.

 

But the AO
noted that the database was akin to a well-equipped library which provided
users with the desired result without much effort. Further, the AO concluded
that the data was in relation to a technical subject collated from various
researchers and journals involving technical expertise, which would not have
been possible without technical expertise and human element. Hence, he treated
the subscription fees as FTS under the Act as well as the DTAA. Further, the AO
also held that the online database was in the nature of a literary work which
amounts to right to use copyright and hence it qualifies as royalty under
section 9(1)(vi) of the Act as well as the DTAA.

 

HELD

  •      The database
    maintained by the assessee consisted of chemical information which the users
    could access for their own benefit. The data contained in the online database
    was collated by the assessee from articles printed in various journals on
    similar topics which were otherwise available to the public on subscription
    basis. The collated data was stored on the online database in a structured and
    user-friendly manner and was made accessible through regular web browsers,
    without any use of a designated software or hardware.
  •      Examination
    of the subscription agreement between the assessee and the customer revealed
    the following aspects:

(a)  The assessee granted non-exclusive and
non-transferrable right to the subscriber to access, search the browser and
view the search results and print or make copies of such information for its
exclusive use.

(b)  Upon termination of the subscription
agreement, the subscriber was required to delete all such stored data.

(c)  All rights and interests in the subscribed
products and data remained with the assessee and the users were prohibited from
making any unauthorised use of such data.

  •      Thus, the
    assessee merely provided access to the database without conferring any
    exclusive or transferrable right to the users. The intellectual property in the
    data / product remained with the assessee. There is no material on record to
    show that the assessee had transferred its right to use the copyright of any
    literary, artistic or scientific work to the subscribers while providing them
    with access to the database.
  •      Hence, the subscription fee does not qualify as
    royalty. Reliance in this regard was placed on the AAR ruling in the case of Dun
    & Bradstreet Espana SA (272 ITR 99)
    , the Ahmedabad Tribunal ruling
    in the case of ITO vs. Cedilla Healthcare Ltd. (77 Taxmann.com 309)
    and DCIT vs. Welspun Corporation Ltd. (77 Taxmann.com 165).
  •      The assessee
    had neither employed any technical / skilled person to provide any managerial
    or technical service, nor was there any direct interaction between the
    subscriber of the database and the employees of the assessee. Further, there
    was no material on record to show that there was human intervention in
    providing access to the database. Thus, in the absence of human intervention,
    the subscription fee did not qualify as FTS under the Act as well as the DTAA.
    Reliance in this regard was placed on SC decisions in the cases of CIT
    vs. Bharati Cellular Ltd. (193 Taxman 97)
    and DIT vs. A.P. Moller
    Maersk A.S. (392 ITR 186).

Article 12 and Article 5 read with Article 7(3) of the India–Russia DTAA – consideration received by a member of a consortium qualifies as business income; as the income is attributable to the assessee’s PE in India, it is taxable in India

9

TS-212-ITAT-2019(Del)

PJSC Stroytransgaz vs. DDIT

ITA No. 2842/Del/2010 [A.Y.: 2004-05]

ITA No. 2843/Del/2010 [A.Y.: 2005-06]

ITA No. 6029/Del/2012 [A.Y.: 2006-07]

ITA No. 3821/Del/2010 [A.Y.: 2004-05]

ITA No. 3822/Del/2010 [A.Y.: 2005-06]

A.Y.s: 2004-05 & 2005-06

Dated: 15th April, 2019

 

Article 12 and Article 5
read with Article 7(3) of the India–Russia DTAA – consideration received by a
member of a consortium qualifies as business income; as the income is
attributable to the assessee’s PE in India, it is taxable in India

 

FACTS

The
assessee is a company incorporated in Russia with expertise in implementation
of oil and gas industry projects. During the year under consideration, the
assessee entered into a consortium with an Indian company to execute certain
oil and gas projects for customers in India.

 

As agreed
between the parties to the consortium and the customer, the assessee was
required to (i) depute specialised manpower in India to undertake project
management and execution to the satisfaction of the customers for a specified
monthly consideration, and (ii) to prepare the technical bid to be provided to
the customer on the basis of its technical expertise and knowhow.

 

The
project management and execution work was performed by the branch office (BO)
of the assessee in India. On the other hand, the preparation of the technical
bids was undertaken by the assessee outside India.

 

There was
no dispute on the fact that the BO constituted the permanent establishment (PE)
of the assessee in India. The income from project management and execution
rendered by the BO was offered to tax as fee for technical services on gross
basis and the income from the supply of technical design and knowhow by the HO
was offered to tax as royalty on gross basis under Article 12 of the
India-Russia DTAA.

 

The
assessing officer (AO) contended that since the assessee had a PE in India,
Article 12 of the India–Russia DTAA was not applicable and the entire payment
received by the assessee had to be taxed on net basis as business profits.

 

HELD

  •      A close
    reading of the agreements indicates that the assessee was one of the members of
    the consortium. The consideration received by the assessee from the project
    execution is nothing but its business profits from the execution of the
    project.

 

  •     Being a
    member of the consortium, the assessee cannot pay royalty to itself and,
    therefore, the share received from the execution of the projects is nothing but
    business profits. Even in a case where services are rendered in India by the HO
    and not by the BO, the consideration received by the assessee cannot be
    bifurcated as royalty and business income.

 

  •      Since the
    assessee had a PE in India and the income from both manpower supply and the
    technical bid carried out outside India was attributable to the PE in India,
    the total income earned from the project is taxable as business income in
    India.

Article 5(2)(k)(i) of India–UK DTAA – multiple counting of employee in a single day is impermissible for computing service PE threshold; period of stay during which employee is on vacation in India is also to be excluded for determination of service PE

8

TS-210-ITAT-2019(Mum)

Linklaters vs. DDIT

ITA No. 3250/Mum/2006

A.Y.: 2002-03

Dated: 16th April, 2014

 

Article 5(2)(k)(i) of
India–UK DTAA – multiple counting of employee in a single day is impermissible
for computing service PE threshold; period of stay during which employee is on
vacation in India is also to be excluded for determination of service PE

FACTS

The
assessee, a UK resident partnership firm, was engaged in the business of
practising law. During the year under consideration, the assessee was appointed
to provide legal consultancy services to Indian clients, in respect of which it
received consultancy fees. The assessee contended that the fee received was in
the nature of business income and, in the absence of PE, such income was not
taxable in India.

 

The AO,
however, was of the view that the employees / other personnel of the assessee
rendered services in India for a period of more than 90 days and, hence, the
assessee had a service PE in India under Article 5(2)(k)(i) of the India–UK
DTAA. He, therefore, held that the income earned from rendering legal
consultancy services was taxable in India.

 

However, the assessee argued that one of its
employees present in India was on a vacation here and during such stay the
employee did not render any services in India. Consequently, such period has to
be excluded for the purpose of computing the threshold of 90 days for
determination of service PE. Further, the assessee argued that the period of
stay of employees in India has to be taken cumulatively and not individually.
On the above basis, the total presence of employees in India was only for 87
days. Hence, service PE in India was not triggered.

 

On appeal,
the CIT (A) held that the assessee had a service PE in India. Aggrieved, the
assessee appealed before the tribunal.

 

HELD

  •      As per
    Article 5(2)(k)(i) of the India-UK DTAA, the assessee shall constitute a
    service PE in India only if the presence of its employees for rendering
    services in India exceeds 90 days in any 12-month period.

 

  •      Various
    documentary evidences furnished by the assessee, such as leave register of the
    employer, the log of work maintained by the employee and invoice raised on the
    client, etc., indicated that one of the employees of the assessee was on a
    vacation to India and had not rendered any services in India during such leave
    period. Further, during such period, no other employee of the assessee was
    rendering services in India. Hence, such leave period had to be excluded for
    computing the period of 90 days.

 

  •      Further, for
    computation of the 90-day threshold, stay of employees in India on a particular
    day has to be taken cumulatively and not independently. Thus, multiple counting
    of an employee in a single day is impermissible under Article 5(2)(k)(i) of the
    India–UK DTAA. Reliance in this regard was placed on the ruling of Mumbai ITAT
    in the case of Clifford Chance (82 ITD 106).

 

  •      Since the
    aggregate period of stay of the assessee’s employees in India accounted to only
    87 days, there was no service PE of the assessee in India.

Section 56(2)(viib) – Fair market value determined on the basis of NAV method accepted since the assessee was able to substantiate the value

6

India Today
Online Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO (New Delhi)

Members: Amit
Shukla (J.M.) and L. P. Sahu (A.M.)

ITA Nos. 6453
& 6454/Del/2018

A.Y.s: 2013-14
& 2014-15

Dated: 15th
March, 2019

Counsel for
Assessee / Revenue: Salil Aggarwal and Shailesh Gupta / A.K. Mishra

 

Section 56(2)(viib) – Fair market
value determined on the basis of NAV method accepted since the assessee was
able to substantiate the value

 

FACTS

The assessee company was engaged in
the business of development, design and maintenance of website and sale and
purchase of shares. While assessing income for A.Y. 2013-14, the A.O. noted
that the assessee company had received share application money from Living
Media India Ltd., an investor, as under:

Year of receipt

Rs. in crores

No. of shares issued /
(Year of issue)

FY 2010-11

21.35

 

FY 2011-12

50.90

 

Sub-total

72. 25

2,40,83,333 (08/09/2012)

FY 2012-13

135.42

5,07,94,056 (FY 2013-14)

 

The above shares were issued @ Rs.
30 per share, i.e., face value of Rs. 10 and premium of Rs. 20 based on the
valuation report of a chartered accountant. As per the said valuation report,
the fair market value (FMV) of the share of the assessee company was Rs. 77.06
which was determined on the basis of the NAV method. One of the major assets
held by the assessee was investment of Rs. 112.01 crores (book value) in a
subsidiary, viz., Mail Today News Paper Private Limited. As per the report of
the independent valuer, the FMV of the subsidiary’s share was Rs. 40. This
valuation was done applying DCF method. Based on this report, the chartered
accountant valued the investment held by the assessee in the subsidiary at Rs.
286.17 crores, as against the book value of Rs. 112.01 crores.

 

The A.O. did not tinker with the
valuation except for holding that the assessee had taken the percentage of
shareholding of the subsidiary at 67%, whereas it was 64% as per the audit
report of the subsidiary. Based on this, he valued the share at Rs. 27.75.
Thus, according to him, since the assessee company had issued 5,07,94,056
shares at a premium of Rs. 20, the excess amount of Rs. 11.43 crores,
calculated @ Rs. 2.25 per share, was taxable as income from other sources u/s.
56(2)(viib).

 

On appeal by
the assessee, the CIT(A) held that the addition u/s. 56(2)(viib) should be made
in the year of issue of shares irrespective of the year of receipt of the share
application money. Secondly, he noted that the net worth of the subsidiary
company was completely eroded as reported by its auditor. Therefore, according
to him, while computing the FMV of the shares of the assessee, the FMV of
shares of its subsidiary at the most can be taken at face value, i.e. Rs. 10
per share as against Rs. 40 per share considered by the assessee. After
substituting the FMV of the share of the subsidiary at Rs. 10, the FMV of the
share of the assessee company came to negative.

 

Therefore, he held that the
assessee received the sum of Rs. 48.17 crores in excess of the FMV of
2,40,83,333 shares issued during F.Y. 2012-13 corresponding to A.Y. 2013-14.
Accordingly, he held that the same was taxable as income from other sources
u/s. 56(2)(viib). According to him, since 5,07,94,056 shares were allotted in
the financial year pertaining to the next assessment year, he deleted the
addition of Rs. 11.43 crores made by the A.O.

 

HELD

As per the provisions of clause (a)
of Explanation to section 56(2)(viib), FMV is the value determined in
accordance with the method prescribed in the Rules 11U and 11UA [sub-clause
(i)] or the value which is substantiated by the company to the satisfaction of
the A.O. [sub-clause (ii)], whichever is higher. The tribunal further noted that
the assessee had exercised the option under sub-clause (ii), viz., to
substantiate the value. Secondly, it was also noted that there were no
prescribed methods under Rules 11U and 11UA for the purpose of determination of
FMV on the date of issue of shares on 8.09.2012 as the methods were notified
only on 29.11.2012.

 

Therefore, according to the
tribunal, it would not be fair to make any kind of enhancement or addition
based on the provision of Rule 11UA. The Tribunal further noted that the
assessee had been able to substantiate the FMV which was based on the valuation
report of a chartered accountant. Further, the assessee also gave following
instances to substantiate the value of its share:

 

  • the fair market value of the shares of the subsidiary from which
    the assessee company derives its value had been accepted by the A.O. in the
    assessment order of the subsidiary in the assessment years 2013-14 and 2014-15
    at Rs. 40;
  • the subsidiary company
    had also issued its shares to a non-resident entity at Rs. 43.29;
  • In the earlier
    assessment year, i.e., 2011-12, the assessee company had sold 40,302 shares
    held by it in the subsidiary company at Rs. 43.29 per share and the same was
    accepted by the Revenue in the order passed u/s. 143(3).

 

The tribunal
also noted that as per the valuation report, the value per share was determined
at Rs. 77.06, which was far more than the price at which the assessee had
issued shares, i.e. Rs. 30. Further, it noted that the A.O. had also accepted
the valuation of the share of the assessee, except for the factors stated
above. According to the tribunal, the report of the valuer of the assessee
company based on NAV method cannot be rejected on the ground that the Rules of 11U/11UA
do not recognise the said method, when the assessee has not exercised the
option under sub-clause (i) of Explanation (a) to section 56(2)(viib).

 

As regards the objection of the CIT(A) as to the
valuation of shares of the subsidiary company, the tribunal observed that the
DCF method is a recognised method of valuation. The same has to be accepted
unless specific discrepancies in the figures or the factors taken into account
are found. The tribunal also rejected the CIT(A)’s contention that the chartered
accountant who has given the valuation report was not a competent person in
terms of Rule 11U, as according to it, the same would only be relevant when the
valuer has done the valuation in the manner prescribed in 11U and 11UA, because
such condition is prescribed in Rule 11. If the assessee has not opted for 11U
& 11UA, then, according to the tribunal, all those guidelines and formulas
given therein would not apply.

Section 201 – Payments to non-residents without deduction of tax at source – Order passed u/s. 201 (1) beyond one year from the end of the financial year in which the proceedings u/s. 201 were initiated is void ab initio

5

Atlas Copco (India) Limited vs. DCIT (Pune)

Members:
R.S. Syal (V.P.) and Vikas Awasthy (J.M.)

ITA Nos. 1669, 1670 &
1671/PUN/2014, 1685 to 1688/PUN/2014 and CO No. 60/PUN/2018

A.Y.s: 2008-09 to 2011-12

Dated: 5th April,
2019

Counsel for Assessee /
Revenue: R. Murlidhar / Pankaj Garg

 

Section 201 – Payments to
non-residents without deduction of tax at source – Order passed u/s. 201 (1)
beyond one year from the end of the financial year in which the proceedings
u/s. 201 were initiated is void ab initio

 

FACTS

During the financial years 2007-08
to 2010-11, the assessee made payments to various foreign entities towards
procurement of software licence, software maintenance charges, testing charges,
website maintenance charges, personal management charges, software expenses,
reimbursement of internet charges, etc. The assessee did not deduct tax at
source from these payments. The A.O. issued show cause notice to the assessee
on 27.01.2012 u/s. 201(1) and 201(1A). After considering the submission of the
assessee, the A.O. vide order dated 06.02.2014 held that the aforesaid payments
were in the nature of royalty / fee for technical services (FTS) u/s. 9(1)(vi)
and 9(1)(vii), respectively. Hence, it was mandatory for the assessee to deduct
tax at source on such payments. For its failure, he deemed the assessee as
assessee in default and raised a demand of Rs. 1.81 crores.

 

Against this, the assessee filed an
appeal before the CIT(A). Except for demand raised in respect of payments for
software maintenance charges, testing charges and towards personal management
fees, the CIT(A) confirmed the A.O.’s order. Aggrieved by the order of the
CIT(A), the assessee filed appeals for assessment years 2008-09 to 2010-11 and
the Revenue filed cross appeals. On its part, Revenue filed appeal for the
assessment year 2011-12.

 

The assessee filed cross objections
for assessment year 2011-12. But the assessee’s cross objection was time barred
by 878 days. However, taking into consideration the facts of the case, the law
laid down by the Supreme Court in the case of Ram Nath Sao and Ram Nath
Sahu and Others vs. Gobardhan Sao and Others (2002 AIR 1201)
and the
reasons furnished by the assessee, the delay of 878 days in filing of cross
objections was condoned by the Tribunal.

 

Before the Tribunal, the assessee
submitted that in the impugned assessment years, show cause notice u/s. 201(1)
and 201(1A) was issued on 27.01.2012. But the order u/s. 201(1) and 201(1A) for
all the impugned assessment years was passed by the A.O. on 6.02.2014. It was
contended that, as per the decision of the Special Bench of Tribunal in the
case of Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. vs. DCIT (122 TTJ 577),
which was affirmed by the Bombay High Court (365 ITR 560), the
A.O. was required to pass the order within one year from the end of the
financial year in which the proceedings u/s. 201 were initiated, i.e., on or
before 31.03.2013. Since the order passed was beyond the period of limitation,
the same was void ab initio and the subsequent proceedings arising
therefrom were vitiated.

 

In reply, the Revenue contended
that as per the provisions of section 201(3), the order u/s. 201(1) could have
been passed at any time after the expiry of six years from the end of the
financial year in which payment was made or credited. According to the Revenue,
the case laws relied on by the assessee were distinguishable on facts. The
Special Bench decision was rendered in 2009, whereas the provisions of section
201(3) were inserted by the Finance Act, 2009 w.e.f. 01.04.2010.

 

HELD

According to the tribunal, a bare
perusal of sub-section (3) as referred to by the Revenue shows that reference
is to the payments made without deduction of tax at source to ‘person resident
in India’. The sub-section (3) is silent about the limitation period for
passing the order u/s. 201 where the payments are made without deduction of tax
at source to non-resident / overseas entities.

 

In the present
case, the tribunal noted that the assessee had made payments to non-residents.
Therefore, it held that the provisions of section 201(3) do not get attracted.
According to the tribunal, where the payments are made to entities / persons,
other than those specified in sub-section (3), the limitation period of one
year from the end of the financial year in which the proceedings u/s. 201 were
initiated, as laid down by the Special Bench of Tribunal and affirmed by the
Bombay High Court, would apply.

 

Since
the order u/s. 201 was passed much after the lapse of the one-year period from
the end of the financial year in which proceedings u/s. 201 were initiated, the
tribunal held that the order u/s. 201 in the impugned assessment years was void
ab initio. Accordingly, the appeals filed by the assessee were allowed.

Section 54 – Investment, for purchase of new residential house, made up to date of filing of revised return of income qualifies for exemption u/s. 54

15

[2019] 104 taxmann.com 303 (Mum.)

Rajendra Pal Verma vs. ACIT

ITA No. 6814/Mum/2016

A.Y.: 2013-14

Dated: 12th March, 2019

 

Section 54 – Investment, for
purchase of new residential house, made up to date of filing of revised return
of income qualifies for exemption u/s. 54

 

FACTS

The
assessee e-filed his return of income for A.Y. 2013-14 on 31.03.2013.
Thereafter, he revised his return on 15.11.2014. In the course of assessment
proceedings, the A.O. observed that the assessee had sold a residential flat
and had claimed the entire long term capital gain of Rs. 1.75 crores as exempt
us. 54 of the Act.

 

The A.O.
observed that the assessee entered into an agreement dated 29.12.2014 with the
builder for the purchase of a new residential house. The agreement provided
that the construction of the house would be completed by September, 2017. The
A.O. also observed that the assessee had 
neither invested the capital gains in the purchase of a new house, nor
had he deposited the amount in a capital gains account as required by section
54(2). Accordingly, the A.O. disallowed the claim for exemption u/s. 54 of the
Act.

 

Aggrieved,
the assessee preferred an appeal before the CIT(A) who allowed the exemption to
the extent of investment made for purchase of new residential house up to the
due date of filing of the return of income as envisaged u/s. 139(1). He
restricted the claim of exemption to Rs. 83.72 lakhs. Still aggrieved, the
assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The
Tribunal, on examining the provisions of section 54, observed that on a plain
and literal interpretation of section 54(2), it can be gathered that the
conscious, purposive and intentional wording provided by the legislature of
“date of furnishing the return of income u/s. 139” cannot be
substituted and narrowed down to section 139(1) of the Act. It held that the
date of furnishing the return of income u/s. 139 would safely encompass within
its sweep the time limit provided for filing the “return of income” by the
assessee u/s. 139(4) as well as the revised return filed by him u/s. 139(5).

 

The
Tribunal noted that the question as to whether an assessee would be eligible to
claim exemption u/s. 54 to the extent he had invested in the new residential
property up to the date on which he had filed the revised return of income had
been looked into by a co-ordinate bench of the Tribunal in the case of ITO
vs. Pamela Pritam Ghosh [ITA No. 5644(Mum.) of 2016, dated 27.06.2018]
.
The Tribunal in that case had observed that the due date for furnishing the
return of income according to section 139(1) was subject to the extended period
provided under sub-section (4) of section 139.

 

The Tribunal held that the assessee was entitled to claim exemption u/s.
54 to the extent he had invested towards purchase of new residential property
up to the date of filing revised return u/s. 139(5) [on 15.11.201]. As the
assessee had invested Rs. 2.49 crores towards purchase of the new residential
house up to that date (date of filing of revised return u/s. 139(5)) which is
in excess of long term capital gain, the entire long term capital gain was held
to be exempt u/s. 54. The appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Corrigendum:  In
the March 2019 issue of BCAJ, in the feature Tribunal News – Part A, the line “The
appeal filed by the Revenue was dismissed by the Tribunal”
appearing on
page 56 in the decision at Serial No. 31 – should correctly read as “This
ground of appeal filed by the revenue was allowed by the Tribunal.”

Section 263 – If a matter is examined by the Assessing Officer during the course of assessment and consciously accepts the plea of the assessee, the order can still be subjected to revision u/s. 263 of the Act if the view adopted by the A.O. is unsustainable in law

14

[2019] 104 taxmann.com 155 (Ahmedabad)

Babulal S. Solanki vs. ITO

ITA No. 3943/Mum/2016

A.Y.: 2012-13

Dated: 4th March, 2019

 

Section 263 – If a matter is
examined by the Assessing Officer during the course of assessment and
consciously accepts the plea of the assessee, the order can still be subjected
to revision u/s. 263 of the Act if the view adopted by the A.O. is
unsustainable in law

 

FACTS

The
Commissioner, on verification of assessment records of the assessee, observed
that while computing capital gains from transfer of land by the assessee, sale
consideration was taken instead of the jantri value, which was higher,
and therefore the difference between the jantri value and sale
consideration remained untaxed. He opined that the assessment order passed by
the A.O. was erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue.

 

The
assessee, however, submitted that this aspect was specifically examined by the
A.O. and his claim was allowed after due verification of the records and
details pertaining to the sale of land.

 

The Commissioner
did not accept the contention of the assessee and held that since there was no
mention by the A.O. as to why the stamp duty value was not adopted as full
value of consideration, the matter was not examined and thus he directed the
revision of the assessment order u/s. 263 of the Act. Aggrieved, the assessee
preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The
Tribunal noted the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Malabar
Industrial Co. Ltd. vs. CIT (243 ITR 83)
wherein it was held that where
two views are possible and the ITO has taken one view with which the
Commissioner does not agree, it cannot be treated as an erroneous order
prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue unless the view taken by the ITO is
unsustainable in law.

 

The
Tribunal held that even if the matter was examined by the A.O. and it was his
conscious call to accept the plea of the assessee, such a situation would not
take the matter outside the purview of section 263 as the view adopted by the
A.O. in the present case was clearly unsustainable in law.

 

Further,
the Tribunal observed that the Commissioner had directed examination of the
claim on merits and therefore the revision order of the Commissioner did not
call for any interference.

 

The appeal filed by the assessee was dismissed.

Section 54 r.w.s. 139 – Assessee would be entitled to claim exemption u/s 54 to extent of having invested capital gain on sale of old residential flat towards purchase of new residential property up to date of filing of his revised return of income u/s 139(5)

24.  [2019] 199 TTJ
(Mum.) 873

Rajendra Pal Verma vs. ACIT

ITA No.: 6814/Mum/2016

A.Y.: 2013-14

Date of order: 12th March, 2019

 

Section 54 r.w.s. 139 – Assessee would be entitled to claim
exemption u/s 54 to extent of having invested capital gain on sale of old
residential flat towards purchase of new residential property up to date of
filing of his revised return of income u/s 139(5)

 

FACTS

The assessee had e-filed
his return of income on 31st July, 2013. Thereafter, the assessee
filed a revised return of income on 15th November, 2014. The AO
observed that the assessee had during the year under consideration sold an old
residential flat and the entire long-term capital gain (LTCG) on the sale of
the old flat was claimed as exempt u/s 54. The assessee had purchased a new
residential flat as per an agreement dated 29th December, 2014 with
the builder / developer, as per which the construction of the property was
expected to be completed by September, 2017. However, the AO observed that the
assessee had failed to substantiate his claim of exemption u/s 54 amounting to
Rs. 1.75 crores; hence he declined to allow the same.

 

Aggrieved by the order, the assessee preferred an appeal to
the CIT(A). The CIT(A) was of the view that the assessee was entitled for claim
of exemption u/s 54 only to the extent he had invested the LTCG up to the due
date of filing of his return of income for the year under consideration, i.e.,
assessment year 2013-14 as envisaged u/s 139(1), therefore, he had restricted
his claim for exemption up to the amount of Rs. 83.72 lakhs.

 

HELD

The Tribunal held that on a perusal of section 54(2), it
emerges that the assessee in order to claim exemption u/s 54 remains under an
obligation to appropriate the amount of the capital gain towards purchase of
the new asset as per the stipulated conditions of section 54.Where the capital
gain was not appropriated by the assessee towards purchase or construction of
the residential property up to the date of filing of the return of income u/s
139, then in such a case the entitlement of the assessee to claim the exemption
by making an investment towards purchase or construction of the new asset would
be available, though subject to the condition that the assessee had deposited
the amount of such capital gain in the CGAS account with the specified bank by
the due date contemplated u/s 139(1). Further, in case any part of the capital
gain had already been utilised by the assessee for the purchase or construction
of the new asset, the amount of such utilisation along with the amount so
deposited would be deemed to be the cost of the new asset.

 

On the basis of the
aforesaid deliberations, it was viewed that the outer limit for the purchase or
construction of the new asset as per sub-section (2) of section 54 was the date
of furnishing of the return of income by the assessee u/s 139. It was viewed
that the date of furnishing of the return of income u/s 139 would safely
encompass within its sweep the time limit provided for filing of the return of
income by the assessee u/s 139(4) as well as the revised return filed by him
u/s 139(5). It was found that the instant case clearly fell within the sweep of
the aforementioned first limb, i.e., sub-section (1) of section 54. As the
assessee in the instant case had utilised an amount of Rs. 2.49 crores (i.e.,
much in excess of the amount of LTCG on sale of the residential property) up
till the date of filing of his revised return of income u/s 139(5) on 15th
November, 2014, therefore, his claim of exemption u/s 54 in respect of the
investment made towards the purchase of the new residential property up to the
date of filing of the revised return of income u/s 139(5) was found to be in
order.

 

Therefore, the assessee in the instant case was entitled to
claim exemption u/s 54 to the extent he had invested towards the purchase of
the new residential property under consideration up to the date of filing of
his revised return of income u/s 139(5), i.e., on 15th
November,  2014.

Section 55A of ITA 1961 – Capital gain – Cost of acquisition – Reference to Valuation Officer – Refusal by AO to make reference to Valuation Officer not proper – Matter remanded to AO for reference to Valuation Officer

41. C.V. Sunny vs. CIT; [2019] 415 ITR 127 (Ker.) Date of order: 19th
March, 2019;

 

Section 55A of ITA 1961 – Capital gain – Cost of acquisition – Reference
to Valuation Officer – Refusal by AO to make reference to Valuation Officer not
proper – Matter remanded to AO for reference to Valuation Officer

 

The assessee, his son and
wife purchased land comprised in the same survey number for the same price on
the same day in 1975. The assessee and his son sold the land on 19th
January, 2006 at the same price. The assessee showed the cost of acquisition of
the land as on 1st April, 1981 at Rs. 1,15,385 per cent, which was
later revised to Rs. 94,132 per cent. The AO did not accept this. He held that
since the cost of acquisition of land owned and sold by the assessee’s son as
on 1st April, 1981 was fixed at Rs. 1,000 per cent, the cost of
acquisition of the land owned and sold by the assessee should also be fixed at
the same rate.

 

The Commissioner (Appeals) dismissed the appeal
filed by the assessee. The Tribunal found that the cost of acquisition
determined in respect of the land owned by the assessee’s son had been approved
by the court in the case filed by him. It held that there existed no
circumstances to make a reference u/s 55A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 as
contended by the assessee and that there was no illegality committed by the AO
and the Commissioner (Appeals) in adopting the same value as the cost of
acquisition in respect of the land owned and sold by the assessee.

The Kerala High Court allowed the appeal filed by
the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i)   The AO
should have made a reference to the Valuation Officer u/s 55A in respect of the
cost of acquisition of the land sold by the assessee.

ii)    The AO
had taken it for granted that since the assessee and his son had purchased the
property in the same survey number on the same day at the same rate, the cost
of acquisition would not be different in respect of the two lands and therefore
it was not necessary to make a reference u/s 55A.

iii)   In the
assessee’s son’s judgement the court had not approved or disapproved the
valuation of the capital asset made by the AO in respect of the land owned and
sold by the son of the assessee who did not seek any reference u/s 55A at the
first Appellate stage but raised such contention only before the Tribunal for
which reason the court did not interfere with the valuation of the land made by
the AO. Therefore, the authorities were not justified in holding that the court
had approved the cost of acquisition of the land owned and sold by the son of
the assessee as Rs. 1,000 per cent. Even before the AO, the assessee had
produced the report of a registered valuer and the assessee had based his claim
on the estimate made by the registered valuer. The AO had not shown any reason
whatsoever to have rejected the valuation made by the registered valuer.

iv)   The
assessment order passed by the AO and the revised order as confirmed by the
Appellate authorities are set aside. The matter is remitted to the AO to make a
reference u/s 55A to the Valuation Officer.’

 

 

Sections 2(47) and 45(4) of ITA 1961 – Capital gains – Firm – Retirement of partners – Consequential allotment of their shares in assets in firm – Not transfer of capital assets – Provisions of section 45(4) not attracted – No taxable capital gain arises

40.  National Co. vs. ACIT; [2019]
415 ITR 5 (Mad.) Date of order: 8th April, 2019;A.Y.: 2004-05

 

Sections 2(47) and 45(4) of ITA 1961 – Capital gains – Firm – Retirement
of partners – Consequential allotment of their shares in assets in firm – Not
transfer of capital assets – Provisions of section 45(4) not attracted – No
taxable capital gain arises

 

The assessee was a partnership firm with four
partners. Two of the partners agreed to retire from the partnership business
and the remaining two partners, with their son being admitted as another
partner, continued the business. At the time of retirement of the two partners,
the assets and liabilities of the firm were valued and the retiring partners
were allotted their share in the assets in the firm. The AO made an addition on
account of capital gains u/s 45 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the ground that the long-term capital gains arose out of transfer of immovable
properties by the assessee to the retiring partners.

 

The Commissioner (Appeals) held that the reconstitution
of the partnership would not attract the provisions of section 45(4) and
deleted the addition made on account of long-term capital gains. The Tribunal
allowed the appeal filed by the Department and held that section 45(4) applied
to the assessee and that there was transfer of assets within the meaning of
section 2(47)(vi) of the Act.

 

The Madras High Court allowed the appeal filed by
the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i)   When a
partner retires from a partnership he receives his share in the partnership and
this does not represent consideration received by him in lieu of relinquishment
of his interest in the partnership asset. There is in this transaction no
element of transfer of interest in the partnership assets by the retiring
partner to the continuing partner.

ii)    The
provisions of section 45(4) would not be attracted on the retirement of the two
partners and consequential allotment of their share in the assets in the
assessee firm. There was only reconstitution of the firm on the retirement of
the two partners and admission of another partner. The partnership continued.
There was only a division of the assets in accordance with their entitlement to
their shares in the partnership, on the retirement of the partners. There was
no element of transfer of interest u/s 2(47) in the partnership assets by the
retiring partners to the continuing partners in this transaction.

 

iii)   We
therefore answer the substantial question of law in favour of the assessee and
against the Revenue. The appeals of the assessee are allowed.’

 

 

Section 37 of ITA 1961 – Business loss –Embezzlement of cash by director of assessee – Recovery of amount or outcome of pending criminal prosecution against director before Magistrate Court – Not relevant – Deduction allowable

39.  Principal CIT vs. Saravana
Selvarathnam Trading and Manufacturing Pvt. Ltd.; [2019] 415 ITR 146 (Mad.)
Date of order: 14th March, 2019; A.Y.: 2012-13

 

Section 37 of ITA 1961 – Business loss –Embezzlement of cash by director
of assessee – Recovery of amount or outcome of pending criminal prosecution
against director before Magistrate Court – Not relevant – Deduction allowable

 

For the accounting year 2012-13, the assessee claimed as bad debt u/s 36
of the Income-tax Act, 1961 the amount embezzled by a director who dealt with
the day-to-day business activities. Upon the embezzlement being found out
during the internal audit, the director was removed from the board of
directors. A criminal prosecution against him was still pending before the
Metropolitan Magistrate. The Assessing Officer disallowed the claim for
deduction.

 

The Tribunal held that the conditions prescribed u/s 36(2) were not
complied with and therefore deduction of the embezzled amount could not be
allowed as bad debt but the embezzled amount claimed was allowable as a
business loss suffered by the assessee in the course of its business activity.

 

On appeal by the Revenue, the Madras High Court upheld the decision of
the Tribunal and held as under:

 

‘i)         The embezzlement by one
of the directors or an employee of the business of the assessee during the
ordinary course of business would be a business loss irrespective of the
criminal prosecution of the director or employee. The final outcome of the
criminal proceedings or recovery of the amount in question would not determine
the claim of the assessee in the A.Y. 2012-13 when it was written off as a
business loss.

ii)         The Tribunal had
rightly held it to be a business loss as it was treated to be only pilferage of
the assessee company’s funds by a director on the board of the company. No
question of law arose.’

 

IS GSTR3B A RETURN?

INTRODUCTION


Recently, the Gujarat High Court had occasion
to examine an interesting issue of whether GSTR3B is a return as envisaged u/s
16(4) of the CGST Act, 2017. In a detailed judgement, the Court held that the
press release dated 18th October, 2018 could be said to be illegal
to the extent that it clarifies that the last date for availing input tax
credit relating to the invoices issued during the period from July, 2017 to
March, 2018 is the last date for the filing of returns in Form GSTR3B for the
month of September, 2018. The decision brings to the fore the risks of changing
tax compliance processes without supporting amendments in the legislative
framework.

 

GUJARAT HIGH COURT DECISION


The pivot of the entire debate revolved
around the time limit for claiming input tax credit as prescribed u/s 16(4) of
the Act. The said provision is reproduced below for ready reference:

 

A registered person
shall not be entitled to take input tax credit in respect of any invoice or
debit note for supply of goods or services or both after the due date of
furnishing of the return under section 39 for the month of September following
the end of financial year to which such invoice or invoice relating to such
debit note pertains or furnishing of the relevant annual return, whichever is
earlier,

 

1Provided that the registered person shall be
entitled to take input tax credit after the due date of furnishing of the
return under section 39 for the month of September, 2018 till the due  date of furnishing of the return under the
said section for the month of March, 2019 in respect of any invoice or invoice
relating to such debit note for supply of goods or services or both made during
the financial year 2017-18, the details of which have been uploaded by the supplier
under sub-section (1) of section 37 till the due date for furnishing the
details under sub-section (1) of said section for the month of March, 2019.

 

Since section 16(4) of the Act refers to a
return to be filed u/s 39, the Court directed itself to the provisions of
section 39(1) of the CGST Act which reads as under:

 

Every registered
person, other than an Input Service Distributor or a non-resident taxable
person or a person paying tax under the provisions of section 10 or section 51
or section 52 shall, for every calendar month or part thereof, furnish, in such
form and manner as may be prescribed, a return, electronically, of inward and
outward supplies of goods or services or both, input tax credit availed, tax
paid and such other particulars as may be prescribed, on or before the
twentieth day of the month succeeding such calendar month or part thereof.

 

The search for the correct return format then
led towards Rule 61(1) which prescribes GSTR-3 to be the form in which the
monthly return specified u/s 39(1) should be filed. The said Rule reads as
under:

 

Every registered
person other than a person referred to in section 14 of the Integrated Goods
and Services Tax Act, 2017 or an Input Service Distributor or a non-resident
taxable person or a person paying tax under section 10 or section 51 or, as the
case may be, under section 52, shall furnish a return specified under
sub-section (1) of section 39 in Form GSTR-3, electronically, through the
common portal either directly or through a facilitation centre notified by the
Commissioner.

 

The provisions of section 16(4), section
39(1), Rule 61(1) and many other provisions were drafted considering the
original workflow of a two-way transaction level matching through the processes
of filing GSTR-1 followed by auto population of credit in GSTR2A and matching
and self-claim in GSTR-2, resulting in the return in form GSTR-3. However, due
to various reasons, the compliance process was sought to be simplified through
the introduction of form GSTR3B. The same was done not though any amendment in
the Act, but through the introduction of Rule 61(5). The initial verbiage of
Rule 61(5) was as under:

 

Where the time limit
for furnishing of details in FORM GSTR-1 under section 37 and in form GSTR-2
under section 38 has been extended and the circumstances so warrant, return in
form GSTR3B,
in lieu of form
GSTR-3, may be furnished in such manner and subject to such conditions as may
be notified by the Commissioner.

 

The said verbiage suggested that form GSTR3B
was a substitute for the filing of return in GSTR-3. However, the said verbiage
was substituted with retrospective effect with the following words:

 

Where the time limit
for furnishing of details in form GSTR-1 under section 37 and in form GSTR-2
under section 38 has been extended and the circumstances so warrant, the
Commissioner may, by notification, specify that return shall be furnished in
form GSTR3B electronically through the common portal, either directly or
through a facilitation centre notified by the Commissioner.

 

Based on the above, the Gujarat High Court
observed that the Notification No. 10/2017 Central Tax dated 28th
June, 2017 which introduced mandatory filing of the return in form GSTR3B
stated that it is a return in lieu of form GSTR-3. However, the Government, on
realising its mistake that the return in form GSTR3B is not intended to be in
lieu of
form GSTR-3, rectified its mistake retrospectively vide
Notification No. 17/2017 Central Tax dated 27th July, 2017 and
omitted the reference to return in form GSTR3B being return in lieu of Form
GSTR-3.

 

The observations of the Gujarat High Court
treating GSTR3B not as a substitute of GSTR-3 but merely as an additional
compliance requirement have widespread ramifications and some of those aspects
are discussed in this article.

 

IS THERE A DUE DATE FOR CLAIMING INPUT TAX
CREDIT?


While the Gujarat High Court does lay down
that the press release clarifying that the due date of filing the GSTR3B for
the month of September, 2018 to be the due date for claiming input tax credit
is illegal, it does not define any specific date by which the input tax credit
has to be claimed. With the understanding that the return referred to in
section 16(4) is GSTR-3 and not GSTR3B, it may be relevant to once again read
the provisions of section 16(4) to decipher the due date.

A registered person
shall not be entitled to take input tax credit in respect of any invoice or
debit note for supply of goods or services or both after the due date of
furnishing of the return under section 39 for the month of September following
the end of financial year to which such invoice or invoice relating to such
debit note pertains or furnishing of the relevant annual return, whichever is
earlier.

 

It is evident that the provision prescribes
the earlier of two events as the last date for claiming input tax credit:

(i) Due date of furnishing GSTR-3 for
September, 2018 – which has been extended ad infinitum;

(ii) Due date of furnishing the relevant
annual return – to be filed in GSTR-9 as per the provisions of section 44 read
with Rule 80.

 

Therefore, in general cases, the input tax
credit has to be claimed before the due date of furnishing the annual return in
GSTR-9. However, it may be important to note that fresh input tax credit cannot
be claimed in annual return but has to be claimed in GSTR3B (in interim) and
the GSTR-2 (in finality, as and when it is operationalised). Therefore, it will
be important to claim the input tax credit in any GSTR3B filed before the due
date of the filing of the GSTR-9.

 

WHAT IS THE IMPACT OF ROD ORDER EXTENDING THE
TIME UP TO MARCH?


Through CGST (Second Removal of Difficulties)
Order, 2018, the Government inserted a proviso to section 16(4) and purportedly
sought to extend the September deadline to March. However, the decision of the
Gujarat High Court and the verbiage of the said proviso suggests a different
interpretation. Let us look at the proviso once again:

 

Provided that the
registered person shall be entitled to take input tax credit after the due date
of furnishing of the return under section 39 for the month of September, 2018
till the due date of furnishing of the return under the said section for the
month of March, 2019 in respect of any invoice or invoice relating to such
debit note for supply of goods or services or both made during the financial
year 2017-18, the details of which have been uploaded by the supplier under
sub-section (1) of section 37 till the due date for furnishing the details
under sub-section (1) of said section for the month of March, 2019.

 

On a fresh reading of the said proviso, one
would notice that the reference to annual return is missing in the proviso. It
merely refers to the return in section 39 (which as per the Gujarat High Court
decision is GSTR-3 and not GSTR3B) and specifies that the credit can be claimed
till the due date of furnishing the return in GSTR-3 of March, 2019. This
absence of any reference to annual return in this proviso effectively means
that the input tax credit can be claimed at any point of time till the
Government notifies the due date for GSTR-3. However, it may be noted that the
proviso is restrictive in nature and covers only cases where the invoices have
been uploaded by the supplier in form GSTR-1 by the due date of filing GSTR-1
for March, 2019.

 

AMENDMENTS TO GSTR-1


Section 37(3) of the CGST Act, 2017 permits
rectification of any error or omission of the details furnished in GSTR-1. However,
such rectifications are not permitted after the date of furnishing the return
u/s 39 (GSTR-3, as per the High Court interpretation) for the month of
September or furnishing of the annual return, whichever is earlier.

 

Applying the above observations relating to
input tax credit, the date of furnishing the annual return would be the outer
date before which the amendments to GSTR-1 can be carried out. It may be noted
that unlike section 16(4) which uses the phrase ‘due date’ of return, section
37(3) uses the phrase ‘date’ of furnishing the return.

 

WHAT IS THE DUE DATE OF PAYMENT OF TAX?


Section 39(7) prescribes the due date for
payment of tax. The said due date of payment of tax is linked to the date of
filing the return (GSTR-3, as per the decision of the High Court). Due to the
introduction of an interim return in GSTR3B, a proviso was inserted in section
39(7) to provide as under:

 

Provided  that the Government may, on the
recommendations of the Council, notify certain classes of registered persons
who shall pay to the Government the tax due or part thereof as per the return
on or before the last date on which he is required to furnish such return,
subject to such conditions and safeguards as may be specified therein.

 

Apart from this, Rule 61(6) was inserted in
the CGST Rules, 2017 to provide as under:

 

Where a return in
form GSTR3B has been furnished, after the due date for furnishing of details in
form GSTR-2,

(a) Part  A of the return in form GSTR-3 shall be
electronically generated on the basis of information furnished through form
GSTR-1, form GSTR-2 and based on other liabilities of preceding tax periods and
Part B of the said return shall be electronically generated on the basis of the
return in form GSTR3B furnished in respect of the tax period;

(b) the registered
person shall modify Part B of the return in form GSTR-3 based on the
discrepancies, if any, between the return in form GSTR3B and the return in form
GSTR-3 and discharge his tax and other liabilities, if any;

(c) where the amount
of input tax credit in form GSTR-3 exceeds the amount of input tax credit in
terms of form GSTR3B, the additional amount shall be credited to the electronic
credit ledger of the registered person.

 

The above provisions have to be read along
with Notification 23/2017 prescribing return in form GSTR3B. Para 2 of the said
Notification lays down the condition requiring the discharge of the tax payable
under the Act. The phrase ‘tax payable under the Act’ is defined under clause
(ii) of the Explanation to mean the difference between the tax payable as
detailed in the return furnished in form GSTR3B and the amount of input tax
credit entitled to for the month.

 

Having reconciled to the position that GSTR3B
is an additional compliance return and not a substitute for GSTR-3, the
following propositions emerge:

(1) GSTR3B is an additional ad hoc
compliance requirement (akin to advance tax requirement under income tax);

(2) As and when the process of GSTR-2 and
GSTR-3 is operationalised, the difference between the tax payable as per GSTR3B
and GSTR-3 shall be payable under Rule 61(6)(b). There is no reference to any
interest payable on such difference and since the due date of the said payment
is not notified, it is not evident whether there is a delay in the said
payment;

(3) Similarly, Rule 61(6)(c) would also
permit the differential input tax credit to be credited to the electronic
credit ledger at that point of time.

 

THE WAY FORWARD


The Gujarat High Court decision clearly
demonstrates the perils of administering the law through notifications and
bringing about fundamental amendments to processes and compliances without
corresponding legislative amendments. It is important for the Government to
look at this decision as a wake-up call and review comprehensively all such
disconnects in law and practice and propose suitable amendments in the
legislative framework so that the law is aligned to the practices expected of
the taxpayers.

 

 

INTEREST U/S 201(1A) WHERE PAYEE IS INCURRING LOSSES

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Section 201(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961
provides that where any person, who is required to deduct any sum in accordance
with the provisions of the Act, does not deduct, or does not pay, or after so
deducting fails to pay the whole or any part of the tax as required under the
Act, then he is deemed to be an assessee in default in respect of such tax. The
proviso to this section, inserted with effect from 1st July, 2012,
provides that such a person shall not be regarded as an assessee in default if
the payee has furnished his return of income u/s 139, has taken into account
the relevant sum (on which tax was deductible or was deducted) for computing
his income in such return of income, and has paid the tax due on the income
declared by him in such return of income and has furnished a certificate to
this effect from an accountant in form 26A prescribed under rule 31ACB. An
amendment by the Finance Act (No. 2) 2019, not relevant for our discussion, has
been made to apply the proviso to the case of a payee, irrespective of his
residential status.

 

Sub-section (1A) of section 201, without
prejudice to section 201(1), provides for payment of interest at the prescribed
rate for the prescribed period by the person who has been deemed to be in
default; however, in case of a person who has been saved under the proviso as
aforesaid with effect from 1st July, 2012 such interest shall be
paid from the date on which such tax was deductible by him to the date of
furnishing of the return of income by the payee.

 

A question has arisen before the High Courts
as to whether any interest u/s 201(1A) is payable by the payer on failure to
deduct tax at source, in a case where the payee has filed a return of income
declaring a loss. While the Madras, Gujarat and Punjab and Haryana High Courts
have taken the view that interest is payable even in such cases, the Allahabad
High Court has taken a contrary view, that no interest is payable in such a
case.

 

DECISION IN SAHARA INDIA COMMERCIAL CORPN.
LTD. CASE

The issue came up before the Allahabad High
Court in the cases of CIT (TDS) vs. Sahara India Commercial Corporation
Ltd. (ITA Nos. 58, 60, 63, 68 and 69 of 2015 dated 18th January,
2017)
.

 

In those cases pertaining to the period
prior to the amendment of 2012, the assessee had made payments to a sister
concern, Sahara Airlines Ltd., without deducting the tax at source, which had
suffered loss in all the relevant years. While interest u/s 201(1A) had been
levied by the AO, the Tribunal had held that if the recipient payee had filed
all its returns for those years declaring loss in all the relevant assessment
years, interest u/s 201(1A) could not be charged on the payer assessee.
According to the Tribunal, the fact that the loss declared by the recipient in
its return on assessment turned into a positive income, would not make a
difference inasmuch as the tax demand was on account of difference between the
returned income and assessed income and not because of non-deduction of tax by
the assessee payer, and hence it would not alter the situation and no interest
was payable by the payer.

 

Since no evidence was placed before the
Tribunal regarding the claim of incurring of losses by the recipient, it
restored the matter to the AO for verification that the recipient had filed all
its returns for those years declaring loss in all the relevant assessment years
and there was no tax liability on the receipts at any point of time. The
Tribunal had held that if it was established that the recipient had filed all
its returns for those years declaring loss in all the relevant assessment
years, interest u/s 201(1A) could not be charged on the assessee payer.

 

On an appeal by the Revenue, the Allahabad
High Court noted that the question about liability of interest u/s 201(1A) had
also been considered by the same court in Writ Tax No. 870 of 2006 in
Ghaziabad Development Authority vs. Union of India and others
, wherein
it had been held that the nature of interest charged u/s 201(1) was
compensatory and if the recipient had already paid tax or was not liable to pay
any tax whatsoever, no interest u/s 201(1A) could have been recovered from the
assessee for the reason that interest could have been charged for the period
from when tax was due to be deducted till the date the actual amount of tax was
paid by the recipient; if there was no liability for payment of tax by the
recipient, the question of deduction of tax by the assessee payer would not
arise and the interest also could not have been charged.

 

The Allahabad High Court following its own
decision approved and confirmed the view taken by the Tribunal, that no
interest u/s 201(1A) was chargeable in a case where the payee had filed a
return of loss.

 

A similar view, that no interest was
chargeable u/s 201(1A) in cases where the recipient had returned losses, has
been taken by the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal in the cases of Allahabad
Bank vs. ITO 152 ITD 383 (Agra), National Highway Authority of India vs. ACIT
152 ITD 348 (Jab.), Haldia Petrochemicals Ltd. vs. DCIT 72 taxmann.com 338
(Kol.),
and Reliance Communications Ltd. vs. ACIT 69 taxmann.com
307 (Mum.).

 

THE PUNJAB INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT BOARD
DECISION

The issue had also come up before the Punjab
and Haryana High Court in CIT vs. Punjab Infrastructure Development Board 394
ITR 195.

 

In that case, the assessee entered into
contracts with concessionaires for achieving its objects under various models
such as the ‘Build Operate and Transfer’, ‘Design Build Operate and Transfer’
and ‘Operation and Management’ models. Under those contracts, payments were made
to various concessionaires without deduction of tax at source. The AO had held
that the assessee was liable to deduct tax at source on such payments u/s 194C
and, having failed to do so, levied interest u/s 201(1A).

 

The Commissioner (Appeals) allowed the
assessee’s appeals, holding that no tax was deductible u/s 194C. Since the
assessee was not liable to deduct tax at source at all, the Commissioner
(Appeals) deleted the interest charged u/s 201(1A).

 

The Income Tax Appellate Tribunal dismissed
the appeals of the Revenue, accepting the assessee’s alternative argument that
the assessee was not liable to interest u/s 201(1A) on account of the fact that
the payees had filed their returns, which were nil returns or returns showing a
loss, and the sums paid were included in such return of income. The Punjab and
Haryana High Court, on appeals by the Revenue, analysed the provisions of
section 201. Though these appeals pertained to assessment year 2007-08, the
High Court thought fit to analyse the amendment of 2012 by way of insertion of
the provisos to sub-section (1) and sub-section (1A), since it was contended
that these amendments were clarificatory in nature and therefore had
retrospective effect. The High Court observed that even if the proviso to
sub-section (1) was held to be not retrospective, it would make no difference
to the assessee’s case in view of the judgement of the Supreme Court in the
case of Hindustan Coca-Cola Beverage (P) Ltd. vs. CIT 293 ITR 226,
where the Supreme Court held as follows:

 

‘10. Be that as it may, circular No.
275/201/95-IT (B) dated 29.1.1997 issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes,
in our considered opinion, should put an end to the controversy. The circular
declares “no demand visualised under section 201(1) of the Income Tax Act
should be enforced after the tax deductor has satisfied the officer in charge
of TDS, that taxes have been paid by the deductee assessee.” However, this
will not alter the liability to charge interest under section 201(1A) of the
Act till the date of payment of taxes by the deductee assessee or the liability
for penalty under section 271C of the Income Tax Act.’

 

According to the Punjab and Haryana High
Court, the last sentence made it clear that even if the deductee had paid the
tax dues, it would not alter the liability of the payer of the sum to pay
interest u/s 201(1A) till the date of payment of taxes by the deductee. Thus,
according to the High Court, even prior to the amendment on 1st
July, 2012, the liability to pay interest u/s 201(1A) was there even in cases
where the deductee had paid the tax dues.

 

The Court observed that the language of
section 201 was clear and unqualified; it did not permit an assessee to decide
for itself what the liability of the deductee was or was likely to be; that it
was a matter for the AO who assessed the returns of the deductee; and it was in
fact not even possible for him to do so inasmuch as he could not have
ascertained with any degree of certainty about the financial position of the
deductee. According to the High Court, a view to the contrary would enable an
assessee to prolong the matter indefinitely and, if accepted, it might even
entitle the assessee to contend that the adjudication of the issue be deferred
till the finalisation of the assessment of the deductee; that such could never
have been contemplated by the legislature; and that the language of section 201
did not even suggest such an intention.

 

The Punjab and Haryana High Court also
referred with approval to the decisions of the Madras High Court in the cases
of CIT vs. Ramesh Enterprises 250 ITR 464 and CIT vs.
Chennai Metropolitan Water Supply and Sewerage Board 348 ITR 530.
The
Court agreed with the view that the terminal point for computation of interest
had to be taken as a date on which the deductee had paid taxes and filed
returns, even before the amendment. The Court also observed that section 197
militated against the deductor unilaterally not paying or paying an amount less
than the specified amount of TDS, by itself deciding the deductee’s liability
to pay tax or otherwise.

 

In conclusion the Court held that interest
u/s 201(1A) was chargeable even if the deductee had incurred a loss, though it
remanded the matter back to the Tribunal for deciding on the applicability of
section 194C.

 

The Gujarat High Court, in the case of CIT
vs. Labh Construction & Ind. Ltd. 235 Taxman 102
, has taken a
similar view that interest was payable in such a case, though holding that the
liability to pay interest would end on the date on which the assessment of the
deductee was made.

 

OBSERVATIONS

The purpose of charging the interest in
question is to ensure that the Revenue is compensated for late payment of the
tax from the period when it was due till the time it was recovered. Where no
tax is due, the question of payment of any compensatory interest should not
arise at all unless it is penal in nature. In ascertaining the fact of payment
of taxes, due credit should be given for the taxes paid by the payee and also
to the fact that the payee was otherwise not liable to tax. The Gujarat High
Court, in the case of CIT vs. Rishikesh Apartments Co-op. Housing Society
Ltd. 253 ITR 310
, has observed:

 

‘From the legal provisions discussed
hereinabove, it is crystal clear that in the instant case, Ravi Builder, on
whose behalf the tax was to be paid by the assessee, had duly paid its tax and
was not required to pay any tax to the Revenue in respect of the income earned
by it from the assessee. If the tax was duly paid and that too at the time when
it had become due, it would not be proper on the part of the Revenue to levy
any interest under section 201(1A) of the Act, especially when the builder had
paid more amount of tax by way of advance tax than what was payable by it. As
the amount of tax payable by the contractor had already been paid by it and
that too in excess of the amount which was payable by way of advance tax, in
our opinion, the Tribunal was absolutely right in holding that the tax paid by
the contractor in its own case, by way of advance tax and self-assessment tax,
should be deducted from the gross tax that the assessee should have deducted
under section 194C while computing interest chargeable under section 201(1A) of
the Act. If the Revenue is permitted to levy interest under the provisions of
section 201(1A) of the Act, even in the case where the person liable to be
taxed has paid the tax on the due date for the payment of the tax, the Revenue
would derive undue benefit or advantage by getting interest on the amount of
tax which had already been paid on the due date. Such a position, in our
opinion, cannot be permitted.’

 

A similar view has been taken by the Bombay
High Court in the case of Bennett Coleman & Co. Ltd. vs. ITO 157 ITR
812
, that interest is compensatory interest in nature and it seeks to
compensate the Revenue for delay in realisation of taxes. Interest should be
charged only  where tax is due and if
found to be due, for the period ending with the payment of such tax. In a case
where the payee has a loss, there is no question of payment of any tax by the
payee, and therefore the question of payment of interest by the payer also
should not arise.

 

The deductor
cannot be held to be an assessee in default if tax has been paid by the
deductee. Once this non-payment of taxes by the recipient is held as a
condition precedent to invoking section 201(1), the onus is then on the AO to
demonstrate that the condition is satisfied. It is for the AO to ascertain
whether or not the taxes have been paid by the recipient of income – Hindustan
Coca-Cola Beverages
(Supra)
.The question of making good the loss
of Revenue by way of charging of interest arises only when there is indeed a
loss of revenue, and loss of revenue can be there only when the recipient has a
liability to tax and has yet not paid the tax. It is also necessary for the AO
to find that the deductee has also failed to pay such tax directly before
treating the payer as an assessee in default. In Jagran Prakashan Ltd.
vs. Dy. CIT, 345 ITR 288:

 

‘…The issue on hand, of charge of
interest u/s 201(1A), cannot be adjudicated in cases where the payee has filed
a return of loss, by relying on the non-contextual observation or an
obiter dicta of the decision in the case of Hindustan
Coca-Cola Beverage (P) Ltd. vs. CIT 293 ITR 226
. In that case, the issue
was about the treatment of the assessee in default or not where the payee had
otherwise paid taxes and the apex court held that the payer was not to be
deemed to be an assessee in default. The issue of interest u/s 201(1A) was not
before the Court. The Court, applying the circular of 1997, held that the payer
was not an assessee in default and stated, though not being called to do so,
that the decision had no implication on the liability to pay interest u/s
201(1A) for the period up to the date of payment by the payee. It is
respectfully stated that a part of the observations of the decision should not
be used to apply to the facts that are materially different and not in the
context…’

 

The better view therefore seems to be that
of the Allahabad High Court that no interest is chargeable u/s 201(1A) in a
case where the deductee has incurred losses during the relevant assessment year
and has no income chargeable to tax and no tax was payable by the payee and
that there was no loss to the Revenue.

 

It is relevant
to note that the decisions referred to and analysed here are in respect of the
period before 1st July, 2012 
with effect from which date provisos have been inserted in section
201(1) and (1A). The first amendment in section 201(1) provides that an
assessee shall not be deemed to be in default in cases where the conditions
prescribed are satisfied, the main condition being the payment of taxes by the
payee. It can therefore be safely stated that the amendment in sub-section (1)
is providing the legislative consent to the law laid down by the courts and
discussed here, and to that extent there is no disagreement between the
taxpayers and the tax gatherers.

 

Whether the same can be said of the second
amendment in section 201(1A) by way of insertion of the proviso therein which
has the effect of providing for payment of interest by the payer, for the
period up to the date of filing the return of income? Can it be said that
interest under sub-section (1A) shall be payable in cases governed by the
proviso to section 201(1A) for the period up to the date of filing of return by
the payee now that an express charge has been created for such payment? In our
considered opinion, no interest shall be payable by the payer in a case where
the payee has filed a return of loss or where he has paid taxes on its income
before the year-end, for the following reasons:

 

(i) Sub-section (1A) creates a charge for
payment of interest without prejudice to the fact that the payer is not treated
as an assessee in default. In other words, the charge is expected to
stick even where the payer is not treated as an assessee in default. It is
possible to seriously contend that an independent charge for levy of interest
is not sustainable where the assessee is not held to be in default and there
otherwise is no loss of revenue. In the circumstances, for the Revenue to
demand compensation may not hold water;


(ii) The courts, as noted above, without the
benefit of the amendments, have held that no interest u/s 201(1) was chargeable
in the facts and circumstances discussed here. The ratio of these decisions
should help the assessee to successfully plead that no interest is payable by
the payer where no tax is found to be payable by the payee even after the
amendment of section 201(1A);


(iii) With insertion of the proviso to
sub-section (1), it is clear that the legislature intends to exempt the payers
who ensure the compliance of the prescribed conditions. This intention should
be extended to interest under sub-section (1A) as well;


(iv) A proviso to the main section should be
applied only in cases where the main section is otherwise found to be
applicable; in cases where there is no ‘failure’ on the part of the payer, the
question of applying the proviso should not arise. The proviso here has the
effect of limiting the liability and not expanding it. In that view of the
matter, the insertion of the proviso should not be read to have created an
independent charge for levy of interest. In other words, the understanding
prevailing before the insertion w.e.f. 1st July, 2012 has not
changed at all qua the levy of interest;


(v) For the charge of interest under
sub-section (1A) to succeed, it is essential to establish the failure to deduct
tax or pay tax; such failure has to be determined w.r.t. the liability to
deduct and / or pay which in turn is linked to the liability of the payee to
taxation. In cases where the payee is not otherwise liable to pay any taxes, it
may be very difficult to establish failure on the part of the payer;


(vi) Cases where the payee has filed the
return of loss or where it has paid taxes before the year-end, have a much
better case for exemption from interest.

71ST ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 9TH JULY, 2019

The 71st
Annual General Meeting of the BCAS was held at the Yogi Sabhagruha, Dadar, on
Tuesday, 9th July, 2019.

 

The President,
Mr. Sunil Gabhawalla, took the chair and called the meeting to order. All
business as per the agenda contained in the notice was conducted, including
adoption of accounts and appointment of auditors.

 

Mr. Mihir
Sheth, Hon. Joint Secretary, announced the results of the election of the
President, Vice-President, two Secretaries, Treasurer and eight members of the
Managing Committee for the year 2019-20.

 

 

OFFICE-BEARERS

President                             Mr.
Manish Sampat

Vice-President                      Mr.
Suhas Paranjpe

Joint Secretary                     Mr.
Mihir Sheth

Joint Secretary                     Mr.
Samir Kapadia


COMMITTEE MEMBERS

Anil Doshi                            Chirag
Doshi

Bhavesh Gandhi                   Divya
Jokhakar

Jagdish Punjabi                    Rutvik
Sanghvi

Kinjal Shah                           Mandar
Telang


CO-OPTED MEMBERS

Anand Bathiya                      Zubin
Billimoria

Vaibhav Manek                     Hardik
Mehta

Ganesh Rajagopalan             Shreyas
Shah


EX-OFFICIO

(Outgoing President)             Sunil Gabhawalla

Member (Publisher)               Raman
H. Jokhakar

 

The ‘Jal Erach
Dastur Awards’ for the features and articles appearing in the BCAS Journal
during the year 2018-19 were presented to CA Dolphy D’Souza (Best Feature) and
Ms Priya Sawant (Best Article).

 

The book,
‘Input Tax Credit Under GST’, authored by CA Darshan Ranavat, was officially
released on the occasion.

 

Before the
conclusion of the AGM, members, including Past Presidents of the BCAS, were
invited to share their views and observations about the Society.

The Founding Day
lecture was delivered at the end of the formal proceedings of the AGM. It was
an outstanding oration by Mr. Pinakin Desai, the well-known professional who
spoke on the ‘Finance Bill’ before a capacity audience that heard him in
pin-drop silence.

 

OUTGOING PRESIDENT’S
REPORT

 

Sunil
Gabhawalla:
As I rise
before you for the last time as the President of this esteemed Society, I have
mixed emotions of fulfilment and joy – Fulfilment at having lived a year full
of purpose and the joy of handing over the baton to a worthy Incoming
President, Manish, who also has become a very dear friend during the BCAS
journey.

 

In my
acceptance speech I had presented the annual plan for BCAS year 2018-19
focussing on the expectations of the common man, which we had identified to be
broadly in four distinct sets – “Re-engineer myProfession”, “Re-kindle
myPassion”, “Re-store myPride” and “Re-juvenate myBCAS”. In alignment with this
annual plan, the Managing Committee and the nine Sub-Committees delivered
around 233 events, 19 publications, 12 editions of the BCAJ, 12 digital assets,
24 representations and countless interactions both in person and online, easily
resulting in an average touch-point of more than one on each working day and
clocking a little over 180,000 hours of education. Before moving ahead, there
is one honest confession to make. At the start of the year, when I gazed
through the crystal ball, I had never imagined that we would achieve this
volume and quality, but the stupendous work undertaken by numerous volunteers
made this possible. My heart is filled with gratitude to each one of them.

 

Full credit is
due to the Chairmen and Co-Chairmen of the Committees. Totalling 11 in all,
they constituted the Dream World Cup Team which could easily win any match. I
am
a strong believer of
the BCAS policy of having a Past President as a Chairman of the Committee. In
my view, it is the key differentiator of the Society as compared to other
organisations. During the year, I have witnessed each of the Chairmen spending
considerable time and energy in the cause of the Society – not only by sharing
the experience and providing balanced perspective, but also through actual
execution. It was not uncommon for a Chairman to even sit down and draft an
announcement. In fact, the eye for minute detail and the commitment of these
personalities brings soul to each event and publication and provides that
impeccable quality, event after event, publication after publication. I request
you all to join hands in acknowledging their role towards the growth of the
Society.

 

It is now time
to recognise the selfless efforts of the other members of the Core Group – the
Conveners, Course Coordinators and Committee Members. Each of the 43 Committee
/ Sub Committee meetings was full of excitement, ideas and enthusiasm. When the
springboard itself is so strong and the execution thereafter is also flawless,
it is not a surprise that, year after year, the Society, despite stiff
competition and a structural defect of no CPE Credit, surpasses the
achievements of the previous year.

 

The vision
statement of the Society starts by emphasising that it shall be a
learning-oriented organisation. Content therefore is the key ingredient to such
learning. The faculties, authors, brains trustees, panellists constitute the
nucleus around which the other substance is woven. We need to thank them for
selflessly sparing time out from their busy schedule towards the noble cause of
the Society.

 

Let me take a
small pause in my thanksgiving endeavour and bring my attention back to the
annual plan. Befitting the theme, we did try to concentrate our energies on the
common man and his four expectations. The sheer volume of the events indicated
earlier presents an impediment in showcasing each one of them. While each of
the events was a precious gem, some initiatives stood out distinctly and it
would not be out of place to revisit some fond memories of such events.

 

You would all
agree that the profession is passing through very interesting times and needs
re-engineering. The Society continuously held lecture meetings on innovative
topics like ‘the impact of technology on the role of auditors’”, ‘making
internal audit count’, ‘changing risk landscape for audit profession’, ‘AI, ML
and future of internal audit’, etc., where eminent personalities like P.R.
Ramesh, T.N. Manoharan, N.P. Sarda and Shailesh Haribhakti challenged the status
quo
and presented their impression of how the profession would evolve in
the future. While these events dealt with the future of the profession, many
lecture meetings catered to the immediate needs of the members on a real-time
basis. Be it understanding the GST Returns or Audit Reports or the
newly-introduced ‘Banning of Unregulated Deposit Scheme’, the Society was
always at the forefront in organising such events. We had the occasion to
invite the CEO of GSTN Prakash Kumar to share his experiences on the GSTN
Portal, whereas senior Department officials addressed us on the TDS and VAT
Amnesty Scheme. We also requested seniors and subject experts from our Core
Group to speak on varied topics ranging from filing of income tax returns to
CSR, Important Amendments relevant to Audit, Important Direct Tax Decisions and
so on.

 

With a view to
keep the knowledge delivery crisp, relevant and participative, the panel
discussion format was introduced in many events – Corporate Law NRRC and
Internal Audit Conclave being a few examples. Panel discussion as a format was
also found popular and effective in RRCs – be it the General RRC or the ITF or
the GST RRC. We had events like the Real Estate Seminar, Tech Summit, etc.,
designed totally on the format of panel discussion. We also conducted many
industry-specific events like the workshops on NBFCs, Charitable Trusts and
Real Estate.

 

Taking the cue
from the successful long-duration courses on topics like DTAA, FEMA and
Advanced Transfer Pricing conducted since many years, a new long-duration
course on GST was successfully conducted during the current year. Over and
above these courses, many curtain-raiser courses covering the fundamentals of
the domain were also organised – Internal Audit 101 Series and GAAR Workshop
being examples.

 

The year saw an
increased focus on the use of technology. Be it Courseplay, Youtube and the
other social media or the digital video initiative of ‘Tax GuruCool’, members
were no longer constrained due to geographical limitations. A series of
workshops around effectively using proprietory software like SAP, Power BI,
IDEA, etc. were organised to equip the members to scale up their offerings. The
Tech Summit was an excellent event which showcased the endless possibilities
offered by technology solutions to our members. A few interesting concepts of
sponsorships and exhibition stalls were tried for the first time at the Society
and they were well received by the participants.

 

The five
residential courses of the Society were very popular and successful. We tried
many new concepts in the General RRC held at Agra, including a full day devoted
to practice management-related topics. The Society regularly conducted joint
events with other organisations like DTPA, JCAG, IIA, IMC, CTC, GSTPAM, AIFTP,
MCTC, FFE, etc. While some of these provided a geographical penetration, some
provided the Society an exposure to a different target audience.

 

In order to
re-inculcate the reading habit, the nine study circles were rejuvenated and
made more participative. Structured section-wise reading of the GST Law was
also attempted by a select group of invited faculties through the Intensive
Study Group concept in order to develop interpretation skills in this nascent
law.

 

Students
constitute the future of the profession. The triangle of graduation studies, CA
curriculum and article training leaves little time for recreation and
self-reflection. It’s indeed events like Tarang which bring out their
latent skill sets and give them the much-needed break from the monotony. The
Students’ Study Circle was also reactivated and found a lot of interest due to
the choice of relevant topics and faculties.

 

The Society,
jointly with the BCAS Foundation, undertook various social causes like tree
plantation, blood donation camps, heritage walk, etc. It also undertook the
task of providing relief to the victims of the Kerala floods.

 

The Journal
Committee celebrated the 50th year of the BCAJ by
commemorating feature writers who have written for more than five years. I
would like to place on record special appreciation for the Editor Raman
Jokhakar who led the year from the front. The Golden Year glowed even more
bright under your able leadership.

 

During the
year, the Society made a series of representations to the government
authorities on varied topics. Most of these representations received keen
interest from the policy makers and the Society was frequently invited to
present its views on various proposed legislations. A substantial portion of
the simplified GST Audit Report finds its roots in the recommendations and
efforts of the Society. The recent interpretation on the role of the GST
Auditor was being canvassed by the BCAS right from day one and it is satisfying
to find the said interpretation being revalidated by the government. The
Society also connected with other professional organisations in jointly
representing various other issues before the government. This effort also
received good media coverage and made the government act upon some of the
representations.

 

It’s time to
revert back to the thanksgiving. It’s now the turn of the office-bearers –
Manish, as an able Vice-President, provided the vital back-end support
throughout the year and also acted as a wise sounding board for any new
adventures or misadventures that came to my mind. With Suhas ably handling the
Treasury, I did not have to worry about finance and accounts. Mihir was the
go-to person for all Information Technology-related initiatives and issues,
whereas Abhay was the strong support for the events, including the Committee
meetings. I just cannot thank them enough. Together, we could divide activities
based on our strengths and generate synergies which helped us achieve what we
had dreamt of. My thanks are also due to their spouses – Poonam, Nita, Nipa and
Awani.

 

How can I miss
thanking my spouse? Thank you Jayashree for supporting me throughout the year
with your perspectives and also taking good care of Prakruti and Hriday.

 

Not coming from
a large firm background, there was always an anxiety about whether the BCAS
commitment would impact the professional practice. I am really blessed that my
partners and my team at SBGCO took on the baton really well and managed my
practice so that I could concentrate on fulfilling my obligations at BCAS. My
special thanks to Parth, Yash, Darshan and everyone at team SBGCO for walking
the extra mile. At a young age, you have set an example for many others to
emulate. The year came with lots of pressure on my time and helped me discover
my priorities. This discovery will go a long way in moulding my future – my gym
instructor is waiting for more regular visits from my side and so is the couch
in my library. After a year-long sabbatical, it is now time to accept speaking
assignments as also fulfil the promises made to family and friends.

 

My best wishes
and congratulations to the new team at the BCAS; I would like to wish Manish
all the best for an illustrious year ahead. Having interacted with him closely,
I am fully confident that he will take the Society to even greater heights
during his tenure.

 

Thank you.

 

INCOMING PRESIDENT’S
SPEECH

 

Manish
Sampat:
I take this
opportunity to congratulate my predecessor Sunil for a fabulous and memorable
year at the helm of our Society, which comes to an end today. During the last
one year he has led by example and has ensured that the quality of service to
all the members is taken to greater heights. Now this has made my life much
more difficult, because the bar of expectation has risen so much that I will
have to do a tremendous effort just to equal it. As I embark on my journey as
President of this prestigious Society, I am both humbled and honoured and would
like to thank all of you and in particular the Past Presidents of the Society
for bestowing this honour on me, showing confidence in my capabilities and
considering me worthy of this position.

 

It is a matter
of great satisfaction, sense of achievement and pride for me, both personally
and professionally. I am also aware that along with position come greater
responsibility, dedication and commitment. I assure you of my best efforts and
promise you that I will strive to deliver to the best of my ability. I look
forward to the same love, support, encouragement and understanding that you
have been showing to all our Presidents in the past.

 

Our Society was
formed in 1949 and as we celebrate 70 years of our existence today and of our
service to our members… 70 years is no small achievement and I salute the founders
who had the vision to form this Society seven decades ago… and the
contributions of all the Past Presidents to bring this Society to its current
position. The Society has always offered mentorship, nurtured leadership and
given several highly successful torch-bearers to the profession.

 

Today I am in
front of you because of two reasons. One is that I am a chartered accountant
and the second is that I am associated with this Society. Before I share my
annual plan with you, I want to share with you a very short story. A story of a
typical South Bombay attitude boy, happy-go-lucky boy who was never bothered in
life, never serious about anything, who also used to do DJ-ing in his college
days, and immediately joined his father’s business during his college days.
After completing his graduation, he had only two wishes, one was to take the
family business forward, and second, was to get married. In fact, he had also
told his parents to find a suitable girl for him. But, in fact, life had
something else in store for him and his destiny was to take him somewhere else.

 

His father,
Pratap Sampat, was the only person who wanted him to be a CA, but since he
could not convince him, he took him to his family friend, Pravinchandra N.
Shah, who was a chartered accountant and also a family friend and he convinced
him (the boy) to become a chartered accountant. So he started his articles and
that’s how the story began, that’s where the seeds were sown. He started
enjoying what he was doing during his internship. All throughout, his pillar of
strength and inspiration was naturally his mother, Rohini Sampat.

 

When he started
his CA and during his exams, when he used to get up at 3 or 4 o’clock in the
morning to study, his mother used to give him coffee and sit across the table
just looking at him, as if he is the only person in the world doing his CA.
Even today, she remains a very comforting factor and a pillar of strength.

 

While doing his
articles, that boy met this pretty girl Poonam and things happened and she
would go on to become his wife and she would give him two lovely children,
Daksh and Kanishka.

 

Friends, the
rest is history, that naughty boy, that happy-go-lucky chap, that person who
was never serious in life, is today in front of you. Today, I want to thank my
Mom and Dad for shaping my destiny. I mean, they are the real reason why I am
there, and had they not been there, I don’t know where I would have been.
That’s one part of my journey.

 

The second part
of my journey is that after becoming a CA, even before my results came out, I
immediately plunged into practice. At my very first client meeting I met this
gentleman, he told me in his style, ‘Betaji, do you know about BCAS? Are you a
member of BCAS?’ I said no, but I will become a member. ‘Narang Sahib, thank
you for introducing me to this lovely Society.’

 

Soon after
that, I met this man Shariq Contractor. I do not have words to describe him. He
has been a friend, a mentor, a philosopher, a father-figure, an elder brother,
and he is always available for me whenever I require him. Even today, I can
discuss any matter with him, be it personal or otherwise. In fact, on my
membership card, I have been fortunate to have as proposer and seconder, Narang
Sahib and Shariq Contractor. After that, whenever I have filed a nomination
form at the BCAS, Shariqbhai and Gautambhai (Gautam Nayak) have always been my
proposer and seconder.

 

The story
doesn’t end there. After starting my practice, once, coincidentally, while at
the Tardeo Income tax office, I met this gentleman; after I greeted him, he
walks away and then comes back and says, are you a member of
the BCAS? I said, yes, I am. He asked,
are you a part of the core group? My reply was ‘No’, I don’t know what is core
group. He said, why don’t you become a part of a core group? ‘We are just
forming a new committee, the HRD Committee, why don’t you become part of the
HRD Committee?’ I don’t think Amitbhai (Ameet Patel) will remember, but I had
asked, what would I have to do? He said, ‘you don’t have to do anything. Our
Chairman is so good that he does all the good work and you just sit and enjoy’.
That’s how my journey in the core group began, and I remember I started as a
course coordinator of the public speaking class which used to take place at
BCAS’s old office – Churchgate Mansion and I used to attend on Saturdays and
that’s where my first extended family of BCAS, my gang, was formed.

 

Similarly,
Pradeepbhai (Pradeep Shah) has been a great inspiration for me and the lessons
that he has taught me have really benefited me. In fact, in my annual plan, one
arm of the plan is what I have learned from him. I remember he always joked
with me. Once, I was going with him in his car as we used to stay close to each
other. His car broke down and I had to push his car.  And till the very last, he would pull my leg
and tell  people that he used to harass
me a lot and made me push his car! But I am sure, Pradeepbhai, wherever you
are, you are looking at us and blessing us all. One more thing about him. On
many occasions he used to tell me, ‘Manish, if you want to become President of
the BCAS, either you change your name to Rajesh or you join CNK’. I couldn’t
change my name, so I joined CNK.

 

My journey as
an office-bearer… In 2015-16, Raman (Raman Jokhakar) invited me to be a part
of the Office-Bearers and I don’t know whether it was by choice or by
compulsion, that he couldn’t find anyone. But yes, I agreed. And, rather than
being the Secretary, I volunteered to be the Treasurer. But between his and
Chetan’s (Chetan Shah) year, they made me sign so many cheques that I felt like
the second richest person in India after Mukesh Ambani! In those two years as
Treasurer I got a full control, a grip of the accounts, the financials and the
operations of the BCAS. That’s what helped me.

 

After him,
Narayan (Narayan Pasari) pushed me out of my comfort zone and made me take up
Secretary ship. What I learned from him was an eye for detail. He had such an
eye for detail that he could pick a needle from a haystack. Actually it was in
this year that I got more involved, I got more engaged with BCAS and got into
the groove. I started thinking about the direction in which I wanted to take
the Society and how I could contribute to it.

 

Next came Sunil
(Sunil Gabhawalla). What can I say about this leader… par excellence? The
name Sunil itself has Su-Nil, which means good, dark blue, which means that it
represents Lord Krishna. Actually, Sunil has been a stern and strict but
understanding leader, who would accept no nonsense, and an intellectual leader.
Whatever I say about him will be insufficient. On many occasions I got a chance
to talk to  him and I remember that in
one of the conversations he told me, ‘Manish, I have two big dream projects in
my year. One, I want my RRC to be remembered. I want a fabulous RRC, and the
second thing is the Tech Summit’. Friends, you have seen how the RRC has gone,
he has led by example, the multi-disciplinary panel discussion in that RRC was
so well accepted that there were repeated requests to have this from various
organisations. He not only moderated it, but was totally involved in drafting
the case studies. One full day on practice management was also his brainchild.
Coming to the Tech Summit, to be quite frank, when he discussed the matter with
all of us, I remember all of us were so sceptical about what Sunil had in mind.
The super success that the Tech Summit has achieved has made it a flagship
event and we will be repeating it year on year. Sunil, your year has gone and
we have become the best of friends.

 

Before deciding
on my annual plan I did a little bit of introspection, what should it be, what
should it include, what should be its points? But before that I had to do a
little bit of thinking, that what does BCAS stand for? No doubt today BCAS is
considered the leading organisation of volunteers which is known because of its
ethical systems, because of the quality of its events, the quality of its
programmes and the initiatives that it takes. It is also known because of its
Journal. Whenever you go out, and say that you are representing the BCAS, you
get a response that they already know about the Journal. Before the BCAS’s
reach the Journal has already reached there. Finally, BCAS is also known for
its innovativeness and it has many firsts to its credit that others copy. This
is the strength of BCAS.

 

However, there
are challenges and the challenges, I think, can be broadly classified into two
parts. One is the challenges from other organisations, because other
organisations have also upped their mantle, giving similar programmes with
similar quality; and the second one is the dynamic, changing stratosphere or
the demands of the members. The members’ age profile has changed, their
preferences have changed and so BCAS needs to be relevant and it has to think
out of the box. It has to be constantly adapting to changes and open to
changes, new ideas and innovations.

 

Coming to
the annual plan
, after
doing this introspection and understanding the background,  I asked myself, what should be my priorities?
What should be my annual plan?
I listed down the pointers and priorities. When I looked back to
compare it to the last two or three years’ plans, the points were more or less
the same. There was nothing different. So from that day onwards I decided, if
I can’t do anything different, I will do things differently
. This is going
to be my theme for the year that we will be doing things differently.

 

Annual plans
are usually for one year. Every President brings in his own thought process and
priorities. What we, the leadership at BCAS, have decided is that now the plans
should be medium to long-term plans as we march to our 75th year. We
took the common man’s theme from last year as base. The common man means the
9,000 plus members of the BCAS, who are predominantly either two or three
partners or sole proprietors. After identifying them, what does a member of
BCAS want?

 

Naturally today
they are all looking at growth. We decided that our annual plan for the coming
year would be concentrated on and around growth. What does growth mean? It
means increase in size, in prosperity, in enhancement of your skills, etc. We
have identified five distinct areas of growth which is indicative of 5G.
5G as we all know is the fifth generation network for cellular phones and it
represents Speed, Efficiency, Supremacy, Competitiveness and Technology
Advancement.

 

The five areas
of growth that we have identified for the annual plan for the current year are Inclusive
Growth, Sustainable Growth, Economic Growth, Dynamic Growth and EQ Growth.

 

What does Inclusive
Growth
mean? It means making life better for everyone. I believe in the
theory … (what I learned from Pradeepbhai), theory of abundance, that there
is enough work in the universe for all the people. So if you want to grow, you
don’t necessarily have to put your foot on somebody else’s shoulder to go up.
There is abundance, there are equal opportunities and we will try to create
equal opportunities for all our members, for all our chartered accountants.
Along with this comes the point that you look at the fraternity first and then
at your own self-growth. Making life better for everyone is inclusive growth
and this indicates building the profession.

 

The second plan
is Sustainable Growth. Look at long-term plans and don’t go for
short-term targets or temporary gains. Look at long-term gains. How can this
happen? This can happen only and only by inculcating ethics, not only in our
professional but also in our personal lives. A strong value system and ethics
is what will sustain over a long period of time. Secondly what is needed is
what Narang Saheb, Shariqbhai,  Amitbhai
did… they caught people who were actually young and they saw their place to
leadership. We will aim to identify future leaders and groom them for future
leadership, because the newer ideas are naturally going to come from them. This
indicates building capacities and capabilities.

 

What are all of
us interested in? Ultimately, everything boils down to financial benefits. Economic
Growth
comes as financial benefits. I believe, this can happen in two ways,
first by upgrading your technical knowledge and skills, and having new and
emerging areas of practice, so whenever we plan any programmes, RRCs, events,
we will have this in mind… and that’s the reason why we have a new Committee
this year (Internal Audit). Secondly, opportunities for networks and
consolidation of firms is the need of the hour. We will try to encourage this
and create opportunities for networking and consolidation of practices. Many
members have shown interest in this and this inspired me to have this growth
area. Of course, all of us know that in mergers and consolidations, two and two
always adds up to five.

 

Dynamic
Growth
means making
the members more competitive by making them future ready. Use of technology in
practice, use of technology, digitisation and automation all at a reasonable
price indicates building the future of
the profession.

 

And last, the
most important focus area, an area that is very close to me. We may have
technology upgradation, all types of skills and other attributes, but
everything is useless if you don’t honour human relationships, human emotions
and human capital. That, I believe, is the fifth avenue of growth, which is Emotional
Growth.

 

So what we have
thought is that rather than just having suggestions, I have put concrete points
and I have asked all the Committees to work on at least one or two new events
or initiatives during the year. I have listed them out, so not only do they act
as our targets that we have to achieve, but also, at the end of the year, act
as an indicator whereby we will be able to measure our performance. I’m not
scared of failure. I have put in actionables for each Committee. Even if I
don’t succeed, I will at least go back happily, that at least I tried.

 

Starting with
the Accounting and Auditing Committee, naturally, this is my karmabhumi.
It is headed by our Himanshu Kishnadwala. This Committee does not have a
long-duration course. Therefore, one target for this Committee is to have a
long-duration course. We will figure out whether we want to have it on IGAAP,
Ind AS or on the Standards of Accounting. The second most important thing is that
this Committee is celebrating a milestone by way of its residential course on
Ind AS, the tenth edition of its residential study course. We have planned it
in a different way this year.

 

The next is the
Corporate and Allied Law Committee, which is headed by Chetan Shah. This
Committee, again, is more suited to fit into our aim of increasing the reach of
BCAS to its members. It will be initiating a lot of programmes with sister
organisations CTC, IMC and so on. We have also planned a lot of joint programmes
with regulators which will come out from this Committee. The third important
pointer in this Committee is that we will do programmes on emerging areas like
valuation, which has not been done since a long time.

 

The HR
Committee is headed by Rajesh Muni and KK. I call this Committee my janmabhumi,
because I was born in this Committee in the BCAS. It is doing admirable work;
there are many laudable projects, but I have identified two main items that we
would like to do. One is reviving the Professionals Accountancy Course which
was beneficial to those people who had not been able to complete their CA. The
second thing is that the 150th year of Mahatma Gandhi’s birth is
coming up, so we need to do something for that. We will plan some celebration
around this.

 

The next is the
Indirect Tax Committee and two stalwarts, Deepak Shah and Sunil Gabhawalla, are
heading it this year. Indirect tax and GST is the flavour of the season and
this Committee is doing great work. We aim to bring out a GST Audit Manual by
the next year’s audit season and this Committee’s long-duration courses and
intensive study courses will be raised to even higher standards.

 

The new kid on
the block committee is headed by Uday Sathaye and Nandita Parekh. This fits
into my annual plan, emerging area of practice. Internal Audit will find a
place in this year’s RRC. This Committee will do a lot of work in the area of
taking BCAS outside the city of Bombay. We also plan an Internal Audit RRC.

 

The
International Tax Committee headed by Mayur Nayak is a rock-solid performer and
always a winner. The Journal Committee is the vintage wine of our Society.
Raman Jokhakar heads this Committee and they do only two things, they improve
and innovate, they improve and innovate. They set higher standards for themselves
and the only agenda for this Committee is the digitalisation of the journals on
the net.

Seminar, Public
Relations and Membership Development Committee is headed by Narayan Pasari and
Pradip Thanawala. This Committee has a lot of work to be done. Public Relations
have been included purposely in the name this year with an intention. We will
look out for benefits for our members, like insurance at a discounted price and
other such services. RRC will improve upon its own performance last year and this
Committee will also work on taking the BCAS programmes outside the city.

 

The Taxation
Committee has been the most tech-savvy Committee headed by Ameet Patel. They
have pioneered the Tax-Gurukool, which has been adopted by other Committees.
They have something in store but I don’t want to disclose it right now. One
target for them is bring out the Tax Audit publication in time, before the tax
audit season.

 

Finally, the
Technology Committee, headed by Nitin Shingala. Only two items on the agenda
for them, develop a mobile app for the BCAS which is integrated with the back
office and seek the Committee’s support for streamlining our back office
infrastructure.

 

We have other
stakeholders also, and they are our staff. I have worked with them for the past
so many years and I know that they don’t have one boss, they have to reply to
250 bosses and they have to get adjusted to their style of functioning. I know
a lot needs to be done, we need to trim the excess fat and we will work in that
direction.

 

Before I
conclude, I would just like to say that BCAS is an organisation that is on
self-driven mode. We don’t have to do anything, it is a collective organisation
which is taken care of by itself, and only one person gets a chance to lead it
for one year. Friends, I can’t do anything alone without your support and it
will be a team effort. My success is in your hands.

 

I am not an
ardent fan of any poetry, I don’t read much of poetry but this is the poem I
learned in school and I still remember these lines. The poet is going through a
forest and he reaches a sweet spot where the weather is soothing, the scenery
is bewitching, making him want to stay for a while, but unfortunately, he
cannot enjoy, he has to move on to fulfil his promises. He says,

 

The woods
are lonely, dark and deep,

But I have
promises to keep

And miles to
go before I sleep

And miles to
go before I sleep.

 

Thank you.

 

GURU

Gurus are the fairest flowers of mankind,

they are the oceans of mercy without any motive

—Swami
Vivekananda

 

Why do we need a Guru? What does a Guru do?

 

We are ignorant and ignorance is a curse.
The Guru removes ignorance and grants knowledge. He makes us realise the power
of knowledge and the use of knowledge.

 

Is there only one Guru one has in life?

  •   Have
    we ever asked ourselves why we read a newspaper? We do so because we want to
    know what is happening – –to gain knowledge about what is happening in the
    world around us. In that sense, is the newspaper a Guru?
  •   Again,
    whilst being educated in school or college, we are taught by several teachers
    and each teacher teaches us a different subject. Are all these teachers our
    Gurus?
  •   When
    we join a business or profession we have a mentor(s) who teaches us how to act.
    Are these mentors our Gurus?
  •   Again,
    every book we read and gather and absorb some thoughts from, in that sense – is
    the author our Guru?

 

The answer to all these is in the
affirmative. Hence, in my view one has several Gurus and each one contributes
to removing our ignorance or adds to our knowledge.

 

I have personally learnt from my seniors, my
peers and my juniors. They were big contributors to my knowledge.
Mistakes made by juniors and others made me think how to deal with the mistakes
and their suggestions added to my knowledge. Both thinking and knowledge remove
ignorance.

 

Who needs a Guru?

The answer is, everyone – let us not
forget mother is the first Guru – she brings awareness in the child.
Napoleon says ‘The first university is the mother’s cradle’. Let us remember
that even realised souls need a Guru.

 

A few examples:

  •   Adi
    Shankaracharya, an evolved soul, searched for a Guru and when Govindacharya
    asked ‘Who are you?’ he recited the Nirvan Shatakam – so a person who
    had realised and was aware of the nature of self still needed a Guru to
    complete his journey.
  •   Paramhans
    Ramakrishna, who is said to have had the darshan of Mother Kali and is said to
    have exhibited in his body Buddha, Krishna, Christ and Mohammed, realised the
    ultimate only when he met Totapuri.
  •   Arjun,
    when in a quandary in the Mahabharata, sought Krishna as Guru.

 

Ramana Maharishi says ‘Even a Guru is
ever a disciple’
.

 

What does a Guru do!

Guru empties the seeker’s mind by removing
irrelevant thoughts and guiding him with knowledge of self and God.
He is a friend, a brother and burden bearer and shows the way. Guru is an
anchor. He is a man of peace. Guru guides the seeker to a higher state of
being.

 

Sadhguru Jaggi rightly says: ‘Guru is not
a crutch but a bridge’.

 

By God’s grace a moment comes when we ask
ourselves a simple question:

 

What is the purpose of life? And we seek
a mentor – we seek wisdom.

 

Blessed is the person who meets such a
person. My Guru’s teaching is simple ‘See God in yourself and everyone and
serve other human beings as you serve yourself. Service without expectation’.

 

However, there are mentors – Gurus – who go
beyond this simple spiritual teaching and who guide us even in
non-spiritual issues – the mundane demands of life. In my view one needs such a
Guru – one who guides not only when one is alive but also beyond this life. I
would conclude by quoting Osho:

 

‘The
more you become surrendered to the Guru,

the
more you feel that you have freedom
you never had before.’

 

In short we have two genres of guides –
teachers who mentor us on ‘how to live – knowledge of life’ – and Gurus
who bestow on us the wisdom of life and death.

 

Blessed are
those who have only one Guru who does both.

GROWING CONCERNS ABOUT GOING CONCERNS

The Indian economy is going through a
tumultuous time. Rs. 1 trillion1 
were wiped out of the markets due to various causes. A more distinctive
feature is that several pillars of the economy are in the news for the wrong
reasons. From NBFC2s, Reserve Bank of India3, SEBI4,
Credit Rating Agencies5, to Stock Exchanges, bankers6,
National Clearing Corporation, NSDL7 and auditors.


However, the reports on audits and auditors
are most distressing. The central banker banned a top audit firm; criminal
charge sheets lodged against two other top firms and partners in the IL&FS
case; MCA seeking a five-year ban; reports of an auditor leaking
price-sensitive information; MCA approving the removal of an audit firm;
auditor resignations; blaming the auditors for the stock price fall, and more.


Before we look more deeply at the audit
framework in India, auditors have been implicated in many other parts of the
world and much of this seems symptomatic. An FRC (UK) report8  has dealt with a number of aspects of the
audit market, including audit quality and audit failures. Notable reasons given
by the report are: a. Failure to exercise sufficient professional
scepticism or challenging the management, b. Failure to obtain
sufficient appropriate evidence, and c. Loss of independence. The FRC
report also points out perils of the precarious audit market structure with
‘too few to fail’ firms which make up the audit market (97% and 99% in the UK
and the US securities markets are audited by only four auditors). India hasn’t
reached there yet but it seems like it is on its way, ignoring structural problems
and treating symptoms superficially. The report also states that each of the
top four ‘audit’ firms reported three-fourths of their revenue from ‘non-audit’
services and faster growth in ‘non-audit’ revenue. The ‘auditors’ are actually
doing more ‘non-audit’ work and suspected of getting audit work in order to get
more lucrative ‘non-audit’ work. Coming back to India, the MCA should have done
much more and much better in presenting data on the above lines rather than
bringing out a rather hasty and flawed report9 last year.

The root causes within the auditing
framework need examination. The problems and surrounding questions are many and
complex but not impossible to overcome if dealt with in right earnest. The
problems are written on the wall – i. Appointment of auditors (mostly by
a common management and ownership), ii. increasing concentration in the
audit market (oligopolistic audit market where market leaders begin to convey a
sense that they are the market – too big and too few to fail types), iii.
multiple regulators (SEBI, MCA, NFRA, ICAI, RBI, etc.), iv.
misunderstanding about audit (what it can do and what it cannot do), v. conflict
of interest and independence issues (audit firms are connected with group
entities looking for non-audit work), and vi. a misty reporting framework
(changing and difficult to fathom) to name a few.

The expectation and delivery gaps are
widening and blurred. Auditors, regulators and the public do not understand
them in the same sense. It seems that an auditor today is neither a watchdog
nor a bloodhound, but rather a sniffer dog. So long as an auditor has done what
the auditing standards ask of him, he cannot be sent to a doghouse. All the
same we have more questions than answers, and we need to flip that fast –
before it’s too late.

___________________________________________________________________________

1   Bloomberg Quint report published June 23, 2019
– Eleven Stocks, $14 billion erased

2   IL&FS, DHFL etc.

3   It was expected to keep an eye on systemically
important NBFC, SFIO pointing out that it should have acted faster

4   Reported to be the most powerful market
regulator in the world who could have done more in ‘algo’ scam

5   Giving credit ratings that turned out to be
worthless, ICRA CEO and MD asked to go on leave

6   PSB NPAs at Rs. 806,412 crores in March, 2019
or Rs. 8.1 billion (per PIB release of 24th June,.2019)

7   Allegations of shares moving out of pool
account of a broker in allied matter

8  Statutory
Audit Services Market Study, 18th April, 2019

9   Findings and Recommendations on Regulating
Audit Firms
, October, 2018

 

 

 

 

Raman Jokhakar

Editor

FINANCE (NO. 2) ACT, 2019 – ANALYSIS OF BUY-BACK TAX ON LISTED SHARES

BACKGROUND

A company
having distributable profits and reserves may choose one of two ways to return
profit to its shareholders – declare a dividend or buy-back its own shares. In
the former case, the company is liable to dividend distribution tax (DDT) u/s
115-O of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (IT Act), while in the latter case, the
taxability is in the hands of the shareholder on the capital gains as per
section 46A of the IT Act. Such capital gain on unlisted shares had been either
tax-free on account of the application of beneficial tax treaty provisions, or
the taxable amount used to be lower because of special tax treatment accorded
to capital gains under the IT Act (such as indexation benefit).

 

Unlisted
companies used to be under the spotlight as they opted for the buy-back route
instead of dividend declaration to avoid DDT liability and in such cases the
capital gains tax was lower than DDT due to the above-mentioned reasons. To
counter this practice, the Finance Act, 2013 introduced section 115QA in the IT
Act. This section created a charge on unlisted companies to pay additional
income tax at the rate of 20% on buy-back of shares from a shareholder. In such
cases, exemption was provided to income arising to the shareholder u/s 10(34A)
of the IT Act.

 

AMENDMENT BY
FINANCE (No. 2) ACT, 2019

The Memorandum
to the Finance Bill noted the instances of tax arbitrage even in case of listed
shares wherein companies resorted to buy-back of shares instead of payment of
dividend. The buy-back option was considered attractive on account of the
following:

 

(i) Taxability
in case of buy-back: The company did not have any liability and capital gain in
the hands of the shareholder was exempt u/s 10(38) of the IT Act. After
abolition of this exemption, section 112A of the IT Act caused a levy of 10%
tax on capital gain with effect from A.Y. 2019-20;

(ii) Taxability
in case of dividend declaration: The company was liable to DDT but the dividend
was exempt in the hands of the shareholder (except if it exceeded Rs. 10 lakhs
which was taxable at 10% as per section 115BBDA of the IT Act).

In the backdrop
of companies (including major IT companies) implementing buy-back schemes worth
Rs. 1.43 trillion in the past three years to return cash to shareholders, the
Finance Bill presented on 5th July, 2019 introduced an
anti-avoidance measure. Section 115QA of the IT Act – tax on distributed income
to shareholders that was hitherto applicable only to buy-back of shares not
listed on a recognised stock exchange – has been made applicable to all
buy-back of shares, including of listed shares.

 

By a parallel
amendment, exemption is provided in section 10(34A) of the IT Act for income
arising to the shareholder on account of such buy-back of shares.

 

The amendments
are effective from 5th July, 2019.

 

ANALYSIS

 

Calculation of buy-back tax

The company
shall be liable to additional income-tax (in addition to tax on its total
income – whether payable or not) at the rate of 20% on distributed income. As
per clause (ii) of Explanation to section 115QA(1) of the IT Act, the
distributed income means consideration paid on buy-back of shares, less amount
received by it for the issue of shares, determined as prescribed in Rule 40BB
of the Income tax Rules. The Rule describes various situations and
circumstances for determination of the amount received by the company. This
includes subscription-based issue, bonus issue, shares issued on conversion of
preference shares or debentures, shares issued as part of amalgamation,
demerger, etc.

 

For issue of
shares not covered by any of the specific methods prescribed in the Rule, the
face value of the share is deemed to be the amount received by the company as
per Rule 40BB(13). Applying this mechanism, if a shareholder has acquired
shares (face value Rs. 10) from an earlier shareholder at Rs. 100 and the
buy-back price is Rs. 500; the buy-back tax liability for the company will be
computed as Rs. 490 (500 less 10) and not on the gain of Rs. 400 (500 less 100)
in the hands of the shareholder.

In case of
buy-back of listed shares, provisions of Rule 40BB(12) will come into the
picture. This states that where the share being bought back is held in dematerialised
form and the same cannot be distinctly identified, the amount received by the
company in respect of such share shall be the amount received for the issue of
share determined in accordance with this rule on the basis of the
first-in-first-out method. If the shares have been dematerialised in different
tranches and in different orders, practical challenges will be faced in
computing buy-back tax.

 

Dividend or buy-back – what is more beneficial?

After this
amendment, a question arises as to whether a company is better off declaring
dividend rather than repurchasing its own shares? The pure comparison of the
rates of tax u/s 115-O of the IT Act: DDT at 20.56%, and u/s 115QA of the IT
Act: buy-back tax at 23.29%, suggest so. However, if one adds the taxation of
dividend income in the hands of the shareholder at the rate of 10% for dividend
in excess of Rs. 10 lakhs as per section 115BBDA of the IT Act, higher
surcharge of 25% / 37% on tax to the DDT tax liability, the overall outcome for
the company and the shareholder taken together gives a different perspective.
This is reflected in the following table:

 

The comparison
of total tax impact column shows tax arbitrage in case of the buy-back option.

 

Section 14A disallowance

As per section
14A of the IT Act, expenses incurred in relation to income that does not form
part of total income is not allowed as deduction. In the year of buy-back where
additional tax is paid by the company and exempt income is claimed by the
shareholder, section 14A of the IT Act may be triggered to make a disallowance
in the hands of the shareholder. One may draw reference to the Supreme Court
decision in the case of Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Ltd.
(394 ITR 449).
In the context of disallowance u/s 14A of the IT Act on
tax-free dividend income that was subjected to DDT u/s 115-O, the Supreme Court
had ruled in favour of making a disallowance. The underlying principle of the
decision may be extended to cases covered by section 10(34A) of the IT Act as
well in the year of buy-back to contend that although buy-back has suffered
additional tax in the hands of the company, the applicability of section 14A of
the IT Act persists in the hands of the shareholder.

 

Whether loss in the hands of the shareholder will be
available for set off?

If buy-back
price (say 500) is lower than the price at which the shareholder acquired the
shares from the secondary market (say 700), the shareholder will record a loss
of Rs. 200. Section 10(34A) of the IT Act provides that any ‘income’ arising to
a shareholder on account of buy-back as referred to in section 115QA of the IT
Act will not be included in total income. Therefore, whether ‘income’ will also
include loss of Rs. 200, and as such this amount is to be ignored and not
considered for carry forward and set off purposes.

 

The Kolkata
Tribunal in the case of United Investments [TS-379-ITAT-2019(Kol.)]
examined whether when gain derived from the sale of long-term listed shares was
exempt u/s 10(38) of the IT Act, as a corollary loss incurred therefrom was to
be ignored. The Tribunal opined that in a case where the source of income is
otherwise chargeable to tax but only a specific specie of income derived from
such source is granted exemption, then in such case the proposition that the
term ‘income’ includes loss will not be applicable. It remarked that it cannot
be said that the source, namely, transfer of long-term capital asset being
equity shares by itself is exempt from tax so as to say that any ‘income’ from
such source shall include ‘loss’ as well. The legislature could grant exemption
only where there was positive income and not where there was negative income.
Referring to CBDT Circular No. 7/2013 on section 10A, the Tribunal noted that
exemption was allowable where the income of an undertaking was positive; and
the Circular also provided that in case the undertaking incurs a loss, such
loss is not to be ignored but could be set off and / or carried forward.
Accepting the reliance on the Calcutta High Court ruling in Royal
Calcutta Turf Club (144 ITR 709)
, the Mumbai Tribunal in Raptakos
Brett & Co. Ltd. (69 SOT 383)
, allowed benefit of carry forward of
losses.

 

 

Applying the
principles of the above decision, it can be said that transfer of listed shares
in a buy-back scheme is a taxable event per se and it is only a positive
income arising to the shareholder on buy-back effected as referred to in
section 115QA of the IT Act that has been granted exemption by the legislature.
In case of loss resulting from the buy-back price being lower than the
acquisition cost, it may be considered for carry forward and set off provisions
as per the relevant provisions of the IT Act. However, litigation on this
aspect cannot be ruled out.

 

Re-characterisation still possible?

In the past and
now in the recent case of Cognizant Technology Solutions, the tax authorities
have sought to disregard the buy-back scheme and treat it as distribution of
dividend. The General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) effective from 1st
April, 2017 has empowered the tax department to disregard and re-characterise
arrangements if the main purpose is to obtain tax benefit and other conditions
are satisfied.

 

Now that
distribution out of profits by way of dividend declaration and buy-back of
shares is chargeable to tax in the hands of the company as additional income,
will the income tax department still question the choice and manner chosen by
the company under the GAAR provisions remains to be seen. If such an attempt is
made, it would seek to ignore the very form of the transaction. The taxpayers
have recourse to CBDT Circular No. 7/2017 wherein it was clarified that GAAR
will not interplay with the right of the taxpayer to select or choose the
method of implementing a transaction.

 

A buy-back
scheme undertaken by a company compliant with the provisions of the Companies
Act and other regulatory frameworks may be alleged as a colourable device to
evade payment of DDT and tax on dividend income in the hands of the recipient.
The action of the tax authorities can be refuted by placing reliance on the
decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of Goldman Sachs (India)
Securities (P) Ltd. (70 taxmann.com 46)
which laid down that merely
because a buy-back deal results in lesser payment of taxes it cannot be termed
as a colourable device.

 

CONCLUDING
REMARKS

With the
immediate applicability of buy-back tax from 5th July, 2019 and
considering that it is an additional tax outflow for the company, the buy-back
price offered by companies and the return on investment will be affected. To
save the tax, companies may use surplus funds for additional investments or
deploy them back again in business rather than distribution to shareholders.

 

One will have
to wait and see if the grandfathering clause is considered by the Finance
Minister to protect and safeguard listed companies whose buy-back was already
underway as on budget day i.e. 5th July, 2019. Besides, the current
buy-back rules may need to be revisited to provide for situations that are
relevant to shares of listed companies. The rules ought to factor in a
situation where shares are acquired on a stock exchange at a higher price than
the issue price received by the company. If the acquisition price is considered
in such an instance, the buy-back tax will essentially be computed on the gain
in the hands of the shareholder (buy-back price less acquisition price).

RERA, A CRITICAL ANALYSIS

RERA (or Real Estate Regularity Authority),
introduced as a remedy against the rampant malpractices of builders and to
safeguard the interests of homebuyers by ensuring the sale of plots, apartments
or buildings in an efficient, fair and transparent manner, has had more than
two years of operation and it is time to look back and assess the strengths and
weaknesses of the legislation in its present form and application. As with any
regulatory measure at the nascent stage, particularly in an area like the real
estate sector, there were inevitably certain teething problems to be addressed
and the effectiveness lies in the way such problems have been dealt with.

 

NOT OPERATIONAL IN ALL STATES

The Central legislation, applicable
throughout the country (except the then state of Jammu & Kashmir), did not
find an equally enthusiastic response from several states and Union territories
which failed to act within the prescribed time in matters of framing rules,
setting up the Authorities, creating the website and establishing the Appellate
Tribunals in their respective jurisdictions.

 

It is a matter of common knowledge that
barring Maharashtra and a few other states, the governments did not abide by
the mandate of the Act in framing the Rules in the prescribed time. As conveyed
recently by the Centre to the Supreme Court, the process to notify the Rules in
Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Nagaland and Sikkim is still under way. Twenty
nine states / UTs have so far set up the Authority and only 22 the Appellate
Tribunal. The inaction on the part of several states for a considerably long
period of time not only distorted the pan-India nature of the Act, but also
deprived the people of those states of the intended benefits, creating unjust
differentiation.

 

The Centre needs to be more active in
ensuring enforcement of the Act and its timely implementation in the true
spirit of the legislation by constant monitoring.

 

LACK OF HARMONY BETWEEN THE ACT AND RULES

RERA, the Central Act, is not uniformly
implemented in various states because the rule-making power is vested in the
states which have framed rules of varying nature, some even inconsistent with
the substantive provisions of the Act.

 

Section 84 of RERA provided for the state
governments to make rules for carrying out the provisions of the Act by
notification within a period of six months of the commencement of the Act.
Although the power to frame rules was vested in the states, it was expected
that the Rules would be within the framework of the Act and as such would not
be different in substance beyond a reasonable limit.

 

But is it fair for certain states to go
beyond the authority to suit their own understanding of how the provisions
should be? For instance, the provision of section 4(2)(l)(D) requires 70% of
the amounts realised from time to time from the allottees to be deposited in a
separate bank account to cover the cost of construction and the land cost which
can be withdrawn from the account to cover the cost of the project, in
proportion to the percentage of completion of the project. The idea in broad
terms was to have free funds equal to the profit component embedded in the
receipts (estimated at 30% of the receipts) and to keep the balance amount
separate from other funds to be used exclusively for the cost of the
construction and the land. The withdrawal, as per the Act, is restricted to the
amount proportionate to the percentage completion of the project.

 

Certain states
have prescribed rules for determining the withdrawable amount which are not
consistent with the provisions of the Act. Maharashtra, for instance, permits
withdrawal of the entire land cost and the entire cost incurred up to the date
of withdrawal, leaving, in a large number of cases, hardly any amount to be
utilised for further construction. Further damage to the concept is done by the
executive order giving artificial meaning to the land cost which is a notional
cost higher than the actual land cost envisaged in the Act. The Maha-RERA, for
instance, permits withdrawal of the notional indexed cost in line with the
computation of cost of acquisition for purposes of capital gain under the
Income-tax Act which results in withdrawal of an amount several times more than
the actual land cost (Circular No. 7/2017 dated 4th
July, 2017).

 

There are other areas where such digression
is visible. Notable among these is the area of conveyancing. Section 11(4)(f)
provides for executing a registered conveyance deed of the apartment, plot or
building in favour of the allottee and the undivided proportionate title in the
common areas to the Association of Allottees or the Competent Authority. The
Rules of several states are at variance with this provision as they have chosen
to go by the prevailing / prevalent local laws, even if they are inconsistent
with the provisions of the Act. Maharashtra, for instance, goes by the pattern
laid down in MOFA and provides for conveyance of the building not to the
allottees but to the association of allottees / society / company. In case of
buildings in layouts, the structure of the building (excluding basements and
podium) is to be conveyed to the respective societies and the undivided and the
inseparable land along with basements and podiums are to be conveyed to the
apex body or Federation of all the societies formed for the purpose [Rule
9(2)]. Tamil Nadu follows its local law, i.e., The Tamil Nadu Apartment
Ownership Act,1994 and provides for conveyance of undivided share of land,
including proportionate share in the common area, directly to the respective
allottees [Rule 9(3) of Tamil Nadu Rules]. Karnataka follows Tamil Nadu and
provides for conveyance of apartment along with proportionate share in common
areas to the respective allottees.

 

One can hold a view that such rules are more
reasonable and pragmatic, providing for consistency in the practice so far
observed, without in any way harming the cause of the allottees. The solution
in such cases appears to be a review of the Act instead of allowing such
variance to continue. Rules being subordinate legislation are to be in
conformity with the law. Another possible solution can be to make the
provisions applicable in the absence of local laws, as has been done in section
17 which lays down the time within which the conveyance is to be made.

 

UNWORKABLE
OR DIFFICULT DIRECTIONS

There is one area of concern to the
promoters. In an agreement where the landowner gets his land developed by the
builder in consideration of allotment of certain units in the developed
building free of cost, both the landowner as well as the builder are regarded
as the promoters under the Act.

 

In such a case, is it fair to insist on both
of them to open separate bank accounts for depositing 70% of the receipt from
the allottees, creating a situation where the landowner who though not required
to incur any cost of construction, is forced to keep 70% of sale proceeds of
his share of units in the bank account till the entire project is completed? If
we examine the provision closely, it requires opening of a separate account for
the project and not for individual promoters. If the project is one in which
there are two promoters, then there should be a requirement of opening one bank
account only. Is it fair in such circumstances to ask the landowner to deposit
70% of sale proceeds in a separate bank account?

 

It will take a substantially long time for
contentious issues to be settled in judicial forums. In case a high-level body
is established at the Centre with the authority to issue clarifications by way
of circulars binding on all the Authorities, much of the hardship and
litigation can be avoided.

 

INTERPRETATIONS INCOMPATIBLE WITH THE SPIRIT
OF LAW

RERA has been introduced to safeguard the
interests of the home-buyers. The object and the purpose of the legislation is
material in the understanding of any provision which, unless contrary to any
specific provision, is to be interpreted in a manner so as to subserve the
purpose of the Act.

 

In view of such
an accepted canon of interpretation particularly in respect of a legislation
which is remedial in nature, meant to address the problems faced by the class
of people having no accessible remedy for the harm done to them by the class of
powerful persons, is it fair for the authorities to go by the rigidity and technicality
of words and expressions disregarding the objects and purposes of the
legislation? The decision not to entertain complaints for delayed possession
after the promoter has offered to give possession; the decision exempting the
promoter from the requirement of registration if the completion certificate is
issued within three months from the commencement of the Act; the decision not
to entertain complaints if the project is not registered; the decision not to
consider a project as ongoing even if a part-occupancy certificate is issued
before 1st May, 2017; these are some of the decisions which appear
to go against the avowed purpose of the legislation depriving the affected
persons of the remedy to which they are entitled for no fault of theirs.

 

DECISION-MAKING PROCESS

Even though the Authority is constituted of
a Chairman and two members, the decision on complaints filed by the aggrieved
allottees is taken by a single member, resulting in the same Authority taking
different views on the same issue. This introduces subjectivity in judicial
decision-making which should ideally be avoided.

 

 

One finds instances of a differing approach
in decisions by different members of the same Authority. On the basic issue,
for instance, whether RERA has application in respect of projects which are not
registered or which are exempted from registration, different decisions have
come from different members. One member has taken a decision that registration
is one of the obligations cast on the promoter, non-performance of which visits
with penal consequences under the Act. The registration is not the essential
pre-requisite for entertaining a complaint under RERA. A different view is
taken by the other member who declines to entertain the complaint of the
aggrieved person if it relates to an unregistered project. The issue has been
considered and adjudicated by the Appellate Tribunal and the jurisdictional
High Court, yet the
problem persists.

 

As a matter of sound judicial process, it is
advisable to introduce the Bench system of deciding judicial matters. Once a
different view is proposed to be taken by another Bench on the matter of
interpretation, the Chairman should constitute a larger Bench to decide the
matter.

 

PUBLICATION OF CASES DECIDED BY DIFFERENT
JUDICIAL AUTHORITIES

RERA being a
Central Act, the views taken by any Tribunal / High Court on any issue should
be a source of guidance to all the Authorities in the country. For this it is
necessary to have agencies like those bringing out AIR, Taxmann, etc., for
publishing important decisions on points of law given by different Tribunals,
High Courts and the Supreme Court so that the doctrine of precedent  and Stare Decisis may be applied in relation to RERA cases also.

 

CONCLUSION

Overall, RERA has provided substantial relief to the
hitherto unprotected home-buyers. It has succeeded in instilling a sense of
confidence and providing an assurance that things will go as promised. In this regard,
certain states including Maharashtra have played a commendable role. With this
undeniable truth, the need is for the initial enthusiasm to continue unabated
in providing speedy resolution of disputes in the true spirit of the
legislation. The discussion above is meant to focus on certain aspects, a
meaningful consideration of which may go a long way in making RERA serve its
purpose even better.

 

MANDATED CSR AND IMPRISONMENT: A FIT CASE FOR RECONSIDERATION

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is in
the news with the passing of the Companies Amendment Act, 2019 because it has
made lapses in complying with CSR spends an offence subject to imprisonment for
a maximum period of three years1. The penal provision for
imprisonment replaces the earlier requirement to comply with CSR spends or
explain the reason why a company had not spent the mandated amount on CSR. This
change was brought in after witnessing five years’ track record of implementing
mandated CSR. Hence it is appropriate that we evaluate and take stock of the
idea behind Mandated CSR in the backdrop of India Inc’s track record on
implementing CSR spends in the last five years and evaluate the fairness of the
current punishment accorded for lapses in CSR spends in the overall context of
the penal provisions prescribed under the Companies Act, 2013.

 

India is the first and probably only country
till date to mandate CSR spends by large corporates. It was part of the
Companies Act, 2013 which was enacted to replace the 1956 Act and was seen as a
major measure to promote ease of doing business and corporate activity that
would accelerate the pace of India’s economic growth. Probably to balance the
inequality created by private sector-led economic growth, the new Act required
large companies, defined by their net-worth, turnover or profits beyond the
defined threshold level, to spend 2% of the average profits of the last three
years on specific activities identified in schedule VII of the Act.

__________________________________________________________________

1   135 (5)
The Board of every company referred to in sub-section (1), shall ensure
that the company spends, in every financial year, at least two per cent of the
average net profits of the company made during the three immediately preceding
financial years, or where the company has not completed the period of three
financial years since its incorporation, during such immediately preceding
financial years, in pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy:

Provided that the
company shall give preference to the local area and areas around it where it
operates, for spending the amount earmarked for Corporate Social Responsibility
activities:

Provided further
that if the company fails to spend such amount, the Board shall, in its report
made under clause (o) of sub-section (3) of section 134, specify
the reasons for not spending the amount and, unless the unspent amount relates
to any ongoing project referred to in sub-section (6), transfer such
unspent amount to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, within a period of six
months of the expiry of the financial year.

Explanation—For the
purposes of this section “net profit” shall not include such sums as may be
prescribed and shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of section
198.

(6) Any amount remaining
unspent under sub-section (5), pursuant to any ongoing project,
fulfilling such conditions as may be prescribed, undertaken by a company in
pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy, shall be transferred
by the company within a period of thirty days from the end of the financial
year to a special account to be opened by the company in that behalf for that
financial year in any scheduled bank to be called the Unspent Corporate Social
Responsibility Account, and such amount shall be spent by the company in
pursuance of its obligation towards the Corporate Social Responsibility Policy
within a period of three financial years from the date of such transfer,
failing which, the company shall transfer the same to a fund specified in
schedule VII, within a period of thirty days from the date of completion of the
third financial year.

(7) If a company
contravenes the provisions of sub-section (5) or sub-section (6),
the company shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than fifty
thousand rupees but which may extend to twenty-five lakh rupees and every officer of such company who is in default
shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three
years
or with fine which shall not be less than fifty thousand rupees but
which may extend to five lakh rupees, or with both.

 

 

CSR RATIONALE – THE THREE VIEWPOINTS

The concept of CSR emerged in economies
where there was exclusive focus on corporate business responsibility. In
contrast, in social democratic societies in Northern Europe, especially the
Nordic countries, the concept of CSR is quite nascent and is focused more on
sustainability and innovations as the basic social security needs of health,
education and old-age relief are provided by the state. Even in continental
Europe, in countries like France and Germany, where some form of state
socialism prevails, CSR has limited appeal. Companies in the private sector of
these economies implement labour laws which are quite comprehensive and pay
their taxes which fund social security programmes for the rest of the society.

 

The idea of CSR has flourished only in
liberal market economies such as the United States where the private sector
dominates healthcare and education, catering only to the needs of the society
that can afford to use their service. The reason for this is not too difficult
to fathom. The primary business responsibility of a company in these economies
is restricted to earning a profit by conducting its affairs legally and the
social security system in place is not comprehensive enough to cover all the
vulnerable sections of the society. Further, some of these social concerns were
not addressed by the government despite the visible and pressing needs as it
was seen by some to infringe on the personal freedom of individuals, or seen by
some others to be discretionary for which tax-payers’ money should not be used.

 

Over time, three distinct views emerged to
justify CSR in these liberal economies. Initially, CSR spending was seen as an
optional marketing expense, essential for building a corporate brand and
goodwill among the public at large who were seen as potential customers or
employees in the long run. In the second stage, the pressure to spend on CSR
increased in companies operating in certain sectors like mining and energy that
used natural resources and caused noticeable pollution / environmental hazards.

 

But then a new rationale emerged, with CSR
being seen through the lens of the social contract theory. Using this theory,
CSR spending was justified as the fee paid by the polluting firms to society in
return for their right to carry on business. This view seems to have gained
credibility as firms with high CSR spends were found in highly polluting
sectors, or sectors with large negative externalities, such as mining, tobacco
and oil exploration.

 

Around the end of the second millennium, a
third view emerged. It was an interesting viewpoint, where CSR was seen as
businesses serving the base of the pyramid. This idea gained traction in
parallel with the idea of social enterprises gaining visibility, especially in
areas like micro-finance. Depending upon whom you talk to and which part of the
world you are in, all the three views can be heard.

 

MANDATED CSR – A
PRO-CON ANALYSIS

The idea of mandated CSR introduced by the
Companies Act, 2013 emerged in the backdrop of the prevailing concepts of CSR
expenditure seen as brand investment or as a social contract with the society
to compensate for the negative effects of business, or as catering to the needs
of the base of the pyramid, or as a variant of social enterprise. In this
context, mandated CSR was a new idea not found elsewhere in the world. Shorn of
its voluntary ‘mask’, mandated CSR is a form of taxation, where the tax,
instead of being paid to the exchequer, was now in the hands of the taxpayer to
be spent on pre-defined purposes. Instead of a legal process coercing the
company to spend with the threat of penalty for defaults in spending, the 2013
mandate used the principle of social pressure of ‘Comply or Explain’, a
technique using social standing and reputation as leverage to get companies to
spend on CSR.

 

Advocates of the mandated CSR approach
hailed it for three specific reasons:

(i) Companies would be more effective than
government in spending the money as they would bring in the speed and
efficiency of the corporate world in the selection, implementation and
monitoring of the CSR spends. Especially on the monitoring front, there was
huge expectation of corporate experience bringing in new techniques and methods
of monitoring that would help the social sector.

(ii) Absence of the bureaucracy and
discretion available in the corporate world would enable innovative projects to
be taken up in the social sector funded by the corporates. Once these projects
succeeded, they could be used by the government for scaling up and reaching
larger segments of the society.

(iii) Companies would cater to the needs of
specially deserving segments of the population and meet the specific needs of
their location that may not be visible to the larger government machinery.

 

Opponents of the mandated CSR school, in
addition to questioning the ‘corporate efficiency’ theory, also raised the
issue of intent where some corporates instead of allocating incremental budgets
for CSR spends may be reclassifying their current spends or placing a social
envelop for their business spends on marketing and pre-recruitment training
expenses to meet the mandate. Further, they also questioned the desire of
corporates to spend time and effort in building the competency required to
manage social projects.

 

While both sides had their merits, only the
track record of India Inc. in CSR spends could settle the issue one way or the
other. So what does the five-year track record of India Inc. show?

 

INDIA INC.’S CSR
PERFORMANCE – THE TRACK RECORD

In the first year of mandated CSR, if we
take Nifty 50 as representative of India Inc., the performance reflected
teething troubles as is to be expected of any new enactment, especially one
that involves discretionary spends. Against a mandated spend of Rs. 5,046
crores, reflecting 2% of the profits of the Nifty 50 companies, the actual
spend was at 79%, amounting to Rs. 3,989 crores2. Two of the Nifty
50 entities, State Bank of India and Bank of Baroda, are not regulated by the
Companies Act, 2013 and hence were not required to specify their mandated
spends on CSR.

__________________________________________-

2   CimplyFive’s India Secretarial Practice 2015,
Nifty 50 Annual Report Analysis, December 2015

 

Of the remaining 48 companies, 16 spent in
excess of the mandate, including three companies where the mandated spends on
CSR was negative due to lack of profits. The remaining 32 companies had a
shortfall in their spends, with 30 of them explaining the reason for their
inability to spend. Only two companies offered no explanation for not spending
the required amount on CSR. A further analysis revealed that 12 companies had
stated that being the first year, they were not able to spend as they were
building their capacity to spend.

 

Table 1: Comparison of CSR spends by Nifty 50
Companies in the first two years of mandate

 

Financial year

CSR amount mandated

Rs. crores

Amount spent

Rs. crores

% spent of mandated amount

Companies not spending mandated amount

2014-15

5,046

3,989

79%

32 (64%)

2015-16

5,478

5,082

93%

25 (50%)

 

In the second
year of implementation, we see a marked improvement in CSR spends compared to
the first year as depicted in Table 1. The mandated amount of CSR spends
increased by 8.5% to Rs. 5,478 crores and the amount spent on CSR activities
increased by 27% to Rs. 5,082 crores. Even the amount spent as percentage of
the mandate increased from 79% to 93%, an increase of 14%.3  Companies not spending the mandated amount
too decreased from 32 to 25 and only one company did not disclose the reason
for not spending the mandated amount.

 

The steady improvement in compliance becomes
more evident when we look at the last two years. In 2017-18, the CSR spend as a
percentage of mandate was 984 
and in the last financial year 2018-19, the spend as a percentage of
mandate was at 104. However, the number of companies with shortfall in CSR
spends in 2018-19 at ten remained at the same level as in 2017-18.

 

The performance of India Inc., as
represented by the Nifty 50 companies in the five-year period, reflects that
the objective of CSR mandate in getting companies to spend on social activities
is achieved as evidenced by Nifty 50 companies, as they spent 104% of the
mandated amount.

____________________________________________________

3   CimplyFive’s India Secretarial Practice 2016,
Nifty 50 Annual Reports Analysis, November 2016

4   CimplyFive’s India Secretarial Practice 2018,
A Study of Nifty 50 Companies, March 2019

 

 

Table 2: CSR spends of the Nifty 50 Companies
in last two years

 

Financial year

CSR amount mandated

Rs. crores

Amount spent

Rs. crores

% spent of mandated amount

Companies not spending mandated amount

2017-18

6,434

6,300

98%

10 (20%)

2018-19

6,858

7,109

104%

10 (20%)

 

 

The Indian experience of using ‘comply or
explain’ is at par with the international experience seen in Europe where it
takes three to four years for a new regulation to be widely adopted and
implemented. While the experience of Indian corporates outside the Nifty 50
companies could be different, there is no data that is analysed and presented
to show that. Given this analysis, was there a need to change the penal
provision to enforce CSR spends by Indian corporates to the extreme level of
imprisoning the officers in default for a maximum period of three years? How
does this punishment compare with penalties for other defaults in company law?

 

PENALTY IN CORPORATE
LAW

Conceptually, punishment or penalty can have
two distinct objectives:

 

(a) Compensatory, i.e., to punish the
wrongdoers by taking away from them the benefit accruing to them from their
wrongdoing. Most often this is in the form of monetary penalties; or

(b) Deterrent and preventive, i.e., act as a
disincentive to the wrongdoer and all other potential wrongdoers by imposing a cost on them that is prohibitive and dissuades them from
committing the wrong. Since the objective is to be a deterrent and preventive,
this takes the form of monetary penalties, where the amount recovered is more
than the benefit obtained by the wrongdoer and / or limiting the personal
freedom of the wrongdoer, i.e., imprisonment.

 

The Companies Act, 2013, consisting of 470
sections, has penalties both in the nature of compensatory and
deterrent-cum-preventive measures. The Act has 101 sections with monetary
penalties for non-compliance and 56 sections that have imprisonment as penalty
combined with fine, as monetary penalty.5  While monetary penalties can be levied on
either the company or the officers in default, imprisonment is a penalty
applied only to the officers in default.

__________________________________________________

5   CimplyFive’s Report on the Cost of Compliance
and Penalty for Non-compliance under the Companies Act, 2013, December 2017

 

 

Analysing the penalty provisions that
provide for imprisonment in the Companies Act, 2013 we can classify them into
six distinct categories based on their value as a deterrent, as detailed in
Table 3:

 

Table 3: Classification of penalty provisions
for imprisonment based on their value as a deterrent

 

Category

Quantum of imprisonment

Illustrative types of wrongdoing

I

Which may extend up to 6 months

If company issues shares at a discount (section 53)

II

Which may extend up to 1 year

If a company fails to comply with the orders of the Tribunal
regarding rectification of registers of members (section 59)

III

Which may extend up to 2 years

Tampering with minutes (section 118)

IV

Which may extend up to 3 years

If a company violates the provisions of buyback of securities
(section 68)

If a company violates the provisions of buyback of securities
(section 69)

Default in complying with the order of the Tribunal to redeem
debentures, pay interest, etc. (section 71)

V

Which may extend up to 7 years

If company fails to repay deposit, or interest thereof,
within the time specified (section 74)

VI

Which may extend up to 10 years

Incorporation of a company providing false or incorrect
information (section 7, attracting penalty under section 447)

 

 

Seen in this backdrop, lapses in complying
with the CSR requirements on spending / transferring the amount to specified
accounts with imprisonment up to three years equates it to a category IV
offence, which is higher than tampering with the minutes of meetings of the
company.

 

Further, an analysis of Nifty 50 companies
that have short-spent on the mandated amount reveals that in some companies,
the Profit After Tax may not be backed by Operating Cash flows providing them
the liquidity to spend. At the Nifty 50 level, Operating Cash flows at Rs. 3,13,638 crores
are 90% of Profit After Tax at Rs. 3,48,751 crores. For certain companies that
have short-spent on CSR, Operating Cash flow as a percentage of Profit After
Tax drops to 16. Given this anomaly of Operating Cash flows being lower than
Profit After Tax in many companies due to their business model of selling on
credit or having a long working capital cycle, the penal provision of
imprisonment for non-compliance which could be the result of a business reality
needs a review.

 

Given the fact that charity cannot be
mandated or legislated, this mandate to prescribe imprisonment for lapses in
CSR spends, which the world over is optional for corporates, needs to be
seriously reconsidered.
The regulators, by swiftly
amending the law to remove this aberration, would visibly signal a conducive
corporate environment to promote economic growth and employment generation.

 

 

PS: After this article was written but
before publication, the government has responded to implement the report of
high-level committee on CSR which has recommended that violations should be
treated as civil offences and made liable to monetary fines.

 

This is a welcome step and will go a long
way in the Indian companies feeling the responsive nature of the regulator to
critical feedback.

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: LESSONS FROM CASE STUDIES

This is a sequel to the article published
in the BCAJ of August, 2019: ‘De-layering Related Party Transactions through
Internal Audit’ by CA Ashutosh Pednekar

 

This article (a sequel) gives practical
approaches to identification of Related Parties (RPs), examining the legitimacy
of Related Party Transactions (RPTs) and such other matters that internal
auditors could integrate in their audits. Conflict of interest and RPTs have
become a very important part of audits of companies. The author offers case
studies that could inform the reader about some principles, techniques and
tools to uncover the substance of transactions where RPs are involved

 

The way an organisation deals with its
related parties speaks volumes about the culture and integrity of the
decision-makers, i.e., the management. To an Internal Auditor, reviewing the
dealings of a company with its related parties can provide an understanding of
its culture and beliefs, its core values and transparency.

 

There are various pronouncements and
regulations promulgated for guiding and monitoring identification and
disclosures of RPs and RPTs. There are governance mechanisms that place an
onerous responsibility on the Audit Committee of ensuring that all RPTs are at
arm’s length pricing. Taxation laws and transfer pricing audit requirements
further reduce the possibility of arbitrariness in the commercial terms agreed
for RPTs. What, then, can the Internal Auditor’s review of RPs and RPTs
contribute that is not already covered by the various disclosure, approval and
reporting protocols?

 

CASE 1: WHO IS A
RELATED PARTY? SUBSTANCE OVER FORM?

 

Background

Ms Smart is the Internal Auditor of a large
listed company. As part of the internal audit, she came across a transaction
where the company had awarded a three-year exclusive contract to a PR agency
called Connexions under which 70% of the contract value was paid upfront and
the balance 30% was to be paid in three equal instalments – the agreement also
stated that in case of premature termination of the agreement by the company,
Connexions would not be required to refund any amount already paid to it. There
were no past commercial transactions between the company and Connexions.

 

An
unusual transaction

Ms Smart found this transaction unusual and
uncharacteristic of the company. The terms of the contract seemed one-sided,
favouring the PR agency. Hence, she inquired about the vendor and found that
the agency was owned by three partners, one of whom was a woman whose name
appeared somewhat familiar.

 

A
smart search

Ms Smart engaged with social media platforms
like LinkedIn and Facebook to find out more about the partners / owners of the
PR agency. And she found that the woman partner was none other than the fiancée
of the Managing Director’s son. She also came across news items and YouTube
videos showing the lavish engagement ceremony of the MD’s son with the woman in
question.

 

Is
a fiancée a related party? In matters of doubt, err on the safe side

Ms Smart felt that while the PR Agency was
not strictly an RP under any regulations, the substance of the transaction made
it an RPT. She brought this to the notice of the Audit Committee and explained
why the transaction might need approval akin to the approval required for an
RPT to ensure good governance and transparency.

 

Next, Ms Smart
explained that the regulations define the ambit and the intent of the law. In
case of RPTs, the intent is to prevent the abuse of minority shareholders or
other stakeholders by decisions taken by the controlling shareholders favouring
their RPs. In cases where a counter party does not strictly meet the definition
of an RP, but for all practical purposes is perceived as an RP, it is better to
treat the transaction with such a party as an RPT.

Audit
Committee verdict

The Audit
Committee agreed to take a wider view of the policy related to RPs, and advised
the management to report transactions with potential RPs to the Audit
Committee. In the present case, based on the facts presented, the Audit
Committee found the transaction to be not at arm’s length and not transparent
and, hence, advised that necessary steps be taken to revise the contract.

 

CASE 2: EXAMINING THE
NEED / LEGITIMACY OF AN RPT

 

Internal
Audit mandate for review of RPTs

Ms Sceptic, the Internal Auditor of a
company dealing in industrial products, was asked by the Audit Committee to
undertake a special review of related party transactions of a listed entity.

 

Internal
Audit findings

Ms Sceptic went through the policy and the
entire process of identification and approval of RPTs. She was satisfied with
the contents of the policy and the process adopted for establishing fair price
for RPTs.

 

But in her
detailed review of reported RPTs she came across the following two transactions
that caught her attention:

(i) Purchase of three paintings from the
spouse of one of the Independent Directors, from an exhibition held at a
well-known art gallery. The total sum paid for these paintings was Rs.
84,00,000. The value of the paintings was as per the valuation certificate and
was in line with the price of other paintings sold at the exhibition. In the
same month, the company had paid interest on late payment of GST and TDS due to
a liquidity crunch that it had been facing for some months.

(ii) Brokerage, amounting to Rs. 40,00,000
(being 1% of property value, this being the norm in the broking industry) on a
large property purchase transaction was credited to Amanda Services in which a
director’s daughter is a partner. Amanda Services has an impressive website
projecting the entity as a real estate broking firm. The brokerage remained
unpaid for three months after the transaction of purchase of property was
concluded.

 

On inquiry, Ms Sceptic found that the
brokerage could not be paid as Amanda Services did not have a GST registration.
She also found that the GST registration was applied for almost two months
after the property purchase transaction was concluded. This suggested that
Amanda Services may not be an established player in the real estate broking
business.

In both the above cases, due disclosures
were made and approvals were in place. Arm’s length pricing was also
established. However, it appeared that in the first case the need to purchase
the paintings was not established, whereas in the second case there was a
reason to doubt as to whether Amanda Services had indeed provided broking
services for the property transaction.

 

The
conclusion

Ms Sceptic presented her findings, with
corroborative details, to the Audit Committee, clearly pointing out that before
determining the reasonableness of pricing, it is important to establish the
legitimacy of the need and the actual delivery of services. The Audit Committee
acknowledged that the review of RPs and RPTs must include validation of the
underlying legitimacy of the RPTs.

 

CASE 3: PROVISION OF FREE
FACILITIES

 

Background

Ms Curious is the Chief Internal Auditor of
a listed company where the promoters are from a single family and hold about
40% of the equity shares. The company operates out of its corporate office in a
metro city and rents five floors of the said building.

 

On a day when the internal audit was going
on, Ms Curious was told that there was no place for the Internal Audit team to
sit (this is not a surprise) for a few days as certain branch managers were
visiting and they needed to be provided working space. Hence, it was suggested
that the internal audit be rescheduled and the team assigned to a branch or a
depot audit for a few days.

 

Chance
discovery

Ms Curious, being curious by nature and keen
to complete the internal audit on hand expeditiously, walked around the five
floors trying to find space for her team to occupy temporarily. She came across
a part of the office with a  glass door
leading to an enclosed smaller office space. She found a group of about 15
people working there whom she had not interacted with before but had seen
around in the company cafeteria at lunch time. This appeared strange, as the
Internal Audit scope had covered all key areas of the company over the past few
years since she was appointed as the Chief Internal Auditor.

 

Research
and analysis – from doubt to a confirmed
finding

On exchanging courtesies, she learned that
these people were employees of the family office of the promoters, managing
entities dealing with personal investments of the promoter family. She also
found that the family office had been occupying the space for several years.

 

What
next? Communicating with those charged with governance

Ms Curious ran a search to find out if any
recovery was being made towards the rent or utilities from any related party.
She also looked up the disclosures for remuneration of directors and related
party transactions to see if there was any approval / disclosure for use of corporate
office premises for the private use of the promoters, free of cost. When her
search did not yield any positive results, it became clear to her that this was
an inappropriate action by the promoters that had perhaps not been disclosed to
the Audit Committee members and, hence, never been subjected to any scrutiny or
debate.

 

She considered various options to bring this
issue to the notice of the management. After mulling over the options, she
sought a meeting with the Audit Committee Chairman, expressed her concern,
handed over a confidential note giving details and requested him to take it up
with the management and the other Audit Committee members.

 

CASE 4: ALLOWING RP TO
TERMINATE AN ONEROUS COMMITMENT

 

Background

Ms No Nonsense is the internal auditor of a
corporate conglomerate comprising of a flagship listed company known as XYZ
Limited (XYZ), several subsidiaries and associate entities. The listed company
held large office premises in excess of its requirements.

 

XYZ had leased out some of its office
premises to an associate company in which it held 49% stake and the promoter
family held 51%. The lease was given on rent and other terms that were
established to be at arm’s length. Offices in the same building were also
leased out to an unrelated party at the same time, on the same rates and terms.
Both the leases were for a period of nine years, with a lock-in period of five
years and an escalation clause increasing the rent by 8% at the end of two
years.

 

Two years after entering into these leases, the
real estate market nosedived and rental rates came down drastically.
Consequently, both the parties requested premature termination of the lease.
XYZ did not permit the unrelated party to terminate the lease without paying
the liquidated charges stated in the lease agreement and issued legal notices
to that effect. However, for the RP, XYZ allowed the foreclosure without
charging the dues as per the agreement. The MD approved the foreclosure
decision but requested the Audit Committee for approval, this being an RPT.

 

The
Internal Auditor – Putting things in perspective

Ms No Nonsense, the Internal Auditor, was
required to review the RPTs on a quarterly basis and report to the Audit
Committee on the same. In the present case, she apprised the Audit Committee
that the RPT transaction (of waiver of escalation clause and permitting a
foreclosure of the lease without any penalties) was not in the interest of XYZ
and the treatment given to the RP was significantly favourable compared to an
exactly similar transaction undertaken with an unrelated counter party. In her
opinion, this RPT was a case of favouring the RP against the interest of XYZ
Limited.

 

 

Constraints
of the Audit Committee

When the Audit Committee is asked to approve
RPTs, at times the information given is incomplete and misleading. Comparable
transactions with unrelated parties are not always presented to the AC. Thus
approvals given by it may be based on incomplete facts. Besides, the attention
given at the time of entering into an RPT is much more compared to the
attention given to terminations, rollovers or extensions. Having an objective
review prior to giving approval may help the Audit Committee to grant approval
based on full facts and details.

 

 

LESSONS FROM THE CASE
STUDIES

The case studies presented above contain
several important lessons, both for the Internal Auditors and the Audit
Committee. A summary of these lessons is presented hereunder:

 

(a) Going
beyond the confines of definitions:
In identifying an RP and an RPT,
one needs to go beyond the confines of the regulatory definitions and apply the
‘substance over form’ principle by looking at the spirit of the regulations.

 

(b) Unmasking: Special attention may be paid to unravel:

(1) Arrangements for providing free usage of
assets, facilities and resources to RPs;

(2) Unusual, uncharacteristic arrangements
that do not reflect usual contractual acumen, as RPTs may be masked therein;

(3) Terminations and modifications of
approved RP transactions / contracts on terms favourable to the RP.

 

(c) Questioning
purpose and legitimacy:
Review of RPTs needs to go beyond the
disclosures and reporting protocols and must extend to questioning the
legitimacy and the purpose of entering into such transactions.

 

(d) Going beyond the obvious: Internal Auditors may periodically consider special audits like an
asset usage review, people deployment review, etc., to identify potential
redundancies and misuse, including violation of regulations pertaining to RPs.

 

(e) Engaging
with the AC:
The Audit Committee must create opportunities for direct,
periodic interactions between the auditors and the Audit Committee members in
the normal course. Internal Auditors need to maintain a line of communication
open with the Audit Committee members, to be able to escalate issues directly
relating to governance matters. Reporting on issues related to RPs and RPTs is
sensitive and requires tactful communication.

 

SHOULD INTERNAL AUDIT
SCOPE INCLUDE REVIEW OF RPTS?

The cases discussed above are very simple
and straightforward. As organisations become larger and the complexity, volume
and value of RPTs increase, it becomes difficult for the Audit Committee to
ensure that:

 

(I) All RPs and RPTs have been duly
identified;

(II) Adequate
processes and technology-based initiatives have been employed for
identification of all RPs and RPTs;

(III) Dealings not resulting in financial
transactions are also reported to the Audit Committee;

(IV) The facts and details required for a
fair assessment of the necessity for RPTs and the arm’s length pricing thereof
have been presented to them;

(V) Entities that are not strictly RPs but
are likely to be perceived as such are also subjected to similar scrutiny as
RPTs; and

(VI) The tendency of the executive
management to circumvent due scrutiny of RPTs is identified and escalated in a
timely manner.

 

With onerous responsibilities cast on the
Audit Committee with respect to related party dealings and disclosures, it has
become imperative for the Audit Committee to put the RP-related processes and
transactions through the objective scrutiny of specialist professionals.
Internal Auditors, with their curiosity, scepticism, smartness and
no-nonsense
approach, are well suited to give due assurance to the Audit
Committee and, where required, give early alerts with respect to cases of
abuse, inappropriateness, misuse or fraudulent conduct.

 

By extending the Internal Audit scope to
RPTs, the Internal Auditors are empowered to gain necessary access to such transactions
and through this, gain relevant insights into the culture and ethics of the
Management. Such insights make the overall Internal Audit more meaningful and
conversations with the Audit Committee more relevant.

To conclude, Internal Audit of processes
pertaining to Related Parties and Transactions is not just a compliance review
– it is an audit of integrity and culture, of the tone at the top, of
convergence between stated values and demonstrated actions. When looked at in
this light, this audit assumes great importance: it calls for great maturity,
sensitivity and experience from the Internal Auditors.

 

If
you have integrity, nothing else matters. If you don’t have integrity, nothing
else matters.

Alan K. Simpson

HIRING FOR TALENT – PROCESSES AND TECHNOLOGY

If one were to keep processes and technology
aside, then recruitment is all about people – and, guess what? Inherently, most
people are hilarious! Nothing like the pressure of a job interview to bring out
the most awkward, silly and mystifying behaviour in us. So, while we often
celebrate the victories – perfect referrals, nailing your LinkedIn search on
the first try, the candidate saying yes as soon as they are offered the job –
let’s take some time to get to the basics.

 

RECRUITMENT AND
SELECTION

Many a time I have noticed even the best
using recruitment and selection interchangeably. In very simple terms,
recruitment is the process of finding and hiring the best-qualified candidate
(from within or outside of an organisation) for a job opening, in a timely and
cost-effective manner. The recruitment process includes analysing the
requirements of a job, attracting employees to that job, screening and selecting
applicants, hiring and integrating the new employee in the organisation.

 

Hiring for the right talent is incomplete
without a thorough job analysis before recruiting someone and a periodic
job evaluation later. Job analysis is a family of procedures to identify the
content of a job in terms of activities involved and attributes or job
requirements needed to perform the activities. Job analysis provides
information about organisations which helps to determine which employees are
the best fit for specific jobs. Through job analysis, we can understand what
the important tasks of the job are, how they are carried out and the necessary
human qualities needed to complete the job successfully.

 

A job
evaluation
is a
systematic way of determining the value / worth of a job in relation to other
jobs in an organisation. It tries to make a systematic comparison between jobs
to assess their relative worth for the purpose of establishing a rational
pay structure.
 

 

Job evaluation
needs to be differentiated from job analysis. Every job evaluation method
requires at least some basic job analysis in order to provide factual
information about the jobs concerned. Thus, job evaluation begins with job
analysis and ends at that point where the worth of a job is ascertained for
achieving pay equity between jobs and different roles.

 

JOB DESCRIPTION AND
SKILL NEEDS

In the light of changes in environmental
conditions (technology, products, services, etc.), jobs need to be examined
closely. For example, the traditional clerical functions have undergone a rapid
change in sectors like banking, insurance and railways after computerisation.
New job descriptions need to be written and the skill needs of new jobs
need to be duly incorporated in the evaluation process. Otherwise, employees
may feel that all the relevant job factors – based on which their pay has been
determined – have not been evaluated properly.

 

COST OF BAD HIRING

Misrepresentation
is the way employers end up making bad hires. It is not that you go and
deliberately hire the worst candidate. As per a study conducted by global human
resource consultancy CareerBuilder, 88% companies in Russia said they were
affected by bad hiring last year, followed by 87% in Brazil and China, and 84%
in India.

 

The study further said that three in every
ten Indian companies (29%) reported that a single bad hire – someone who turned
out not to be a good fit for the job or did not perform well – cost the company
more than Rs. 20 lakhs (USD 37,150) on an average. Apart from these study results,
there are many other aspects which get affected in an organisation because of a
bad hire, such as productivity, employee morale, increased turnover and the
financial costs of replacement.

 

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS –
DEMAND VS. SUPPLY

After looking at the generic process and
impacts of hiring right, let’s take a step backward and look at the scenario of
chartered accountant professionals in India.

 

In a country of 125 crore citizens and 6.80
crore taxpayers in 2017-18, close to three lakh CAs serve as the finance
guides. As of 2018, there are 2.90 lakh CAs in India of whom only 1.30 lakhs
are in full-time practice – that means about 44% of the total number of CAs.

Growing
industry

The
demand for CAs in India has been on the rise because more businesses are being
established and the government has been making policies and regulations to
monitor the market. As of January, 2019, more than one crore taxpayers have
registered in the GST regime. However, there are not many professionals to
guide
these taxpayers.

 

There is an immediate need to tap the talent
and to skill them in advanced tax calculations. Training in Artificial
Intelligence to participate in the growing automation of auditing process is
also needed.

 

The demand is not just because of the change
in the economy but also because of the crucial job roles that CAs have been
playing, catering to, for instance, Internal Audit, Tax Audit, tax planning,
cost planning, due diligence, audit under various state and Central
legislations, government audit, management audit, etc. Around 98 lakh
businesses have been registered under the GST regime and every business
requires a professional to manage the accounts- related matters. ‘Under the GST
regime all the taxpayers whose annual turnover is above Rs. 2 crores will
require to have a GST audit carried out by CAs’.

 

Lack
of professionals

India produces a large number of engineers
and doctors, despite the fact that there are no jobs for skilled students. But
even after having a long-term scope of professional security, the accounting
sector faces a crunch of trained professionals. ‘The recent push and incentives
being provided for startups, where students get full
control of their businesses, is another reason why commerce students are
looking beyond chartered accountancy’.

 

The struggle during the exams and low
stipends at entry-level jobs and limited job opportunities are some of the
reasons that have pushed students away from pursuing the professional field of
chartered accountancy. The crisis here is also that demand is ever increasing,
but the supply is not at par because of the salaries when compared to MBA and
other niche degrees.

 

The problem also lies in the curriculum
which largely is theoretical and not in sync with the industry requirement.
‘The rigorous practical exposure during the course of study is missing, which
makes most of the CAs feel that they are not ready for the corporate world,’
says Raghav Bhargava, Director, Taxmann.

Low
pass percentage

While
there is no glamour associated with CA as a career, the low pass percentage is
yet another reason that the number of professionals is not high. The pass
percentage for the May, 2018 final CA exams was recorded at 14% as compared to
7.63% in May, 2019. Due to the challenging nature of the industry, the vast
syllabus and the absence of a strong, formal setup of classes, there is a high
dropout rate which leads to the low pass percentage.

 

ICAI has a uniform level of scaling as per the
demand. The number of students passing the CA exams depends on the demand
calculation through ICAI’s survey. Moreover, there is no formal setup for CA
education and students have to depend on coaching centres. Aspirants from Tier
II and Tier III cities have limited chances to qualify for the CA entrance exams
because quality coaching is not available.

 

The
secret

We all know the theories of demand and
supply and I truly believe that a prestigious course like CA through the
Institute has adopted those theories very well. Hence, not everyone becomes a
CA and those who do, end up commanding a premium given the demand-supply
dynamics. Hiring for the niche role performed by CAs is very difficult and
those with additional skill sets in forensics, fraud, complex structuring deals
come at a premium.

 

TALENT VS. PEOPLE

While all of the above holds true, the
constant challenge that organisations face is hiring the right talent in their
workforce. The solution is the ever-evolving recruitment strategies, tools and
disruptions. There is a change in the spectrum of activities that were followed
a decade back and now, leading to better hiring, and we are not yet there!
However, many factors, including CSR by organisations to social media, are
playing a big part now. Let’s look at the age-old hiring style vs. the
situation now.

 

The
legacy recruitment

The recruitment process has remained
somewhat resilient to the changes in technology and the social revolution of
the new generation. Over the last two decades, recruitment was about publishing
ads in leading classifieds, both print media and websites, placing candidates
for interviews, comparing them with scores on common selection criteria and
arriving at a decision.

 

However, the time taken to hire then and now
is different, now being much less. The systems and tools without the modern AI
and analytics had a rework to be done for every new role sourcing. The early
2000s already had some job portals but these were sparsely used, so the
database of prospective employees was also individually controlled by each firm
and was limited. LinkedIn came into the picture by 2009-10, breaching the gap
between the employees but still keeping it formal.

 

The candidates did not have any idea about
the internal culture, work scenarios and access to some facts of their
prospective new employer before joining the firm until ‘Glass Door’ or ‘Hush’
arrived recently.

 

All in all, both the employer and employee
were at a higher risk of finding wrong matches for themselves because of lack
of information, although the time spent in hiring and getting hired was higher.

 

The
new-age hiring

The hiring process has transformed
dramatically over the years, due in large part to technological advancements.

 

Beyond the rise of the internet, tools like
video interviewing and interview scheduling software have helped to streamline
the hiring process, saving both time and money and making an employer’s life much
easier.

 

But there are some other, more subtle
differences between how people acquire talent now versus a decade ago. Here is
how the hiring process has changed over time:

 

Reach
is much more expansive

Before social media and the internet, a
person looking to expand his team had to hope that a qualified professional saw
his job posting in the local newspaper or trade magazine. Their reach was
somewhat limited when it came to recruiting and employers felt that they were
talking to the same candidates over and over when it came time to fill a
vacancy – or worse, choosing less-than-qualified individuals for open roles,
simply because there was no one else available.

 

The internet has truly revolutionised
recruiting. There are so many more touch points available to an employer
looking to fill an open role. From LinkedIn to your company’s website to
Twitter, Facebook networking groups and beyond, it’s never been easier to
access a deep pool of qualified candidates.

 

In some ways this might feel overwhelming,
as it means you’re sorting through more resumes than ever before, but it also
greatly increases your chances of finding someone who’s the perfect fit for the
role in question.

 

If you don’t like the applications you’re
getting from those in your immediate area, you can go beyond your city and even
your state until you find the ideal candidate.

 

Drastic improvements in interviewing
technology

Video interviewing has become a dramatic
time and money saver for those looking to hire. Instead of having to fly a
candidate in for an interview or rely on the phone to get a sense of what the
person is all about, the employer can now utilise video interviewing technology
for the process. This enables him to see and hear  the professional without having to pay for
airfare and hotel costs. It’s much easier to schedule interviews. Thanks to the
arrival of interview scheduling software on the scene, employers are now able
to take the legwork out of bringing a professional in for an interview. This
enables them to shift their attention to preparing for the interview and making
the best hiring choice possible for the business.

 

An
increased focus on cultural fit

From an employer’s perspective, experience
and education matter, but they’re also taking a deeper look at who that
candidate is as an individual.

 

Those in charge of hiring have realised that
you can have the most qualified and experienced candidate available, but if the
person’s attitude is going to cause tension among clients or with veteran
employees, it’s probably best to look elsewhere when hiring.

 

They need to be in search of someone who
will add to the team in a positive way, not just someone who is competent
enough to get the job done. One person directly contributes to the morale of
the entire company, so choosing someone who will fit in well is essential.

 

Technical skill can be taught, the right
outlook simply can’t be

 

Greater
emphasis on employer branding

With the rise of the internet, it has become
easier than ever for job-seekers to gather information about the companies to
which they’re applying.

What kinds of clients does this company
typically work with? Based on pictures, blog posts, tweets and homepage
content, what kind of atmosphere does the office seem to exude? This is
something employers must constantly be mindful of and work to monitor. Your
online presence can either attract or deter talent, so make sure you’re using
these resources wisely.

 

Everyone within the company, especially
those tasked with interfacing with the public on behalf of the business, should
be aware of the organisation’s vision and values.

 

Being creative,
firms are using social media and their websites to show off that creativity and
attract job-seekers who want to be in a place where their ideas are allowed to
blossom.

 

Candidates
run the show

Today, job-seeking is much more tailored to
the candidate’s experience, particularly when a hiring manager is vying for
top-tier talent. Hiring managers have realised that if you want the attention
of a valuable would-be employee, you can’t make them bend over backwards to
move through your hiring process.

 

This is why allowing them to do a video
interview when it’s conducive to their schedule has become a popular option.
Instead of forcing a candidate to take time
off from work or make up an excuse about why they’re stepping out of the office
for two hours, they’re able to record an interview from the comfort of their
own home at a time that works for them. This shows that the hiring manager
respects their time and sends a subtle signal about what it would be like to
work for that company.

 

Additionally, many hiring managers have
become focused on moving through the talent acquisition process as quickly as
possible. They also understand the importance of keeping all candidates
informed as they go.

 

Years ago, you could wait months to hear
back about whether you landed a second or third round interview. If you didn’t
get the job, you might never find out about it at all. This put your job search
process into a constant, frustrating limbo.

 

Now, people tasked with hiring realise the
importance of being transparent with applicants. They want to find the best
candidate for the open role as quickly as possible, and when that person is
selected, they understand they owe those who weren’t chosen the courtesy of an
email or phone call so they can continue with their job search.

 

SUMMARY

To sum it all up, we can say that chartered
accountant hiring is a meticulous process of getting the right individual for
the right job. The contributors to this are the whole socio-economic conditions
created by the government, the educationists and the organisation.

 

Though a little tough with the numbers, we
surely will get there soon with all the advancements in technology – education
and India’s growth story. As I sign off, here is one for the road – this
article was written by a Bot (Robot), cannot believe it? Right? Well, he is
named the Ghost Rider! Did you just believe me? Ask yourself how you would
react when a Bot has a telephonic interview with you and you still think it’s a
human.